WO2024071201A1 - Management system, management device, and management method - Google Patents

Management system, management device, and management method Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2024071201A1
WO2024071201A1 PCT/JP2023/035151 JP2023035151W WO2024071201A1 WO 2024071201 A1 WO2024071201 A1 WO 2024071201A1 JP 2023035151 W JP2023035151 W JP 2023035151W WO 2024071201 A1 WO2024071201 A1 WO 2024071201A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
information
user
unit
battery
delivery
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2023/035151
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
林健太郎
Original Assignee
本田技研工業株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 本田技研工業株式会社 filed Critical 本田技研工業株式会社
Publication of WO2024071201A1 publication Critical patent/WO2024071201A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06QINFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR ADMINISTRATIVE, COMMERCIAL, FINANCIAL, MANAGERIAL OR SUPERVISORY PURPOSES; SYSTEMS OR METHODS SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR ADMINISTRATIVE, COMMERCIAL, FINANCIAL, MANAGERIAL OR SUPERVISORY PURPOSES, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • G06Q10/00Administration; Management
    • G06Q10/08Logistics, e.g. warehousing, loading or distribution; Inventory or stock management
    • G06Q10/083Shipping
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06QINFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR ADMINISTRATIVE, COMMERCIAL, FINANCIAL, MANAGERIAL OR SUPERVISORY PURPOSES; SYSTEMS OR METHODS SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR ADMINISTRATIVE, COMMERCIAL, FINANCIAL, MANAGERIAL OR SUPERVISORY PURPOSES, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • G06Q30/00Commerce
    • G06Q30/06Buying, selling or leasing transactions
    • G06Q30/0645Rental transactions; Leasing transactions
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06QINFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR ADMINISTRATIVE, COMMERCIAL, FINANCIAL, MANAGERIAL OR SUPERVISORY PURPOSES; SYSTEMS OR METHODS SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR ADMINISTRATIVE, COMMERCIAL, FINANCIAL, MANAGERIAL OR SUPERVISORY PURPOSES, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • G06Q50/00Information and communication technology [ICT] specially adapted for implementation of business processes of specific business sectors, e.g. utilities or tourism
    • G06Q50/06Energy or water supply

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a management system, a management device, and a management method.
  • JP 2016-12291 A discloses a vehicle sharing system that includes multiple bicycles for sharing, multiple bicycle parking areas capable of accommodating a predetermined number of bicycles, and a management device installed in each bicycle parking area.
  • the present invention aims to solve the above-mentioned problems.
  • the first aspect of the present invention is a management system for managing a mobile station, which is a battery station in which a mobile battery shared by multiple users is placed, and the management system includes a management device, the management device including a usage demand information acquisition unit that acquires usage demand information indicating the usage demand of the mobile battery within a specified range, and an operation location notification unit that notifies the operating location of the mobile station based on the usage demand information.
  • a second aspect of the present invention is a management device that manages a mobile station, which is a battery station in which a mobile battery shared by multiple users is placed, and includes a usage demand information acquisition unit that acquires usage demand information indicating the usage demand of the mobile battery within a specified range, and an operation location notification unit that notifies the operating location of the mobile station based on the usage demand information.
  • a third aspect of the present invention is a management method for managing a mobile station, which is a battery station in which a mobile battery shared by multiple users is located, and includes the steps of acquiring usage demand information indicating the usage demand of the mobile battery within a specified range, and notifying the operating location of the mobile station based on the usage demand information.
  • the present invention makes it possible to effectively manage a mobile battery shared by multiple users.
  • FIG. 1 is a block diagram illustrating a sharing system according to one embodiment.
  • FIG. 2 is a block diagram illustrating an example of a mobile battery.
  • FIG. 3 is a block diagram illustrating an example of a user terminal.
  • FIG. 4 is a block diagram showing an example of a delivery person terminal.
  • FIG. 5 is a block diagram illustrating an example of a management device.
  • FIG. 6 is a flowchart showing an example of the operation of the management system.
  • FIG. 7 is a flowchart showing an example of the operation of the management system.
  • FIG. 8 is a diagram showing an example of a display on the display unit of the user terminal.
  • FIG. 9 is a diagram showing an example of a display on the display unit of the user terminal.
  • FIG. 1 is a block diagram illustrating a sharing system according to one embodiment.
  • FIG. 2 is a block diagram illustrating an example of a mobile battery.
  • FIG. 3 is a block diagram illustrating an example of a user terminal.
  • FIG. 10 is a flowchart showing an example of the operation of the management system.
  • FIG. 11 is a diagram showing an example of a display on the display unit of the collector/deliverer terminal.
  • FIG. 12 is a flowchart showing an example of the operation of the management system.
  • FIG. 13 is a diagram showing an example of a display on the display unit of the delivery/collection terminal.
  • FIG. 14 is a flowchart showing an example of the operation of the management system.
  • FIG. 15 is a flowchart showing an example of the operation of the management system.
  • FIG. 16 is a diagram showing an example of a display on the display unit of the user terminal.
  • FIG. 17 is a flowchart showing an example of the operation of the management system.
  • FIG. 11 is a diagram showing an example of a display on the display unit of the collector/deliverer terminal.
  • FIG. 12 is a flowchart showing an example of the operation of the management system.
  • FIG. 13 is a diagram showing an example of
  • FIG. 18 is a diagram showing an example of a display on the display unit of the collector/deliverer terminal.
  • FIG. 19 is a flowchart showing an example of the operation of the management system.
  • FIG. 20 is a diagram showing an example of a display on the display unit of the collector/deliverer terminal.
  • FIG. 21 is a flowchart showing an example of the operation of the management system.
  • FIG. 22 is a diagram showing an example of a display on a display unit of a user terminal.
  • FIG. 23 is a flowchart showing an example of the operation of the management system.
  • FIG. 24 is a flowchart showing an example of the operation of the management system.
  • FIG. 25 is a flowchart showing an example of the operation of the management system.
  • FIG. 24 is a flowchart showing an example of the operation of the management system.
  • FIG. 26 is a diagram showing an example of a display on the display unit of the user terminal.
  • FIG. 27 is a flowchart showing an example of the operation of the management system.
  • FIG. 28 is a diagram showing an example of a display on a display unit of a user terminal.
  • FIG. 29 is a flowchart showing an example of the operation of the management system.
  • FIG. 30 is a flowchart showing an example of the operation of the management system.
  • FIG. 31 is a flowchart showing an example of the operation of the management system.
  • FIG. 32 is a flowchart showing an example of the operation of the management system.
  • FIG. 33 is a diagram illustrating the flow of people arriving within a predetermined area and the installation positions of battery holders.
  • FIG. 33 is a diagram illustrating the flow of people arriving within a predetermined area and the installation positions of battery holders.
  • FIG. 34 is a flowchart showing an example of the operation of the management system.
  • FIG. 35 is a flowchart showing an example of the operation of the management system.
  • FIG. 36 is a flowchart showing an example of the operation of the management system.
  • FIG. 37 is a block diagram showing a user terminal according to the first modification.
  • FIG. 38 is a block diagram showing a delivery person terminal according to the second modification.
  • FIG. 1 is a block diagram illustrating a sharing system 10 according to one embodiment.
  • the sharing system 10 is a system for sharing a mobile battery 100 among multiple users.
  • the sharing system 10 may include a battery station 12. Note that a person who has completed user registration, which will be described later, may be considered a user in this embodiment, but is not limited to this.
  • the battery station 12 is a facility in which multiple mobile batteries 100 can be placed.
  • the battery station 12 is installed, for example, by an operating company that operates the sharing system 10. Multiple battery stations 12 can be installed in a city.
  • the sharing system 10 can include multiple battery stations 12.
  • a user can borrow a mobile battery 100 that is placed in a battery station 12.
  • the user can return the borrowed mobile battery 100 to the operating company by placing the borrowed mobile battery 100 in the battery station 12.
  • the battery station 12 can be installed in commercial facilities, stores, etc. in a city, but is not limited to this.
  • the battery station 12 may be provided with a charger (charging equipment, charging device) 14.
  • the charger 14 may charge the mobile battery 100.
  • the charger 14 may be provided with a battery port 14a.
  • the number of battery ports 14a may be one or more.
  • the mobile battery 100 may be arranged in the battery port 14a.
  • the charger 14 may charge the mobile battery 100 arranged in the battery port 14a.
  • the battery station 12 may further be provided with a control computer (not shown).
  • the control computer is provided in the charger 14, for example.
  • the control computer includes a processor, a memory, an input/output interface, etc.
  • the control computer is also connected to a network NW.
  • the network NW is, for example, a communication network such as the Internet.
  • the control computer may communicate with a management device 400, which will be described later.
  • the control computer may acquire battery information from the mobile battery 100 arranged in the battery station 12 in which the control computer is provided.
  • the battery information may include identification information of the mobile battery 100.
  • the battery information may also include information indicating the SoC (State of Charge) of the mobile battery 100.
  • the battery information may include information indicating the remaining capacity of the mobile battery 100.
  • the control computer of the battery station 12 may transmit the acquired battery information to the management device 400 described below.
  • the operating company that operates the sharing system 10 may collect and deliver the mobile battery 100 to the user through a collector/deliverer. This allows the user to borrow the mobile battery 100 from the collector/deliverer without visiting the battery station 12. The user may also return the mobile battery 100 to the collector/deliverer without visiting the battery station 12.
  • a collector/deliverer that can deliver the mobile battery 100 to a user is also referred to as a deliverer.
  • a collector/deliverer that can collect the mobile battery 100 from a user is also referred to as a collector.
  • a collector who collects the mobile battery 100 from a user may return the mobile battery 100 to the battery station 12, or may deliver the mobile battery 100 to another user as a deliverer. Note that a person who has completed the collector/deliverer registration described below may correspond to a collector/deliverer in this embodiment, but is not limited to this.
  • the sharing system 10 further includes a management system 16.
  • the management system 16 is a system that manages the mobile battery 100 shared by multiple users.
  • the management system 16 can manage the collection and delivery of the mobile battery 100 shared by multiple users. In other words, the management system 16 can manage the delivery of the mobile battery 100 to multiple users and the collection of the mobile battery 100 from multiple users.
  • the management system 16 includes a mobile terminal 200, a terminal device 300, and a management device 400.
  • the mobile terminal 200, the terminal device 300, and the management device 400 can be connected to a network NW.
  • the mobile terminal 200 is a terminal carried by a user. In the following description, the mobile terminal 200 is also referred to as a user terminal 200.
  • the user terminal 200 is, for example, a smartphone. Although the number of user terminals 200 illustrated in FIG. 1 is two, the number of user terminals 200 is not limited to two. A more detailed description of the user terminal 200 will be provided later.
  • the terminal device 300 is a terminal carried by a collector/deliverer. In the following description, the terminal device 300 is also referred to as a collector/deliverer terminal 300.
  • the collector/deliverer terminal 300 is, for example, a smartphone. Although the number of collector/deliverer terminals 300 illustrated in FIG. 1 is two, the number of collector/deliverer terminals 300 is not limited to two. A more detailed description of the collector/deliverer terminal 300 will be provided later.
  • the management device 400 is a computer (server) for managing the mobile battery 100 shared by multiple users.
  • the management device 400 is provided in, for example, a data center 18 managed by an operating company that operates the management system 16.
  • the management device 400 can communicate with the user terminal 200 via the network NW.
  • the management device 400 can communicate with the delivery/collection terminal 300 via the network NW. A more detailed explanation of the management device 400 will be given later.
  • FIG. 2 is a block diagram showing an example of a mobile battery 100.
  • the mobile battery 100 includes a battery cell 102, a lighting unit 104, a positioning unit 106, a communication unit 108, a calculation unit 110, and a memory unit (battery memory unit) 112.
  • the mobile battery 100 may also include a speaker.
  • a program for causing a computer to execute the management method according to this embodiment may be pre-installed in the mobile battery 100. A more detailed explanation of the management method will be given later.
  • An electric charge can be stored in the battery cell 102.
  • the amount of electric charge stored in the battery cell 102 is the remaining capacity of the mobile battery 100.
  • the lighting unit 104 includes, for example, an LED (Light emitting diode) lamp. By emitting light, the lighting unit 104 can allow people in the vicinity of the mobile battery 100 to recognize the location of the mobile battery 100.
  • LED Light emitting diode
  • the positioning unit 106 may be equipped with a GNSS (Global Navigation Satellite System) sensor.
  • the GNSS sensor uses a satellite positioning system to obtain location information that indicates the current location of the mobile battery 100.
  • the communication unit 108 is, for example, configured with a communication device for wireless communication.
  • the communication unit 108 can perform wireless communication via the network NW.
  • the communication unit 108 may perform communication using a wireless LAN (Local Area Network).
  • the communication unit 108 may also perform communication (short-range communication) using the Bluetooth (registered trademark) standard.
  • the communication unit 108 can communicate with the user terminal 200, the delivery/collection terminal 300, and the management device 400.
  • the communication unit 108 can also communicate with the control computer of the battery station 12.
  • the calculation unit 110 may be configured by a processor such as a CPU (Central Processing Unit) or a GPU (Graphics Processing Unit). In other words, the calculation unit 110 may be configured by a processing circuit.
  • a processor such as a CPU (Central Processing Unit) or a GPU (Graphics Processing Unit).
  • the calculation unit 110 may be configured by a processing circuit.
  • the memory unit 112 may be provided with a volatile memory (not shown) and a non-volatile memory (not shown). Examples of the volatile memory may include a RAM (Random Access Memory). Examples of the non-volatile memory may include a ROM (Read Only Memory) and a flash memory. Data, etc. may be stored in the volatile memory, for example. Programs, tables, maps, etc. may be stored in the non-volatile memory, for example. At least a portion of the memory unit 112 may be provided in a processor, integrated circuit, etc. as described above.
  • the calculation unit 110 may be provided with a control unit 114, a capacity information acquisition unit 116, and a notification unit 118.
  • the control unit 114, the capacity information acquisition unit 116, and the notification unit 118 may be realized by the calculation unit 110 executing a program stored in the memory unit 112.
  • control unit 114 the capacity information acquisition unit 116, and the notification unit 118 may be realized by an integrated circuit such as an ASIC (Application Specific Integrated Circuit) or an FPGA (Field-Programmable Gate Array).
  • control unit 114, the capacity information acquisition unit 116, and the notification unit 118 may be configured by an electronic circuit including a discrete device.
  • the control unit 114 is responsible for the overall control of the mobile battery 100. For example, the control unit 114 supplies the location information acquired by the positioning unit 106 to the management device 400 via the communication unit 108.
  • the capacity information acquisition unit 116 acquires information indicating the remaining capacity of the mobile battery 100.
  • the information indicating the remaining capacity of the mobile battery 100 is also referred to as remaining capacity information in the following description.
  • the capacity information acquisition unit 116 acquires the remaining capacity information based on the amount of charge stored in the battery cell 102, for example.
  • the remaining capacity information acquired by the capacity information acquisition unit 116 can be supplied to the management device 400 by the control unit 114 via the communication unit 108.
  • the remaining capacity information acquired by the capacity information acquisition unit 116 can be supplied to the control computer of the above-mentioned battery station 12 as at least a part of the battery information.
  • the notification unit 118 controls the lighting unit 104 to make the lighting unit 104 emit light. This allows the user to recognize the location of the mobile battery 100 that the user is to receive. On the other hand, a delivery person can recognize that the user who is to receive the mobile battery 100 is nearby by visually checking the emission of light from the lighting unit 104 of the mobile battery 100 held by the delivery person. Whether or not the user has approached the mobile battery 100 can be determined based on whether or not the user position, which is the position of the user, is within a predetermined range from the position of the mobile battery 100. Information indicating the user position can be acquired by the position information acquisition unit 412 of the management device 400 described later.
  • the notification unit 118 may output sound from the speaker when the user approaches the mobile battery 100.
  • the user can grasp the location of the mobile battery 100 by listening to the sound output from the speaker.
  • the delivery person can tell that the user is nearby by listening to the sound output from the speaker.
  • the notification unit 118 may control the lighting unit 104 to illuminate the lighting unit 104 when a collector who is scheduled to collect the mobile battery 100 approaches the mobile battery 100.
  • the collector may recognize the location of the mobile battery 100 by visually checking the light emission.
  • a user may recognize that the collector who is scheduled to collect the mobile battery 100 is nearby by visually checking the light emission.
  • Whether or not the collector has approached the mobile battery 100 may be determined based on whether or not the collector's position, which is the position of the collector, is within a predetermined range from the position of the mobile battery 100.
  • Information indicating the collector's position may be acquired by the position information acquisition unit 412 of the management device 400 described later.
  • the notification unit 118 may output sound from the speaker when the collector approaches the mobile battery 100.
  • the collector may understand the location of the mobile battery 100 by listening to the sound output from the speaker. The user can hear the sound output from the speaker to know that a collector is nearby.
  • FIG. 3 is a block diagram showing an example of a user terminal 200.
  • the user terminal 200 includes an operation unit 202, a display unit 204, a positioning unit 206, a communication unit 208, a calculation unit 210, and a storage unit 212.
  • the user terminal 200 may further include a speaker (not shown), a microphone (not shown), a camera (not shown), etc.
  • a program for causing a computer to execute the management method according to this embodiment, etc., may be pre-installed in the user terminal 200.
  • the user terminal 200 is a terminal held by a user.
  • the operation unit 202 can be used when the user operates the user terminal 200.
  • the display unit 204 is provided with a display element (not shown).
  • the display element is, for example, a liquid crystal display element, an organic electroluminescence display element, or the like. At least a part of the operation unit 202 and the display unit 204 may be configured by a touch panel (not shown) provided with such a display element.
  • the positioning unit 206 may be equipped with a GNSS sensor.
  • the GNSS sensor uses a satellite positioning system to obtain information indicating the current position of the user terminal 200.
  • the position of the user terminal 200 essentially indicates the user position, which is the position of the user who possesses the user terminal 200.
  • the positioning unit 206 can obtain user position information, which is information indicating the user position.
  • the communication unit 208 is configured, for example, by a communication device for wireless communication.
  • the communication unit 208 can perform wireless communication via the network NW.
  • the communication unit 208 may perform communication using a wireless LAN.
  • the communication unit 208 may also perform communication using the Bluetooth (registered trademark) standard.
  • the communication unit 208 can communicate with the management device 400.
  • the communication unit 208 can also communicate with the control computer of the battery station 12.
  • the calculation unit 210 may be configured by a processor such as a CPU or a GPU. In other words, the calculation unit 210 may be configured by a processing circuit.
  • the storage unit 212 may include a volatile memory (not shown) and a non-volatile memory (not shown). Examples of the volatile memory may include a RAM, etc. Examples of the non-volatile memory may include a ROM, a flash memory, etc. Data, etc. may be stored in the volatile memory, for example. Programs, tables, maps, etc. may be stored in the non-volatile memory, for example. At least a portion of the storage unit 212 may be provided in a processor, an integrated circuit, etc. as described above. For example, information received by the user terminal 200 from the management device 400 via the communication unit 208 may be stored in the storage unit 212.
  • the calculation unit 210 may be provided with a control unit 214, an information providing unit 216, and a request information generating unit 218.
  • the control unit 214, the information providing unit 216, and the request information generating unit 218 may be realized by the calculation unit 210 executing a program stored in the memory unit 212.
  • control unit 214 the information providing unit 216, and the request information generating unit 218 may be realized by an integrated circuit such as an ASIC or an FPGA.
  • control unit 214, the information providing unit 216, and the request information generating unit 218 may be configured by an electronic circuit including a discrete device.
  • the control unit 214 is responsible for the overall control of the user terminal 200. For example, the control unit 214 supplies the user position information acquired by the positioning unit 206 to the management device 400 via the communication unit 208.
  • the control unit 214 also provides the user with a UI (User Interface) for the user to request collection and delivery of the mobile battery 100.
  • the control unit 214 controls the display unit 204 to display a GUI (Graphical User Interface) for the user to request collection and delivery of the mobile battery 100 on the display unit 204.
  • the control unit 214 can transmit a collection and delivery request for the mobile battery 100 to the management device 400 via the communication unit 208.
  • the information providing unit 216 controls the display unit 204, speaker, etc. provided on the user terminal 200 to provide the user with collection and delivery information.
  • the collection and delivery information is information about a collection and delivery person who can collect and deliver the mobile battery 100 to the user.
  • the collection and delivery information indicates, for example, the location of a collection and delivery person within a specified range from the user.
  • the collection and delivery information is generated by the information generating unit 418 described later. A more detailed explanation of the collection and delivery information and the information generating unit 418 will be provided later.
  • FIG. 4 is a block diagram showing an example of a delivery person terminal 300.
  • the delivery/collection terminal 300 includes an operation unit 302, a display unit 304, a positioning unit 306, a communication unit 308, a calculation unit 310, and a memory unit 312.
  • the delivery/collection terminal 300 may further include a speaker (not shown), a microphone (not shown), a camera (not shown), etc.
  • a program for causing a computer to execute the management method according to this embodiment, etc., may be pre-installed in the delivery/collection terminal 300.
  • the delivery/collection terminal 300 is a terminal held by a delivery person.
  • the operation unit 302 can be used when a delivery person operates the delivery person terminal 300.
  • the display unit 304 is provided with a display element (not shown).
  • the display element is, for example, a liquid crystal display element, an organic electroluminescence display element, etc. At least a part of the operation unit 302 and the display unit 304 may be configured by a touch panel (not shown) provided with such a display element.
  • the positioning unit 306 may be equipped with a GNSS sensor.
  • the GNSS sensor uses a satellite positioning system to obtain information indicating the current position of the delivery person terminal 300.
  • the position of the delivery person terminal 300 essentially indicates the delivery person position, which is the position of the delivery person who possesses the delivery person terminal 300.
  • the positioning unit 306 can obtain delivery person position information, which is information indicating the delivery person position.
  • the collector/delivery person location will also be referred to as the deliverer location, and the collector/delivery person location information will also be referred to as the deliverer location information.
  • the collector/delivery person location will also be referred to as the collector location, and the collector/delivery person location information will also be referred to as the collector location information.
  • the communication unit 308 is configured, for example, by a communication device for wireless communication.
  • the communication unit 308 can perform wireless communication via the network NW.
  • the communication unit 308 may perform communication using a wireless LAN.
  • the communication unit 308 may also perform communication using the Bluetooth (registered trademark) standard.
  • the communication unit 308 can communicate with the management device 400.
  • the communication unit 308 can also communicate with the control computer of the battery station 12.
  • the calculation unit 310 may be configured by a processor such as a CPU or a GPU. In other words, the calculation unit 310 may be configured by a processing circuit.
  • the memory unit 312 may be provided with a volatile memory (not shown) and a non-volatile memory (not shown). Examples of the volatile memory may include RAM, etc. Examples of the non-volatile memory may include ROM, flash memory, etc. Data, etc. may be stored in the volatile memory, for example. Programs, tables, maps, etc. may be stored in the non-volatile memory, for example. At least a portion of the memory unit 312 may be provided in a processor, integrated circuit, etc. as described above. For example, information received by the delivery/collection terminal 300 from the management device 400 via the communication unit 308 may be stored in the memory unit 312.
  • the calculation unit 310 may be provided with a control unit 314, an information providing unit 316, and a request receiving unit 318.
  • the control unit 314, the information providing unit 316, and the request receiving unit 318 may be realized by the calculation unit 310 executing a program stored in the memory unit 312.
  • control unit 314, the information providing unit 316, and the request receiving unit 318 may be realized by an integrated circuit such as an ASIC or an FPGA.
  • control unit 314, the information providing unit 316, and the request receiving unit 318 may be configured by an electronic circuit including a discrete device.
  • the control unit 314 is responsible for the overall control of the delivery person terminal 300.
  • the control unit 314 supplies the delivery person position information acquired by the positioning unit 306 to the management device 400 via the communication unit 308.
  • the information providing unit 316 controls the display unit 304, speaker, etc. provided on the collector/deliver terminal 300 to provide user information to the collector/deliver.
  • the user information is information about a user who may require collection and delivery of a mobile battery 100.
  • the user information indicates, for example, the location of a user who is within a specified range from the collector/deliver.
  • the user information is generated by the information generating unit 418 (see Figure 5), which will be described later. A more detailed explanation of the user information and the information generating unit 418 will be provided later.
  • FIG. 5 is a block diagram showing an example of a management device 400.
  • the management device 400 includes a communication unit 402, a calculation unit 404, and a storage unit 406.
  • a program for causing a computer to execute the management method according to this embodiment may be pre-installed in the management device 400.
  • the management device 400 is a server computer for managing the mobile battery 100.
  • the communication unit 402 is configured, for example, by a communication device (not shown).
  • the communication unit 402 can communicate with the user terminal 200 and receive user position information from the user terminal 200.
  • the communication unit 402 can communicate with the delivery/collection terminal 300 and receive delivery/collection position information from the delivery/collection terminal 300.
  • the communication unit 402 can communicate with the mobile battery 100 or the battery station 12 (control computer) and receive battery information.
  • the calculation unit 404 may be configured by a processor such as a CPU or a GPU. In other words, the calculation unit 404 may be configured by a processing circuit.
  • the storage unit 406 may be provided with a volatile memory (not shown) and a non-volatile memory (not shown). Examples of the volatile memory may include a RAM, etc. Examples of the non-volatile memory may include a ROM, a flash memory, etc. Data, etc. may be stored in the volatile memory, for example. Programs, tables, maps, etc. may be stored in the non-volatile memory, for example. At least a portion of the storage unit 406 may be provided in a processor, an integrated circuit, etc. as described above. Furthermore, the storage unit 406 may further be provided with a HDD (Hard Disk Drive), an SSD (Solid State Drive), etc.
  • HDD Hard Disk Drive
  • SSD Solid State Drive
  • the memory unit 406 may store, for example, information received by the communication unit 402 from the user terminal 200, the collector/delivery terminal 300, etc.
  • the memory unit 406 may also store, for example, information generated by the information generation unit 418 described below.
  • the memory unit 406 may further store map information.
  • the memory unit 406 may also store information indicating the collection and delivery history of the mobile battery 100.
  • the collection and delivery history of the mobile battery 100 may include, for example, information indicating the collector who collected and delivered the mobile battery 100 to the user, information indicating the user to whom the mobile battery 100 was collected, and information indicating the collected and delivered mobile battery 100.
  • the collection and delivery history of the mobile battery 100 may further include information indicating the location (user location) where a collection and delivery request for the mobile battery 100 was made, information indicating the date and time when the collection and delivery request was made, and information indicating the meeting place between the user and the collector/delivery person described below.
  • Information indicating the delivery person who collected the mobile battery 100 for the user, information indicating the user to whom the mobile battery 100 was collected, information indicating the collected mobile battery 100, information indicating the location where the collection and delivery request for the mobile battery 100 was made, information indicating the date and time when the collection and delivery request was made, and information indicating the meeting place between the user and the delivery person described below can be associated in the collection and delivery history.
  • the calculation unit 404 may include a control unit 408, a registration reception unit 410, a location information acquisition unit 412, a future location prediction unit 414, a battery information acquisition unit 416, an information generation unit 418, and a proposal unit 420.
  • the calculation unit 404 may further include a past demand information generation unit 422, a collection and delivery demand prediction unit 424, a usage history information acquisition unit 426, a status determination unit 428, a maximum charging capacity determination unit 430, and a replacement time estimation unit 432.
  • the calculation unit 404 may further include an inventory shortage station determination unit 434, an inventory surplus station determination unit 436, a requested collection and delivery person selection unit 438, and a delivery restriction collection and delivery person selection unit 440.
  • the calculation unit 404 may further include a low remaining capacity battery determination unit 442, a time margin determination unit 444, a bonus granting unit 446, a remaining capacity information acquisition unit 448, and a mobile battery selection unit 450.
  • the calculation unit 404 may further include a high remaining capacity battery determination unit 452, a time series data acquisition unit 454, and a long-term high remaining capacity battery determination unit 456.
  • the calculation unit 404 may further include an operation status information acquisition unit 458, a rest necessity determination unit 460, a provision information selection unit 462, a collection and delivery environment information acquisition unit 464, and a malfunction information acquisition unit 466.
  • the calculation unit 404 may further include a charging status information acquisition unit 468 and a collection request information distribution unit 470.
  • the calculation unit 404 may further include a usage demand information acquisition unit 472, an operation instruction notification unit 474, and an operation location notification unit 476.
  • the calculation unit 404 may further include a delivery request information distribution unit 478, a people flow data acquisition unit 480, a holder position determination unit 482, and a delivery destination information provision unit 484.
  • the control unit 408, the registration reception unit 410, the location information acquisition unit 412, the future location prediction unit 414, the battery information acquisition unit 416, the information generation unit 418, and the proposal unit 420 can be realized by the calculation unit 404 executing the programs stored in the memory unit 406.
  • the past demand information generation unit 422, the collection and delivery demand prediction unit 424, the usage history information acquisition unit 426, the status determination unit 428, the maximum charging capacity determination unit 430, and the replacement time estimation unit 432 can be realized by the calculation unit 404 executing the programs stored in the memory unit 406.
  • the inventory shortage station determination unit 434, the inventory excess station determination unit 436, the requested collection and delivery person selection unit 438, and the delivery restriction collection and delivery person selection unit 440 can be realized by the calculation unit 404 executing the programs stored in the memory unit 406.
  • the low remaining capacity battery determination unit 442, the time margin determination unit 444, the benefit granting unit 446, the remaining capacity information acquisition unit 448, and the mobile battery selection unit 450 can be realized by the calculation unit 404 executing a program stored in the storage unit 406.
  • the high remaining capacity battery determination unit 452, the time series data acquisition unit 454, and the long-term high remaining capacity battery determination unit 456 can be realized by the calculation unit 404 executing a program stored in the storage unit 406.
  • the operation status information acquisition unit 458, the rest necessity determination unit 460, the provision information selection unit 462, the collection and delivery environment information acquisition unit 464, and the malfunction information acquisition unit 466 can be realized by the calculation unit 404 executing a program stored in the storage unit 406.
  • the charging status information acquisition unit 468 and the collection request information distribution unit 470 can be realized by the calculation unit 404 executing a program stored in the storage unit 406.
  • the usage demand information acquisition unit 472, the operation instruction notification unit 474, and the operation location notification unit 476 can be realized by the calculation unit 404 executing the programs stored in the memory unit 406.
  • the delivery request information distribution unit 478, the people flow data acquisition unit 480, the holder position determination unit 482, and the delivery destination information provision unit 484 can be realized by the calculation unit 404 executing the programs stored in the memory unit 406.
  • At least a portion of the control unit 408, the registration reception unit 410, the location information acquisition unit 412, the future location prediction unit 414, the battery information acquisition unit 416, the information generation unit 418, and the proposal unit 420 may be realized by an integrated circuit such as an ASIC or an FPGA.
  • At least a portion of the past demand information generation unit 422, the collection and delivery demand prediction unit 424, the usage history information acquisition unit 426, the status determination unit 428, the maximum charging capacity determination unit 430, and the replacement time estimation unit 432 may be realized by an integrated circuit such as an ASIC or an FPGA.
  • At least a portion of the stock shortage station determination unit 434, the stock excess station determination unit 436, the requested collection and delivery person selection unit 438, and the delivery restriction collection and delivery person selection unit 440 may be realized by an integrated circuit such as an ASIC or an FPGA.
  • At least some of the low remaining capacity battery determination unit 442, the time margin determination unit 444, the bonus granting unit 446, the remaining capacity information acquisition unit 448, and the mobile battery selection unit 450 may be realized by an integrated circuit such as an ASIC or an FPGA.
  • At least some of the high remaining capacity battery determination unit 452, the time series data acquisition unit 454, and the long-term high remaining capacity battery determination unit 456 may be realized by an integrated circuit such as an ASIC or an FPGA.
  • At least some of the operation status information acquisition unit 458, the rest necessity determination unit 460, the provided information selection unit 462, the collection and delivery environment information acquisition unit 464, and the malfunction information acquisition unit 466 may be realized by an integrated circuit such as an ASIC or an FPGA.
  • At least some of the charging status information acquisition unit 468 and the collection request information distribution unit 470 may be realized by an integrated circuit such as an ASIC or an FPGA.
  • At least a portion of the usage demand information acquisition unit 472, the operation instruction notification unit 474, and the operation location notification unit 476 may be realized by an integrated circuit such as an ASIC or an FPGA.
  • At least a portion of the delivery request information distribution unit 478, the people flow data acquisition unit 480, the holder position determination unit 482, and the delivery destination information provision unit 484 may be realized by an integrated circuit such as an ASIC or an FPGA.
  • control unit 408 the registration reception unit 410, the position information acquisition unit 412, the future position prediction unit 414, the battery information acquisition unit 416, the information generation unit 418, and the proposal unit 420 may be configured by electronic circuits including discrete devices.
  • At least a portion of the past demand information generation unit 422, the collection and delivery demand prediction unit 424, the usage history information acquisition unit 426, the status determination unit 428, the maximum charging capacity determination unit 430, and the replacement time estimation unit 432 may be configured by electronic circuits including discrete devices.
  • At least a portion of the inventory shortage station determination unit 434, the inventory excess station determination unit 436, the requested collection and delivery person selection unit 438, and the delivery restriction collection and delivery person selection unit 440 may be configured by electronic circuits including discrete devices. At least a part of the low remaining capacity battery determination unit 442, the time margin determination unit 444, the bonus granting unit 446, the remaining capacity information acquisition unit 448, and the mobile battery selection unit 450 may be configured by an electronic circuit including a discrete device. At least a part of the high remaining capacity battery determination unit 452, the time series data acquisition unit 454, and the long-term high remaining capacity battery determination unit 456 may be configured by an electronic circuit including a discrete device.
  • At least a part of the operation status information acquisition unit 458, the rest necessity determination unit 460, the provided information selection unit 462, the collection and delivery environment information acquisition unit 464, and the malfunction information acquisition unit 466 may be configured by an electronic circuit including a discrete device. At least a part of the charging status information acquisition unit 468 and the collection request information distribution unit 470 may be configured by an electronic circuit including a discrete device. At least a portion of the usage demand information acquisition unit 472, the operation instruction notification unit 474, and the operation location notification unit 476 may be configured by an electronic circuit including a discrete device.
  • the control unit 408 is responsible for the overall control of the management device 400.
  • the control unit 408 can control the communication unit 402 to transmit information stored in the memory unit 406 to the user terminal 200 and the delivery person terminal 300 as appropriate.
  • the registration reception unit 410 accepts user registration by a person who wishes to use the sharing system 10 as a user.
  • a person who wishes to use the sharing system 10 as a user can register as a user using a specific application software that can be installed on a terminal such as a smartphone.
  • the registration reception unit 410 can store identification information, which is information unique to a user who has completed user registration, in the storage unit 406.
  • the user identification information is also referred to as user identification information in the following description.
  • the registration reception unit 410 also accepts delivery and collection agent registrations made by individuals who wish to act as delivery and collection agents. Individuals who wish to act as delivery and collection agents can register as delivery and collection agents using a specific application software that can be installed on a terminal such as a smartphone.
  • the registration reception unit 410 can store in the memory unit 406 identification information, which is information unique to delivery and collection agents who have registered as delivery and collection agents.
  • the identification information of delivery and collection agents is also referred to as delivery and collection agent identification information in the following description.
  • the location information acquisition unit 412 acquires user location information received by the communication unit 402 from the user terminal 200.
  • the location information acquisition unit 412 may acquire user location information sequentially.
  • the location information acquisition unit 412 may acquire multiple pieces of user location information from multiple user terminals 200.
  • the location information acquisition unit 412 may store the acquired user location information in the storage unit 406 in association with user identification information.
  • the location information acquisition unit 412 also acquires the delivery person location information received by the communication unit 402 from the delivery person terminal 300.
  • the location information acquisition unit 412 may sequentially acquire delivery person location information.
  • the location information acquisition unit 412 may acquire multiple pieces of delivery person location information from multiple delivery person terminals 300.
  • the location information acquisition unit 412 may store the acquired delivery person location information in the memory unit 406 in association with delivery person identification information.
  • the future position prediction unit 414 predicts a future user position, which is the user's position in the future. In other words, the future position prediction unit 414 predicts the user's future position.
  • the future position prediction unit 414 predicts the future user position, for example, based on the user's action plan and the user position acquired by the position information acquisition unit 412.
  • the future position prediction unit 414 can store the predicted future user position in the storage unit 406 in association with the user identification information.
  • the user's action plan is information indicating, for example, the user's destination, the user's expected arrival time at the destination, the user's means of transportation to the destination, etc.
  • the user may operate the user terminal 200 to transmit the user's action plan to the management device 400.
  • the future position prediction unit 414 may predict the user's future position based on the user's current action. For example, if the user is using a train, the user's future position may be predicted based on the train's timetable, etc. Also, for example, if the user is walking on a road, the user's future position may be predicted based on map information about the road, the user's moving speed, and the user's moving direction. Also, the future position prediction unit 414 may predict the user's future position based on the user's schedule information.
  • the schedule information may be stored in advance in the storage unit 212 provided in the user terminal 200.
  • the battery information acquisition unit 416 acquires battery information of the mobile battery 100 via the communication unit 402.
  • the battery information may include identification information of the mobile battery 100 and information indicating the remaining capacity of the mobile battery 100.
  • the battery information acquisition unit 416 may associate the acquired battery information with the user who possesses the mobile battery 100 indicated by the battery information and store it in the memory unit 406.
  • the battery information acquisition unit 416 may associate the acquired battery information with the delivery person who possesses the mobile battery 100 indicated by the battery information and store it in the memory unit 406.
  • the battery information acquisition unit 416 may associate the acquired battery information with the battery station 12 in which the mobile battery 100 indicated by the battery information is located and store it in the memory unit 406.
  • the information generating unit 418 generates the delivery person information.
  • the delivery person information is information about a delivery person who can deliver the mobile battery 100 to the user.
  • the information generating unit 418 can generate the delivery person information based on the delivery person position and the user position. More specifically, the information generating unit 418 can generate the delivery person information based on the delivery person position, the user position, and map information.
  • the information generating unit 418 can include information indicating a delivery person position within a predetermined range from the user position in the delivery person information. More specifically, for example, the information generating unit 418 can include information for displaying a graphic indicating a delivery person position within a predetermined range from the user position together with the map MP on the display unit 204 of the user terminal 200 in the delivery person information.
  • the predetermined range may be a range within a predetermined distance from the user position in the future, or a range within which the expected travel time for the delivery person to reach the user position in the future is within a predetermined time.
  • the control unit 408 may transmit the delivery person information generated by the information generation unit 418 to the user terminal 200 via the communication unit 402.
  • the information provision unit 216 of the user terminal 200 may display the delivery person information received from the management device 400 on the display unit 204. In this way, the delivery person information is provided to the user.
  • the delivery person information may include information for displaying a graphic indicating the delivery person's location together with the map MP on the display unit 204 of the user terminal 200.
  • the information providing unit 216 may display the map MP on the display unit 204 and also display a graphic 500 indicating the delivery person's location on the map MP (see also Figures 8 and 9). This allows the user to easily grasp the location of a delivery person who can collect and deliver the mobile battery 100 to the user.
  • the information providing unit 216 may further display on the map MP a graphic indicating the position of the user who is carrying the user terminal 200 equipped with the information providing unit 216. This allows the user to easily understand the positional relationship between the user and the delivery person.
  • the information providing unit 216 may acquire user position information from the positioning unit 206 of the user terminal 200, but is not limited to this.
  • the information providing unit 216 may also acquire user position information from the management device 400.
  • FIG. 6 is a flowchart showing an example of the operation of the management system 16.
  • FIG. 6 shows an example of providing delivery and collection information to a user.
  • step S1 the location information acquisition unit 412 of the management device 400 acquires delivery person location information.
  • step S2 the location information acquisition unit 412 of the management device 400 acquires user location information.
  • step S3 the information generating unit 418 of the management device 400 generates delivery person information.
  • the information generating unit 418 generates delivery person information based on the future user position and delivery person position.
  • step S4 the communication unit 402 of the management device 400 transmits the delivery person information generated by the information generation unit 418 to the user terminal 200.
  • step S5 the information providing unit 216 of the user terminal 200 provides the delivery person information received from the management device 400 to the user. That is, the delivery person information is provided to the user using the user terminal 200.
  • the information providing unit 216 provides the delivery person information to the user, for example, by displaying a map MP on the display unit 204 and displaying a figure indicating the delivery person's position on the map MP. In this way, the operation illustrated in FIG. 6 is completed.
  • the information generating unit 418 may generate the delivery person information based on the delivery person position and the future user position. More specifically, the information generating unit 418 may generate the delivery person information based on the delivery person position, the future user position, and map information. As described above, the future user position may be predicted by the future position prediction unit 414 based on the user position. In this case, the information generating unit 418 may include information indicating a delivery person position within a predetermined range from the future user position in the delivery person information. More specifically, the information generating unit 418 may include information for displaying a graphic indicating a delivery person position within a predetermined range from the future user position on the display unit 204 of the user terminal 200 together with the map MP in the delivery person information.
  • FIG. 7 is a flowchart showing an example of the operation of the management system 16.
  • FIG. 7 shows an example in which delivery person information is generated using a future user location.
  • Step S1 in FIG. 7 can be performed in the same manner as step S1 in FIG. 6. Also, step S2 in FIG. 7 can be performed in the same manner as step S2 in FIG. 6.
  • step S6 may be performed after step S2.
  • the future position prediction unit 414 of the management device 400 predicts the future user position.
  • the future position prediction unit 414 predicts the future user position, for example, based on the user position information and the user's action plan.
  • the user position information is acquired in step S2, as described above.
  • the user's action plan is appropriately transmitted by the user to the management device 400 using the user terminal 200, as described above.
  • step S3 is performed after step S6.
  • the information generating unit 418 of the management device 400 generates delivery person information.
  • the information generating unit 418 generates delivery person information based on the future user position and delivery person position.
  • steps S4 and S5 are performed after step S3.
  • Step S4 in FIG. 7 can be performed in the same manner as step S4 in FIG. 6.
  • step S5 in FIG. 7 can be performed in the same manner as step S5 in FIG. 6. In this way, the operation illustrated in FIG. 7 is completed.
  • the information generating unit 418 may vary the content of the delivery/collection information provided to the user depending on whether the user requires delivery of the mobile battery 100 or collection of the mobile battery 100. With this in mind, the information generating unit 418 will be further described.
  • the delivery information about a delivery person is provided to a user who may require delivery of a mobile battery 100.
  • the delivery information about a delivery person is also referred to as delivery person information in the following description.
  • the information generating unit 418 may include information indicating a delivery person's position within a predetermined range from the future user's position in the delivery person information based on information indicating the future user's position and the delivery person position information.
  • the information generating unit 418 may also include information indicating the remaining capacity of the mobile battery 100 possessed by the delivery person in the delivery person information based on the battery information acquired by the battery information acquiring unit 416. This allows the information providing unit 216 of the user terminal 200 to provide the user with information indicating the remaining capacity of the mobile battery 100 possessed by the delivery person. Using the provided delivery person information, the user may easily find a delivery person who can deliver a mobile battery 100 with the remaining capacity desired by the user.
  • the information generating unit 418 may include in the deliverer information information for displaying a graphic indicating the remaining capacity of the mobile battery 100 possessed by the deliverer on the display unit 204 of the user terminal 200. This allows the information providing unit 216 to display a graphic indicating the remaining capacity of the mobile battery 100 possessed by the delivery person on the display unit 204 together with the map MP.
  • the graphic indicating the remaining capacity of the mobile battery 100 possessed by the deliverer changes at least one of the shape, color, and size according to the remaining capacity, for example. By looking at the display unit 204, the user can easily grasp the remaining capacity of the mobile battery 100 possessed by the deliverer.
  • the information generating unit 418 may generate delivery person information to be provided to a user only when the remaining capacity of the mobile battery 100 owned by the user falls below a predetermined remaining capacity threshold. This allows the information providing unit 216 of the user terminal 200 to provide a user whose remaining capacity of the mobile battery 100 owned by the user falls below the remaining capacity threshold with delivery person information regarding a delivery person who can deliver another mobile battery 100 to the user. In other words, the information providing unit 216 can provide delivery person information to a user who is likely to require delivery of a mobile battery 100.
  • the remaining capacity threshold can be stored in advance by the memory unit 406 of the management device 400.
  • the information generating unit 418 may include information indicating the number of mobile batteries 100 possessed by the deliverer in the deliverer information.
  • the information generating unit 418 may acquire information indicating the number of mobile batteries 100 possessed by the deliverer, for example, based on the collection and delivery history of the mobile batteries 100.
  • the information generating unit 418 may include information for displaying a graphic indicating the number of mobile batteries 100 possessed by the deliverer on the display unit 204 of the user terminal 200 together with the map MP in the deliverer information. This allows the information providing unit 216 to display a graphic indicating the number of mobile batteries 100 possessed by the deliverer on the display unit 204 of the user terminal 200 together with the map MP.
  • the user of the mobile battery 100 can easily find a deliverer who can deliver the number of mobile batteries 100 desired by the user.
  • FIG. 8 is a diagram showing an example of a display on the display unit 204 of the user terminal 200.
  • FIG. 8 shows an example of a case in which collector information is displayed on the display unit 204.
  • the information providing unit 216 of the user terminal 200 that has received the deliverer information may cause the display unit 204 to display, for example, the display screen 204a illustrated in FIG. 8.
  • a map MP, a figure 500, a figure 502, and a figure 504 may be displayed on the display screen 204a.
  • the figures 500, 502, and 504 may be displayed on the map MP.
  • the figure 500 indicates the deliverer location (delivery/collection location).
  • the figure 502 indicates the user location. That is, the figure 502 in FIG. 8 indicates the location of the user terminal 200 that is equipped with the display unit 204 that is displaying the display screen 204a in FIG. 8.
  • the figure 504 indicates the remaining capacity of the mobile battery 100 possessed by the deliverer.
  • the color, size, etc. of the graphic 504 change depending on the remaining capacity of the mobile battery 100 possessed by the delivery person.
  • the graphic 504 in FIG. 8 represents a remaining capacity meter that indicates the remaining capacity of the mobile battery 100.
  • a number of graphics 504 corresponding to the number of mobile batteries 100 possessed by the delivery person can be displayed on the display screen 204a. In other words, the number of graphics 504 indicates the number of mobile batteries 100 possessed by the delivery person.
  • the information providing unit 216 may cause the display unit 204 to display information indicating the remaining capacity of the mobile device battery.
  • the mobile device battery is, for example, a main battery provided in the user terminal 200. A more detailed explanation of the mobile device battery will be given later. If the user already has a mobile battery 100, the information providing unit 216 may cause the display unit 204 to display information indicating the remaining capacity of the mobile battery 100.
  • the information providing unit 216 may further display a figure 506 on the display screen 204a, for example, as shown in FIG. 8.
  • the figure 506 may indicate the remaining capacity of the mobile device battery, or may indicate the remaining capacity of the mobile battery 100 that the user has.
  • the display position of the figure 506 is a position on the display screen 204a that avoids the map MP in FIG. 8, but is not limited to this.
  • the color, size, etc. of the figure 500 indicating the location of the deliverer may change depending on the remaining capacity of the mobile battery 100 possessed by the user and the remaining capacity of the mobile battery 100 that the deliverer can deliver.
  • the color, size, etc. of the figure 500 may change depending on whether or not it indicates a deliverer who can deliver a mobile battery 100 with a remaining capacity greater than that of the mobile battery 100 possessed by the user. This allows the user to easily find a deliverer who can deliver a mobile battery 100 with a remaining capacity greater than that of the mobile battery 100 possessed by the user.
  • the information generating unit 418 generates the deliverer information based on the information indicating the remaining capacity of the mobile battery 100 possessed by the user and the information indicating the remaining capacity of the mobile battery 100 that the deliverer can deliver.
  • the user terminal 200 (calculation unit 210) may change the color, size, etc. of the figure 500 indicated in the deliverer information based on the information indicating the remaining capacity of the mobile battery 100 possessed by the user and the information indicating the remaining capacity of the mobile battery 100 that the deliverer can deliver.
  • the color, size, etc. of the figure 504 indicating the remaining capacity of the mobile battery 100 possessed by the delivery person may change according to the remaining capacity of the mobile battery 100 possessed by the user and the remaining capacity of the mobile battery 100 that the delivery person can deliver.
  • FIG. 8 The explanation of FIG. 8 is as above, but the information that may be displayed on the display screen 204a for a user who may require delivery of the mobile battery 100 is not limited to the content shown in FIG. 8. This point will be explained later as necessary.
  • the collector/delivery information on the collector is provided to a user who may require the collection of the mobile battery 100.
  • the collector/delivery information on the collector is also referred to as collector information in the following description.
  • the information generating unit 418 may include information indicating the collector's position within a predetermined range from the future user's position in the collector information based on the information indicating the future user's position and the collector position information.
  • the information generating unit 418 may also include information indicating the number of mobile batteries 100 that the collector can collect in the collector information.
  • the information generating unit 418 may generate information indicating the number of mobile batteries 100 that the collector can collect based on the difference between the maximum number of mobile batteries 100 that the collector can possess and the number of mobile batteries 100 that the collector currently possesses.
  • the information indicating the maximum number of mobile batteries 100 that the collector can possess may be transmitted in advance to the management device 400 by the collector using the collector terminal 300.
  • the information indicating the number of mobile batteries 100 that the collector currently possesses may be acquired based on the collection and delivery history of the mobile batteries 100.
  • FIG. 9 is a diagram showing an example of a display on the display unit 204 of the user terminal 200.
  • FIG. 9 shows an example of a case in which collector information is displayed on the display unit 204.
  • the information providing unit 216 of the user terminal 200 that receives the collector information may cause the display unit 204 to display, for example, the display screen 204b illustrated in FIG. 9.
  • a map MP, a figure 500, and a figure 502 may be displayed on the display screen 204b.
  • the figure 500 indicates the collector's location (delivery/collection location) on the display screen 204b.
  • the figure 502 indicates the user's location. In other words, the figure 502 in FIG. 9 indicates the location of the user terminal 200 that is equipped with the display unit 204 that is displaying the display screen 204b in FIG. 9.
  • a figure 508 may further be displayed on the display screen 204b.
  • the figure 508 may be displayed on the map MP.
  • the figure 508 indicates that the collector is able to collect the mobile batteries 100.
  • the number added to the figure 508 indicates the number of mobile batteries 100 that the collector is able to collect. If the number added to the figure 508 is, for example, "3,” the figure 508 indicates that the collector is able to collect up to three mobile batteries 100. Note that the figure 508 is not limited to this.
  • the color, size, etc. of the figure 500 indicating the location of the collector may change depending on the number of mobile batteries 100 possessed by the user and the number of mobile batteries 100 that the collector can collect. In this case, it is preferable that the color, size, etc. of the figure 500 change depending on the number of mobile batteries 100 that the user wishes to collect and the number of mobile batteries 100 that the collector can collect. For example, the color, size, etc. of the figure 500 may change depending on whether or not it indicates a collector who can collect all of the mobile batteries 100 that the user wishes to collect. This allows the user to easily find a collector who can collect all of the mobile batteries 100 possessed by the user.
  • the information generating unit 418 generates collector information based on information indicating the number of mobile batteries 100 possessed by the user and information indicating the number of mobile batteries 100 that the collector can collect.
  • the user terminal 200 (calculating unit 210) may change the color, size, etc. of the figure 500 indicated in the collector information based on information indicating the number of mobile batteries 100 possessed by the user and information indicating the number of mobile batteries 100 that the collector can collect.
  • the color, size, etc. of the figure 508 may change depending on the number of mobile batteries 100 owned by the user and the number of mobile batteries 100 that the collector can collect.
  • the information providing unit 216 may display the display screen 204a shown in FIG. 8 and the display screen 204b shown in FIG. 9 together on a single display screen.
  • the information providing unit 216 may further display the figure 508 shown in FIG. 9 on the display screen 204a shown in FIG. 8.
  • the figure 508 is a figure indicating that the collector is able to collect the mobile battery 100. In that case, the delivery company information and the collector information may be provided to the user at the same time (see also FIG. 16).
  • FIG. 9 The explanation of FIG. 9 is as above, but the information that may be displayed on the display screen 204b for a user who may need to retrieve the mobile battery 100 is not limited to the content shown in FIG. 9. This point will be explained later as necessary.
  • the information generating unit 418 described above may generate not only the delivery person information but also the user information.
  • the user information is information about a user who may require collection and delivery of the mobile battery 100.
  • the information generating unit 418 may generate the user information based on the user position information and the delivery person position information acquired by the position information acquiring unit 412.
  • the information generating unit 418 may include information indicating a user position within a predetermined range from the delivery person position in the user information. More specifically, the information generating unit 418 may include information for displaying a figure indicating a user position within a predetermined range from the delivery person position together with the map MP on the display unit 304 of the delivery person terminal 300 in the user information.
  • the predetermined range may be a range within a predetermined distance from the delivery person position, or may be a range within a predetermined time for the delivery person to reach the user position.
  • the control unit 408 may transmit the user information generated by the information generation unit 418 to the delivery person terminal 300 via the communication unit 402.
  • the information provision unit 316 of the delivery person terminal 300 may display the user information received from the management device 400 on the display unit 304. In this way, the user information is provided to the delivery person.
  • the user information may include information for displaying a graphic indicating the user's location together with the map MP on the display unit 304 of the delivery/collection terminal 300.
  • the information providing unit 316 may display the map MP on the display unit 304 and also display a graphic 600 indicating the user's location on the map MP (see also FIG. 11). This allows the delivery/collection person to easily grasp the user's location.
  • the information providing unit 316 may further display on the map MP a graphic indicating the position of the delivery person who is carrying the delivery person terminal 300 equipped with the information providing unit 316. This allows the delivery person to easily understand the positional relationship between the delivery person and the user.
  • the information providing unit 316 may acquire delivery person position information from the positioning unit 306 of the delivery person terminal 300, but is not limited to this.
  • the information providing unit 316 may also acquire delivery person position information from the management device 400.
  • FIG. 10 is a flowchart showing an example of the operation of the management system 16.
  • FIG. 10 shows an example of providing user information to a delivery person.
  • step S11 the location information acquisition unit 412 of the management device 400 acquires the delivery person location information.
  • step S12 the location information acquisition unit 412 of the management device 400 acquires user location information.
  • step S13 the information generation unit 418 of the management device 400 generates user information.
  • the information generation unit 418 generates user information based on the user location and the delivery person location.
  • step S14 the communication unit 402 of the management device 400 transmits the user information generated by the information generation unit 418 to the delivery person terminal 300.
  • step S15 the information providing unit 316 of the collector/deliverer terminal 300 provides the user information received from the management device 400 to the collector/deliverer. That is, the user information is provided to the collector/deliverer using the collector/deliverer terminal 300.
  • the information providing unit 316 provides the user information to the collector/deliverer, for example, by displaying a map MP on the display unit 304 and displaying a figure indicating the user's position on the map MP. In this way, the operation illustrated in FIG. 10 is completed.
  • the generation of user information by the information generation unit 418 is explained further below.
  • the information generating unit 418 may include information indicating the number of mobile batteries 100 (including zero) owned by the user in the user information.
  • the information generating unit 418 may include information for displaying a graphic indicating the number of mobile batteries 100 owned by the user on the display unit 304 of the collector/deliverer terminal 300 in the user information. This allows the information providing unit 316 of the collector/deliverer terminal 300 to provide the collector/deliverer with information indicating the number of mobile batteries 100 owned by the user.
  • the collector/deliverer may use the provided user information to easily find, for example, a user who does not own a mobile battery 100. In other words, the collector/deliverer may use the provided user information to easily find a user who is likely to request delivery of a mobile battery 100.
  • the information generating unit 418 may obtain information indicating the number of mobile batteries 100 owned by the user based on, for example, the collection and delivery history stored in the memory unit 406 of the management device 400.
  • the information generating unit 418 may further include information indicating the remaining capacity of the mobile battery 100 already owned by the user in the user information. This allows the information providing unit 316 of the collection/delivery terminal 300 to provide the collection/delivery person with information indicating the remaining capacity of the mobile battery 100 already owned by the user. Using the provided user information, the collection/delivery person may easily find a user who, for example, owns a mobile battery 100 with a low remaining capacity. In other words, using the provided user information, the collection/delivery person may easily find a user who is likely to request collection and delivery of the mobile battery 100. Information indicating the remaining capacity of the mobile battery 100 already owned by the user may be acquired by the battery information acquiring unit 416.
  • the information generating unit 418 may include in the user information information for displaying a graphic indicating the remaining capacity of the mobile battery 100 possessed by the user on the display unit 304 of the collection/delivery terminal 300. This allows the information providing unit 316 to display a graphic indicating the remaining capacity of the mobile battery 100 possessed by the user on the display unit 304 together with the map MP.
  • the graphic indicating the remaining capacity of the mobile battery 100 possessed by the user changes at least one of the shape, color, and size according to the remaining capacity, for example. By looking at the display unit 304, the collection/delivery person can easily grasp the remaining capacity of the mobile battery 100 possessed by the user.
  • FIG. 11 is a diagram showing an example of a display on the display unit 304 of the delivery/collection terminal 300.
  • FIG. 11 shows an example of a case where user information is displayed on the display unit 304.
  • the information providing unit 316 of the collector/delivery terminal 300 may cause the display unit 304 to display, for example, a display screen 304a as shown in FIG. 11.
  • a map MP, a figure 600, and a figure 602 may be displayed on the display screen 304a.
  • the figures 600 and 602 may be displayed on the map MP.
  • the figure 600 indicates the user's location.
  • the figure 602 indicates the remaining capacity of the mobile battery 100 possessed by the user.
  • the graphic 602 changes color, size, etc., depending on the remaining capacity of the mobile battery 100 possessed by the user.
  • the graphic 602 shows a remaining capacity meter that indicates the remaining capacity of the mobile battery 100.
  • the more colored portions (blackened portions) in the graphic 602 the more remaining capacity of the mobile battery 100.
  • a number of graphics 602 corresponding to the number of mobile batteries 100 possessed by the user can be displayed on the display screen 304a. In other words, the number of graphics 602 indicates the number of mobile batteries 100 possessed by the user.
  • the color, size, etc. of the figure 600 indicating the user's position may change depending on the remaining capacity of the mobile battery 100 possessed by the user and the remaining capacity of the mobile battery 100 that can be delivered by the collector/deliverer.
  • the color, size, etc. of the figure 600 may change depending on whether the remaining capacity of the mobile battery 100 possessed by the user indicated by the figure 600 is less than the remaining capacity of the mobile battery 100 that can be delivered by the collector/deliverer. This allows the collector/deliverer to easily find a user who is likely to request the collector/deliverer to deliver the mobile battery 100.
  • the information generation unit 418 generates user information based on information indicating the remaining capacity of the mobile battery 100 possessed by the user and information indicating the remaining capacity of the mobile battery 100 that can be delivered by the collector/deliverer.
  • the color, size, etc. of the figure 600 indicated in the user information may be changed by the collector/deliverer terminal 300 (calculation unit 310) based on information indicating the remaining capacity of the mobile battery 100 possessed by the user and information indicating the remaining capacity of the mobile battery 100 that can be delivered by the collector/deliverer.
  • the color, size, etc. of the figure 602 indicating the remaining capacity of the mobile battery 100 possessed by the user may change according to the remaining capacity of the mobile battery 100 possessed by the user and the remaining capacity of the mobile battery 100 that can be delivered by the delivery person.
  • the color, size, etc. of the figure 600 indicating the user's position may change depending on the number of mobile batteries 100 possessed by the user and the number of mobile batteries 100 that the collector/deliverer can collect. In this case, it is preferable that the color, size, etc. of the figure 600 change depending on the number of mobile batteries 100 that the user wishes to collect and the number of mobile batteries 100 that the collector/deliverer can collect. For example, it is preferable that the color, size, etc. of the figure 600 change depending on whether the collector/deliverer can collect all of the mobile batteries 100 that the user indicated by the figure 600 wishes to collect. This allows the collector/deliverer to easily find users who are likely to request the collector/deliverer to collect their mobile batteries 100.
  • the information generating unit 418 may generate collector/deliverer information based on information indicating the number of mobile batteries 100 possessed by the user and information indicating the number of mobile batteries 100 that the collector/deliverer can collect.
  • the color, size, etc. of the figure 600 specified in the user information may be changed by the delivery/collection terminal 300 (calculation unit 310) based on information indicating the number of mobile batteries 100 possessed by the user and information indicating the number of mobile batteries 100 that can be collected by the delivery/collection service.
  • the color, size, etc. of the figure 602 indicating the remaining capacity of the mobile batteries 100 possessed by the user may be changed according to the number of mobile batteries 100 possessed by the user and the number of mobile batteries 100 that can be collected by the delivery/collection service.
  • the display screen 304a may further display a figure 604 and a figure 606.
  • the figures 604 and 606 may be displayed on a map MP.
  • the figure 604 indicates the location of the collector/deliverer. That is, the figure 604 in FIG. 11 indicates the location of the collector/deliverer terminal 300 equipped with the display unit 304 displaying the display screen 304a in FIG. 11.
  • the figure 606 indicates the remaining capacity of the mobile battery 100 possessed by the collector/deliverer.
  • a number of figures 606 corresponding to the number of mobile batteries 100 possessed by the collector/deliverer may be displayed on the display screen 304a. That is, the number of figures 606 indicates the number of mobile batteries 100 possessed by the collector/deliverer.
  • the color, size, etc. of the graphic 606 change depending on the remaining capacity of the mobile battery 100 held by the delivery person.
  • the graphic 606 in FIG. 11 represents a remaining capacity meter that indicates the remaining capacity of the mobile battery 100.
  • FIG. 11 The explanation of FIG. 11 is as above, but the information that can be displayed on the display screen 304a for the delivery person is not limited to the content shown in FIG. 11. This point will be explained later as necessary.
  • the calculation unit 210 of the user terminal 200 may be provided with a request information generation unit 218.
  • the request information generation unit 218 generates request information.
  • the request information is information related to a collection and delivery request for the mobile battery 100.
  • the request information may include, for example, user identification information and the number of mobile batteries 100 required by the user.
  • the request information may further include information indicating the remaining capacity of the mobile battery 100 required by the user.
  • the user identification information is information specific to the user.
  • the request information may further include information indicating the type of the mobile battery 100 required by the user.
  • the request information may include, for example, user identification information and information indicating the number of mobile batteries 100 that the user wishes to collect.
  • the request information may further include information indicating the type of the mobile battery 100 required by the user. The user can use the operation unit 202 of the user terminal 200 to appropriately input information required for the request information generation unit 218 to generate the request information into the user terminal 200.
  • the request information may include information that allows the user to designate a collector/deliverer to whom the user wishes to request collection and delivery of the mobile battery 100.
  • the request information may include collector/deliverer identification information indicating the selected collector/deliverer.
  • the collector/deliverer identification information is information unique to the collector/deliverer.
  • the request information may include collector/deliverer identification information indicating the selected collector/deliverer.
  • the request information input by the user to the user terminal 200 is transmitted by the control unit 214 of the user terminal 200 to the management device 400 via the communication unit 208.
  • the request information transmitted from the user terminal 200 is received by the communication unit 402 of the management device 400.
  • the information generation unit 418 of the management device 400 When the communication unit 402 receives the request information, the information generation unit 418 of the management device 400 generates user information based not only on the user location information and the delivery person location information, but also on the request information.
  • the user location information is information indicating the location of the user who requested collection and delivery of the mobile battery 100.
  • the delivery person location information is information indicating the location of a delivery person who can collect and deliver the mobile battery 100 to the user who requested collection and delivery of the mobile battery 100.
  • the request information may include information indicating the number and remaining capacity of mobile batteries 100 that the user requires to be collected and delivered.
  • the above user information which is generated based not only on the user location information and the delivery person location information, but also on the request information, is also referred to as requesting user information in the following description.
  • the requesting user information is transmitted by the control unit 408 to the delivery person terminal 300 via the communication unit 402.
  • the control unit 408 may transmit the requesting user information to the delivery person terminal 300 held by a delivery person located within a specified range from the user who requested collection and delivery of the mobile battery 100.
  • the request information may include information that allows the user to designate a delivery person to whom the user wishes to request collection and delivery of the mobile battery 100.
  • the control unit 408 may at least transmit the requesting user information to the delivery person terminal 300 held by the delivery person designated by the user.
  • the delivery/collection terminal 300 may receive the requesting user information via the communication unit 308.
  • the information providing unit 316 of the delivery/collection terminal 300 provides the requesting user information to the delivery/collection party.
  • the information providing unit 316 causes the display unit 304 of the delivery/collection terminal 300 to display a map MP, and also causes a graphic indicating the location of the user who requested collection and delivery of the mobile battery 100 to be displayed on the map MP.
  • the information providing unit 316 may cause the display unit 304 to display a pop-up window for notifying the delivery person that the requesting user information has been received. This allows the delivery person to easily recognize that the user has requested the delivery person to collect and deliver the mobile battery 100. Also, when the requesting user information is received by the communication unit 308, the information providing unit 316 may cause the speaker of the delivery person terminal 300 to output a sound to notify the delivery person that the requesting user information has been received. In this case as well, the delivery person can easily recognize that the user has requested the delivery person to collect and deliver the mobile battery 100.
  • the request information may include information indicating the number of mobile batteries 100 that the user needs to collect and deliver.
  • the information generating unit 418 may generate the request user information based on the information indicating the number of mobile batteries 100 that the user needs to collect and deliver, and the information indicating the number of mobile batteries 100 that the collector and deliverer can collect and deliver. For example, the information generating unit 418 selects a collector and deliverer who can deliver more than the number of mobile batteries 100 that the user requests to deliver. The information generating unit 418 generates the request user information using collector and deliverer location information indicating the location of the selected collector and deliverer. The control unit 408 transmits the request user information to the collector and deliverer terminal 300 of the selected collector and deliverer.
  • the information generating unit 418 selects a collector and deliverer who can collect more than the number of mobile batteries 100 that the user requests to collect.
  • the information generating unit 418 generates the request user information using collector and deliverer location information indicating the location of the selected collector and deliverer.
  • the control unit 408 transmits the request user information to the collector and deliverer terminal 300 of the selected collector and deliverer. In this way, the requesting user information can be provided only to those delivery personnel who are able to accept requests from the user.
  • the request information may include information indicating the remaining capacity of the mobile battery 100 that the user requires to be delivered.
  • the information generating unit 418 may generate the requesting user information based on the information indicating the remaining capacity of the mobile battery 100 that the user requires to be delivered and the information indicating the remaining capacity of the mobile battery 100 that the delivery person can deliver. For example, the information generating unit 418 selects a delivery person who can deliver a mobile battery 100 with a remaining capacity equal to or greater than that of the mobile battery 100 that the user requires to be delivered. The information generating unit 418 generates the requesting user information using delivery person location information indicating the location of the selected delivery person.
  • the control unit 408 transmits the requesting user information to the delivery person terminal 300 of the selected delivery person. In this way, the requesting user information can be provided only to delivery people who are able to accept requests from users.
  • the request information may include information indicating the model of the mobile battery 100 that the user requires to be collected and delivered.
  • the information generation unit 418 may generate the requesting user information based on the information indicating the model of the mobile battery 100 that the user requires to be collected and delivered, and the information indicating the model of the mobile battery 100 that the delivery person can collect and deliver. For example, the information generation unit 418 selects a delivery person who can deliver the mobile battery 100 of the model requested by the user. The information generation unit 418 generates the requesting user information using delivery person location information indicating the location of the selected delivery person. The control unit 408 transmits the requesting user information to the delivery person terminal 300 of the selected delivery person.
  • the information generation unit 418 selects a delivery person who can collect the mobile battery 100 of the model requested by the user to be collected.
  • the information generation unit 418 generates the requesting user information using delivery person location information indicating the location of the selected delivery person.
  • the control unit 408 transmits the requesting user information to the delivery person terminal 300 of the selected delivery person. In this way, the requesting user information can be provided only to those delivery personnel who are able to accept requests from the user.
  • the calculation unit 310 of the delivery person terminal 300 may be provided with a request receiving unit 318.
  • the request receiving unit 318 causes the display unit 304 to display an operation screen for the delivery person to select whether or not to receive a request from a user. For example, as described above, a figure showing the location of a user who has requested collection and delivery of a mobile battery 100 may be displayed on the display screen 304a. When the delivery person taps the figure, the request receiving unit 318 causes the display unit 304 to display an operation screen for the delivery person to select whether or not to receive a request from the user. The delivery person may use the operation screen to respond as to whether or not to receive a request from a user.
  • the request receiving unit 318 transmits a notification indicating the response result of whether or not the delivery person will receive a request from a user to the management device 400 via the communication unit 308.
  • the notification is also referred to as a response notification in the following description.
  • the control unit 408 sends a notification indicating that the request has been accepted to the user terminal 200 of the user who sent the request information. This allows the user to know that the request from that user has been accepted by the delivery person.
  • the control unit 408 sends a notification to the user terminal 200 of the user who sent the request information indicating that the request has not been accepted. This allows the user to know that the request from the user has not been accepted by the collector/deliverer. For example, if no operation is performed to accept the request at any of the multiple collector/deliverer terminals 300 that received the requesting user information, the control unit 408 sends a notification to the user terminal 200 of the user who sent the request information indicating that the request has not been accepted.
  • control unit 408 sends a notification to the user terminal 200 of the user who sent the request information indicating that the request has not been accepted.
  • the information generation unit 418 of the management device 400 may generate not only requesting user information but also route candidate information.
  • the route candidate information is information indicating candidate collection and delivery routes for the mobile battery 100.
  • the route candidate information may be generated based on user location information, delivery person location information, and map information.
  • the information generation unit 418 may create multiple candidate collection and delivery routes for one user.
  • the information generation unit 418 may include information indicating candidate collection and delivery routes for the multiple users by which the delivery person can sequentially collect and deliver the mobile battery 100 in the route candidate information (see also FIG. 13).
  • the information generating unit 418 may select candidate collection and delivery routes based on predetermined conditions. For example, the information generating unit 418 may select a route where the travel distance of the delivery person is within a predetermined distance as a candidate collection and delivery route. The information generating unit 418 may also select a route where the travel time of the delivery person is within a predetermined time as a candidate collection and delivery route.
  • the route candidate information generated by the information generation unit 418 can be transmitted to the delivery person terminal 300 via the communication unit 402.
  • the information provision unit 316 of the delivery person terminal 300 can provide the delivery person with the route candidate information that the delivery person terminal 300 received from the management device 400.
  • the delivery person can determine whether or not to accept the request from the user based on the route candidate information provided by the information provision unit 316.
  • the information generation unit 418 may generate route candidate information based on the specified meeting place. A more detailed explanation of meeting places will be provided later.
  • FIG. 12 is a flowchart showing an example of the operation of the management system 16. An example of receiving a request for collection and delivery of a mobile battery 100 is shown in FIG. 12.
  • step S21 the user terminal 200 generates request information. More specifically, the request information generation unit 218 provided in the user terminal 200 generates the request information in response to a user operation. In step S22, the generated request information is transmitted to the management device 400 via the communication unit 208.
  • step S23 the management device 400 generates requesting user information using the request information. More specifically, the information generating unit 418 provided in the management device 400 generates the requesting user information based on the user position information, the delivery person position information, and the request information. The user position information and the delivery person position information are appropriately acquired by the position information acquiring unit 412.
  • step S24 the management device 400 generates route candidate information based on the user position information, the delivery person position information, and the map information. More specifically, the information generation unit 418 provided in the management device 400 generates route candidate information based on the user position information, the delivery person position information, and the map information.
  • the map information may be stored in advance in the storage unit 406 of the management device 400.
  • step S25 the requesting user information and route candidate information are sent from the communication unit 402 of the management device 400 to the collection/delivery terminal 300.
  • the requesting user information and route candidate information are sent via the communication unit 402 of the management device 400.
  • the requesting user information and route candidate information are received by the communication unit 308 of the collection/delivery terminal 300.
  • the requesting user information and route candidate information received by the collection/delivery terminal 300 are provided to the collection/delivery person by the information provision unit 316.
  • step S26 the collector/deliverer terminal 300 sends a response notification to the management device 400. More specifically, the request receiving unit 318 of the collector/deliverer terminal 300 generates a response notification in response to the collector/deliverer's operation, and the communication unit 308 of the collector/deliverer terminal 300 sends the response notification to the management device 400. In this way, the operation illustrated in FIG. 12 is completed.
  • the response notification is a notification indicating the response result as to whether or not the collector/deliverer will accept the request from the user.
  • FIG. 13 is a diagram showing an example of a display on the display unit 304 of the delivery/collection terminal 300.
  • FIG. 13 shows an example of a case where route candidate information is displayed together with requesting user information.
  • a figure 608 may be further displayed on the display screen 304a of the display unit 304.
  • the figure 608 may be displayed on a map MP.
  • the figure 608 indicates the location of the user who requested collection and delivery of the mobile battery 100.
  • a plurality of figures 608 (608A-608E) may be displayed on the display screen 304a.
  • a figure indicating the number, remaining capacity, etc. of mobile batteries 100 that the user indicated by the figure 608 wishes to have collected and delivered may be further displayed on the display screen 304a.
  • the delivery/collection person taps the figure 608, details of the request from the user indicated by the figure 608 may be displayed on the display unit 304.
  • the graphic 600 may be displayed on the display screen 304a.
  • the graphic 600 indicates the location of a user who has not requested collection and delivery of the mobile battery 100. It is preferable that the graphic 600 and the graphic 608 differ from each other in at least one of shape, color, size, etc., so that the delivery person can easily distinguish between a user who has requested collection and delivery of the mobile battery 100 and a user who has not requested collection and delivery of the mobile battery 100.
  • the graphic 608 may be highlighted on the display screen 304a. For example, the graphic 608 may be displayed flashing without flashing the graphic 600.
  • a figure 610 may be further displayed on the display screen 304a of the display unit 304.
  • the figure 610 may be displayed on a map MP.
  • the figure 610 indicates the above-mentioned candidate collection/delivery routes.
  • a plurality of figures 610 (610A, 610B) may be displayed on the display screen 304a.
  • the combination of users for which the mobile battery 100 may be collected and delivered on the collection/delivery route indicated by figure 610A is different from the combination of users for which the mobile battery 100 may be collected and delivered on the collection/delivery route indicated by figure 610B.
  • figure 610A indicates a candidate collection/delivery route for which the mobile battery 100 may be collected and delivered to the user indicated by figure 608A and the user indicated by figure 608B.
  • diagram 610B shows possible collection and delivery routes for collecting and delivering the mobile battery 100 to the user shown by diagram 608C, the user shown by diagram 608D, and the user shown by diagram 608E.
  • the delivery person can confirm the location of the user who has requested collection and delivery of the mobile battery 100, and candidate collection and delivery routes for collecting and delivering the mobile battery 100 to the user.
  • the delivery person can determine whether or not to accept the request from the user based on the candidate collection and delivery routes, the number of users located on the collection and delivery route, etc.
  • a delivery person who receives a request from a user collects and delivers the mobile battery 100 to the user. For example, a delivery person who receives a delivery request for the mobile battery 100 travels to the location where the user is located and hands over the mobile battery 100 to the user. Also, for example, a delivery person who receives a collection request for the mobile battery 100 travels to the location where the user is located and collects the mobile battery 100 from the user.
  • the information providing unit 216 of the user terminal 200 may cause the display unit 204 of the user terminal 200 to display an operation screen that enables the user to specify the delivery location.
  • the delivery location is the location where the mobile battery 100 is handed over to the user.
  • the operation screen for the user to specify the delivery location may be the display screen 204a shown in FIG. 8. In this case, for example, the user can tap any point on the map MP shown on the display screen 204a to specify the delivery location.
  • Information indicating the delivery location specified by the user is transmitted to the delivery person terminal 300.
  • the information providing unit 316 of the delivery person terminal 300 causes the delivery location specified by the user to be displayed, for example, on the display unit 304. This allows the delivery person to know the delivery location, which is the meeting place with the user.
  • the information providing unit 216 of the user terminal 200 may also display an operation screen on the display unit 204 of the user terminal 200 for the user to specify a collection location.
  • the collection location is the location where the user hands over the mobile battery 100 to the collector/deliverer.
  • the operation screen for the user to specify the collection location may be the display screen 204b shown in FIG. 9. In this case, for example, the user may tap any point on the map MP shown on the display screen 204b to specify the collection location.
  • Information indicating the collection location specified by the user is transmitted to the collector/deliverer terminal 300.
  • the information providing unit 316 of the collector/deliverer terminal 300 displays the collection location specified by the user on, for example, the display unit 304. This allows the collector/deliverer to know the collection location, which is the meeting place with the user.
  • the collector/deliverer may specify a meeting place with the user. That is, the collector/deliverer may specify a delivery location or a collection location.
  • the information providing unit 316 of the collector/deliverer terminal 300 causes the display unit 304 of the collector/deliverer terminal 300 to display an operation screen for the collector/deliverer to specify a meeting place.
  • the operation screen may be the display screen 304a of FIG. 11.
  • the collector/deliverer may tap any point on the map MP shown on the display screen 304a to specify a meeting place.
  • Information indicating the meeting place specified by the collector/deliverer is transmitted to the user terminal 200.
  • the information providing unit 216 of the user terminal 200 causes the display unit 204 to display, for example, the meeting place specified by the collector/deliverer. This allows the user to know the meeting place with the collector/deliverer. Note that there may be cases where the user and the collector/deliverer specify different meeting places. In consideration of this, only one of the user and the collector/deliverer may specify a meeting place, and the other may select whether or not to accept the designation.
  • the calculation unit 404 of the management device 400 may be provided with a suggestion unit 420.
  • the suggestion unit 420 may suggest the above-mentioned candidate meeting places based on at least one of the user position information and the delivery person position information and the map information. For example, the suggestion unit 420 may suggest a midpoint between the user position and the delivery person position as a candidate meeting place.
  • the suggestion unit 420 may also suggest, for example, facilities, buildings, etc. that exist in the vicinity of the user position or the delivery person position as a candidate meeting place.
  • the facilities, buildings, etc. may function as landmarks when the user searches for the delivery person and may also function as landmarks when the delivery person searches for the user.
  • the suggestion unit 420 may use the above-mentioned future user position as the user position information.
  • the suggestion unit 420 may suggest multiple candidates for the meeting place.
  • the suggestion unit 420 may suggest any point on the delivery route as a candidate meeting place.
  • the number of candidate meeting places may be one or more.
  • the information indicating the candidate meeting places proposed by the suggestion unit 420 may be transmitted by the control unit 408 of the management device 400 to the user terminal 200 via the communication unit 402.
  • the information providing unit 216 may cause the display unit 204 of the user terminal 200 to display a map MP, and may cause a figure indicating the candidate meeting places to be displayed on the map MP.
  • the user may select a meeting place from among the candidates displayed on the display unit 204.
  • information indicating candidate meeting places proposed by the suggestion unit 420 may be transmitted by the control unit 408 of the management device 400 to the delivery person terminal 300 via the communication unit 402.
  • the information providing unit 316 may cause the display unit 304 of the delivery person terminal 300 to display a map MP, and may also cause a figure indicating the candidate meeting places to be displayed on the map MP.
  • the delivery person may select a meeting place from the candidates displayed on the display unit 304.
  • FIG. 14 is a flowchart showing an example of the operation of the management system 16. An example of the case where a meeting place is proposed is shown in FIG. 14.
  • the management system 16 may execute steps S31 and S32 illustrated in FIG. 14. Steps S31 and S32 may be included in the management method according to this embodiment.
  • step S31 the information generating unit 418 of the management device 400 generates information indicating potential meeting places.
  • the information generating unit 418 may generate information indicating potential meeting places based on user location information indicating the location of the user who requested collection and delivery of the mobile battery 100 and delivery person location information indicating the location of the delivery person who accepted the request from the user. More specifically, the information generating unit 418 may generate information indicating potential meeting places based on user location information indicating the location of the user who requested collection and delivery of the mobile battery 100, delivery person location information indicating the location of the delivery person who accepted the request from the user, and map information.
  • the user location information and delivery person location information used by the information generating unit 418 in step S31 are appropriately acquired by the location information acquiring unit 412.
  • step S32 information indicating potential meeting places is transmitted from the management device 400.
  • the information indicating potential meeting places is transmitted via the communication unit 402 of the management device 400.
  • the information indicating potential meeting places may be received by the communication unit 208 of the user terminal 200 carried by the user who requested collection and delivery of the mobile battery 100.
  • the information indicating potential meeting places may also be received by the communication unit 308 of the delivery person terminal 300 carried by the delivery person who accepted the request from the user. In this way, the operation shown in FIG. 14 is completed.
  • the suggestion unit 420 may suggest as a receiving location a specific facility 20 where a delivery person can place the mobile battery 100.
  • the facility 20 may be, for example, a locker (see also FIG. 1) capable of storing the mobile battery 100, but is not limited to this.
  • the facility 20 may be, for example, a battery holder capable of holding the mobile battery 100.
  • the battery holder may be, for example, a small container that is easy to install in the city.
  • the facility 20 may be appropriately installed in the city, for example, by an operating company that operates the sharing system 10.
  • the delivery person may place the mobile battery 100 in the facility 20 proposed by the suggestion unit 420. Meanwhile, the user may receive the mobile battery 100 placed in the facility 20. This allows the user to receive the mobile battery 100 without meeting the delivery person.
  • the proposal unit 420 may select the facility 20 to be used to receive the mobile battery 100 based on the user location information, the delivery person location information, and information indicating the location of the facility 20.
  • the information indicating the location of the facility 20 may be included in map information pre-stored in the memory unit 406. Note that the proposal unit 420 may use the above-mentioned future user location as user location information when selecting the facility 20 to be used to receive the mobile battery 100.
  • the information indicating the location of the selected facility 20 is provided to the user by the information provision unit 216 of the user terminal 200.
  • the information indicating the location of the selected facility 20 is provided to the delivery person by the information provision unit 316 of the delivery person terminal 300.
  • the suggestion unit 420 may suggest the facility 20 as a collection location where the user will hand over the mobile battery 100 to a collection and delivery person.
  • the user may deliver the mobile battery 100 that needs to be collected by a collection and delivery person to the facility 20.
  • the collection and delivery person may collect the mobile battery 100 that has been delivered to the facility 20. This allows the user to hand over the mobile battery 100 to the collection and delivery person without meeting them face to face.
  • the suggestion unit 420 may suggest potential meeting places to the user before the user requests collection and delivery of the mobile battery 100.
  • the display screen 204a of FIG. 8 may display a figure indicating a delivery person who can collect and deliver the mobile battery 100 to the user.
  • the suggestion unit 420 may suggest potential meeting places between the user and the delivery person, assuming that the user requests the delivery person to collect and deliver the mobile battery 100.
  • the information provision unit 216 of the user terminal 200 may display a figure or the like indicating the potential meeting places proposed by the suggestion unit 420 on the display screen 204a. This allows the user to select a delivery person to request collection and delivery of the mobile battery 100 based on the proposed potential meeting places.
  • the suggestion unit 420 may suggest potential meeting places to the delivery person before the delivery person accepts a request from the user.
  • the display screen 304a shown in FIG. 11 may show the location of a user who may need the mobile battery 100 picked up and delivered.
  • the suggestion unit 420 may suggest potential meeting places between the user and the delivery person, assuming that the delivery person accepts a request from the user.
  • the information provision unit 316 of the delivery person terminal 300 may cause a figure or the like showing the potential meeting places suggested by the suggestion unit 420 to be displayed on the display screen 304a. This allows the delivery person to decide whether or not to accept the request from the user, based on the proposed potential meeting places.
  • the suggestion unit 420 may also suggest to a user who may require delivery of the mobile battery 100 that he or she go to the battery station 12.
  • the suggestion unit 420 may select a battery station 12 at which the user can receive the mobile battery 100 based on the user location information, information indicating the location of the battery station 12, and information indicating the operating status of the battery station 12. More specifically, the suggestion unit 420 may select a battery station 12 at which the user can receive the mobile battery 100 based on the user location information, information indicating the location of the battery station 12, information indicating the operating status of the battery station 12, and map information.
  • the suggestion unit 420 may select a battery station 12 that is operating within a predetermined range from the user location and suggest to the user that he or she receive the mobile battery 100 arranged at the battery station 12.
  • the user location information may be appropriately acquired by the location information acquisition unit 412.
  • the information indicating the location of the battery station 12 may be included in the map information stored in the memory unit 406.
  • Information indicating the operating status of the battery station 12 may be provided from the battery station 12 to the management system 16 as appropriate, for example.
  • information indicating the planned operation (business schedule) of the battery station 12 may be stored in advance by the storage unit 406 of the management device 400.
  • the suggestion unit 420 may use information indicating the future user position as user position information when selecting the battery station 12 to be used to receive the mobile battery 100.
  • the information indicating the location of the battery station 12 selected by the suggestion unit 420 is transmitted to the user terminal 200 via the communication unit 402 of the management device 400.
  • the information providing unit 216 of the user terminal 200 can provide the user with information indicating the location of the battery station 12 selected by the suggestion unit 420.
  • the information providing unit 216 can display a figure or the like indicating the location of the selected battery station 12 on the display screen 204a shown in FIG. 8.
  • the information providing unit 216 can also display a text message indicating that the mobile battery 100 can be received at the battery station 12 shown on the display screen 204a on the display screen 204a.
  • the user can receive the mobile battery 100 arranged at the battery station 12 by going to the battery station 12 proposed by the suggestion unit 420. Since the user can receive the mobile battery 100 arranged at the battery station 12, the user can receive the mobile battery 100 even if there is no delivery person who will accept the request from the user.
  • the suggestion unit 420 may also suggest to a user who may need to retrieve the mobile battery 100 that he or she go to a battery station 12.
  • the suggestion unit 420 may select a battery station 12 based on the user location information, information indicating the location of the battery station 12, and information indicating the operating status of the battery station 12. More specifically, the suggestion unit 420 may select a battery station 12 based on the user location information, information indicating the location of the battery station 12, information indicating the operating status of the battery station 12, and map information.
  • the information providing unit 216 may display a figure or the like indicating the location of the battery station 12 selected by the suggestion unit 420 on the display screen 204b shown in FIG. 9. The user may also hand over the mobile battery 100 to the proposed battery station 12.
  • the management system 16 can provide the user with information about a delivery person who can collect and deliver the mobile battery 100 using the user terminal 200.
  • the information generation unit 418 of the management device 400 may generate information about a collector/deliverer who can collect and deliver the mobile battery 100 to a location where a device managed by the user as an administrator is installed.
  • information about a collector/deliverer who can collect and deliver the mobile battery 100 to a location where the device is installed is also referred to as device collector/deliverer information.
  • the collection and delivery information for the equipment is generated based on the equipment location information and the collection and delivery person location information.
  • the equipment location information is information indicating the equipment location, which is the location of the equipment managed by the user as an administrator.
  • the equipment location information can be appropriately input by the user to the user terminal 200.
  • the equipment location information input to the user terminal 200 can be transmitted to the management device 400 by the communication unit 208.
  • the equipment location information transmitted to the management device 400 can be acquired by the location information acquisition unit 412 of the management device 400.
  • the collection and delivery person location information used to generate the collection and delivery information for the equipment indicates the location of a collection and delivery person who can collect and deliver the mobile battery 100 to the location where the equipment is installed.
  • a collection and delivery person who possesses a mobile battery 100 of a type capable of supplying power to the equipment and is located within a specified range from the equipment location can be a collection and delivery person who can collect and deliver the mobile battery 100 to the location where the equipment is installed.
  • a collection and delivery person who is located within a specified range from the equipment location which is the location of the equipment, can be a collection and delivery person who can collect the mobile battery 100 connected to the equipment.
  • the delivery person information for the device includes, for example, information for displaying a graphic showing the delivery person's location on the display unit 204 of the user terminal 200 together with the map MP.
  • the delivery person information for the device is transmitted to the user terminal 200 by the communication unit 402 of the management device 400.
  • the information providing unit 216 of the user terminal 200 can provide the delivery person information for the device to the user.
  • the information providing unit 216 causes the display unit 204 to display a map MP, and also causes a graphic to be displayed on the map MP indicating the location of a delivery person who can collect and deliver the mobile battery 100 to the location where the device is installed.
  • FIG. 15 is a flowchart showing an example of the operation of the management system 16.
  • FIG. 15 shows an example of the case where delivery and collection information for a device is provided to a user who is the administrator of the device.
  • step S41 the location information acquisition unit 412 of the management device 400 acquires delivery person location information.
  • step S42 the location information acquisition unit 412 of the management device 400 acquires device location information.
  • step S43 the information generating unit 418 of the management device 400 generates delivery person information for the device.
  • the information generating unit 418 generates delivery person information for the device based on the device location information and the delivery person location information.
  • step S44 the communication unit 402 of the management device 400 transmits the delivery person information for the device generated in step S43 to the user terminal 200.
  • step S45 the information providing unit 216 of the user terminal 200 provides the information transmitted to the user terminal 200 in step S44 to the user.
  • the information providing unit 216 for example, displays a map MP on the display unit 204, and also displays a figure indicating the delivery person's location on the map MP. In this way, the operation illustrated in FIG. 15 is completed.
  • the information providing unit 216 may further provide the user with information indicating the remaining capacity of the mobile battery 100 that can be delivered by the delivery person.
  • the information providing unit 216 may further provide the user with information indicating the remaining capacity of the mobile battery 100 capable of supplying power to a device.
  • the information providing unit 216 may, for example, cause the display unit 204 to display the graphic 504 described above using FIG. 8 (see also FIG. 16).
  • the graphic 504 changes, for example, in color, size, etc., depending on the remaining capacity of the mobile battery 100 possessed by the delivery person.
  • the information providing unit 216 may further provide the user with information indicating the remaining capacity of the mobile battery 100.
  • the information providing unit 216 causes the display unit 204 to display a figure 512 indicating the remaining capacity of the mobile battery 100 connected to the device (see also FIG. 16).
  • the figure 512 changes, for example, in color, size, etc., depending on the remaining capacity of the mobile battery 100 connected to the device.
  • the information indicating the remaining capacity of the mobile battery 100 connected to the device can be appropriately acquired by the battery information acquisition unit 416.
  • FIG. 16 shows an example of a display on the display unit 204 of the user terminal 200.
  • the information providing unit 216 of the user terminal 200 may cause the display unit 204 to display, for example, the display screen 204c illustrated in FIG. 16.
  • a map MP and figures 500, 502, 504, and 508 may be displayed on the display screen 204c.
  • the figures 500, 502, 504, and 508 may be displayed on the map MP.
  • the figure 500 indicates the location of the delivery person.
  • a number of figures 500 corresponding to the number of delivery persons who can deliver the mobile battery 100 to the location where the device is installed may be displayed on the display screen 204c.
  • the figure 502 indicates the location of the user who is the manager of the device.
  • the figure 504 indicates the remaining capacity of the mobile battery 100 that can be delivered by the delivery person indicated by the figure 500.
  • a number of figures 504 corresponding to the number of mobile batteries 100 possessed by the delivery persons may be displayed on the display screen 204c.
  • Figure 508 indicates that the delivery person shown in figure 500 can collect the mobile battery 100 as a collector.
  • the display screen 204c may further display a figure 510 and a figure 512.
  • the figure 510 and the figure 512 may be displayed on a map MP.
  • the figure 510 indicates the device location described above. In the example shown in FIG. 16, one figure 510 is shown.
  • the number of figures 510 corresponding to the number of devices managed by the user may be displayed on the display screen 204c.
  • the figure 512 indicates the remaining capacity of the mobile battery 100 connected to the device. If the mobile battery 100 is not connected to the device, the display of the figure 512 may be omitted.
  • the color, size, etc. of the graphic 512 can change depending on the remaining capacity of the mobile battery 100 indicated by the graphic 512.
  • the graphic 512 shown in FIG. 16 represents a remaining capacity meter that indicates the remaining capacity of the mobile battery 100.
  • the user can easily find a delivery person who can collect and deliver the mobile battery 100 to the location where the device is installed, based on the position of the figure 500 displayed on the display screen 204c.
  • the user can request the delivery person shown on the display screen 204c to collect and deliver the mobile battery 100.
  • the user can request the collection and delivery of the mobile battery 100 using the user terminal 200 (request information generation unit 218).
  • the display screen 204c may further display a graphic 504 indicating the remaining capacity of the mobile battery 100 possessed by the delivery person. Therefore, the user may determine which delivery person to request delivery of the mobile battery 100, taking into consideration the remaining capacity of the mobile battery 100 that each of the multiple delivery persons can deliver.
  • the user can easily grasp the remaining capacity of the mobile battery 100 connected to the device based on the graphic 512 displayed on the display screen 204c. This allows the user to determine whether or not to request collection of the mobile battery 100 based on the remaining capacity of the mobile battery 100.
  • the display screen 204a shown in FIG. 8 and the display screen 204c shown in FIG. 16 may be displayed together on one display screen. That is, the information providing unit 216 may display on one display screen a collector/deliverer who can deliver the mobile battery 100 to the location where the user is located and a collector/deliverer who can deliver the mobile battery 100 to the location where the device is installed.
  • the shape, color, size, etc. of the figure 500 indicating the collector/deliverer position is set depending on whether the collector/deliverer is capable of delivering the mobile battery 100 to the location where the user is located or the collector/deliverer is capable of delivering the mobile battery 100 to the location where the device is installed. This allows the user to easily distinguish between a collector/deliverer who can deliver the mobile battery 100 to the location where the user is located and a collector/deliverer who can deliver the mobile battery 100 to the location where the device is installed.
  • the display screen 204b shown in FIG. 9 and the display screen 204c shown in FIG. 16 may be displayed together on one display screen. That is, the information providing unit 216 may display on one display screen the collector/deliverer who can collect the mobile battery 100 from the user and the collector/deliverer who can collect the mobile battery 100 connected to the device.
  • the shape, color, size, etc. of the figure 500 indicating the collector/deliverer position is set depending on whether the collector/deliverer is able to collect the mobile battery 100 from the user or the collector/deliverer who can collect the mobile battery 100 connected to the device. This allows the user to easily distinguish between the collector/deliverer who can collect the mobile battery 100 from the user and the collector/deliverer who can collect the mobile battery 100 connected to the device.
  • the management system 16 can provide a user, via the user terminal 200, with information about a delivery person who can collect and deliver the mobile battery 100 to a location where the device managed by the user as an administrator is located.
  • the management system 16 may be configured as follows.
  • the calculation unit 404 of the management device 400 may be provided with a past demand information generation unit 422 (see FIG. 5).
  • the past demand information generation unit 422 generates past demand information.
  • the past demand information is information indicating the number of collection and delivery requests for the mobile battery 100 in the past.
  • the past demand information is information indicating the past collection and delivery demand of the mobile battery 100.
  • the past demand information may be generated based on the collection and delivery history of the mobile battery 100 and the conditions specified by the collector/deliverer. As described above, information indicating the collection and delivery history of the mobile battery 100 may be stored by the memory unit 406 of the management device 400.
  • the conditions specified by the collector/deliverer may include, for example, at least one of the area specified by the collector/deliverer (XX Station, YY Park, etc.) and the past date and time specified by the collector/deliverer.
  • Information indicating the conditions may be appropriately input by the collector/deliverer to the collector/deliverer terminal 300.
  • the collector/deliverer may use the operation unit 302 to input information indicating the above conditions to the collector/deliverer terminal 300.
  • the information entered into the delivery/collection terminal 300 can be transmitted to the management device 400 by the communication unit 308, and can also be acquired by the past demand information generation unit 422.
  • the past demand information generating unit 422 may generate past demand information indicating, for example, the collection and delivery demand (number of requests) that occurred within the specified area at the specified date and time based on the specified conditions and the collection and delivery history.
  • the past demand information may include information for displaying a figure indicating the collection and delivery demand that occurred within the specified area at the specified date and time together with the map MP on the display unit 304 of the collection and delivery terminal 300 (see also FIG. 18).
  • the past demand information generating unit 422 may determine the appearance of the figure according to the collection and delivery demand that occurred within the specified area at the specified date and time. Specifically, the past demand information generating unit 422 may determine the color, etc.
  • the past collection and delivery demand threshold may be stored in advance by the storage unit 406 of the management device 400.
  • the control unit 408 can transmit the past demand information to the delivery person terminal 300 via the communication unit 402.
  • the information providing unit 316 of the delivery person terminal 300 that receives the past demand information can display the past demand information on the display unit 304. In this way, the past demand information is provided to the delivery person.
  • FIG. 17 is a flowchart showing an example of the operation of the management system 16.
  • FIG. 17 shows an example of providing past demand information to a delivery person.
  • step S51 the communication unit 308 of the delivery person terminal 300 transmits information indicating the conditions used to generate the past demand information (condition information) to the management device 400.
  • the information indicating the conditions used to generate the past demand information is input by the delivery person using the delivery person terminal 300.
  • step S52 the past demand information generating unit 422 of the management device 400 generates past demand information based on the past collection and delivery history and the conditions specified by the collection and delivery person.
  • step S53 the communication unit 402 of the management device 400 transmits the past demand information generated by the past demand information generation unit 422 to the delivery/collection terminal 300.
  • step S54 the information providing unit 316 of the collector/deliverer terminal 300 provides the collector/deliverer with the past demand information received from the communication unit 402. This completes the operation illustrated in FIG. 17.
  • FIG. 18 is a diagram showing an example of a display on the display unit 304 of the delivery/collection terminal 300.
  • An example of a display screen 304b displayed on the display unit 304 of the delivery/collection terminal 300 is shown in FIG. 18.
  • the information providing unit 316 of the collection/delivery person terminal 300 may display a display screen 304b as shown in FIG. 18 on the display unit 304 of the collection/delivery person terminal 300.
  • a map MP may be displayed on the display screen 304b.
  • a figure 612 may further be displayed on the display screen 304b.
  • the figure 612 corresponds to an area specified by the collection/delivery person as a condition.
  • the figure 612 may be displayed in a manner corresponding to the collection/delivery demand that occurred in the specified area at the specified date and time. For example, the greater the number of collection/delivery requests that occurred on the specified date and time, the higher the display density of the figure 612 may be set.
  • the collection/delivery person can easily grasp the past collection/delivery demand by looking at the display screen 304b.
  • a pop-up window 614 showing the number of collection/delivery requests that occurred in the specified date and time and area may further be displayed on the display screen 304b.
  • the information providing unit 316 may further display a figure 604 on the display screen 304b. As described above, the figure 604 indicates the location of the delivery person.
  • the calculation unit 404 of the management device 400 may be provided with a collection and delivery demand prediction unit 424.
  • the collection and delivery demand prediction unit 424 may predict future collection and delivery demand for the mobile battery 100.
  • the future collection and delivery demand may be predicted, for example, based on the future user position and the collection and delivery history.
  • the future user position is the future position of the user.
  • Information indicating the future user position may be predicted by the future position prediction unit 414, as described above.
  • the collection and delivery demand prediction unit 424 predicts future collection and delivery demand, for example, by assuming that a collection and delivery request for the mobile battery 100 will occur at the future location of a user who frequently requests collection and delivery of the mobile battery 100. Whether or not a user frequently requests collection and delivery of the mobile battery 100 can be determined based on the collection and delivery history.
  • the collection and delivery demand prediction unit 424 can predict future collection and delivery demand based on multiple future user locations and the collection and delivery history.
  • the demand for the mobile battery 100 may be high in places where a large number of people gather.
  • the collection and delivery demand prediction unit 424 may predict future collection and delivery demand based on the schedule of an event.
  • An event is, for example, a gathering held in a park, square, etc.
  • the collection and delivery demand prediction unit 424 may predict that the demand for collection and delivery of the mobile battery 100 in the park or other place where the gathering is held will be high during the period of the gathering.
  • the collection and delivery demand prediction unit 424 may obtain information indicating the event schedule from a website or the like via the network NW.
  • the control unit 408 may transmit information indicating the collection and delivery demand predicted by the collection and delivery demand prediction unit 424 to the collection and delivery person terminal 300 via the communication unit 402. This allows the information provision unit 316 of the collection and delivery person terminal 300 to provide information indicating future collection and delivery demand to the collection and delivery person.
  • the information indicating the collection and delivery demand predicted by the collection and delivery demand prediction unit 424 may include information for displaying a figure indicating the collection and delivery demand together with the map MP on the display unit 304 of the collection and delivery person terminal 300.
  • the information provision unit 316 may display the map MP on the display unit 304 and display the figure on the map MP.
  • Information for displaying a figure indicating future collection and delivery demand together with the map MP on the display unit 304 of the collection and delivery person terminal 300 may be generated by the collection and delivery demand prediction unit 424.
  • the collection and delivery demand prediction unit 424 may determine the form of the figure according to the predicted collection and delivery demand. Specifically, the delivery demand prediction unit 424 may determine the color of the graphic depending on whether the predicted delivery demand is equal to or greater than a predetermined threshold (delivery demand threshold).
  • the delivery demand threshold may be stored in advance in the storage unit 406 of the management device 400.
  • FIG. 19 is a flowchart showing an example of the operation of the management system 16.
  • FIG. 19 shows an example of a case where information indicating future collection and delivery demand is provided to a delivery person.
  • step S61 the future position prediction unit 414 of the management device 400 predicts the future user position.
  • the future position prediction unit 414 predicts the future user position based on the user position information and the user's action plan.
  • the user position information can be appropriately acquired by the position information acquisition unit 412.
  • the user's action plan is appropriately transmitted to the management device 400 by the user using the user terminal 200.
  • step S62 the collection and delivery demand prediction unit 424 of the management device 400 predicts future collection and delivery demand.
  • the collection and delivery demand prediction unit 424 predicts future collection and delivery demand, for example, based on the future user position and collection and delivery history.
  • the collection and delivery demand prediction unit 424 can generate information indicating the predicted future collection and delivery demand.
  • step S63 the communication unit 402 of the management device 400 transmits information indicating the future collection and delivery demand predicted by the collection and delivery demand prediction unit 424 to the collection and delivery person terminal 300.
  • step S64 the information providing unit 316 of the collection/delivery terminal 300 provides the collection/delivery person with the information indicating future collection/delivery demand received from the communication unit 402. In this way, the operation illustrated in FIG. 19 is completed.
  • FIG. 20 shows an example of a display on the display unit 304 of the delivery/collection terminal 300.
  • the information providing unit 316 of the collector/delivery terminal 300 that has received the information indicating future collection and delivery demand may display, for example, a display screen 304c as shown in FIG. 20 on the display unit 304 of the collector/delivery terminal 300.
  • a map MP may be displayed on the display screen 304c.
  • a graphic 616 may further be displayed on the display screen 304c.
  • the graphic 616 may be superimposed on a specific area on the map MP, for example.
  • the graphic 616 indicates future collection and delivery demand in that area.
  • the color, size, etc. of the graphic 616 may be set according to the predicted collection and delivery demand.
  • a collector/delivery person may easily grasp future collection and delivery demand based on the graphic 616 displayed on the display screen 304c.
  • a pop-up window 618 may further be displayed on the display screen 304c, indicating the number of collection and delivery requests that are predicted to occur in the future in the area indicated by the graphic 616.
  • the information providing unit 316 may further display a figure 604 on the display screen 304c. As described above, the figure 604 indicates the location of the delivery person.
  • the delivery person can determine locations where it is most likely to receive requests from users, taking into account past delivery demand. Also, with the management system 16, the delivery person can determine locations where it is most likely to receive requests from users, taking into account future delivery demand.
  • the information generation unit 418 of the management device 400 may generate information regarding charging spots where the user can charge the mobile battery 100 that he or she owns.
  • charging spots may include locations equipped with public chargers and locations equipped with public outlets to which the user can connect his or her personal charger.
  • Information regarding charging spots where the user can charge the mobile battery 100 that he or she owns is also referred to as charging spot information in the following description.
  • the charging spot information may be generated based on user position information and information indicating the position of the charging spot.
  • the user position information and the information indicating the position of the charging spot may be acquired by the position information acquisition unit 412 of the management device 400.
  • the information indicating the position of the charging spot may be included in the map information stored in the memory unit 406 of the management device 400.
  • the information generation unit 418 may include information indicating the position of the charging spot located within a predetermined range from the user position in the charging spot information. When generating the charging spot information, the information generation unit 418 may use the above-mentioned future user position as the user position.
  • the future user position may be predicted by the future position prediction unit 414 of the management device 400.
  • the charging spot information generated by the information generation unit 418 may be transmitted to the user terminal 200 by the communication unit 402.
  • the information provision unit 216 of the user terminal 200 that receives the charging spot information may provide the charging spot information to the user.
  • the information provision unit 216 may cause the display unit 204 of the user terminal 200 to display a map MP, and may also cause a graphic indicating the location of the charging spot to be displayed on the map MP. This allows the user to know the location of the charging spot where the mobile battery 100 can be charged.
  • the information generating unit 418 may generate charging spot information based not only on the user position information and information indicating the position of the charging spot, but also on information indicating the operation status of the charging spot. For example, the information generating unit 418 generates charging spot information such that only the positions of operating charging spots among multiple charging spots within a specified range from the user position are displayed on the display unit 204.
  • the information indicating the operation status of the charging spot may be stored by the memory unit 406 of the management device 400.
  • the information generating unit 418 may generate charging spot information using information indicating the operation status of the facility in which the charging spot is provided, instead of the operation status of the charging spot.
  • the information generating unit 418 may generate charging spot information based not only on user position information and information indicating the positions of charging spots, but also on information indicating the user's usage history of the charging spots. For example, the information generating unit 418 may generate charging spot information such that only the positions of charging spots that are used relatively frequently by the user are displayed on the display unit 204. By providing the user with charging spot information including the positions of charging spots that are used relatively frequently by the user, the user's convenience can be improved.
  • the information indicating the user's usage history of charging spots can be stored by the memory unit 406 of the management device 400.
  • the charging spot information may include required time information.
  • the required time information is information indicating the estimated required time to fully charge the mobile battery 100 possessed by the user.
  • the information generating unit 418 may generate the required time information using, for example, information indicating the remaining capacity of the mobile battery 100 possessed by the user.
  • the information indicating the remaining capacity of the mobile battery 100 possessed by the user may be acquired by the battery information acquiring unit 416 of the management device 400.
  • FIG. 21 is a flowchart showing an example of the operation of the management system 16.
  • FIG. 21 shows an example of the case where charging spot information is provided to a user.
  • step S71 the location information acquisition unit 412 of the management device 400 acquires user location information.
  • step S72 the location information acquisition unit 412 of the management device 400 acquires information indicating the location of the charging spot.
  • step S73 the information generation unit 418 of the management device 400 generates charging spot information based on the user position information and information indicating the positions of the charging spots.
  • the information generation unit 418 may further use information indicating the remaining capacity of the mobile battery 100 possessed by the user, so that required time information is included in the charging spot information.
  • the information generation unit 418 may further use information indicating the usage history of charging spots by the user, so that information indicating the positions of charging spots that are used relatively frequently by the user is included in the charging spot information.
  • step S74 the communication unit 402 of the management device 400 transmits the charging spot information generated by the information generation unit 418 to the user terminal 200.
  • step S75 the information providing unit 216 of the user terminal 200 provides the charging spot information transmitted from the communication unit 402 to the user. In this way, the operation illustrated in FIG. 21 is completed.
  • FIG. 22 shows an example of a display on the display unit 204 of the user terminal 200.
  • the information providing unit 216 of the user terminal 200 may cause the display unit 204 to display, for example, a display screen 204d as illustrated in FIG. 22.
  • a map MP may be displayed on the display screen 204d.
  • a figure 502 indicating the user's position may further be displayed on the display screen 204d.
  • a figure 514 indicating the position of the charging spot may further be displayed on the display screen 204d.
  • a number of figures 514 corresponding to the number of charging spots that can be displayed on the map MP may be displayed on the display screen 204d. Based on the figures 514 displayed on the display screen 204d, the user may easily find a charging spot where the mobile battery 100 owned by the user can be charged.
  • the appearance of the graphic 514 may change depending on the expected length of time required to fully charge the mobile battery 100 possessed by the user at the charging spot indicated by the graphic 514.
  • the information generating unit 418 may change the color, size, etc. of the graphic 514 depending on the expected length of time described above, for example.
  • the appearance of the graphic 514 may also change depending on the user's usage history of the charging spot indicated by the graphic 514.
  • the information generating unit 418 may change the color, size, etc. of the graphic 514 depending on the frequency of usage by the user. Only charging spots that are used relatively frequently by users may be displayed on the display screen 204d. This provides convenience to the user.
  • Display screen 204d may be displayed on one display screen together with at least one of display screen 204a shown in Fig. 8, display screen 204b shown in Fig. 9, and display screen 204c shown in Fig. 16.
  • information providing unit 216 may further display figure 514 shown in Fig. 22 on at least one of display screen 204a shown in Fig. 8, display screen 204b shown in Fig. 9, and display screen 204c shown in Fig. 16.
  • the management system 16 can provide the user with information regarding charging spots where the mobile battery 100 can be charged.
  • the management system 16 may be configured as follows.
  • the management device 400 may be equipped with a usage history information acquisition unit 426 and a status determination unit 428.
  • the usage history information acquisition unit 426 acquires usage history information.
  • the usage history information is information that indicates the usage history of the mobile battery 100.
  • the usage history information may be appropriately stored, for example, by the memory unit 112 of the mobile battery 100.
  • the usage history information acquisition unit 426 may acquire the usage history information via the inspection device 700.
  • the inspection device 700 is a device that inspects the mobile battery 100.
  • the inspection device 700 may be provided in, for example, the battery station 12 (see also FIG. 1).
  • the inspection device 700 is provided in the charger 14 installed in the battery station 12.
  • the inspection device 700 may be connected to the mobile battery 100 via the battery port 14a of the charger 14.
  • the inspection device 700 may read data from the memory unit 112 of the mobile battery 100.
  • the data read from the memory unit 112 by the inspection device 700 may be supplied from the inspection device 700 to the management device 400 via the network NW.
  • the data that the inspection device 700 can read from the memory unit 112 may include data related to the usage history of the mobile battery 100. Therefore, as described above, the usage history information acquisition unit 426 may acquire usage history information via the inspection device 700.
  • the usage history information may include at least one of total usage time information, charge/discharge count information, and warranty period information.
  • the total usage time information is information about the total usage time of the mobile battery 100.
  • the charge/discharge count information is information about the number of times the mobile battery 100 has been charged/discharged.
  • the warranty period information is information about the warranty period of the mobile battery 100. The warranty period is the period during which the manufacturer/seller of the mobile battery 100 guarantees the functionality, quality, etc. of the mobile battery 100.
  • the usage history information acquired by the usage history information acquisition unit 426 may be stored in the memory unit 406 of the management device 400.
  • the usage history information may be stored in the memory unit 406 in association with the identification information of the mobile battery 100.
  • the state determination unit 428 determines whether the mobile battery 100 has reached a usage restriction state based on the usage history information.
  • the usage restriction state is one state of the mobile battery 100. More specifically, the usage restriction state is a state of the mobile battery 100 in which usage should be restricted.
  • the status determination unit 428 can determine whether the mobile battery 100 has reached a usage restriction state based on the total usage time information included in the usage history information. For example, when the total usage time indicated by the total usage time information has reached a predetermined usage time threshold, the status determination unit 428 determines that the mobile battery 100 has reached a usage restriction state.
  • the state determination unit 428 can determine whether the mobile battery 100 has reached a usage restriction state based on the charge/discharge count information included in the usage history information. For example, when the number of charges/discharges indicated by the charge/discharge count information has reached a predetermined charge/discharge count threshold, the state determination unit 428 determines that the mobile battery 100 has reached a usage restriction state.
  • the status determination unit 428 can determine whether the mobile battery 100 has reached a usage restriction state based on the warranty period information included in the usage history information. For example, if the warranty period indicated by the warranty period information has expired, the status determination unit 428 determines that the mobile battery 100 has reached a usage restriction state.
  • Information indicating the result of the determination made by the state determination unit 428 may be stored by the memory unit 406 of the management device 400. That is, information indicating whether or not the mobile battery 100 has reached a usage restriction state may be stored by the memory unit 406. Information indicating whether or not the mobile battery 100 has reached a usage restriction state may be stored in the memory unit 406 in association with the identification information of the mobile battery 100. This allows the operator of the sharing system 10 to easily check whether or not the mobile battery 100 has reached a usage restriction state. For example, the operator of the sharing system 10 can easily check whether or not the mobile battery 100 has reached a usage restriction state by accessing the management device 400 (memory unit 406) using a terminal not shown.
  • a low-quality mobile battery 100 It is not desirable for a low-quality mobile battery 100 to be provided to a user.
  • the quality of the mobile battery 100 may deteriorate as the total usage time or number of charging and discharging of the mobile battery 100 increases. In other words, it is desirable to restrict the use of a mobile battery 100 whose total usage time or number of charging and discharging has increased to a certain extent. It is also not desirable for a mobile battery 100 whose quality is not guaranteed to be provided to a user. In other words, it is desirable to restrict the use of a mobile battery 100 whose warranty period has expired.
  • the operator of the sharing system 10 management system 16
  • FIG. 23 is a flowchart showing an example of the operation of the management system 16.
  • FIG. 23 shows an example of determining whether the mobile battery 100 has reached a usage restriction state.
  • step S81 the usage history information acquisition unit 426 of the management device 400 acquires usage history information of the mobile battery 100.
  • step S82 the state determination unit 428 of the management device 400 determines whether the mobile battery 100 has reached a usage restriction state based on the usage history information.
  • the memory unit 406 of the management device 400 stores information indicating the mobile battery 100 that has reached the usage restriction state.
  • the information indicating the mobile battery 100 that has reached the usage restriction state is information indicating the result of the determination made by the state determination unit 428 in step S82.
  • the information indicating the result of the determination made by the state determination unit 428 in step S82 can be stored in the memory unit 406 in association with the identification information of the mobile battery 100. In this way, the operation illustrated in FIG. 23 is completed.
  • the calculation unit 404 of the management device 400 may be provided with a replacement time estimation unit 432.
  • the replacement time estimation unit 432 estimates the replacement time of the mobile battery 100 based on the usage history information.
  • the replacement time estimation unit 432 may estimate the replacement time of the mobile battery 100 based on the usage history of the mobile battery 100.
  • the usage history information may be acquired by the usage history information acquisition unit 426.
  • the replacement time estimation unit 432 may estimate the replacement time of the mobile battery 100 based on, for example, the total usage time information included in the usage history information. In this case, the replacement time estimation unit 432 may estimate the replacement time of the mobile battery 100 based on the difference between a predetermined usage time threshold and the total usage time indicated by the total usage time information.
  • the replacement time estimation unit 432 may estimate the replacement time of the mobile battery 100 based on the charge/discharge count information included in the usage history information. In this case, the replacement time estimation unit 432 may estimate the replacement time of the mobile battery 100 based on the difference between a predetermined charge/discharge count threshold and the charge/discharge count indicated by the charge/discharge count information.
  • the replacement time estimation unit 432 can estimate the replacement time of the mobile battery 100 based on the warranty period information included in the usage history information. In this case, the replacement time estimation unit 432 can estimate the replacement time of the mobile battery 100 based on the warranty period indicated by the warranty period information.
  • the information indicating the replacement time estimated by the replacement time estimation unit 432 may be stored in the memory unit 406 of the management device 400.
  • the information indicating the replacement time estimated by the replacement time estimation unit 432 may be stored in the memory unit 406 in association with the identification information of the mobile battery 100.
  • the operator of the sharing system 10 may use the information indicating the replacement time estimated by the replacement time estimation unit 432 to systematically manage the mobile battery 100. For example, the operator described above may create a procurement plan for a new mobile battery 100 by referring to the information indicating the replacement time estimated by the replacement time estimation unit 432.
  • the quality control of the mobile battery 100 is explained further below.
  • the battery station 12 may be equipped with an inspection device 700.
  • the inspection device 700 may inspect the mobile battery 100 connected to the inspection device 700.
  • the inspection device 700 may perform inspections, such as capacity measurement and resistance measurement, on the mobile battery 100 connected to the inspection device 700. By performing inspections such as capacity measurement and resistance measurement, the degree of deterioration of the battery cells 102 of the mobile battery 100 may be detected.
  • Information indicating the inspection results by the inspection device 700 may be supplied from the inspection device 700 to the management device 400 via the network NW.
  • Information indicating the inspection results by the inspection device 700 may be used by the maximum charging capacity determination unit 430.
  • the maximum charging capacity determination unit 430 may be provided in the calculation unit 404 of the management device 400.
  • the maximum charging capacity determination unit 430 may determine the maximum charging capacity of the mobile battery 100 based on the inspection results by the inspection device 700.
  • Information indicating the maximum charging capacity determined by the maximum charging capacity determination unit 430 may be supplied from the management device 400 to the charger 14 (control computer not shown) via the network NW. This allows the charger 14 to charge the mobile battery 100 within a range where the remaining capacity of the mobile battery 100 does not exceed the maximum charging capacity.
  • the maximum charging capacity is the upper limit of the charging capacity permitted when the mobile battery 100 is charged.
  • the maximum charging capacity may vary depending on the degree of deterioration of the battery cells 102 of the mobile battery 100.
  • the criteria for determining whether charging the mobile battery 100 will result in overcharging may vary depending on the degree of deterioration of the battery cells 102. Overcharging the mobile battery 100 is not desirable.
  • the maximum charging capacity determination unit 430 can determine the maximum charging capacity based on the inspection results by the inspection device 700 as described above. That is, according to this embodiment, the maximum charging capacity determination unit 430 can determine the maximum charging capacity according to the degree of deterioration of the battery cells 102. Therefore, overcharging of the mobile battery 100 can be prevented.
  • the inspection by the inspection device 700 described above is performed according to the usage history of the mobile battery 100. In other words, it is preferable that the inspection by the inspection device 700 is performed according to the total usage time, the number of charging and discharging, or the warranty period of the mobile battery 100.
  • the inspection device 700 may inspect the mobile battery 100 only when the total usage time of the mobile battery 100 has reached a predetermined threshold.
  • the predetermined threshold may be smaller than the above-mentioned predetermined total usage time threshold.
  • a mobile battery 100 with a short total usage time is unlikely to have a problem with the degree of deterioration of the battery cells 102 provided in the mobile battery 100.
  • inspection of a mobile battery 100 with a short total usage time is likely to be an unnecessary inspection.
  • the inspection device 700 may inspect the mobile battery 100 only when the number of times the mobile battery 100 has been charged and discharged reaches a predetermined threshold.
  • the predetermined threshold may be smaller than the above-mentioned predetermined number of times of charging and discharging.
  • a mobile battery 100 with a low number of times of charging and discharging is unlikely to have a problem with the degree of deterioration of the battery cells 102 provided in the mobile battery 100.
  • an inspection of a mobile battery 100 with a low number of times of charging and discharging is likely to be an unnecessary inspection.
  • the inspection device 700 may inspect the mobile battery 100 only if the usage period of the mobile battery 100 has reached a predetermined threshold.
  • the predetermined threshold may be determined in advance within the range of the warranty period described above.
  • a mobile battery 100 with a short usage period is unlikely to have a problem with the degree of deterioration of the battery cells 102 provided in the mobile battery 100.
  • inspection of a mobile battery 100 with a short usage period is likely to be an unnecessary inspection.
  • the management system 16 allows the operator of the sharing system 10 to properly manage the quality of the mobile battery 100.
  • the management system 16 may be configured as follows. As described above, the calculation unit 404 of the management device 400 may be equipped with an inventory shortage station determination unit 434, a requested delivery person selection unit 438, a low remaining capacity battery determination unit 442, and a time allowance determination unit 444.
  • the inventory shortage station determination unit 434 determines whether the battery station 12 is an inventory shortage station based on information regarding future demand for the mobile battery 100 and inventory information of the battery station 12.
  • the inventory information indicates the inventory of the mobile battery 100 at the battery station 12.
  • An inventory shortage station is a battery station 12 where the inventory of the mobile battery 100 is expected to be insufficient in the future. In other words, an inventory shortage station is a battery station 12 that is likely to be unable to meet the demand of users who wish to rent the mobile battery 100.
  • Information regarding the future demand for the mobile battery 100 can be generated, for example, by the collection and delivery demand prediction unit 424 described above. Inventory information indicating the inventory of the mobile battery 100 at the battery station 12 can be stored, for example, by the memory unit 406.
  • the information generating unit 418 may generate information regarding the shortage station based on the result of the determination by the shortage station determination unit 434.
  • the information regarding the shortage station includes, for example, information indicating the shortage station location, which is the location of the shortage station.
  • the information generating unit 418 may further generate delivery request information.
  • the delivery request information is information for requesting a delivery person to deliver the mobile battery 100 to the shortage station.
  • the delivery request information may include information indicating the number of mobile batteries 100 to be delivered.
  • the target collector/deliverer selection unit 438 selects a target collector/deliverer who is the subject of a request to deliver the mobile battery 100 to the stock shortage station. In other words, the target collector/deliverer selection unit 438 selects the collector/deliverer terminal 300 to which the delivery request information is sent. The target collector/deliverer selection unit 438 selects a collector/deliverer located within a specified range from the stock shortage station based on the collector/deliverer location and the stock shortage station location. The collector/deliverer selected in this way becomes the target collector/deliverer. The target collector/deliverer selection unit 438 may select multiple target collectors/deliverers.
  • the information regarding the station with low inventory and the delivery request information can be transmitted to the delivery person terminal 300 held by the requested delivery person via the communication unit 402. This allows the information providing unit 316 of the delivery person terminal 300 to provide the information regarding the station with low inventory and the delivery request information to the requested delivery person.
  • the requested collection and delivery party can ascertain the location of the stock shortage station. Furthermore, by providing the requested collection and delivery party with delivery request information, the requested collection and delivery party can deliver the mobile battery 100 to the stock shortage station. In other words, the stock shortage station can be replenished with mobile batteries 100. This prevents the stock shortage station from actually reaching a stock shortage in the future. Furthermore, the demand of users who wish to rent a mobile battery 100 located at the battery station 12 can be satisfied.
  • the low remaining capacity battery determination unit 442 determines whether the mobile battery 100 possessed by the delivery person is a low remaining capacity battery.
  • a low remaining capacity battery is a mobile battery 100 whose remaining capacity is less than a predetermined low remaining capacity threshold.
  • the low remaining capacity battery determination unit 442 determines whether the mobile battery 100 is a low remaining capacity battery based on remaining capacity information indicating the remaining capacity of the mobile battery 100. As described above, the remaining capacity information can be acquired by the battery information acquisition unit 416.
  • the time allowance determination unit 444 determines whether or not the battery station 12 determined by the inventory shortage station determination unit 434 to be an inventory shortage station is a time allowance station.
  • a time allowance station is an inventory shortage station in which the time allowance, which is the amount of time before inventory shortage occurs, is equal to or exceeds a predetermined time allowance threshold.
  • the time allowance can be determined based on future collection and delivery demand predicted by the collection and delivery demand prediction unit 424.
  • the information generating unit 418 generates delivery request information to request the collector/deliverer (requested collector/deliverer) who has the low remaining battery to deliver the battery to a station with time to spare.
  • the delivery request information can be transmitted to the collector/deliverer terminal 300 of the collector/deliverer who has the low remaining battery via the communication unit 402. This allows the information providing unit 316 provided in the collector/deliverer terminal 300 to notify the collector/deliverer of the request to deliver the low remaining battery to a station with time to spare.
  • a low remaining capacity battery is a mobile battery 100 that is likely not to be preferred by users who wish to rent the mobile battery 100.
  • a low remaining capacity battery delivered to a time-margin equipped station can be charged at that time-margin equipped station. Since a time-margin equipped station is a battery station 12 that has time to spare before running out of stock, that time margin can be used to fully charge a low remaining capacity battery. This not only prevents a time-margin equipped station from running out of stock in the future, but also satisfies the demand of users who wish to rent a mobile battery 100 with sufficient remaining capacity.
  • the information generating unit 418 also generates information for restricting the delivery of low-capacity batteries to low-stock stations that are not time-rich stations.
  • the information includes, for example, a request to the collector/deliverer not to deliver low-capacity batteries to low-stock stations that are not time-rich stations.
  • the information for restricting the delivery of low-capacity batteries to low-stock stations that are not time-rich stations can be transmitted to the collector/deliverer terminal 300 of the collector/deliverer who possesses the low-capacity battery via the communication unit 402. This allows the information providing unit 316 provided in the collector/deliverer terminal 300 to notify the collector/deliverer of the restriction on delivery of low-capacity batteries to low-stock stations that are not time-rich stations. By restricting the delivery of low-capacity batteries to low-stock stations that are not time-rich stations, it is possible to prevent low-capacity batteries, which are likely not preferred by users, from being replenished to low-stock stations.
  • information for restricting the delivery of low-capacity batteries to low-stock stations that are not time-available stations may be provided to a collector/delivery party other than the requested collector/delivery party described above. This can prevent low-capacity batteries that are likely not preferred by users from being replenished to low-stock stations by a collector/delivery party other than the requested collector/delivery party.
  • inventory adjustments of mobile batteries 100 can be appropriately performed at stations with inventory shortages.
  • the calculation unit 404 of the management device 400 may be equipped with an excess inventory station determination unit 436 and a delivery restriction courier selection unit 440.
  • the overstock station determination unit 436 determines whether the battery station 12 is an overstock station based on information about future demand for the mobile battery 100 and inventory information of the battery station 12.
  • An overstock station is a battery station 12 that is expected to have an excess inventory of mobile batteries 100 in the future.
  • a battery station 12 with excess inventory cannot accept the return of a mobile battery 100.
  • an overstock station is a battery station 12 that is likely to be unable to meet the demand of users who wish to return a mobile battery 100 to the battery station 12.
  • the information generating unit 418 may generate information regarding the overstock station based on the result of the determination by the overstock station determining unit 436.
  • the information regarding the overstock station includes, for example, information indicating the overstock station location, which is the location of the overstock station.
  • the information generating unit 418 may further generate delivery restriction information.
  • the delivery restriction information is information for restricting the delivery of the mobile battery 100 to the overstock station.
  • the delivery restriction information includes, for example, a request to a courier not to deliver the mobile battery 100 to the overstock station.
  • the delivery-restricted collector/delivery selection unit 440 selects a delivery-restricted collector/delivery that is a collector/delivery that is subject to restrictions on delivery of the mobile battery 100 to the overstock station. In other words, the delivery-restricted collector/delivery selection unit 440 selects the collector/delivery terminal 300 to which the delivery restriction information is sent. The delivery-restricted collector/delivery selection unit 440 selects a collector/delivery that is located outside a specified range from the overstock station based on the collector/delivery location and the overstock station location. The collector/delivery selected in this way becomes the delivery-restricted collector/delivery. The delivery-restricted collector/delivery selection unit 440 may select multiple delivery-restricted collectors/delivery.
  • Information regarding overstocked stations and delivery restriction information can be transmitted to the collector/delivery terminal 300 carried by the delivery-restricted collector/delivery agent via the communication unit 402. This allows the information providing unit 316 of the collector/delivery agent terminal 300 to provide information regarding overstocked stations and delivery restriction information to the delivery-restricted collector/delivery agent.
  • the delivery-restricted collector/courier can ascertain the location of the overstock stations. Furthermore, by providing the delivery-restricted information to a delivery-restricted collector/courier, delivery of mobile batteries 100 to overstock stations can be restricted. In other words, replenishing stock of mobile batteries 100 at overstock stations can be restricted. This prevents overstock stations from actually reaching an overstock in the future. Furthermore, the demand of users who wish to return mobile batteries 100 to the battery station 12 can be satisfied.
  • a collector/deliverer located outside a predetermined range from an overstock station can be selected as a delivery restriction collector/deliverer. Therefore, information about the overstock station and delivery restriction information can be provided at least to a collector/deliverer located outside a predetermined range from the overstock station.
  • a collector/deliverer located outside a predetermined range from an overstock station takes more effort to reach the overstock station than a collector/deliverer located within a predetermined range from the overstock station.
  • information about the overstock station and delivery restriction information may be provided to a collector/deliverer located within a predetermined range from the overstock station. This can prevent a collector/deliverer located within a predetermined range from the overstock station from replenishing the mobile battery 100 at an overstock station. Therefore, it is possible to more reliably prevent an overstock station from actually reaching overstock in the future.
  • inventory adjustments of mobile batteries 100 can be appropriately performed at stations with excess inventory.
  • FIG. 24 is a flowchart showing an example of the operation of the management system 16.
  • FIG. 24 shows an example of the case where information for appropriately deploying the mobile battery 100 is provided to a delivery person.
  • step S91 the collection and delivery demand prediction unit 424 of the management device 400 predicts future demand for the mobile battery 100.
  • step S92 the inventory shortage station determination unit 434 of the management device 400 determines whether there is a battery station 12 that corresponds to an inventory shortage station.
  • step S93 the information generating unit 418 of the management device 400 generates information about the station with low inventory.
  • the information about the station with low inventory may include information indicating the location of the station with low inventory.
  • step S94 the request target delivery person selection unit 438 of the management device 400 selects the request target delivery person.
  • step S95 the low remaining capacity battery determination unit 442 of the management device 400 determines whether the mobile battery 100 possessed by the delivery person is a low remaining capacity battery. In other words, the low remaining capacity battery determination unit 442 determines whether the delivery person possesses a low remaining capacity battery.
  • step S96 the time allowance determination unit 444 of the management device 400 determines whether there is a station with insufficient stock that corresponds to a station with time allowance.
  • step S97 the information generating unit 418 of the management device 400 generates delivery request information.
  • the information generating unit 418 generates delivery request information for requesting the requested delivery agent to deliver the low-capacity battery to the station with time to spare.
  • the information generating unit 418 may further generate information for restricting the delivery of low-capacity batteries to stations with low inventory that are not stations with time to spare.
  • step S95 if it is determined in step S95 that the delivery person does not have a low-capacity battery, the process proceeds to step S97, and the information generation unit 418 of the management device 400 generates delivery request information.
  • step S98 may be executed.
  • the information generating unit 418 generates information for restricting the delivery of low-capacity batteries to stations with low inventory.
  • step S97 may also be executed when step S98 is executed.
  • the information generating unit 418 may generate delivery request information for requesting the requested delivery person to deliver a mobile battery 100 other than a low-capacity battery to a station with a shortage of stock.
  • step S92 If it is determined in step S92 above that there is no station with insufficient inventory, or if step S97 is completed, the process proceeds to step S99.
  • step S99 the overstock station determination unit 436 of the management device 400 determines whether there is a battery station 12 that is an overstock station.
  • step S100 the information generating unit 418 generates information about the overstock station.
  • the information about the overstock station may include information indicating the location of the overstock station.
  • step S101 the delivery restriction collector/delivery selection unit 440 of the management device 400 selects a delivery restriction collector/delivery.
  • step S102 the information providing unit 316 of the delivery person terminal 300 provides the information to the delivery person. This completes the operation illustrated in FIG. 24.
  • step S102 the information provided to the collector/deliverer differs depending on the results of the determinations made in steps S91 to S101 described above. For example, depending on the result of the determination of whether or not there is a station that is low on stock (step S92), whether or not information about stations that are low on stock is provided to the collector/deliverer (requested collector/deliverer) in step S102 differs. Also, depending on the result of execution of step S99, whether or not information about stations that are overstock is provided to the collector/deliverer (delivery-limited collector/deliverer) in step S102 differs. If neither a station that is low on stock nor a station that is overstock exists, step S102 may be skipped.
  • the management system 16 may be configured as follows.
  • the information generating unit 418 of the management device 400 generates information also referred to as low remaining capacity battery information in this embodiment.
  • the low remaining capacity battery information is information about a low remaining capacity battery that can be provided to a user.
  • the low remaining capacity battery information can be generated based on a low remaining capacity battery position, which is the location of the low remaining capacity battery, and a user position, which is the location of the user.
  • the low remaining capacity battery location can be acquired by the location information acquisition unit 412 described above.
  • the location information acquisition unit 412 can acquire the location of the delivery person who has the low remaining capacity battery as the low remaining capacity battery location.
  • the location information acquisition unit 412 can also acquire the location of the battery station 12 where the low remaining capacity battery is located as the low remaining capacity battery location.
  • the location information acquisition unit 412 may acquire the low remaining capacity battery location based on the positioning results by the positioning unit 106 provided in the mobile battery 100 (low remaining capacity battery).
  • the low remaining battery information may be transmitted to the user terminal 200 via the communication unit 402.
  • the information providing unit 216 may display a map MP on the display unit 204 of the user terminal 200, and may also display a figure 516 indicating the location of the low remaining battery on the map MP (see also FIG. 26).
  • the calculation unit 404 of the management device 400 may be equipped with a remaining capacity information acquisition unit 448 and a mobile battery selection unit 450.
  • the remaining capacity information acquisition unit 448 acquires information indicating the remaining capacity of the mobile device battery.
  • the mobile device battery is a battery provided in a mobile device owned by a user.
  • the mobile device battery may be included in the user's personal belongings.
  • An example of a mobile device owned by a user is the user terminal 200, but is not limited to this.
  • the remaining capacity information acquisition unit 448 acquires information indicating the remaining capacity of the mobile device battery, for example, by communicating with the mobile device.
  • the mobile battery selection unit 450 selects a mobile battery 100 that can be provided to the user depending on the remaining capacity of the mobile device battery. For example, if the remaining capacity of the mobile device battery is equal to or greater than a predetermined threshold, the mobile battery selection unit 450 selects a low remaining capacity battery as the mobile battery 100 that can be provided to the user. On the other hand, if the remaining capacity of the mobile device battery is less than the predetermined threshold, the mobile battery selection unit 450 selects a mobile battery 100 other than a low remaining capacity battery as the mobile battery 100 that can be provided to the user.
  • the information providing unit 216 of the user terminal 200 may change the information provided to the user depending on the selection result by the mobile battery selecting unit 450. For example, if the mobile battery selecting unit 450 selects a low remaining capacity battery, the information providing unit 216 causes the display unit 204 to display the low remaining capacity battery information in priority over information other than the low remaining capacity battery information. Also, for example, if the mobile battery selecting unit 450 selects a low remaining capacity battery, the information providing unit 216 causes the display unit 204 to display the low remaining capacity battery information so that it stands out more than information other than the low remaining capacity battery information. This can increase the likelihood that the user will refer to the low remaining capacity battery information. As a result, it is possible to encourage the user to use a low remaining capacity battery.
  • the mobile battery selection unit 450 selects a low remaining capacity battery.
  • the remaining capacity of the personal mobile device battery is equal to or greater than a predetermined threshold, the user is likely not to need the mobile battery 100 to be fully charged.
  • the remaining capacity of the personal mobile device battery is less than a predetermined threshold, the user is likely to want the mobile battery 100 to be fully charged.
  • a user whose personal mobile device battery has a remaining capacity less than a predetermined threshold is likely not to need a low remaining capacity battery.
  • encouraging a user who is likely not to need a low remaining capacity battery to use a low remaining capacity battery is avoided.
  • FIG. 25 is a flowchart showing an example of the operation of the management system. An example of providing low remaining battery capacity information to a user is shown in FIG. 25.
  • the low remaining capacity battery determination unit 442 of the management device 400 determines whether or not the mobile battery 100 is a low remaining capacity battery. For example, remaining capacity information indicating the remaining capacity of the mobile battery 100 can be acquired by the battery information acquisition unit 416 described above. Based on the results acquired by the battery information acquisition unit 416, the low remaining capacity battery determination unit 442 determines that the mobile battery 100 whose remaining capacity is less than the low remaining capacity threshold described above is a low remaining capacity battery.
  • step S111 the process proceeds to step S112 and step S113.
  • step S112 the location information acquisition unit 412 of the management device 400 acquires low remaining capacity battery location information indicating the location of the low remaining capacity battery.
  • step S113 the location information acquisition unit 412 acquires user location information indicating the user location.
  • step S114 the information generating unit 418 of the management device 400 generates low remaining capacity battery information.
  • the information generating unit 418 generates low remaining capacity battery information based on the user position information and the low remaining capacity battery position information.
  • the low remaining capacity battery information may include information about low remaining capacity batteries that are located within a predetermined range from the user position.
  • step S115 the information providing unit 216 of the user terminal 200 provides the user with low remaining capacity battery information.
  • the low remaining capacity battery information can be transmitted to the user terminal 200 via the communication unit 402 of the management device 400.
  • the operation illustrated in FIG. 25 is completed. Note that, even if it is determined in step S111 that the mobile battery 100 is not a low remaining capacity battery, the operation illustrated in FIG. 25 is also terminated.
  • FIG. 26 shows an example of a display on the display unit 204 of the user terminal 200.
  • the information providing unit 216 of the user terminal 200 that receives the low remaining capacity battery information may cause the display unit 204 to display, for example, the display screen 204e illustrated in FIG. 26.
  • the display screen 204e may be displayed on the display unit 204 when, for example, the above-mentioned mobile battery selection unit 450 selects a low remaining capacity battery.
  • a map MP may be displayed on the display screen 204e.
  • a figure 502 indicating the user's position may further be displayed on the display screen 204e.
  • the display screen 204e may further display a graphic 516 indicating the location of a low-capacity battery.
  • the graphic 516 in FIG. 26 indicates the location of a delivery person who has a low-capacity battery as the low-capacity battery location.
  • a plurality of graphics 516 (516A to 516C) may be displayed on the display screen 204e.
  • Display data 518 based on the low remaining capacity battery information may further be displayed on the display screen 204e.
  • the display data 518 indicates, for example, the remaining capacity of the low remaining capacity battery.
  • the display data 518 is not limited to this.
  • the display data 518 may further indicate the time required for delivery when a user requests delivery of a low remaining capacity battery, the cost of using the low remaining capacity battery, etc.
  • the display data 518 may be generated as appropriate by the information generation unit 418.
  • the display screen 204e can display a plurality of display data 518 (518A to 518C).
  • display data 518A For example, in FIG. 26, the position of the low remaining battery shown in the display data 518A is indicated by the graphic 516A.
  • the position of the low remaining battery shown in the display data 518B is indicated by the graphic 516B.
  • the position of the low remaining battery shown in the display data 518C is indicated by the graphic 516C.
  • providing the user with low remaining capacity battery information can encourage the user to use the low remaining capacity battery.
  • the number of times the low remaining capacity battery is charged and discharged can be reduced.
  • the calculation unit 404 of the management device 400 may be provided with a bonus granting unit 446.
  • the bonus granting unit 446 grants a bonus to a user who has used a low remaining capacity battery.
  • the bonus is, for example, a special service provided only to a user who has used a low remaining capacity battery, but is not limited to this.
  • the display data 518 described above may include information indicating a bonus that will be granted to the user when the low remaining capacity battery shown in the display data 518 is used.
  • Information regarding the bonus granted to the user by the bonus granting unit 446 may be stored in the storage unit 406 in association with user identification information, which is the user's identification information.
  • the reward providing unit 446 can further encourage users to use a battery with a low remaining capacity.
  • the charged mobile battery 100 it is not desirable for the charged mobile battery 100 to be left unused. Furthermore, from the standpoint of preventing deterioration of the mobile battery 100, it is also not desirable for the mobile battery 100 to remain in an overcharged state for a long period of time.
  • the management system 16 may be configured as follows.
  • the information generating unit 418 of the management device 400 generates information, which is also referred to as high remaining capacity battery information in this embodiment.
  • the high remaining capacity battery information is information about a high remaining capacity battery that can be provided to a user.
  • a high remaining capacity battery is a mobile battery 100 whose remaining capacity is equal to or greater than a predetermined high remaining capacity threshold.
  • the high remaining capacity threshold is greater than the low remaining capacity threshold described above.
  • the high remaining capacity threshold is, for example, but is not limited to, the maximum charging capacity of the mobile battery 100.
  • the high remaining capacity battery information may be generated based on the high remaining capacity battery position, which is the position of the high remaining capacity battery, and the user position.
  • the high remaining capacity battery location can be acquired by the location information acquisition unit 412.
  • the location information acquisition unit 412 can acquire the location of the delivery person who has the high remaining capacity battery as the high remaining capacity battery location.
  • the location information acquisition unit 412 can also acquire the location of the battery station 12 where the high remaining capacity battery is located as the high remaining capacity battery location.
  • the location information acquisition unit 412 may acquire the high remaining capacity battery location based on the positioning results by the positioning unit 106 provided in the mobile battery 100 (high remaining capacity battery).
  • the high remaining capacity battery information can be transmitted to the user terminal 200 via the communication unit 402.
  • the information providing unit 216 can display a map MP on the display unit 204 of the user terminal 200, and can also display a figure 520 indicating the location of the high remaining capacity battery on the map MP (see also FIG. 28).
  • the calculation unit 404 of the management device 400 may be provided with a time series data acquisition unit 454 and a long-term high remaining capacity battery determination unit 456.
  • the time series data acquisition unit 454 acquires time series data regarding the remaining capacity of the mobile battery 100.
  • the time series data acquisition unit 454 may acquire time series data regarding the remaining capacity of a high remaining capacity battery.
  • the acquired time series data may be stored by the memory unit 406.
  • the long-term high remaining capacity battery determination unit 456 determines whether a high remaining capacity battery is a long-term high remaining capacity battery.
  • a long-term high remaining capacity battery is a high remaining capacity battery whose remaining capacity remains equal to or exceeds a high remaining capacity threshold for a period of time equal to or exceeds a predetermined long-term threshold.
  • the information generating unit 418 generates long-term high remaining capacity battery information based on the user position and the position of the long-term high remaining capacity battery.
  • the long-term high remaining capacity battery information is information about a long-term high remaining capacity battery that can be provided to the user.
  • the long-term high remaining capacity battery information is information about a long-term high remaining capacity battery among the high remaining capacity battery information. Therefore, the long-term high remaining capacity battery information can be transmitted to the user terminal 200 via the communication unit 402. Furthermore, the long-term high remaining capacity battery information can be provided to the user by the information providing unit 216.
  • the information providing unit 216 of the user terminal 200 may change the information provided to the user depending on the selection result by the mobile battery selecting unit 450. Based on this, the mobile battery selecting unit 450 may select a high remaining capacity battery when the remaining capacity of the mobile device battery is less than a predetermined threshold. As a result, when the remaining capacity of the mobile device battery is less than the predetermined threshold, the information providing unit 216 may, for example, cause the display unit 204 to display high remaining capacity battery information in priority over information other than the high remaining capacity battery information. When the remaining capacity of the mobile device battery is less than the predetermined threshold, the information providing unit 216 may, for example, cause the display unit 204 to display high remaining capacity battery information more prominently than information other than the high remaining capacity battery information.
  • the remaining capacity of the personal mobile device battery when the remaining capacity of the personal mobile device battery is less than a predetermined threshold, the user is likely to need the mobile battery 100 to be fully charged. In this regard, according to the present embodiment, it is possible to encourage users who are likely to need the mobile battery 100 to be fully charged to use a high remaining capacity battery. Furthermore, when the remaining capacity of the personal mobile device battery is equal to or greater than a predetermined threshold, the user is likely not to need the mobile battery 100 to be fully charged. In other words, when the remaining capacity of the personal mobile device battery is equal to or greater than a predetermined threshold, the user is likely not to need a high remaining capacity battery. In this regard, according to the present embodiment, it is possible to avoid encouraging users who are likely not to need a high remaining capacity battery to use a high remaining capacity battery.
  • FIG. 27 is a flowchart showing an example of the operation of the management system.
  • FIG. 27 shows an example of a case where high remaining capacity battery information and long-term high remaining capacity battery information are appropriately provided to the user.
  • step S121 the high remaining capacity battery determination unit 452 of the management device 400 determines whether or not the mobile battery 100 is a high remaining capacity battery. For example, remaining capacity information indicating the remaining capacity of the mobile battery 100 can be acquired by the battery information acquisition unit 416 described above. Based on the results acquired by the battery information acquisition unit 416, the high remaining capacity battery determination unit 452 determines that the mobile battery 100 whose remaining capacity is equal to or greater than the high remaining capacity threshold described above is a high remaining capacity battery.
  • step S121 the process proceeds to step S122 and step S123.
  • step S122 the location information acquisition unit 412 of the management device 400 acquires high remaining capacity battery location information indicating the location of the high remaining capacity battery.
  • step S123 the location information acquisition unit 412 acquires user location information indicating the user location.
  • step S124 the long-term high remaining capacity battery determination unit 456 of the management device 400 determines whether the high remaining capacity battery is a long-term high remaining capacity battery. If the high remaining capacity battery is a long-term high remaining capacity battery, step S125 is executed. If the high remaining capacity battery is not a long-term high remaining capacity battery, step S126 is executed.
  • step S125 the information generating unit 418 of the management device 400 generates long-term high remaining capacity battery information.
  • the information generating unit 418 generates the long-term high remaining capacity battery information based on the user position information and the long-term high remaining capacity battery position information.
  • the long-term high remaining capacity battery information may include information about long-term high remaining capacity batteries that are located within a specified range from the user position.
  • step S126 the information generating unit 418 of the management device 400 generates high remaining capacity battery information.
  • the information generating unit 418 generates high remaining capacity battery information based on the user position information and the high remaining capacity battery position information.
  • the high remaining capacity battery information may include information about high remaining capacity batteries that are located within a predetermined range from the user position.
  • step S127 is started.
  • the information providing unit 216 of the user terminal 200 provides information to the user. If step S125 is executed, long-term high remaining capacity battery information is provided to the user in step S127. If step S126 is executed, high remaining capacity battery information is provided to the user in step S127.
  • the high remaining capacity battery information or long-term high remaining capacity battery information can be transmitted to the user terminal 200 via the communication unit 402 of the management device 400. In this way, the operation illustrated in FIG. 27 is completed. Note that the operation illustrated in FIG. 27 also ends if it is determined in step S121 that the battery is not a high remaining capacity battery.
  • FIG. 28 shows an example of a display on the display unit 204 of the user terminal 200.
  • the information providing unit 216 of the user terminal 200 that has received the high remaining capacity battery information and the long-term high remaining capacity battery information may cause the display unit 204 to display, for example, the display screen 204f illustrated in FIG. 28.
  • the display screen 204f may be displayed on the display unit 204 when, for example, the mobile battery selection unit 450 described above selects a high remaining capacity battery.
  • a map MP may be displayed on the display screen 204f.
  • a figure 502 indicating the user's position may further be displayed on the display screen 204f.
  • a graphic 520 may further be displayed on the display screen 204f.
  • the graphic 520 indicates the location of a high remaining capacity battery (long-term high remaining capacity battery location).
  • the graphic 520 in FIG. 28 indicates the location of a delivery person who has a high remaining capacity battery as the high remaining capacity battery location.
  • a plurality of graphics 520 (520A to 520C) may be displayed on the display screen 204f. Note that the graphic 520 may change depending on whether it indicates a long-term high remaining capacity battery location or the location of a high remaining capacity battery that is not a long-term high remaining capacity battery.
  • the display screen 204f may further display display data 522 based on high remaining capacity battery information (long-term high remaining capacity battery information).
  • the display data 522 indicates, for example, the remaining capacity of a high remaining capacity battery (long-term high remaining capacity battery).
  • the display data 522 is not limited to this.
  • the display data 522 may further indicate the required delivery time when a user requests delivery of a high remaining capacity battery (long-term high remaining capacity battery), the cost of using the high remaining capacity battery, etc.
  • the display data 522 may further indicate whether the high remaining capacity battery indicated by the display data 522 corresponds to a long-term high remaining capacity battery.
  • the display data 522 may be generated as appropriate by the information generating unit 418.
  • the display screen 204f can display multiple pieces of display data 522 (522A to 522C).
  • the position of the high remaining capacity battery shown in the display data 522A is indicated by a figure 520A.
  • the position of the high remaining capacity battery shown in the display data 522B is indicated by a figure 520B.
  • the position of the high remaining capacity battery shown in the display data 522C is indicated by a figure 520C.
  • Display screen 204e (FIG. 26) and display screen 204f (FIG. 28) may be combined.
  • a graphic 516 indicating a low remaining capacity battery position and a graphic 520 indicating a high remaining capacity battery position (long-term high remaining capacity battery position) may be displayed together on display unit 204.
  • Display data 518 relating to a low remaining capacity battery and display data 522 relating to a high remaining capacity battery position (long-term high remaining capacity battery position) may be displayed together on display unit 204.
  • the management system 16 can provide the user with information regarding a high remaining capacity battery (long-term high remaining capacity battery). This can encourage the user to use a high remaining capacity battery (long-term high remaining capacity battery). By encouraging the user to use a high remaining capacity battery (long-term high remaining capacity battery), deterioration of the mobile battery 100 can be suppressed.
  • the battery station 12 described above can be used as a base of operations for the delivery person.
  • the battery station 12 can be provided with a waiting area (rest area) for the delivery person. This allows the delivery person to use the battery station 12 as a rest facility.
  • the battery station 12 can also be provided with items that can be used by the delivery person.
  • the items can be provided in the battery station 12 as appropriate, for example, by the operating company that operates the sharing system 10.
  • An example of an item that can be provided in the battery station 12 for the delivery person is a mobile object (bicycle, etc.) that can be lent to the delivery person.
  • the item provided in the battery station 12 for the delivery person is not limited to a mobile object.
  • the battery station 12 can be provided with equipment, consumables, etc.
  • the equipment can be, for example, rain gear (umbrella, raincoat) that can be used by the delivery person in rainy weather.
  • the equipment can also be communication equipment (router), etc.
  • the equipment is not limited to these.
  • the consumables can be, for example, beverages that the delivery person can drink during a break, but are not limited to this.
  • the management system 16 can support the activities of delivery personnel by encouraging them to use the rest facilities, items, etc. described above.
  • the calculation unit 404 of the management device 400 is equipped with an operation status information acquisition unit 458, a rest necessity determination unit 460, and a provision information selection unit 462.
  • Operation status information is information related to the operation status of a delivery or collection service provider.
  • Operation status information includes, for example, delivery or collection service provider movement information.
  • Delivery or collection service provider movement information indicates at least one of the movement distance and movement time of the delivery or collection service provider.
  • the content of the operation status information is not limited to delivery or collection service provider movement information.
  • operation status information may include information related to the number of requests completed by a delivery or collection service provider.
  • the break necessity determination unit 460 determines whether the delivery person needs to take a break based on the operating status information. For example, the break necessity determination unit 460 determines whether the distance, time, etc. traveled by the delivery person without taking a break exceeds a predetermined threshold based on the operating status information (delivery person movement information). In this case, the break necessity determination unit 460 can determine that the delivery person needs to take a break if the distance, time, etc. traveled by the delivery person without taking a break exceeds a predetermined threshold. In addition, for example, the break necessity determination unit 460 can also determine that the delivery person needs to take a break if the number of cases that the delivery person has processed consecutively without taking a break exceeds a predetermined number.
  • the break recommendation information is information for recommending the delivery person to take a break.
  • the break recommendation information includes, for example, information for displaying a message on the display unit 304 of the delivery person terminal 300 to encourage the delivery person to take a break.
  • the rest-taking recommendation information can be transmitted to the delivery person terminal 300 via the communication unit 402. This allows the information providing unit 316 of the delivery person terminal 300 to provide the rest-taking recommendation information to the delivery person. In other words, the management system 16 can encourage the delivery person to take a break.
  • FIG. 29 is a flowchart showing an example of the operation of the management system.
  • FIG. 29 shows an example of providing information recommending rest breaks to delivery personnel.
  • step S131 the operation status information acquisition unit 458 of the management device 400 acquires operation status information.
  • the operation status information is information related to the operation status of the delivery/collection company.
  • step S132 the information generation unit 418 of the management device 400 generates break recommendation information based on the operating status information.
  • the break recommendation information is information that recommends the delivery person to take a break.
  • the generated break recommendation information can be transmitted to the delivery person terminal 300 via the communication unit 402 of the management device 400.
  • step S133 the information providing unit 316 of the delivery person terminal 300 provides the delivery person with the rest-taking recommendation information. That is, the delivery person is provided with the rest-taking recommendation information using the delivery person terminal 300. In this way, the operation illustrated in FIG. 29 is completed.
  • the information generation unit 418 it is preferable for the information generation unit 418 to include rest facility information in the rest taking recommendation information.
  • the rest facility information is information that indicates facilities that can be used by collection/delivery personnel to take a break.
  • An example of a facility that can be used by collection/delivery personnel to take a break is the battery station 12 as described above, but is not limited to this.
  • the rest facility information may indicate a coffee shop or the like that can be used by collection/delivery personnel to take a break.
  • the rest facility information may be stored in advance by the memory unit 406.
  • the information generation unit 418 can include rest facility information indicating facilities corresponding to the delivery/collection person location in the rest-taking recommendation information.
  • the information generation unit 418 can include rest facility information indicating facilities located within a specified range from the delivery/collection person location in the rest-taking recommendation information.
  • the delivery/collection person location information can be acquired by the location information acquisition unit 412 as described above.
  • the information generation unit 418 may use the future location of the collector/deliverer to include rest facility information indicating facilities corresponding to the future location of the collector/deliverer in the rest taking recommendation information.
  • the future location of the collector/deliverer is also referred to as the future collector/deliverer location in the following description.
  • the future location of the collector/deliverer may be predicted by the future location prediction unit 414.
  • the future location prediction unit 414 may predict the future location of the collector/deliverer based on the action plan of the collector/deliverer.
  • the action plan of the collector/deliverer may be transmitted to the management device 400 as appropriate by the collector/deliverer using the collector/deliverer terminal 300.
  • the action plan of the collector/deliverer may be understood based on the contents of the collection and delivery request for the mobile battery 100 that the collector/deliverer has received.
  • the future location prediction unit 414 may predict the future location of the collector/deliverer based on the current behavior of the collector/deliverer. For example, if the collector/deliverer is using a train, the future location of the collector/deliverer may be predicted based on the timetable of the train, etc. For example, when a delivery person is walking on a road, the future location of the delivery person can be predicted based on map information about the road, the moving speed of the delivery person, and the moving direction of the delivery person.
  • the future location prediction unit 414 may also predict the future location of the delivery person based on the schedule information of the delivery person.
  • the schedule information can be stored in advance in the memory unit 312 provided in the delivery person terminal 300.
  • the delivery/collection terminal 300 is provided with an operation unit 302.
  • the operation unit 302 may receive an operation by the delivery/collection person to indicate to the management system 16 the intention to take a break.
  • the intention may be transmitted to the management device 400 via the communication unit 308 of the delivery/collection person terminal 300.
  • the provided information selection unit 462 may select rest facility information indicating a facility that the delivery/collection person can use for a break in response to the intention.
  • rest facility information is stored in the memory unit 406.
  • the memory unit 406 may store multiple pieces of rest facility information.
  • the provided information selection unit 462 may select rest facility information indicating a facility within a predetermined range from the delivery/collection person position based on the delivery/collection person position information.
  • the rest facility information selected by the provided information selection unit 462 may be transmitted to the delivery/collection person terminal 300 via the communication unit 402. As a result, the rest facility information may be provided to the delivery/collection person in response to the operation received by the operation unit 302.
  • the management device 400 is also provided with a collection and delivery environment information acquisition unit 464.
  • the collection and delivery environment information acquisition unit 464 acquires collection and delivery environment information.
  • the collection and delivery environment information is information related to the collection and delivery environment of the delivery person. More specifically, the collection and delivery environment information includes, for example, at least one of weather information, road surface information, and communication environment information.
  • the weather information is information related to the weather conditions when the delivery person collects and delivers the mobile battery 100.
  • the road surface information is information related to the road surface conditions when the delivery person collects and delivers the mobile battery 100.
  • the communication environment information is information related to the communication environment when the delivery person collects and delivers the mobile battery 100.
  • the collection and delivery environment information acquisition unit 464 acquires collection and delivery environment information (weather information, road surface information, communication environment information) using, for example, the Internet.
  • the provided information selection unit 462 selects item information based on collection and delivery environment information, delivery person location information, and item location information.
  • Item information is information indicating items (supplies, consumables) that can be used by delivery persons.
  • Item location information is information indicating the location where an item is provided. In other words, item location information indicates the location of an item.
  • the item information and item location information may be stored in advance by the storage unit 406.
  • the storage unit 406 may store the item information and item location information in association with each other.
  • the provided information selection unit 462 may select item information, for example, as described below.
  • the provided information selection unit 462 determines whether the weather will be rainy when the delivery person collects and delivers the mobile battery 100 based on meteorological information. If the weather will be rainy when the delivery person collects and delivers the mobile battery 100, the provided information selection unit 462 selects item information indicating items (e.g., rain gear) that the delivery person can use in rainy weather, from among items located within a specified range from the delivery person's location.
  • items e.g., rain gear
  • the item information selected by the provided information selection unit 462 and item location information indicating the location of the item related to the item information can be transmitted to the delivery person terminal 300 via the communication unit 402.
  • the management system 16 can encourage the delivery person to use items corresponding to the delivery environment information.
  • FIG. 30 is a flowchart showing an example of the operation of the management system.
  • FIG. 30 shows an example of a case where item information according to the collection and delivery environment is provided to a delivery person.
  • step S134 the collection and delivery environment information acquisition unit 464 of the management device 400 acquires the collection and delivery environment information.
  • the collection and delivery environment information is information about the collection and delivery environment of the delivery person.
  • step S135 the provided information selection unit 462 of the management device 400 selects item information based on the collection and delivery environment information.
  • the item information is information that indicates items that can be used by the delivery person.
  • the selected item information can be transmitted to the delivery person terminal 300 via the communication unit 402 of the management device 400.
  • step S136 the information providing unit 316 of the delivery person terminal 300 provides the item information to the delivery person. That is, the item information is provided to the delivery person using the delivery person terminal 300. In this way, the operation illustrated in FIG. 30 is completed.
  • the calculation unit 404 of the management device 400 is equipped with a malfunction information acquisition unit 466.
  • the malfunction information acquisition unit 466 acquires malfunction information.
  • the malfunction information is information related to a malfunction of a mobile object used by a delivery person.
  • the malfunction information is appropriately transmitted to the management device 400 by the delivery person using the delivery person terminal 300.
  • the provided information selection unit 462 selects item information (repair item information) based on the malfunction information, the delivery person location information, and item location information (repair item location information).
  • Repair item information is information that indicates a repair item.
  • a repair item is an item that can be used by a delivery person to repair a mobile object.
  • Repair item location information is information that indicates the location where the repair item is provided.
  • the repair item may be provided as equipment in the battery station 12, for example.
  • the repair item location information may indicate the location of the battery station 12 where the repair item is provided.
  • the provided information selection unit 462 selects, for example, repair item information that indicates repair items that are located within a specified range from the delivery/collection location.
  • the repair item information selected by the provided information selection unit 462 and repair item location information indicating the location of the repair item related to the repair item information can be transmitted to the delivery person terminal 300 via the communication unit 402. This allows the information providing unit 316 of the delivery person terminal 300 to provide the delivery person with repair item information corresponding to the malfunction information. In other words, the management system 16 can encourage the delivery person to use repair items corresponding to the malfunction state of the mobile object.
  • FIG. 31 is a flowchart showing an example of the operation of the management system.
  • FIG. 31 shows an example of a case where repair item information according to the breakdown state of a mobile object is provided to a delivery person.
  • step S137 the malfunction information acquisition unit 466 of the management device 400 acquires the malfunction information.
  • the malfunction information is information regarding a malfunction of a mobile object used by a delivery person.
  • step S138 the provided information selection unit 462 of the management device 400 selects repair item information based on the malfunction information.
  • the repair item information is information that indicates repair items that are items that can be used by the delivery person.
  • the selected repair item information can be transmitted to the delivery person terminal 300 via the communication unit 402 of the management device 400.
  • step S139 the information providing unit 316 of the collector/delivery terminal 300 provides the repair item information to the collector/delivery. That is, the repair item information is provided to the collector/delivery using the collector/delivery terminal 300. In this way, the operation illustrated in FIG. 31 is completed.
  • the management system 16 can support the activities of delivery personnel.
  • the user terminal 200 is equipped with an operation unit 202.
  • the user may use the operation unit 202 to notify the management device 400 that the user wishes to give a discretionary reward to the collector/deliverer.
  • the discretionary reward is a reward that the user may give at his/her discretion to the collector/deliverer for collecting and delivering the mobile battery 100.
  • the discretionary reward may be a consumable item.
  • the consumable item is, for example, a beverage that the collector/deliverer may drink during a break, but is not limited to this.
  • the user may wish to give a discretionary reward to a collector/deliverer who has provided the user with good service.
  • the control unit 408 of the management device 400 may transmit discretionary reward information corresponding to the content of the notification to the collector/deliverer terminal 300.
  • the discretionary reward information is information related to the discretionary reward.
  • the discretionary reward information indicates, for example, consumables that the user wishes to give to the collector/deliverer, but is not limited to this.
  • the information providing unit 316 of the collector/deliverer terminal 300 that receives the optional reward information can provide the optional reward information to the collector/deliverer. This allows the collector/deliverer to know that the optional reward will be given to the collector/deliverer. As a result, the motivation of the collector/deliverer can be increased.
  • the person who uses the mobile battery 100 is the user, and the person who collects and delivers the mobile battery 100 to the user is the delivery person.
  • the information generating unit 418 provided in the management device 400 generates delivery request information for requesting a user to deliver the mobile battery 100. For example, when the number of users in a specified area reaches or exceeds a predetermined user number threshold, the information generating unit 418 generates delivery request information for requesting a user to deliver the mobile battery 100 to the specified area.
  • the determination of whether the number of users in the specified area is equal to or greater than the user number threshold may be performed by the calculation unit 404 (e.g., the control unit 408).
  • the number of users in the specified area may be acquired, for example, based on user position information.
  • the user position information may be acquired by the position information acquisition unit 412.
  • the information generating unit 418 may include information indicating the location of the battery station 12 in the delivery request information.
  • the battery station 12 is a battery station 12 in which mobile batteries 100 that can be delivered within a specified area are located.
  • the information generating unit 418 may also include information indicating, for example, the location of the delivery destination in the delivery request information.
  • the information generating unit 418 may include information indicating the location of the specified area in the delivery request information.
  • the information generating unit 418 may include information indicating the number of mobile batteries 100 to be delivered to the delivery destination in the delivery request information.
  • the management device 400 is equipped with a delivery request information distribution unit 478.
  • the delivery request information distribution unit 478 distributes delivery request information to the user terminal 200 via the communication unit 402.
  • the delivery target of the delivery request information may include at least the user terminal 200 held by a user located within a specified distance from the battery station 12 where the mobile battery 100 that can be delivered to the specified area is located. Multiple user terminals 200 may receive the delivery request information.
  • the information providing unit 216 provided in the user terminal 200 that receives the delivery request information can provide the delivery request information to the user. This allows the management system 16 to request the user to deliver the mobile battery 100 within a specified area.
  • the delivery request information may include information indicating the battery station 12.
  • the delivery request information may also include information indicating the location of the delivery destination.
  • the delivery request information may include information indicating the number of mobile batteries 100 that need to be delivered to the delivery destination. Taking into account this information included in the delivery request information, the user may consider whether or not to accept the delivery request.
  • a user who wishes to accept the delivery request related to the delivery request information can use the user terminal 200 to respond to the management device 400 that the user can accept the delivery request.
  • the management device 400 can formally request the delivery of the mobile battery 100 to the user who has responded that they can accept the delivery request related to the delivery request information.
  • FIG. 32 is a flowchart showing an example of the operation of the management system.
  • FIG. 32 shows an example of a case where a user is requested to deliver a mobile battery 100.
  • step S141 the location information acquisition unit 412 of the management device 400 acquires user location information.
  • step S142 the control unit 408 of the management device 400 determines whether the number of users in the specified area is equal to or greater than the user number threshold.
  • the number of users in the specified area can be determined, for example, based on user position information. If the number of users in the specified area is equal to or greater than the user number threshold, step S143 is started. If the number of users in the specified area is less than the user number threshold, the operation of FIG. 32 ends.
  • step S143 the information generation unit 418 of the management device 400 generates delivery request information.
  • step S144 the delivery request information distribution unit 478 of the management device 400 distributes the delivery request information to the user terminal 200.
  • the delivery request information distribution unit 478 distributes the delivery request information to a mobile terminal 200 held by a user located within a predetermined distance from a battery station 12 in which a mobile battery 100 that can be delivered within a predetermined area is located. In this way, the operation illustrated in FIG. 32 is completed.
  • the determination in step S142 may be made based on the future user position predicted by the future position prediction unit 414. In other words, the number of users in a specified area may be determined based on the future user positions.
  • a user may possess a mobile device.
  • the mobile device may be connected to the mobile battery 100.
  • a user may possess multiple mobile devices. That is, the number of users located within a specified range does not necessarily match the number of mobile devices possessed by the users located within the specified range.
  • the control unit 408 may determine whether the number of mobile devices possessed by the users within the specified range is equal to or greater than a predetermined device number threshold. That is, in step S142, the control unit 408 may determine at least one of whether the number of users within the specified range is equal to or greater than a predetermined user number threshold and whether the number of mobile devices within the specified range is equal to or greater than a predetermined device number threshold.
  • the location information acquisition unit 412 acquires mobile device location information indicating the location of the mobile device as necessary. For example, if the user possesses a mobile device other than the user terminal 200, the location information acquisition unit 412 acquires the mobile device location information separately from the information indicating the location of the user terminal 200 (user location information). For example, the location information acquisition unit 412 can track the location of the mobile device by the user (user terminal 200) providing the identification information of the mobile device to the management device 400 in advance. In this way, the location information acquisition unit 412 can acquire the mobile device location information.
  • the storage unit 406 can store the user identification information and the identification information of the mobile device possessed by the user in association with each other.
  • step S144 the delivery request information distribution unit 478 distributes the delivery request information to the user terminal 200 located within a predetermined distance from the battery station 12.
  • a user located within a predetermined distance from the battery station 12 has a smaller burden to reach the battery station 12 than a user located outside the predetermined distance from the battery station 12.
  • the management system 16 can request delivery of the mobile battery 100 to a user who has a relatively small burden to reach the battery station 12.
  • the delivery request information distribution unit 478 may select a user (user terminal 200) to which the delivery request information is to be distributed based on the user's action plan.
  • the delivery request information distribution unit 478 selects, for example, a user who is located within a predetermined distance from the battery station 12 and plans to pass through the battery station 12. This can reduce the impact of the mobile battery 100's request to the user on the action plan of the user. It is more preferable that the delivery request information distribution unit 478 selects a user who is located within a predetermined distance from the battery station 12 and plans to go to a predetermined area via the battery station 12. This can further reduce the impact of the mobile battery 100's request to the user on the action plan of the user.
  • information indicating the user's action plan may be transmitted in advance to the management device 400 via the user terminal 200 by a user who intends to receive a delivery request for the mobile battery 100, but is not limited to this.
  • the management system 16 can request delivery of the mobile battery 100 to a certain user. This allows the mobile battery 100 to be delivered by the user even if, for example, it is difficult for a delivery person to deliver the mobile battery 100.
  • the delivery request information may be distributed to the user terminal 200 regardless of whether a delivery request to the specified area has actually been made. This allows a user who needs a mobile battery 100 after the mobile battery 100 has been delivered to the specified area to use the mobile battery 100 that has already been delivered to the specified area.
  • the mobile battery 100 can be stored in equipment 20 such as a battery holder.
  • equipment 20 such as a battery holder.
  • a battery holder for storing a mobile battery 100 that can be delivered within a specified range may be installed in advance at a location where it is estimated that a person heading within the specified range will pass through. This allows, for example, a user heading within the specified range to collect the mobile battery 100 stored in the battery holder and deliver the mobile battery 100 to another user who is within the specified range. This point will be explained in more detail below.
  • the management device 400 (calculation unit 404) is equipped with a people flow data acquisition unit 480, a holder position determination unit 482, and a delivery destination information provision unit 484.
  • the people flow data acquisition unit 480 acquires people flow data. People flow data is data acquired based on the movement of people.
  • the people flow data acquisition unit 480 may acquire people flow data supplied from a business that provides people flow data, but is not limited to this.
  • the people flow data acquisition unit 480 may grasp people flow based on user location information, for example.
  • the people flow data acquisition unit 480 may also grasp people flow based on delivery person location information, for example.
  • the holder position determination unit 482 detects a flow of people reaching a specified area based on the people flow data acquired by the people flow data acquisition unit 480.
  • This flow of people is, for example, a flow of people along a road that reaches within a specified range. If there are multiple roads that reach within the specified range, multiple flows of people may occur that reach within the specified range.
  • the holder position determination unit 482 determines the installation position of the battery holder according to the flow of people. It is preferable that the flow of people taken into consideration when determining the installation position of the battery holder is limited to a certain extent. For example, the flow of people located within a range of a predetermined distance from a specified area can be taken into consideration when determining the installation position of the battery holder. Because the flow of people taken into consideration when determining the installation position of the battery holder is limited to a certain extent, the processing load when the holder position determination unit 482 determines the installation position of the battery holder can be reduced.
  • Figure 33 is a diagram illustrating the flow of people HF reaching the specified area and the installation position P20 of the battery holder.
  • a map MP and multiple flow of people HF (HF1 to HF3) are shown diagrammatically in Figure 33.
  • the hatched area is the specified area.
  • the holder position determination unit 482 may determine the installation position P20 of the battery holder according to the pedestrian flow HF. More specifically, the holder position determination unit 482 may determine multiple installation positions P20 of the battery holder according to the pedestrian flow HF. For example, the holder position determination unit 482 may determine the installation positions P20 of the battery holder on the passage paths of multiple pedestrian flows HF as illustrated in FIG. 33. In this case, as shown in FIG. 33, the installation positions P20 (P20A to P20D) may be determined on the passage path of the pedestrian flow HF1, on the passage path of the pedestrian flow HF2, on the passage path of the pedestrian flow HF3, and on the passage path of the pedestrian flows HF1+HF2. The holder position determination unit 482 may also determine multiple installation positions P20 on the passage path of one pedestrian flow HF.
  • the number of installation positions P20 determined by the holder position determination unit 482 is the minimum necessary.
  • the installation position P20 of the battery holder may be determined according to multiple pedestrian flows HF that reach multiple predetermined areas. For example, in the example shown in FIG. 33, the pedestrian flows HF1 and HF2 merge before reaching the predetermined area.
  • the holder position determination unit 482 may determine the location where the pedestrian flows HF1 and HF2 reach after merging with each other as the installation position P20C of the battery holder. In this case, the holder position determination unit 482 may omit the installation position P20A located on a route where only the pedestrian flow HF1 passes and the installation position P20B located on a route where only the pedestrian flow HF2 passes.
  • the holder position determination unit 482 may determine, as the installation position P20 of the battery holder, a location through which a pedestrian flow HF containing a predetermined number of people or more passes, among multiple pedestrian flows HF that reach within a predetermined range. The holder position determination unit 482 may also determine, as the installation position P20 of the battery holder, a location through which a pedestrian flow HF containing the largest number of people passes, among multiple pedestrian flows HF that reach within a predetermined range. In these cases as well, the number of installation positions P20 can be reduced.
  • the installation position P20 of the battery holder determined by the holder position determination unit 482 is notified to a terminal (not shown) owned by, for example, the operating company that operates the sharing system 10. This allows the operating company to install the battery holder at the installation position P20 determined by the holder position determination unit 482.
  • the battery holder installed at the installation position P20 determined by the holder position determination unit 482 may be equipped with a display unit (display) (not shown), but is not limited to this. The significance of providing a display unit on the battery holder will be described later.
  • the battery holder installed at the installation position P20 determined by the holder position determination unit 482 accommodates a mobile battery 100 that can be delivered within a specified range.
  • the task of accommodating the mobile battery 100 in the battery holder can be performed, for example, when installing the battery holder, but is not limited to this.
  • the delivery destination information providing unit 484 provides delivery destination information to the battery holder.
  • the delivery destination information is information indicating the delivery destination (specified area) of the mobile battery 100 housed in the battery holder. This allows the battery holder to display the delivery destination of the mobile battery 100 on a display unit (not shown) provided on the battery holder. Therefore, people included in the people flow HF passing through the installation position P20 can easily confirm the delivery destination of the mobile battery 100.
  • the mobile battery 100 housed in the battery holder can be collected by a person heading within a specified range, and can also be delivered to the destination.
  • the mobile battery 100 may be charged before being placed in the battery station 12. Charging of the mobile battery 100 may be performed, for example, at a power generation facility 22 (see also FIG. 1), but is not limited to this.
  • the power generation facility 22 is equipped with power generation equipment for generating power using, for example, renewable energy. More specifically, the power generation facility 22 may perform, for example, solar power generation, vibration power generation, etc.
  • the power generation facility 22 may be installed appropriately throughout the city.
  • the mobile battery 100 may be charged using the power obtained by the power generation facility 22.
  • the mobile battery 100 charged at the power generation facility 22 can be placed in the battery station 12 and used by a user visiting the battery station 12.
  • the mobile battery 100 charged at the power generation facility 22 is collected, for example, by a delivery person.
  • the mobile battery 100 collected by the delivery person is transported to the battery station 12 by the delivery person.
  • the management system 16 may be configured as follows. As described above, the management device 400 is equipped with a charging status information acquisition unit 468 and a collection request information distribution unit 470.
  • the charging status information acquisition unit 468 acquires charging status information.
  • the charging status information is information that indicates the charging status at the power generation facility 22 that can generate power and charge the mobile battery 100.
  • the charging status information indicates, for example, whether charging of the mobile battery 100 has been completed.
  • the charging status information can be provided, for example, from the power generation facility 22 to the management device 400 as appropriate.
  • the information generating unit 418 generates collection request information based on the charging status information acquired by the charging status information acquiring unit 468.
  • the collection request information is information for requesting the user to collect the mobile battery 100 from the power generation facility 22.
  • the information generating unit 418 generates collection request information, for example, when the charging status information indicates that charging of all the mobile batteries 100 arranged at the power generation facility 22 has been completed.
  • the information generating unit 418 may include information indicating the location of the power generation facility 22 in the collection request information.
  • the information generating unit 418 may also include information indicating the number of mobile batteries 100 to be collected from the power generation facility 22 in the collection request information.
  • the collection request information distribution unit 470 distributes the collection request information to the user terminal 200 via the communication unit 402.
  • the user terminals 200 located within a predetermined distance from the power generation facility 22 may at least be included in the distribution targets of the collection request information. Multiple user terminals 200 may receive the collection request information.
  • the information providing unit 216 provided in the user terminal 200 that receives the collection request information can provide the collection request information to the user. This allows the management system 16 to request the user to collect the mobile battery 100 from the power generation facility 22.
  • the collection request information may include information indicating the power generation facility 22.
  • the collection request information may also include information indicating the number of mobile batteries 100 to be collected. Taking into account this information included in the collection request information, the user may consider whether or not to accept the collection request.
  • a user who wishes to accept the collection request related to the collection request information can use the user terminal 200 to respond to the management device 400 that the user can accept the collection request.
  • the management device 400 can formally request the collection of the mobile battery 100 to a user who has responded that they can accept the collection request related to the collection request information.
  • FIG. 34 is a flowchart showing an example of the operation of the management system.
  • FIG. 34 shows an example of the operation of the management system regarding a request for collection of the mobile battery 100 from a user.
  • step S151 the location information acquisition unit 412 of the management device 400 acquires user location information.
  • step S152 the charging status information acquisition unit 468 of the management device 400 acquires charging status information.
  • step S153 the information generation unit 418 of the management device 400 generates collection request information based on the charging status information.
  • step S154 the collection request information distribution unit 470 of the management device 400 distributes the collection request information to the user terminal 200.
  • the collection request information distribution unit 470 distributes the collection request information to the user terminal 200 (user) located within a predetermined distance from the power generation facility 22. In this way, the operation of FIG. 34 is completed.
  • the collection request information distribution unit 470 distributes collection request information to user terminals 200 located within a predetermined distance from the power generation facility 22.
  • a user located within the predetermined distance from the power generation facility 22 has a smaller burden to reach the power generation facility 22 than a user located outside the predetermined distance from the power generation facility 22.
  • the management system 16 can request collection of the mobile battery 100 from a user who has a relatively small burden to reach the power generation facility 22.
  • the collection request information distribution unit 470 may select a user (user terminal 200) to which collection request information is to be distributed based on the user's action plan.
  • the collection request information distribution unit 470 selects, for example, a user who is located within a predetermined distance from the power generation facility 22 and plans to pass through the power generation facility 22. This can reduce the impact of the request of the mobile battery 100 to the user on the action plan of the user. It is more preferable that the collection request information distribution unit 470 selects a user who is located within a predetermined distance from the power generation facility 22 and plans to pass through the power generation facility 22 and enter a predetermined area. This can further reduce the impact of the request of the mobile battery 100 to the user on the action plan of the user.
  • information indicating the user's action plan can be transmitted in advance to the management device 400 via the user terminal 200 by, for example, a user who intends to receive a collection request for the mobile battery 100.
  • the information generation unit 418 may generate delivery request information to request the user to deliver the mobile battery 100 collected from the power generation facility 22 to the battery station 12.
  • the delivery request information may include information indicating the location of the battery station 12 to which the mobile battery 100 is to be delivered.
  • the delivery request information may be transmitted to the user terminal 200 by the delivery request information distribution unit 478.
  • the delivery request information distribution unit 478 may transmit the delivery request information to the user terminal 200 of the user who accepted the collection request.
  • the information generating unit 418 may determine the battery station 12 to which the mobile battery 100 collected by the user will be delivered based on the user's action plan. For example, the information generating unit 418 may identify the battery station 12 that the user plans to pass through based on the user's action plan, and may set the identified battery station 12 as the delivery destination. This may reduce the impact that a request for a mobile battery 100 from a user has on the user's action plan.
  • the management system 16 can request the user to collect the mobile battery 100. This allows the user to collect the mobile battery 100 even if, for example, it is difficult for a delivery person to collect the mobile battery 100 from the power generation facility 22.
  • the management system 16 may be configured as follows. As described above, the management device 400 is equipped with a usage demand information acquisition unit 472 and an operation instruction notification unit 474.
  • the usage demand information acquisition unit 472 acquires usage demand information.
  • the usage demand information is information that indicates the usage demand of the mobile battery 100.
  • the usage demand information acquisition unit 472 may acquire usage demand information indicating the usage demand of the mobile battery 100 within a specified range from the battery station 12, for example, based on the number of users within a specified range from the battery station 12. That is, the greater the number of users located around the battery station 12, the greater the usage demand of the mobile battery 100 around the battery station 12.
  • the usage demand information acquisition unit 472 may grasp the number of users within a specified range from the battery station 12 based on the user positions.
  • user position information indicating the user positions may be acquired by the position information acquisition unit 412.
  • the usage demand information acquisition unit 472 may also grasp the number of users within a specified range from the battery station 12 based on the future user positions. As described above, the future user positions may be predicted by the future position prediction unit 414.
  • the operation instruction notification unit 474 issues an operation instruction notification based on the usage demand information.
  • the operation instruction notification is a notification to instruct the operation of the battery station 12.
  • the operation instruction notification unit 474 determines whether or not the number of users within a specified range from the battery station 12 is equal to or greater than a predetermined user number threshold. If the number of users within a specified range from the battery station 12 is equal to or greater than the predetermined user number threshold, the operation instruction notification unit 474 issues an operation instruction notification to the battery station 12.
  • the operation instruction notification can be issued using, for example, a message, an image, a sound, etc.
  • the operation instruction notification may be sent to a specified communication terminal via a specified communication line.
  • the communication terminal may be, for example, a personal computer or a telephone provided in the battery station 12, but is not limited to these.
  • the communication terminal may also be a portable mobile terminal carried by the administrator who manages the battery station 12.
  • the battery station 12 can start operating.
  • a battery station 12 start operating in an area where demand for use is high convenience for users can be provided. For example, a user can visit a battery station 12 that has started operating and borrow a mobile battery 100.
  • information indicating whether the battery station 12 is operating or not can be collected as appropriate by the control unit 408 of the management device 400 via the communication unit 402, and can be stored as appropriate in the storage unit 406.
  • the transmission of an operation instruction notification to an operating battery station 12 can be omitted.
  • FIG. 35 is a flowchart showing an example of the operation of the management system 16.
  • FIG. 35 shows an example of a case where an operation instruction is given to the battery station 12.
  • step S161 the usage demand information acquisition unit 472 of the management device 400 acquires usage demand information indicating the usage demand of the mobile battery 100 within a specified range from the battery station 12.
  • the usage demand information indicating the usage demand of the mobile battery 100 within a specified range from the battery station 12 can be acquired based on the number of users within the specified range from the battery station 12.
  • the location information acquisition unit 412 can appropriately acquire user location information in step S161.
  • step S162 the operation instruction notification unit 474 of the management device 400 determines whether or not to issue an operation instruction notification. This determination may be made based on whether or not the demand for use of the mobile battery 100 within a specified range from the battery station 12 has increased to a certain extent. Specifically, the operation instruction notification unit 474 may determine to issue an operation instruction notification when, for example, the number of users within a specified range from the battery station 12 is equal to or greater than the user number threshold.
  • step S162 If it is determined in step S162 that an operation instruction notification should be issued, the process proceeds to step S163, in which the operation instruction notification unit 474 issues an operation instruction notification.
  • step S163 is completed or it is determined in step S162 that an operation instruction notification should not be issued, the operation in FIG. 35 ends.
  • the usage demand information acquisition unit 472 may acquire usage demand information based on the number of mobile devices within a predetermined range from the battery station 12 in step S161.
  • the location information acquisition unit 412 appropriately acquires mobile device location information indicating the locations of mobile devices located within a predetermined range from the battery station 12. This allows the usage demand information acquisition unit 472 to ascertain the number of mobile devices within a predetermined range from the battery station 12.
  • the operation instruction notification unit 474 may determine in step S162 whether the number of mobile devices within a predetermined range from the battery station 12 is equal to or greater than a predetermined mobile device number threshold. In such a case, if the number of mobile devices within a predetermined range from the battery station 12 is equal to or greater than the mobile device number threshold, step S163 may be started. Step S163 may also be started if the future number of mobile devices within a predetermined range from the battery station 12 is equal to or greater than the mobile device number threshold.
  • the future mobile devices may be predicted by the future position prediction unit 414 based on the user's action plan. In other words, since the mobile devices are owned by the user, they necessarily move with the user. Therefore, the future positions of the mobile devices owned by the user may be predicted based on the user's action plan.
  • the usage demand information acquisition unit 472 may acquire usage demand information based on the number of delivery personnel within a predetermined range from the battery station 12.
  • the position information acquisition unit 412 appropriately acquires delivery personnel position information indicating the positions of delivery personnel located within a predetermined range from the battery station 12. This allows the usage demand information acquisition unit 472 to know the number of delivery personnel within a predetermined range from the battery station 12.
  • the usage demand information acquisition unit 472 may use the future delivery personnel positions to know the number of delivery personnel within a predetermined range from the battery station 12.
  • the future delivery personnel positions may be predicted by the future position prediction unit 414.
  • step S162 the operation instruction notification unit 474 may determine whether the number of delivery persons within a predetermined range from the battery station 12 is equal to or greater than a predetermined delivery person number threshold. In this case, if the number of delivery persons within a predetermined range from the battery station 12 is equal to or greater than the delivery person number threshold, step S163 is started. Step S163 may also be started if the number of future delivery persons within a predetermined range from the battery station 12 is equal to or greater than the delivery person number threshold.
  • the usage demand information acquisition unit 472 may acquire usage demand information based on the collection and delivery history of the mobile battery 100.
  • the collection and delivery history of the mobile battery 100 may be stored in the memory unit 406.
  • the collection and delivery history indicates the track record of collection and delivery of the mobile battery 100 to the user.
  • the usage demand information may be acquired based on the track record of collection and delivery performed within a specified area from the battery station 12.
  • the management system 16 of this embodiment can manage the battery station 12 according to the usage demand of the mobile battery 100. This can provide convenience to users and delivery personnel.
  • the mobile station 24 is a battery station 12 that can be moved.
  • the battery station 12 itself can move, providing convenience to users who wish to use the battery station 12.
  • the mobile station 24 may be equipped with a mobile body 26 and a battery holder 28 (see also FIG. 1).
  • the mobile body 26 may be, for example, but is not limited to, a vehicle such as a bicycle.
  • the battery holder 28 holds a plurality of mobile batteries 100.
  • the battery holder 28 may be equipped with a charger for charging the mobile batteries 100.
  • the battery holder 28 may be, for example, but is not limited to, a box-like shape capable of storing a plurality of mobile batteries 100.
  • the mobile station 24 may be equipped with a generator (not shown) that generates electricity to charge the mobile battery 100.
  • the generator generates electricity using, for example, the rotational force of the wheels of a vehicle, which is the mobile body 26, but is not limited to this.
  • the mobile station 24 may further include a communicator 30.
  • the communicator 30 communicates via the network NW.
  • the communicator 30 may include a positioning sensor such as a GNSS sensor. This allows the communicator 30 to obtain mobile station position information indicating the position of the mobile station 24.
  • the communicator 30 may also transmit the mobile station position information to the management device 400 as appropriate.
  • the mobile station position information transmitted to the management device 400 may be obtained by the position information acquisition unit 412.
  • the communicator 30 is provided in the battery holder 28, but is not limited to this.
  • the mobile station 24 can operate as a battery station 12 while moving. However, it is not desirable for the mobile station 24 to move randomly within an area where the demand for the use of the mobile battery 100 is low.
  • the management device 400 is provided with an operating location notification unit 476.
  • the operating location notification unit 476 notifies the mobile station 24 of the operating location of the mobile station 24 based on usage demand information indicating the usage demand of the mobile battery 100. More specifically, for example, the operating location notification unit 476 notifies a communication terminal carried by a staff member managing the mobile station 24 of operating location information indicating the operating location of the mobile station 24. As a result, the operating location information can be displayed on a display screen provided on the communication terminal carried by the staff member. In the following description, this notification is also referred to as an operating location notification.
  • the usage demand information can be acquired by the usage demand information acquisition unit 472.
  • the usage demand information acquisition unit 472 acquires usage demand information indicating the usage demand of the mobile battery 100 within a specified range.
  • the specified range in this case is, for example, a range based on a point that has been determined in advance as a candidate installation location.
  • the usage demand information acquisition unit 472 may also acquire usage demand information indicating the usage demand of the mobile battery 100 within a specified range from the position (current position) of the mobile station 24.
  • the operating location information may indicate a point where the mobile station 24 is stopped, or may indicate the range of movement of the mobile station 24. If the operating location information indicates a point, the mobile station 24 may stop moving at that point and operate as a battery station 12. If the operating location information indicates a range of movement, the movement of the mobile station 24 may be limited within that range of movement. The range of movement may be the same as or different from the specified range used by the usage demand information acquisition unit 472 to acquire the usage demand information.
  • the usage demand information acquisition unit 472 may acquire usage demand information based on the number of users, the number of delivery persons, the number of mobile devices, etc. within a specified range.
  • the location information acquisition unit 412 may acquire user location information, delivery person location information, and mobile device location information as appropriate.
  • the usage demand information acquisition unit 472 may ascertain the number of future users within a specified range based on future user positions.
  • the usage demand information acquisition unit 472 may ascertain the number of future delivery persons within a specified range based on future delivery person positions.
  • the usage demand information acquisition unit 472 may ascertain the number of future mobile devices within a specified range based on future positions of the mobile devices. As described above, the future positions of the users, delivery persons, and mobile devices can be predicted by the future position prediction unit 414.
  • the operation location notification unit 476 may notify a reference point within the specified range as the operation location. As described above, the reference point is a candidate installation location or the location of the mobile station 24. Note that the user number threshold used by the operation location notification unit 476 and the user number threshold used by the operation instruction notification unit 474 described above may be different.
  • the operation location notification unit 476 may notify the reference location as the operation location.
  • the mobile device number threshold used by the operation location notification unit 476 and the mobile device number threshold used by the operation instruction notification unit 474 described above may be different.
  • the operation location notification unit 476 may notify the reference location as the operation location.
  • the delivery personnel number threshold used by the operation location notification unit 476 and the delivery personnel number threshold used by the operation instruction notification unit 474 described above may be different.
  • the mobile station 24 can be used by a user in the vicinity of the operating location notified by the operating location notification unit 476 by moving to the operating location. In other words, the mobile station 24 can be used by a user in the vicinity of the operating location by operating at the operating location notified by the operating location notification unit 476. As described above, the mobile station 24 is mobile, and therefore can be easily moved to the operating location notified by the operating location notification unit 476.
  • FIG. 36 is a flowchart showing an example of the operation of the management system 16.
  • FIG. 36 shows an example of the operation of the management system 16 with respect to notifying the mobile station 24 of the operating location.
  • step S171 the usage demand information acquisition unit 472 of the management device 400 acquires usage demand information indicating the usage demand of the mobile battery 100 within a specified range.
  • the usage demand information indicating the usage demand of the mobile battery 100 within a specified range can be acquired based on the number of users within the specified range.
  • the location information acquisition unit 412 can appropriately acquire user location information in step S171.
  • step S172 the operating location notification unit 476 of the management device 400 determines whether or not to issue an operating location notification. This determination may be made based on whether or not the demand for use of the mobile battery 100 within a specified range has increased to a certain extent. Specifically, the operating location notification unit 476 may determine to issue an operating location notification when, for example, the number of users within the specified range is equal to or greater than the user number threshold.
  • step S172 If it is determined in step S172 that the operating location is to be notified, the process proceeds to step S173, in which the operating location notification unit 476 notifies the mobile station 24 of the operating location.
  • step S173 is completed or it is determined in step S172 that the operating location is not to be notified, the operation in FIG. 36 ends.
  • the usage demand information acquisition unit 472 may acquire usage demand information based on the number of mobile devices within a specified range in step S171.
  • the operation location notification unit 476 may determine in step S172 whether the number of mobile devices within the specified range is equal to or greater than a predetermined mobile device number threshold. In such a case, if the number of mobile devices within the specified range is equal to or greater than the mobile device number threshold, step S173 may be started. Step S173 may also be started if the number of future mobile devices within the specified range is equal to or greater than the mobile device number threshold.
  • the usage demand information acquisition unit 472 may also acquire usage demand information based on the number of collection and delivery personnel within a specified range in step S171.
  • the location information acquisition unit 412 appropriately acquires delivery personnel location information indicating the locations of delivery personnel located within the specified range. This allows the usage demand information acquisition unit 472 to ascertain the number of delivery personnel within the specified range.
  • the usage demand information acquisition unit 472 may also ascertain the number of delivery personnel within the specified range using the future delivery personnel locations.
  • the operating location notification unit 476 may determine whether the number of delivery personnel within the specified range is equal to or greater than a predetermined delivery personnel number threshold. In this case, if the number of delivery personnel within the specified range is equal to or greater than the delivery personnel number threshold, step S173 is started. Step S173 may also be started if the number of future delivery personnel within the specified range is equal to or greater than the delivery personnel number threshold.
  • the usage demand information acquisition unit 472 may acquire usage demand information based on the collection and delivery history of the mobile battery 100.
  • the collection and delivery history of the mobile battery 100 may be stored in the memory unit 406.
  • the collection and delivery history indicates the results of collection and delivery of the mobile battery 100 to the user.
  • the usage demand information may be acquired based on the collection and delivery results performed within a specified area.
  • the management system 16 can manage the mobile station 24, which is a mobile battery station 12.
  • the management system 16 can instruct the mobile battery 100 to operate in a location where there is high demand for use. This can be convenient for users.
  • FIG. 37 is a block diagram showing a user terminal 200 (user terminal 2001) according to the first modification.
  • the user terminal 2001 is equipped with an information generation unit IGU.
  • the information generation unit IGU can generate at least a portion of the various pieces of information that were generated by the information generation unit 418 of the management device 400 in the above embodiment. In this case, at least a portion of the functions of the information generation unit 418 can be omitted.
  • the information generation unit IGU may generate the above-mentioned delivery person information.
  • the delivery person information may be generated based on the user position information and the delivery person position information.
  • the information generation unit IGU of the user terminal 2001 may acquire the user position information by the positioning unit 206 of the user terminal 200.
  • the delivery person position information may be supplied to the information generation unit IGU from the position information acquisition unit 412 of the management device 400 via the communication unit 402.
  • the information that can be generated by the information generating unit IGU of the user terminal 2001 is not limited to delivery and collection information.
  • the charging spot information and the like described above may be generated by the information generating unit IGU.
  • All of the various types of information generated by the information generating unit 418 in the above embodiment may be generated by the information generating unit IGU of the user terminal 2001. In that case, the information generating unit 418 of the management device 400 may be omitted.
  • FIG. 38 is a block diagram showing a collector/deliverer terminal 300 (collector/deliverer terminal 3002) according to the second modification.
  • the delivery/collection terminal 3002 is equipped with an information generation unit IGA.
  • the information generation unit IGA can generate at least some of the various pieces of information that were generated by the information generation unit 418 of the management device 400 in the above embodiment. In this case, at least some of the functions of the information generation unit 418 can be omitted.
  • the information generating unit IGA may generate the user information described above. As described above, the user information may be generated based on the delivery person location information and the user location information.
  • the information generating unit IGA of the delivery person terminal 3002 may acquire the delivery person location information by the positioning unit 306 of the delivery person terminal 300.
  • the user location information may be supplied to the information generating unit IGA from the location information acquiring unit 412 of the management device 400 via the communication unit 402.
  • the information that can be generated by the information generation unit IGA of the collector/delivery terminal 3002 is not limited to user information.
  • the above-mentioned past demand information may be generated by the information generation unit IGA.
  • All of the various types of information that can be generated by the information generation unit 418 in the above embodiment may be generated by the information generation unit IGA of the collector/delivery terminal 3002. In that case, the information generation unit 418 of the management device 400 may be omitted.
  • the user terminal 200 is not limited to a smartphone.
  • the user terminal 200 may be a tablet terminal or a wearable terminal.
  • the delivery/collection terminal 300 is not limited to a smartphone.
  • the delivery/collection terminal 300 may be a tablet terminal or a wearable terminal.
  • the notification unit 118 may control the speaker of the lighting unit 104 to emit a sound from the speaker when a user who is to receive the mobile battery 100 approaches the mobile battery 100. This allows the user to recognize the location of the mobile battery 100.
  • the notification unit 118 may also control the speaker of the lighting unit 104 to emit a sound from the speaker when a collector who is to collect the mobile battery 100 approaches the mobile battery 100. This allows the collector to recognize the location of the mobile battery 100.
  • the management device 400 may be realized by multiple computers working together.
  • the information generating unit 418 may generate delivery person information based on the user location information and delivery person location information acquired by the location information acquiring unit 412.
  • the information generating unit 418 may generate user information based on information indicating the future user position predicted by the future position predicting unit 414 and the delivery person position information acquired by the position information acquiring unit 412.
  • the information generation unit 418 may generate route candidate information based on the future user position, delivery person position information, and map information.
  • the information generation unit 418 may generate recommended route information, which is information regarding the collection and delivery route of the mobile battery 100, based on the user location, the delivery person location, and map information.
  • the information provision unit 316 of the delivery person terminal 300 may provide the generated recommended route information to the delivery person. This allows the delivery person to know the collection and delivery route that the delivery person can use to collect and deliver the mobile battery 100. Note that the collection and delivery route indicated by the recommended route information may be the same as the candidate collection and delivery route provided to the delivery person before the delivery person receives an order for collection and delivery of the mobile battery 100.
  • the route candidate information or recommended route information may be provided to the user by the information providing unit 216 of the user terminal 200.
  • the route candidate information or recommended route information is transmitted from the management device 400 to the user terminal 200.
  • the information providing unit 216 causes the route candidate information and recommended route information received by the user terminal 200 to be displayed on the display unit 204. This allows the user to know the collection and delivery route used by the delivery person who collects and delivers the mobile battery 100 for the user.
  • the information providing unit 216 of the user terminal 200 may further provide the user with information indicating the remaining capacity of the mobile battery 100 possessed by the user.
  • the user terminal 200 may, for example, communicate with the management device 400 to obtain information indicating the remaining capacity of the mobile battery 100 possessed by the user.
  • the information providing unit 216 may provide the user with information indicating the remaining capacity of the mobile battery 100 possessed by the user by displaying figures, text, etc. on the display unit 204.
  • the information indicating the remaining capacity of the mobile battery 100 possessed by the user may be material for the user to determine whether or not the mobile battery 100 needs to be collected and delivered.
  • the information providing unit 216 may provide the user with information indicating the remaining capacity of the mobile battery 100 possessed by the user using voice.
  • the information providing unit 216 may further provide the user with information indicating the future remaining capacity of the mobile battery 100 possessed by the user at the future user location.
  • the future remaining capacity may be predicted, for example, based on the battery information of the mobile battery 100 and the user's action plan.
  • the information indicating the future remaining capacity may be displayed on the display unit 204 of the user terminal 200 by the information providing unit 216.
  • the information indicating the future remaining capacity may be further displayed on the display screen 204a (FIG. 8), the display screen 204b (FIG. 9), etc.
  • a processor provided in the user terminal 200, the management device 400, etc. may predict the remaining capacity of the mobile battery 100 at the future user location, but is not limited to this.
  • the information indicating the remaining capacity of the mobile battery 100 possessed by the user at the future user location may be material for the user to determine whether or not the mobile battery 100 needs to be collected and delivered.
  • the information providing unit 216 of the user terminal 200 may further display on the display unit 204 information indicating that the mobile battery 100 has been delivered to the delivery location by the delivery person. This allows the user to know that the mobile battery 100 has been delivered to the delivery location.
  • the delivery person operates the delivery person terminal 300 to send a notification to the management device 400 that the mobile battery 100 has been delivered to the delivery location.
  • the information generating unit 418 generates information indicating that the mobile battery 100 has been delivered to the delivery location by the delivery person. The generated information is transmitted to the user terminal 200 by the communication unit 402.
  • the information providing unit 316 of the delivery/collection terminal 300 may further display information on the display unit 304 indicating that the mobile battery 100 has been received by the user. This allows the delivery/collection person to know that the user has received the mobile battery 100.
  • the user operates the user terminal 200 to send a notification to the management device 400 that the mobile battery 100 has been received.
  • the information generating unit 418 generates information indicating that the mobile battery 100 has been received by the user. The generated information is sent to the delivery/collection terminal 300 by the communication unit 402.
  • the information providing unit 316 of the collector/deliverer terminal 300 may further display on the display unit 304 information indicating that the mobile battery 100 has been placed at the collection location by the user. This allows the collector/deliverer to know that the mobile battery 100 has been placed at the collection location.
  • the user operates the user terminal 200 to send a notification to the management device 400 that the mobile battery 100 has been placed at the collection location.
  • the information generating unit 418 generates information indicating that the mobile battery 100 has been placed at the collection location by the user. The generated information is sent to the collector/deliverer terminal 300 by the communication unit 402.
  • the information providing unit 216 of the user terminal 200 may further display on the display unit 204 information indicating that the mobile battery 100 has been collected by a delivery person from the collection location. This allows the user to know that the mobile battery 100 has been collected.
  • the delivery person operates the delivery person terminal 300 to send a notification to the management device 400 that the mobile battery 100 has been collected.
  • the information generating unit 418 generates information indicating that the mobile battery 100 has been collected by a delivery person from the collection location. The generated information is transmitted to the user terminal 200 by the communication unit 402.
  • the information providing unit 216 of the user terminal 200 may further provide the user with information indicating the remaining capacity of the mobile device battery at the future user position.
  • the mobile device battery is a battery provided in the mobile device that is charged using the mobile battery 100 carried by the user.
  • the information indicating the remaining capacity of the mobile device battery at the future user position may be generated based on information indicating the remaining capacity of the current mobile device battery and information indicating the future user position.
  • the future user position may be predicted by the above-mentioned future position prediction unit 414.
  • the information indicating the remaining capacity of the current mobile device battery may be acquired by the user terminal 200.
  • the remaining capacity of the mobile device battery at the future user position may be predicted by the user terminal 200 (calculation unit 210) or may be predicted by the management device 400 (calculation unit 404).
  • the information providing unit 216 of the user terminal 200 may provide information to the user not only using graphics, but also using, for example, text displayed in a pop-up window displayed on the display unit 204.
  • the information providing unit 316 of the collector/deliverer terminal 300 may provide information to the collector/deliverer not only using graphics, but also using, for example, text displayed in a pop-up window displayed on the display unit 304.
  • the information providing unit 216 of the user terminal 200 may provide the user with various information such as delivery person information by voice. For example, the information providing unit 216 may notify the user of the location of a delivery person within a specified range from the user by voice. This allows the user to know the location of the delivery person without looking at the display unit 204.
  • Whether the user is moving or not may be determined by the user terminal 200 (the calculation unit 210) or the management device 400 (the calculation unit 404) based on a change in the user's position.
  • the user terminal 200 or the management device 400 may determine whether the user is moving or not based on detection signals from a vibration sensor, an acceleration sensor, or the like that are appropriately provided in the user terminal 200.
  • the information providing unit 316 of the delivery person terminal 300 may provide various information such as user information to the delivery person by voice.
  • the information providing unit 316 may inform the delivery person of the location of the user who is within a predetermined range from the delivery person by voice. This allows the delivery person to know the location of the user without looking at the display unit 304.
  • the delivery person terminal 300 (calculation unit 310) or the management device 400 (calculation unit 404) may determine whether the delivery person is moving based on a change in the delivery person's location.
  • the delivery person terminal 300 or the management device 400 may determine whether the delivery person is moving based on detection signals from a vibration sensor, an acceleration sensor, or the like that are appropriately provided in the delivery person terminal 300.
  • the suggestion unit 420 may suggest not only the meeting place between the user and the delivery person, but also the meeting time between the user and the delivery person. For example, the suggestion unit 420 estimates the expected travel time until the user arrives at the meeting place based on user location information indicating the location of the user and information indicating the meeting place. The suggestion unit 420 also estimates the expected travel time until the delivery person arrives at the meeting place based on delivery person location information indicating the location of the delivery person and information indicating the meeting place. The suggestion unit 420 estimates the time when the user and the delivery person can meet based on the expected travel time until the user arrives at the meeting place and the expected travel time until the delivery person arrives at the meeting place. The suggestion unit 420 may suggest the estimated time as the meeting time to the user and the delivery person.
  • Information indicating the meeting time proposed by the suggestion unit 420 is provided to the user by the information providing unit 216 of the user terminal 200.
  • information indicating the meeting time proposed by the proposal unit 420 is provided to the delivery person by the information provision unit 316 of the delivery person terminal 300.
  • the inspection device 700 does not have to be provided in the charger 14.
  • the inspection device 700 may be a personal battery checker carried by a delivery person or a user.
  • the inspection device 700 may be provided in a charging spot.
  • the status determination unit 428 may determine whether the mobile battery 100 has reached a usage restriction state based on the inspection results by the inspection device 700. For example, as described above, the degree of deterioration of the battery cells 102 of the mobile battery 100 may be detected by performing inspections such as capacity measurement and resistance measurement. Information indicating the degree of deterioration may be included in information indicating the inspection results by the inspection device 700. When the degree of deterioration of the battery cells 102 of the mobile battery 100 has reached a predetermined deterioration threshold, the status determination unit 428 may determine that the mobile battery 100 has reached a usage restriction state.
  • the replacement time estimation unit 432 may estimate the replacement time of the mobile battery 100 based on the inspection results by the inspection device 700. For example, as described above, information indicating the degree of deterioration of the battery cells 102 of the mobile battery 100 may be included in the information indicating the inspection results by the inspection device 700. In this case, the replacement time estimation unit 432 may estimate the replacement time of the mobile battery 100 based on the difference between the degree of deterioration of the battery cells 102 of the mobile battery 100 and a predetermined deterioration level threshold.
  • Data regarding the usage history of the mobile battery 100 may be transmitted from the communication unit 108 of the mobile battery 100 to the management device 400 via the network NW.
  • the usage history information acquisition unit 426 may acquire at least a portion of the data received by the management device 400 as usage history information.
  • the battery station 12 may be provided with items (supplies, consumables) that can be used by delivery personnel. Such items may also be provided in the mobile station 24. In this way, the mobile station 24 can provide convenience not only for users but also for delivery personnel.
  • the work location notification unit 476 may notify the work location to the communication device 30 as well as to the communication terminal carried by the staff member.
  • the work location information received by the communication device 30 may be displayed, for example, on a display (not shown) provided on the mobile station 24.
  • the above management system may further include a location information acquisition unit (412) that acquires user location information, which is information indicating the location of the user, and when the number of users within the specified range is equal to or greater than a predetermined user number threshold, the operation location notification unit may notify the operation location based on the usage demand information.
  • a location information acquisition unit (412) that acquires user location information, which is information indicating the location of the user, and when the number of users within the specified range is equal to or greater than a predetermined user number threshold, the operation location notification unit may notify the operation location based on the usage demand information.
  • the above management system may further include a future location prediction unit (414) that predicts the user's future location, and when the number of users in the specified range in the future is equal to or greater than the user number threshold, the operation location notification unit may notify the operation location based on the usage demand information.
  • a future location prediction unit (414) that predicts the user's future location, and when the number of users in the specified range in the future is equal to or greater than the user number threshold, the operation location notification unit may notify the operation location based on the usage demand information.
  • the above management system may further include a location information acquisition unit (412) that acquires delivery person location information, which is information indicating the location of delivery persons who collect and deliver the mobile battery, and when the number of delivery persons in the future within the specified range is equal to or greater than the delivery person number threshold, the operation location notification unit may notify the operation location based on the usage demand information.
  • a location information acquisition unit (412) that acquires delivery person location information, which is information indicating the location of delivery persons who collect and deliver the mobile battery, and when the number of delivery persons in the future within the specified range is equal to or greater than the delivery person number threshold, the operation location notification unit may notify the operation location based on the usage demand information.
  • the above management system may further include a future location prediction unit (414) for predicting the future location of the collector/deliverer, and when the number of future collectors/deliverers within the specified range is equal to or greater than the collector/deliverer number threshold, the operation location notification unit may notify the operation location based on the utilization demand information.
  • a future location prediction unit (414) for predicting the future location of the collector/deliverer, and when the number of future collectors/deliverers within the specified range is equal to or greater than the collector/deliverer number threshold, the operation location notification unit may notify the operation location based on the utilization demand information.
  • the above management system may further include a location information acquisition unit (412) that acquires mobile device location information, which is information indicating the location of a mobile device carried by the user, and when the number of the mobile devices within the specified range is equal to or greater than a predetermined mobile device number threshold, the operation location notification unit may notify the operation location based on the usage demand information.
  • a location information acquisition unit (412) that acquires mobile device location information, which is information indicating the location of a mobile device carried by the user, and when the number of the mobile devices within the specified range is equal to or greater than a predetermined mobile device number threshold, the operation location notification unit may notify the operation location based on the usage demand information.
  • a management device (400) that manages a mobile station (24) that is a battery station (12) in which a mobile battery (100) shared by multiple users is arranged includes a usage demand information acquisition unit (472) that acquires usage demand information indicating the usage demand of the mobile battery within a specified range, and an operation location notification unit (476) that notifies the operating location of the mobile station based on the usage demand information.
  • a management method for managing a mobile station (24) that is a battery station (12) in which a mobile battery (100) shared by multiple users is arranged includes a step (S171) of acquiring usage demand information indicating the usage demand of the mobile battery within a predetermined range, and a step (S173) of notifying the operating location of the mobile station based on the usage demand information.
  • the present invention is not limited to the above disclosure, and various configurations may be adopted without departing from the gist of the present invention.

Landscapes

  • Business, Economics & Management (AREA)
  • Economics (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Marketing (AREA)
  • Accounting & Taxation (AREA)
  • Theoretical Computer Science (AREA)
  • Strategic Management (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • General Business, Economics & Management (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Finance (AREA)
  • Development Economics (AREA)
  • Human Resources & Organizations (AREA)
  • Tourism & Hospitality (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Water Supply & Treatment (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Primary Health Care (AREA)
  • Entrepreneurship & Innovation (AREA)
  • Operations Research (AREA)
  • Quality & Reliability (AREA)
  • Management, Administration, Business Operations System, And Electronic Commerce (AREA)

Abstract

This management system (16) comprises a management device (400), wherein the management device includes: a use demand information acquisition unit (472) which acquires use demand information that indicates a use demand of a mobile battery in a prescribed range; and an operation place notification unit (476) which notifies an operation place of a mobile station (24) on the basis of the use demand information.

Description

管理システム、管理装置及び管理方法Management system, management device and management method
 本発明は、管理システム、管理装置及び管理方法に関する。 The present invention relates to a management system, a management device, and a management method.
 特開2016-12291号公報には、シェアリング用の複数の自転車と、所定台数の自転車を停めることが可能な複数の駐輪エリアと、各々の駐輪エリアに設置された管理装置とを含む移動体シェアリングシステムが開示されている。 JP 2016-12291 A discloses a vehicle sharing system that includes multiple bicycles for sharing, multiple bicycle parking areas capable of accommodating a predetermined number of bicycles, and a management device installed in each bicycle parking area.
 近時では、複数のユーザによってシェアされるモバイルバッテリを良好に管理し得る技術が待望されている。 Recently, there has been a demand for technology that can effectively manage mobile batteries shared by multiple users.
 本発明は、上述した課題を解決することを目的とする。 The present invention aims to solve the above-mentioned problems.
 本発明の第1の態様は、複数のユーザによってシェアされるモバイルバッテリが配されるバッテリステーションであって移動可能な移動型ステーションを管理する管理システムであって、管理装置を備え、前記管理装置は、 所定範囲内における前記モバイルバッテリの利用需要を示す利用需要情報を取得する利用需要情報取得部と、前記移動型ステーションの稼働場所を前記利用需要情報に基づいて通知する稼働場所通知部と、を備える。 The first aspect of the present invention is a management system for managing a mobile station, which is a battery station in which a mobile battery shared by multiple users is placed, and the management system includes a management device, the management device including a usage demand information acquisition unit that acquires usage demand information indicating the usage demand of the mobile battery within a specified range, and an operation location notification unit that notifies the operating location of the mobile station based on the usage demand information.
 本発明の第2の態様は、複数のユーザによってシェアされるモバイルバッテリが配されるバッテリステーションであって移動可能な移動型ステーションを管理する管理装置であって、所定範囲内における前記モバイルバッテリの利用需要を示す利用需要情報を取得する利用需要情報取得部と、前記移動型ステーションの稼働場所を前記利用需要情報に基づいて通知する稼働場所通知部と、を備える。 A second aspect of the present invention is a management device that manages a mobile station, which is a battery station in which a mobile battery shared by multiple users is placed, and includes a usage demand information acquisition unit that acquires usage demand information indicating the usage demand of the mobile battery within a specified range, and an operation location notification unit that notifies the operating location of the mobile station based on the usage demand information.
 本発明の第3の態様は、複数のユーザによってシェアされるモバイルバッテリが配されるバッテリステーションであって移動可能な移動型ステーションを管理する管理方法であって、所定範囲内における前記モバイルバッテリの利用需要を示す利用需要情報を取得するステップと、前記移動型ステーションの稼働場所を前記利用需要情報に基づいて通知するステップと、を有する。 A third aspect of the present invention is a management method for managing a mobile station, which is a battery station in which a mobile battery shared by multiple users is located, and includes the steps of acquiring usage demand information indicating the usage demand of the mobile battery within a specified range, and notifying the operating location of the mobile station based on the usage demand information.
 本発明によれば、複数のユーザによってシェアされるモバイルバッテリを良好に管理し得る。 The present invention makes it possible to effectively manage a mobile battery shared by multiple users.
図1は、一実施形態によるシェアリングシステムを示すブロック図である。FIG. 1 is a block diagram illustrating a sharing system according to one embodiment. 図2は、モバイルバッテリの例を示すブロック図である。FIG. 2 is a block diagram illustrating an example of a mobile battery. 図3は、ユーザ端末の例を示すブロック図である。FIG. 3 is a block diagram illustrating an example of a user terminal. 図4は、集配者端末の例を示すブロック図である。FIG. 4 is a block diagram showing an example of a delivery person terminal. 図5は、管理装置の例を示すブロック図である。FIG. 5 is a block diagram illustrating an example of a management device. 図6は、管理システムの動作の例を示すフローチャートである。FIG. 6 is a flowchart showing an example of the operation of the management system. 図7は、管理システムの動作の例を示すフローチャートである。FIG. 7 is a flowchart showing an example of the operation of the management system. 図8は、ユーザ端末の表示部における表示の例を示す図である。FIG. 8 is a diagram showing an example of a display on the display unit of the user terminal. 図9は、ユーザ端末の表示部における表示の例を示す図である。FIG. 9 is a diagram showing an example of a display on the display unit of the user terminal. 図10は、管理システムの動作の例を示すフローチャートである。FIG. 10 is a flowchart showing an example of the operation of the management system. 図11は、集配者端末の表示部における表示の例を示す図である。FIG. 11 is a diagram showing an example of a display on the display unit of the collector/deliverer terminal. 図12は、管理システムの動作の例を示すフローチャートである。FIG. 12 is a flowchart showing an example of the operation of the management system. 図13は、集配者端末の表示部における表示の例を示す図である。FIG. 13 is a diagram showing an example of a display on the display unit of the delivery/collection terminal. 図14は、管理システムの動作の例を示すフローチャートである。FIG. 14 is a flowchart showing an example of the operation of the management system. 図15は、管理システムの動作の例を示すフローチャートである。FIG. 15 is a flowchart showing an example of the operation of the management system. 図16は、ユーザ端末の表示部における表示の例を示す図である。FIG. 16 is a diagram showing an example of a display on the display unit of the user terminal. 図17は、管理システムの動作の例を示すフローチャートである。FIG. 17 is a flowchart showing an example of the operation of the management system. 図18は、集配者端末の表示部における表示の例を示す図である。FIG. 18 is a diagram showing an example of a display on the display unit of the collector/deliverer terminal. 図19は、管理システムの動作の例を示すフローチャートである。FIG. 19 is a flowchart showing an example of the operation of the management system. 図20は、集配者端末の表示部における表示の例を示す図である。FIG. 20 is a diagram showing an example of a display on the display unit of the collector/deliverer terminal. 図21は、管理システムの動作の例を示すフローチャートである。FIG. 21 is a flowchart showing an example of the operation of the management system. 図22は、ユーザ端末の表示部における表示の例を示す図である。FIG. 22 is a diagram showing an example of a display on a display unit of a user terminal. 図23は、管理システムの動作の例を示すフローチャートである。FIG. 23 is a flowchart showing an example of the operation of the management system. 図24は、管理システムの動作の例を示すフローチャートである。FIG. 24 is a flowchart showing an example of the operation of the management system. 図25は、管理システムの動作の例を示すフローチャートである。FIG. 25 is a flowchart showing an example of the operation of the management system. 図26は、ユーザ端末の表示部における表示の例を示す図である。FIG. 26 is a diagram showing an example of a display on the display unit of the user terminal. 図27は、管理システムの動作の例を示すフローチャートである。FIG. 27 is a flowchart showing an example of the operation of the management system. 図28は、ユーザ端末の表示部における表示の例を示す図である。FIG. 28 is a diagram showing an example of a display on a display unit of a user terminal. 図29は、管理システムの動作の例を示すフローチャートである。FIG. 29 is a flowchart showing an example of the operation of the management system. 図30は、管理システムの動作の例を示すフローチャートである。FIG. 30 is a flowchart showing an example of the operation of the management system. 図31は、管理システムの動作の例を示すフローチャートである。FIG. 31 is a flowchart showing an example of the operation of the management system. 図32は、管理システムの動作の例を示すフローチャートである。FIG. 32 is a flowchart showing an example of the operation of the management system. 図33は、所定領域内に達する人流とバッテリホルダの設置位置とを例示する図である。FIG. 33 is a diagram illustrating the flow of people arriving within a predetermined area and the installation positions of battery holders. 図34は、管理システムの動作の例を示すフローチャートである。FIG. 34 is a flowchart showing an example of the operation of the management system. 図35は、管理システムの動作の例を示すフローチャートである。FIG. 35 is a flowchart showing an example of the operation of the management system. 図36は、管理システムの動作の例を示すフローチャートである。FIG. 36 is a flowchart showing an example of the operation of the management system. 図37は、変形例1に係るユーザ端末を示すブロック図である。FIG. 37 is a block diagram showing a user terminal according to the first modification. 図38は、変形例2に係る集配者端末を示すブロック図である。FIG. 38 is a block diagram showing a delivery person terminal according to the second modification.
 [一実施形態]
 図1は、一実施形態によるシェアリングシステム10を示すブロック図である。
[One embodiment]
FIG. 1 is a block diagram illustrating a sharing system 10 according to one embodiment.
 シェアリングシステム10は、複数のユーザによってモバイルバッテリ100をシェアするためのシステムである。シェアリングシステム10はバッテリステーション12を含み得る。なお、後述するユーザ登録を済ませた者が、本実施形態におけるユーザに該当し得るが、これに限定されない。 The sharing system 10 is a system for sharing a mobile battery 100 among multiple users. The sharing system 10 may include a battery station 12. Note that a person who has completed user registration, which will be described later, may be considered a user in this embodiment, but is not limited to this.
 バッテリステーション12は、複数のモバイルバッテリ100が配され得る設備である。バッテリステーション12は、例えばシェアリングシステム10を運営する運営事業者によって設置される。街中には、複数のバッテリステーション12が設置され得る。換言すれば、シェアリングシステム10は複数のバッテリステーション12を含み得る。ユーザは、バッテリステーション12に配されたモバイルバッテリ100を借り受け得る。また、ユーザは、借り受けたモバイルバッテリ100をバッテリステーション12に配することで、当該モバイルバッテリ100を上記運営事業者に返却し得る。バッテリステーション12は、街中の商業施設、店舗等に設置され得るが、これに限定されない。 The battery station 12 is a facility in which multiple mobile batteries 100 can be placed. The battery station 12 is installed, for example, by an operating company that operates the sharing system 10. Multiple battery stations 12 can be installed in a city. In other words, the sharing system 10 can include multiple battery stations 12. A user can borrow a mobile battery 100 that is placed in a battery station 12. In addition, the user can return the borrowed mobile battery 100 to the operating company by placing the borrowed mobile battery 100 in the battery station 12. The battery station 12 can be installed in commercial facilities, stores, etc. in a city, but is not limited to this.
 バッテリステーション12には、充電器(充電設備、充電装置)14が備えられ得る。充電器14は、モバイルバッテリ100を充電し得る。充電器14には、バッテリポート14aが備えられ得る。バッテリポート14aの数は、1つであってもよいし、複数であってもよい。バッテリポート14aには、モバイルバッテリ100が配され得る。充電器14は、バッテリポート14aに配されたモバイルバッテリ100を充電し得る。バッテリステーション12には、不図示の制御コンピュータが更に備えられ得る。当該制御コンピュータは、例えば充電器14に備えられる。当該制御コンピュータは、プロセッサ、メモリ、入出力インターフェース等を含む。また、制御コンピュータは、ネットワークNWに接続される。ネットワークNWは、例えばインターネット等の通信ネットワークである。制御コンピュータは、後述する管理装置400と通信し得る。更に、制御コンピュータは、当該制御コンピュータが備えられたバッテリステーション12に配されているモバイルバッテリ100から、バッテリ情報を取得し得る。 The battery station 12 may be provided with a charger (charging equipment, charging device) 14. The charger 14 may charge the mobile battery 100. The charger 14 may be provided with a battery port 14a. The number of battery ports 14a may be one or more. The mobile battery 100 may be arranged in the battery port 14a. The charger 14 may charge the mobile battery 100 arranged in the battery port 14a. The battery station 12 may further be provided with a control computer (not shown). The control computer is provided in the charger 14, for example. The control computer includes a processor, a memory, an input/output interface, etc. The control computer is also connected to a network NW. The network NW is, for example, a communication network such as the Internet. The control computer may communicate with a management device 400, which will be described later. Furthermore, the control computer may acquire battery information from the mobile battery 100 arranged in the battery station 12 in which the control computer is provided.
 バッテリ情報には、モバイルバッテリ100の識別情報が含まれ得る。また、バッテリ情報には、モバイルバッテリ100のSoC(State of Charge)を示す情報が含まれ得る。すなわち、バッテリ情報には、モバイルバッテリ100の残容量を示す情報が含まれ得る。バッテリステーション12の制御コンピュータは、取得したバッテリ情報を後述する管理装置400に送信し得る。 The battery information may include identification information of the mobile battery 100. The battery information may also include information indicating the SoC (State of Charge) of the mobile battery 100. In other words, the battery information may include information indicating the remaining capacity of the mobile battery 100. The control computer of the battery station 12 may transmit the acquired battery information to the management device 400 described below.
 シェアリングシステム10を運営する運営事業者は、集配者を介して、ユーザに対してモバイルバッテリ100を集配し得る。これにより、ユーザは、バッテリステーション12に訪れることなしに、集配者からモバイルバッテリ100を借り受け得る。また、ユーザは、バッテリステーション12に訪れることなしに、集配者にモバイルバッテリ100を返却し得る。以下の説明において、モバイルバッテリ100をユーザに配送し得る集配者は配送者とも称される。以下の説明において、モバイルバッテリ100をユーザから回収し得る集配者は回収者とも称される。モバイルバッテリ100をユーザから回収した回収者は、当該モバイルバッテリ100をバッテリステーション12に返却してもよいし、当該モバイルバッテリ100を別のユーザに配送者として配送してもよい。なお、後述する集配者登録を済ませた者が、本実施形態における集配者に該当し得るが、これに限定されない。 The operating company that operates the sharing system 10 may collect and deliver the mobile battery 100 to the user through a collector/deliverer. This allows the user to borrow the mobile battery 100 from the collector/deliverer without visiting the battery station 12. The user may also return the mobile battery 100 to the collector/deliverer without visiting the battery station 12. In the following description, a collector/deliverer that can deliver the mobile battery 100 to a user is also referred to as a deliverer. In the following description, a collector/deliverer that can collect the mobile battery 100 from a user is also referred to as a collector. A collector who collects the mobile battery 100 from a user may return the mobile battery 100 to the battery station 12, or may deliver the mobile battery 100 to another user as a deliverer. Note that a person who has completed the collector/deliverer registration described below may correspond to a collector/deliverer in this embodiment, but is not limited to this.
 シェアリングシステム10は、管理システム16を更に含む。管理システム16は、複数のユーザによってシェアされるモバイルバッテリ100を管理するシステムである。管理システム16は、複数のユーザによってシェアされるモバイルバッテリ100の集配を管理し得る。すなわち、管理システム16は、複数のユーザに対するモバイルバッテリ100の配送と、複数のユーザに対するモバイルバッテリ100の回収と、を管理し得る。管理システム16には、携帯端末200と端末装置300と管理装置400とが含まれる。携帯端末200と端末装置300と管理装置400とは、ネットワークNWに接続され得る。 The sharing system 10 further includes a management system 16. The management system 16 is a system that manages the mobile battery 100 shared by multiple users. The management system 16 can manage the collection and delivery of the mobile battery 100 shared by multiple users. In other words, the management system 16 can manage the delivery of the mobile battery 100 to multiple users and the collection of the mobile battery 100 from multiple users. The management system 16 includes a mobile terminal 200, a terminal device 300, and a management device 400. The mobile terminal 200, the terminal device 300, and the management device 400 can be connected to a network NW.
 携帯端末200は、ユーザによって所持される端末である。携帯端末200は、以下の説明においてユーザ端末200とも称される。ユーザ端末200は、例えばスマートフォンである。図1に図示されているユーザ端末200の数は2つであるが、ユーザ端末200の数は2つに限定されない。ユーザ端末200のより詳しい説明は後述する。 The mobile terminal 200 is a terminal carried by a user. In the following description, the mobile terminal 200 is also referred to as a user terminal 200. The user terminal 200 is, for example, a smartphone. Although the number of user terminals 200 illustrated in FIG. 1 is two, the number of user terminals 200 is not limited to two. A more detailed description of the user terminal 200 will be provided later.
 端末装置300は、集配者によって所持される端末である。端末装置300は、以下の説明において集配者端末300とも称される。集配者端末300は、例えばスマートフォンである。図1に図示されている集配者端末300の数は2つであるが、集配者端末300の数は2つに限定されない。集配者端末300のより詳しい説明は後述する。 The terminal device 300 is a terminal carried by a collector/deliverer. In the following description, the terminal device 300 is also referred to as a collector/deliverer terminal 300. The collector/deliverer terminal 300 is, for example, a smartphone. Although the number of collector/deliverer terminals 300 illustrated in FIG. 1 is two, the number of collector/deliverer terminals 300 is not limited to two. A more detailed description of the collector/deliverer terminal 300 will be provided later.
 管理装置400は、複数のユーザによってシェアされるモバイルバッテリ100を管理するためのコンピュータ(サーバ)である。管理装置400は、例えば管理システム16を運営する運営事業者が管理するデータセンタ18に備えられる。管理装置400は、ネットワークNWを介してユーザ端末200と通信可能である。管理装置400は、ネットワークNWを介して集配者端末300と通信可能である。管理装置400のより詳しい説明は後述する。 The management device 400 is a computer (server) for managing the mobile battery 100 shared by multiple users. The management device 400 is provided in, for example, a data center 18 managed by an operating company that operates the management system 16. The management device 400 can communicate with the user terminal 200 via the network NW. The management device 400 can communicate with the delivery/collection terminal 300 via the network NW. A more detailed explanation of the management device 400 will be given later.
 図2は、モバイルバッテリ100の例を示すブロック図である。 FIG. 2 is a block diagram showing an example of a mobile battery 100.
 モバイルバッテリ100は、バッテリセル102と、点灯部104と、測位部106と、通信部108と、演算部110と、記憶部(バッテリ記憶部)112とを備える。モバイルバッテリ100は、スピーカを備えてもよい。モバイルバッテリ100には、本実施形態による管理方法等をコンピュータに実行させるためのプログラムが予めインストールされ得る。管理方法のより詳しい説明は後述する。 The mobile battery 100 includes a battery cell 102, a lighting unit 104, a positioning unit 106, a communication unit 108, a calculation unit 110, and a memory unit (battery memory unit) 112. The mobile battery 100 may also include a speaker. A program for causing a computer to execute the management method according to this embodiment may be pre-installed in the mobile battery 100. A more detailed explanation of the management method will be given later.
 バッテリセル102には電荷が蓄えられ得る。バッテリセル102に蓄えられた電荷の量が、モバイルバッテリ100の残容量である。 An electric charge can be stored in the battery cell 102. The amount of electric charge stored in the battery cell 102 is the remaining capacity of the mobile battery 100.
 点灯部104は、例えばLED(Light emitting diode)ランプを備える。点灯部104は、発光することで、モバイルバッテリ100の周辺にいる者に当該モバイルバッテリ100の位置を認識させ得る。 The lighting unit 104 includes, for example, an LED (Light emitting diode) lamp. By emitting light, the lighting unit 104 can allow people in the vicinity of the mobile battery 100 to recognize the location of the mobile battery 100.
 測位部106には、GNSS(Global Navigation Satellite System)センサが備えられ得る。当該GNSSセンサは、衛星測位システムを利用して、モバイルバッテリ100の現在の位置を示す情報である位置情報を取得する。 The positioning unit 106 may be equipped with a GNSS (Global Navigation Satellite System) sensor. The GNSS sensor uses a satellite positioning system to obtain location information that indicates the current location of the mobile battery 100.
 通信部108は、例えば無線通信用の通信器によって構成される。通信部108は、ネットワークNWを介して無線通信を行い得る。通信部108は、無線LAN(Local Area Network)を用いた通信を行ってもよい。また、通信部108は、Bluetooth(登録商標)規格を用いた通信(近距離通信)を行ってもよい。通信部108は、ユーザ端末200、集配者端末300、管理装置400と通信し得る。また、通信部108は、バッテリステーション12の制御コンピュータと通信し得る。 The communication unit 108 is, for example, configured with a communication device for wireless communication. The communication unit 108 can perform wireless communication via the network NW. The communication unit 108 may perform communication using a wireless LAN (Local Area Network). The communication unit 108 may also perform communication (short-range communication) using the Bluetooth (registered trademark) standard. The communication unit 108 can communicate with the user terminal 200, the delivery/collection terminal 300, and the management device 400. The communication unit 108 can also communicate with the control computer of the battery station 12.
 演算部110は、例えばCPU(Central Processing Unit)、GPU(Graphics Processing Unit)等のプロセッサによって構成され得る。すなわち、演算部110は、処理回路(processing circuitry)によって構成され得る。 The calculation unit 110 may be configured by a processor such as a CPU (Central Processing Unit) or a GPU (Graphics Processing Unit). In other words, the calculation unit 110 may be configured by a processing circuit.
 記憶部112には、不図示の揮発性メモリと、不図示の不揮発性メモリとが備えられ得る。揮発性メモリとしては例えばRAM(Random Access Memory)等が挙げられ得る。不揮発性メモリとしては例えばROM(Read Only Memory)、フラッシュメモリ等が挙げられ得る。データ等が、例えば揮発性メモリに記憶され得る。プログラム、テーブル、マップ等が、例えば不揮発性メモリに記憶され得る。記憶部112の少なくとも一部が、上述したようなプロセッサ、集積回路等に備えられていてもよい。 The memory unit 112 may be provided with a volatile memory (not shown) and a non-volatile memory (not shown). Examples of the volatile memory may include a RAM (Random Access Memory). Examples of the non-volatile memory may include a ROM (Read Only Memory) and a flash memory. Data, etc. may be stored in the volatile memory, for example. Programs, tables, maps, etc. may be stored in the non-volatile memory, for example. At least a portion of the memory unit 112 may be provided in a processor, integrated circuit, etc. as described above.
 演算部110には、制御部114と、容量情報取得部116と、通知部118とが備えられ得る。制御部114と、容量情報取得部116と、通知部118とは、記憶部112に記憶されているプログラムを演算部110が実行することによって実現され得る。 The calculation unit 110 may be provided with a control unit 114, a capacity information acquisition unit 116, and a notification unit 118. The control unit 114, the capacity information acquisition unit 116, and the notification unit 118 may be realized by the calculation unit 110 executing a program stored in the memory unit 112.
 なお、制御部114と、容量情報取得部116と、通知部118とのうちの少なくとも一部が、ASIC(Application Specific Integrated Circuit)、FPGA(Field-Programmable Gate Array)等の集積回路によって実現されてもよい。また、制御部114、容量情報取得部116、通知部118の少なくとも一部が、ディスクリートデバイスを含む電子回路によって構成されてもよい。 In addition, at least a part of the control unit 114, the capacity information acquisition unit 116, and the notification unit 118 may be realized by an integrated circuit such as an ASIC (Application Specific Integrated Circuit) or an FPGA (Field-Programmable Gate Array). In addition, at least a part of the control unit 114, the capacity information acquisition unit 116, and the notification unit 118 may be configured by an electronic circuit including a discrete device.
 制御部114は、モバイルバッテリ100の全体の制御を司る。例えば制御部114は、測位部106によって取得された位置情報を、通信部108を介して管理装置400に供給する。 The control unit 114 is responsible for the overall control of the mobile battery 100. For example, the control unit 114 supplies the location information acquired by the positioning unit 106 to the management device 400 via the communication unit 108.
 容量情報取得部116は、モバイルバッテリ100の残容量を示す情報を取得する。モバイルバッテリ100の残容量を示す情報は、以下の説明において残容量情報とも称される。容量情報取得部116は、例えばバッテリセル102に蓄えられた電荷の量に基づいて残容量情報を取得する。容量情報取得部116によって取得された残容量情報は、制御部114によって、通信部108を介して管理装置400に供給され得る。また、容量情報取得部116によって取得された残容量情報は、上述したバッテリステーション12の制御コンピュータに、バッテリ情報の少なくとも一部として供給され得る。 The capacity information acquisition unit 116 acquires information indicating the remaining capacity of the mobile battery 100. The information indicating the remaining capacity of the mobile battery 100 is also referred to as remaining capacity information in the following description. The capacity information acquisition unit 116 acquires the remaining capacity information based on the amount of charge stored in the battery cell 102, for example. The remaining capacity information acquired by the capacity information acquisition unit 116 can be supplied to the management device 400 by the control unit 114 via the communication unit 108. In addition, the remaining capacity information acquired by the capacity information acquisition unit 116 can be supplied to the control computer of the above-mentioned battery station 12 as at least a part of the battery information.
 通知部118は、モバイルバッテリ100を集配者から受け取る予定のユーザが当該モバイルバッテリ100に接近した場合に、点灯部104を制御して、当該点灯部104を発光させる。これにより、ユーザは、受け取る予定のモバイルバッテリ100の位置を認識し得る。その一方で、配送者は、当該配送者が所持しているモバイルバッテリ100の点灯部104の発光を視認することで、当該モバイルバッテリ100を受け取る予定のユーザが近くにいることを認識し得る。ユーザがモバイルバッテリ100に接近したか否かは、ユーザの位置であるユーザ位置がモバイルバッテリ100の位置から所定範囲内にあるか否かに基づいて判定され得る。ユーザ位置を示す情報は、後述する管理装置400の位置情報取得部412によって取得され得る。モバイルバッテリ100にスピーカが備えられている場合、通知部118は、ユーザが当該モバイルバッテリ100に接近した場合に当該スピーカから音声を出力させてもよい。ユーザは、スピーカから出力された音声を聞くことで、モバイルバッテリ100の位置を把握し得る。配送者は、スピーカから出力された音声を聞くことで、ユーザが近くにいることを把握し得る。 When a user who is to receive the mobile battery 100 from a delivery person approaches the mobile battery 100, the notification unit 118 controls the lighting unit 104 to make the lighting unit 104 emit light. This allows the user to recognize the location of the mobile battery 100 that the user is to receive. On the other hand, a delivery person can recognize that the user who is to receive the mobile battery 100 is nearby by visually checking the emission of light from the lighting unit 104 of the mobile battery 100 held by the delivery person. Whether or not the user has approached the mobile battery 100 can be determined based on whether or not the user position, which is the position of the user, is within a predetermined range from the position of the mobile battery 100. Information indicating the user position can be acquired by the position information acquisition unit 412 of the management device 400 described later. If the mobile battery 100 is equipped with a speaker, the notification unit 118 may output sound from the speaker when the user approaches the mobile battery 100. The user can grasp the location of the mobile battery 100 by listening to the sound output from the speaker. The delivery person can tell that the user is nearby by listening to the sound output from the speaker.
 また、通知部118は、モバイルバッテリ100を回収する予定の回収者が当該モバイルバッテリ100に接近した場合に点灯部104を制御して、当該点灯部104を発光し得る。回収者は、当該発光を視認することで、回収する予定のモバイルバッテリ100の位置を認識し得る。また、ユーザは、当該発光を視認することで、モバイルバッテリ100を回収する予定の回収者が近くにいることを認識し得る。回収者がモバイルバッテリ100に接近したか否かは、回収者の位置である回収者位置がモバイルバッテリ100の位置から所定範囲内にあるか否かに基づいて判定され得る。回収者位置を示す情報は、後述する管理装置400の位置情報取得部412によって取得され得る。モバイルバッテリ100にスピーカが備えられている場合、通知部118は、回収者が当該モバイルバッテリ100に接近した場合に当該スピーカから音声を出力させてもよい。回収者は、スピーカから出力された音声を聞くことで、モバイルバッテリ100の位置を把握し得る。ユーザは、スピーカから出力された音声を聞くことで、回収者が近くにいることを把握し得る。 In addition, the notification unit 118 may control the lighting unit 104 to illuminate the lighting unit 104 when a collector who is scheduled to collect the mobile battery 100 approaches the mobile battery 100. The collector may recognize the location of the mobile battery 100 by visually checking the light emission. In addition, a user may recognize that the collector who is scheduled to collect the mobile battery 100 is nearby by visually checking the light emission. Whether or not the collector has approached the mobile battery 100 may be determined based on whether or not the collector's position, which is the position of the collector, is within a predetermined range from the position of the mobile battery 100. Information indicating the collector's position may be acquired by the position information acquisition unit 412 of the management device 400 described later. If the mobile battery 100 is equipped with a speaker, the notification unit 118 may output sound from the speaker when the collector approaches the mobile battery 100. The collector may understand the location of the mobile battery 100 by listening to the sound output from the speaker. The user can hear the sound output from the speaker to know that a collector is nearby.
 図3は、ユーザ端末200の例を示すブロック図である。 FIG. 3 is a block diagram showing an example of a user terminal 200.
 ユーザ端末200は、操作部202と、表示部204と、測位部206と、通信部208と、演算部210と、記憶部212とを備える。ユーザ端末200には、不図示のスピーカ、不図示のマイク、不図示のカメラ等が更に備えられてもよい。ユーザ端末200には、本実施形態による管理方法等をコンピュータに実行させるためのプログラムが予めインストールされ得る。なお、ユーザ端末200は、上述したように、ユーザによって所持される端末である。 The user terminal 200 includes an operation unit 202, a display unit 204, a positioning unit 206, a communication unit 208, a calculation unit 210, and a storage unit 212. The user terminal 200 may further include a speaker (not shown), a microphone (not shown), a camera (not shown), etc. A program for causing a computer to execute the management method according to this embodiment, etc., may be pre-installed in the user terminal 200. As described above, the user terminal 200 is a terminal held by a user.
 操作部202は、ユーザがユーザ端末200を操作する際に用いられ得る。表示部204には、不図示の表示素子が備えられる。表示素子は、例えば液晶表示素子、有機エレクトロルミネッセンス表示素子等である。このような表示素子が備えられた不図示のタッチパネルによって操作部202と表示部204とのうちの少なくとも一部が構成されてもよい。 The operation unit 202 can be used when the user operates the user terminal 200. The display unit 204 is provided with a display element (not shown). The display element is, for example, a liquid crystal display element, an organic electroluminescence display element, or the like. At least a part of the operation unit 202 and the display unit 204 may be configured by a touch panel (not shown) provided with such a display element.
 測位部206には、GNSSセンサが備えられ得る。当該GNSSセンサは、衛星測位システムを利用して、ユーザ端末200の現在の位置を示す情報を取得する。なお、ユーザ端末200の位置は、当該ユーザ端末200を所持しているユーザの位置であるユーザ位置を実質的に示す。すなわち、測位部206は、ユーザ位置を示す情報であるユーザ位置情報を取得することができる。 The positioning unit 206 may be equipped with a GNSS sensor. The GNSS sensor uses a satellite positioning system to obtain information indicating the current position of the user terminal 200. Note that the position of the user terminal 200 essentially indicates the user position, which is the position of the user who possesses the user terminal 200. In other words, the positioning unit 206 can obtain user position information, which is information indicating the user position.
 通信部208は、例えば無線通信用の通信器によって構成される。通信部208は、ネットワークNWを介して無線通信を行い得る。通信部208は、無線LANを用いた通信を行ってもよい。また、通信部208は、Bluetooth(登録商標)規格を用いた通信を行ってもよい。通信部208は、管理装置400と通信し得る。また、通信部208は、バッテリステーション12の制御コンピュータと通信し得る。 The communication unit 208 is configured, for example, by a communication device for wireless communication. The communication unit 208 can perform wireless communication via the network NW. The communication unit 208 may perform communication using a wireless LAN. The communication unit 208 may also perform communication using the Bluetooth (registered trademark) standard. The communication unit 208 can communicate with the management device 400. The communication unit 208 can also communicate with the control computer of the battery station 12.
 演算部210は、例えばCPU、GPU等のプロセッサによって構成され得る。すなわち、演算部210は処理回路によって構成され得る。 The calculation unit 210 may be configured by a processor such as a CPU or a GPU. In other words, the calculation unit 210 may be configured by a processing circuit.
 記憶部212は、不図示の揮発性メモリと、不図示の不揮発性メモリとが備えられ得る。揮発性メモリとしては例えばRAM等が挙げられ得る。不揮発性メモリとしては例えばROM、フラッシュメモリ等が挙げられ得る。データ等が、例えば揮発性メモリに記憶され得る。プログラム、テーブル、マップ等が、例えば不揮発性メモリに記憶され得る。記憶部212の少なくとも一部が、上述したようなプロセッサ、集積回路等に備えられていてもよい。記憶部212には、例えば、ユーザ端末200が通信部208を介して管理装置400から受信した情報が記憶され得る。 The storage unit 212 may include a volatile memory (not shown) and a non-volatile memory (not shown). Examples of the volatile memory may include a RAM, etc. Examples of the non-volatile memory may include a ROM, a flash memory, etc. Data, etc. may be stored in the volatile memory, for example. Programs, tables, maps, etc. may be stored in the non-volatile memory, for example. At least a portion of the storage unit 212 may be provided in a processor, an integrated circuit, etc. as described above. For example, information received by the user terminal 200 from the management device 400 via the communication unit 208 may be stored in the storage unit 212.
 演算部210には、制御部214と情報提供部216と依頼情報生成部218とが備えられ得る。制御部214と情報提供部216と依頼情報生成部218とは、記憶部212に記憶されているプログラムを演算部210が実行することによって実現され得る。 The calculation unit 210 may be provided with a control unit 214, an information providing unit 216, and a request information generating unit 218. The control unit 214, the information providing unit 216, and the request information generating unit 218 may be realized by the calculation unit 210 executing a program stored in the memory unit 212.
 なお、制御部214と情報提供部216と依頼情報生成部218とのうちの少なくとも一部が、ASIC、FPGA等の集積回路によって実現されてもよい。また、制御部214、情報提供部216、依頼情報生成部218の少なくとも一部が、ディスクリートデバイスを含む電子回路によって構成されてもよい。 In addition, at least a portion of the control unit 214, the information providing unit 216, and the request information generating unit 218 may be realized by an integrated circuit such as an ASIC or an FPGA. In addition, at least a portion of the control unit 214, the information providing unit 216, and the request information generating unit 218 may be configured by an electronic circuit including a discrete device.
 制御部214は、ユーザ端末200の全体の制御を司る。例えば制御部214は、測位部206によって取得されたユーザ位置情報を、通信部208を介して管理装置400に供給する。また、制御部214は、モバイルバッテリ100の集配をユーザが依頼するためのUI(User Interface)をユーザに提供する。例えば制御部214は、表示部204を制御して、モバイルバッテリ100の集配をユーザが依頼するためのGUI(Graphical User Interface)を表示部204に表示させる。制御部214は、モバイルバッテリ100の集配依頼を、通信部208を介して管理装置400に送信し得る。 The control unit 214 is responsible for the overall control of the user terminal 200. For example, the control unit 214 supplies the user position information acquired by the positioning unit 206 to the management device 400 via the communication unit 208. The control unit 214 also provides the user with a UI (User Interface) for the user to request collection and delivery of the mobile battery 100. For example, the control unit 214 controls the display unit 204 to display a GUI (Graphical User Interface) for the user to request collection and delivery of the mobile battery 100 on the display unit 204. The control unit 214 can transmit a collection and delivery request for the mobile battery 100 to the management device 400 via the communication unit 208.
 情報提供部216は、ユーザ端末200に備えられた表示部204、スピーカ等を制御して、ユーザに集配者情報を提供する。集配者情報は、ユーザに対してモバイルバッテリ100を集配し得る集配者に関する情報である。集配者情報は、例えば、ユーザから所定範囲内にいる集配者の位置等を示す。集配者情報は、後述する情報生成部418によって生成される。集配者情報と情報生成部418とのより詳しい説明は後述する。 The information providing unit 216 controls the display unit 204, speaker, etc. provided on the user terminal 200 to provide the user with collection and delivery information. The collection and delivery information is information about a collection and delivery person who can collect and deliver the mobile battery 100 to the user. The collection and delivery information indicates, for example, the location of a collection and delivery person within a specified range from the user. The collection and delivery information is generated by the information generating unit 418 described later. A more detailed explanation of the collection and delivery information and the information generating unit 418 will be provided later.
 図4は、集配者端末300の例を示すブロック図である。 FIG. 4 is a block diagram showing an example of a delivery person terminal 300.
 集配者端末300は、操作部302と、表示部304と、測位部306と、通信部308と、演算部310と、記憶部312とを備える。集配者端末300には、不図示のスピーカ、不図示のマイク、不図示のカメラ等が更に備えられてもよい。集配者端末300には、本実施形態による管理方法等をコンピュータに実行させるためのプログラムが予めインストールされ得る。なお、集配者端末300は、上述したように、集配者によって所持される端末である。 The delivery/collection terminal 300 includes an operation unit 302, a display unit 304, a positioning unit 306, a communication unit 308, a calculation unit 310, and a memory unit 312. The delivery/collection terminal 300 may further include a speaker (not shown), a microphone (not shown), a camera (not shown), etc. A program for causing a computer to execute the management method according to this embodiment, etc., may be pre-installed in the delivery/collection terminal 300. As described above, the delivery/collection terminal 300 is a terminal held by a delivery person.
 操作部302は、集配者が集配者端末300を操作する際に用いられ得る。表示部304には、不図示の表示素子が備えられる。表示素子は、例えば液晶表示素子、有機エレクトロルミネッセンス表示素子等である。このような表示素子が備えられた不図示のタッチパネルによって操作部302と表示部304とのうちの少なくとも一部が構成されてもよい。 The operation unit 302 can be used when a delivery person operates the delivery person terminal 300. The display unit 304 is provided with a display element (not shown). The display element is, for example, a liquid crystal display element, an organic electroluminescence display element, etc. At least a part of the operation unit 302 and the display unit 304 may be configured by a touch panel (not shown) provided with such a display element.
 測位部306には、GNSSセンサが備えられ得る。当該GNSSセンサは、衛星測位システムを利用して、集配者端末300の現在の位置を示す情報を取得する。なお、集配者端末300の位置は、当該集配者端末300を所持している集配者の位置である集配者位置を実質的に示す。すなわち、測位部306は、集配者位置を示す情報である集配者位置情報を取得することができる。 The positioning unit 306 may be equipped with a GNSS sensor. The GNSS sensor uses a satellite positioning system to obtain information indicating the current position of the delivery person terminal 300. The position of the delivery person terminal 300 essentially indicates the delivery person position, which is the position of the delivery person who possesses the delivery person terminal 300. In other words, the positioning unit 306 can obtain delivery person position information, which is information indicating the delivery person position.
 なお、集配者がモバイルバッテリ100を配送する配送者である場合、以下の説明において集配者位置は配送者位置とも称されるとともに、集配者位置情報は配送者位置情報とも称される。その一方で、集配者がモバイルバッテリ100を回収する回収者である場合、以下の説明において集配者位置は回収者位置とも称されるとともに、集配者位置情報は回収者位置情報とも称される。 Note that, if the collector/delivery person is a deliverer who delivers the mobile battery 100, in the following description, the collector/delivery person location will also be referred to as the deliverer location, and the collector/delivery person location information will also be referred to as the deliverer location information. On the other hand, if the collector/delivery person is a collector who collects the mobile battery 100, in the following description, the collector/delivery person location will also be referred to as the collector location, and the collector/delivery person location information will also be referred to as the collector location information.
 通信部308は、例えば無線通信用の通信器によって構成される。通信部308は、ネットワークNWを介して無線通信を行い得る。通信部308は、無線LANを用いた通信を行ってもよい。また、通信部308は、Bluetooth(登録商標)規格を用いた通信を行ってもよい。通信部308は、管理装置400と通信し得る。また、通信部308は、バッテリステーション12の制御コンピュータと通信し得る。 The communication unit 308 is configured, for example, by a communication device for wireless communication. The communication unit 308 can perform wireless communication via the network NW. The communication unit 308 may perform communication using a wireless LAN. The communication unit 308 may also perform communication using the Bluetooth (registered trademark) standard. The communication unit 308 can communicate with the management device 400. The communication unit 308 can also communicate with the control computer of the battery station 12.
 演算部310は、例えばCPU、GPU等のプロセッサによって構成され得る。すなわち、演算部310は処理回路によって構成され得る。 The calculation unit 310 may be configured by a processor such as a CPU or a GPU. In other words, the calculation unit 310 may be configured by a processing circuit.
 記憶部312は、不図示の揮発性メモリと、不図示の不揮発性メモリとが備えられ得る。揮発性メモリとしては例えばRAM等が挙げられ得る。不揮発性メモリとしては例えばROM、フラッシュメモリ等が挙げられ得る。データ等が、例えば揮発性メモリに記憶され得る。プログラム、テーブル、マップ等が、例えば不揮発性メモリに記憶され得る。記憶部312の少なくとも一部が、上述したようなプロセッサ、集積回路等に備えられていてもよい。記憶部312には、例えば、集配者端末300が通信部308を介して管理装置400から受信した情報が記憶され得る。 The memory unit 312 may be provided with a volatile memory (not shown) and a non-volatile memory (not shown). Examples of the volatile memory may include RAM, etc. Examples of the non-volatile memory may include ROM, flash memory, etc. Data, etc. may be stored in the volatile memory, for example. Programs, tables, maps, etc. may be stored in the non-volatile memory, for example. At least a portion of the memory unit 312 may be provided in a processor, integrated circuit, etc. as described above. For example, information received by the delivery/collection terminal 300 from the management device 400 via the communication unit 308 may be stored in the memory unit 312.
 演算部310には、制御部314と情報提供部316と依頼受注部318とが備えられ得る。制御部314と情報提供部316と依頼受注部318とは、記憶部312に記憶されているプログラムを演算部310が実行することによって実現され得る。 The calculation unit 310 may be provided with a control unit 314, an information providing unit 316, and a request receiving unit 318. The control unit 314, the information providing unit 316, and the request receiving unit 318 may be realized by the calculation unit 310 executing a program stored in the memory unit 312.
 なお、制御部314と情報提供部316と依頼受注部318とのうちの少なくとも一部が、ASIC、FPGA等の集積回路によって実現されてもよい。また、制御部314、情報提供部316、依頼受注部318の少なくとも一部が、ディスクリートデバイスを含む電子回路によって構成されてもよい。 In addition, at least a portion of the control unit 314, the information providing unit 316, and the request receiving unit 318 may be realized by an integrated circuit such as an ASIC or an FPGA. In addition, at least a portion of the control unit 314, the information providing unit 316, and the request receiving unit 318 may be configured by an electronic circuit including a discrete device.
 制御部314は、集配者端末300の全体の制御を司る。例えば制御部314は、測位部306によって取得された集配者位置情報を、通信部308を介して管理装置400に供給する。 The control unit 314 is responsible for the overall control of the delivery person terminal 300. For example, the control unit 314 supplies the delivery person position information acquired by the positioning unit 306 to the management device 400 via the communication unit 308.
 情報提供部316は、集配者端末300に備えられた表示部304、スピーカ等を制御して、集配者にユーザ情報を提供する。ユーザ情報は、モバイルバッテリ100の集配を要し得るユーザに関する情報である。ユーザ情報は、例えば、集配者から所定範囲内にいるユーザの位置等を示す。ユーザ情報は、後述する情報生成部418(図5参照)によって生成される。ユーザ情報と情報生成部418とのより詳しい説明は後述する。 The information providing unit 316 controls the display unit 304, speaker, etc. provided on the collector/deliver terminal 300 to provide user information to the collector/deliver. The user information is information about a user who may require collection and delivery of a mobile battery 100. The user information indicates, for example, the location of a user who is within a specified range from the collector/deliver. The user information is generated by the information generating unit 418 (see Figure 5), which will be described later. A more detailed explanation of the user information and the information generating unit 418 will be provided later.
 図5は、管理装置400の例を示すブロック図である。 FIG. 5 is a block diagram showing an example of a management device 400.
 管理装置400は、通信部402と、演算部404と、記憶部406とを備える。管理装置400には、本実施形態による管理方法等をコンピュータに実行させるためのプログラムが予めインストールされ得る。なお、管理装置400は、上述したように、モバイルバッテリ100を管理するためのサーバコンピュータである。 The management device 400 includes a communication unit 402, a calculation unit 404, and a storage unit 406. A program for causing a computer to execute the management method according to this embodiment may be pre-installed in the management device 400. As described above, the management device 400 is a server computer for managing the mobile battery 100.
 通信部402は、例えば不図示の通信器によって構成される。通信部402は、ユーザ端末200と通信して、当該ユーザ端末200からユーザ位置情報を受信し得る。通信部402は、集配者端末300と通信して、当該集配者端末300から集配者位置情報を受信し得る。通信部402は、モバイルバッテリ100またはバッテリステーション12(制御コンピュータ)と通信して、バッテリ情報を受信し得る。 The communication unit 402 is configured, for example, by a communication device (not shown). The communication unit 402 can communicate with the user terminal 200 and receive user position information from the user terminal 200. The communication unit 402 can communicate with the delivery/collection terminal 300 and receive delivery/collection position information from the delivery/collection terminal 300. The communication unit 402 can communicate with the mobile battery 100 or the battery station 12 (control computer) and receive battery information.
 演算部404は、例えばCPU、GPU等のプロセッサによって構成され得る。すなわち、演算部404は処理回路によって構成され得る。 The calculation unit 404 may be configured by a processor such as a CPU or a GPU. In other words, the calculation unit 404 may be configured by a processing circuit.
 記憶部406は、不図示の揮発性メモリと、不図示の不揮発性メモリとが備えられ得る。揮発性メモリとしては例えばRAM等が挙げられ得る。不揮発性メモリとしては例えばROM、フラッシュメモリ等が挙げられ得る。データ等が、例えば揮発性メモリに記憶され得る。プログラム、テーブル、マップ等が、例えば不揮発性メモリに記憶され得る。記憶部406の少なくとも一部が、上述したようなプロセッサ、集積回路等に備えられていてもよい。また、記憶部406には、HDD(Hard Disk Drive)、SSD(Solid State Drive)等が更に備えられ得る。 The storage unit 406 may be provided with a volatile memory (not shown) and a non-volatile memory (not shown). Examples of the volatile memory may include a RAM, etc. Examples of the non-volatile memory may include a ROM, a flash memory, etc. Data, etc. may be stored in the volatile memory, for example. Programs, tables, maps, etc. may be stored in the non-volatile memory, for example. At least a portion of the storage unit 406 may be provided in a processor, an integrated circuit, etc. as described above. Furthermore, the storage unit 406 may further be provided with a HDD (Hard Disk Drive), an SSD (Solid State Drive), etc.
 記憶部406は、例えば、ユーザ端末200、集配者端末300等から通信部402が受信した情報を記憶し得る。また、記憶部406は、例えば、後述する情報生成部418によって生成された情報を記憶し得る。記憶部406は、地図情報を更に記憶し得る。また、記憶部406は、モバイルバッテリ100の集配履歴を示す情報を更に記憶し得る。モバイルバッテリ100の集配履歴は、例えば、ユーザにモバイルバッテリ100を集配した集配者を示す情報と、モバイルバッテリ100を集配されたユーザを示す情報と、集配されたモバイルバッテリ100を示す情報とを含み得る。モバイルバッテリ100の集配履歴は、モバイルバッテリ100の集配依頼が発生した場所(ユーザ位置)を示す情報と、当該集配依頼が発生した日時を示す情報と、後述するユーザと集配者との待ち合わせ場所を示す情報とを更に含み得る。ユーザにモバイルバッテリ100を集配した集配者を示す情報と、モバイルバッテリ100を集配されたユーザを示す情報と、集配されたモバイルバッテリ100を示す情報と、モバイルバッテリ100の集配依頼が発生した場所を示す情報と、当該集配依頼が発生した日時を示す情報と、後述するユーザと集配者との待ち合わせ場所を示す情報とは、集配履歴において関連付けられ得る。 The memory unit 406 may store, for example, information received by the communication unit 402 from the user terminal 200, the collector/delivery terminal 300, etc. The memory unit 406 may also store, for example, information generated by the information generation unit 418 described below. The memory unit 406 may further store map information. The memory unit 406 may also store information indicating the collection and delivery history of the mobile battery 100. The collection and delivery history of the mobile battery 100 may include, for example, information indicating the collector who collected and delivered the mobile battery 100 to the user, information indicating the user to whom the mobile battery 100 was collected, and information indicating the collected and delivered mobile battery 100. The collection and delivery history of the mobile battery 100 may further include information indicating the location (user location) where a collection and delivery request for the mobile battery 100 was made, information indicating the date and time when the collection and delivery request was made, and information indicating the meeting place between the user and the collector/delivery person described below. Information indicating the delivery person who collected the mobile battery 100 for the user, information indicating the user to whom the mobile battery 100 was collected, information indicating the collected mobile battery 100, information indicating the location where the collection and delivery request for the mobile battery 100 was made, information indicating the date and time when the collection and delivery request was made, and information indicating the meeting place between the user and the delivery person described below can be associated in the collection and delivery history.
 演算部404には、制御部408と、登録受付部410と、位置情報取得部412と、将来位置予測部414と、バッテリ情報取得部416と、情報生成部418と、提案部420とが備えられ得る。演算部404には、過去需要情報生成部422と、集配需要予測部424と、利用実績情報取得部426と、状態判定部428と、最大充電容量判定部430と、交換時期推定部432とが更に備えられ得る。演算部404には、在庫不足ステーション判定部434と、在庫過剰ステーション判定部436と、依頼対象集配者選択部438と、配送制限集配者選択部440とが更に備えられ得る。演算部404には、低残容量バッテリ判定部442と、時間余裕判定部444と、特典付与部446と、残容量情報取得部448と、モバイルバッテリ選択部450とが更に備えられ得る。演算部404には、高残容量バッテリ判定部452と、時系列データ取得部454と、長時間高残容量バッテリ判定部456とが更に備えられ得る。演算部404には、稼働状況情報取得部458と、休憩要否判定部460と、提供情報選択部462と、集配環境情報取得部464と、故障情報取得部466とが更に備えられ得る。演算部404には、充電状況情報取得部468と、回収依頼情報配信部470とが更に備えられ得る。演算部404には、利用需要情報取得部472と、稼働指示通知部474と、稼働場所通知部476とが更に備えられ得る。演算部404には、配送依頼情報配信部478と、人流データ取得部480と、ホルダ位置決定部482と、配送先情報提供部484とが更に備えられ得る。 The calculation unit 404 may include a control unit 408, a registration reception unit 410, a location information acquisition unit 412, a future location prediction unit 414, a battery information acquisition unit 416, an information generation unit 418, and a proposal unit 420. The calculation unit 404 may further include a past demand information generation unit 422, a collection and delivery demand prediction unit 424, a usage history information acquisition unit 426, a status determination unit 428, a maximum charging capacity determination unit 430, and a replacement time estimation unit 432. The calculation unit 404 may further include an inventory shortage station determination unit 434, an inventory surplus station determination unit 436, a requested collection and delivery person selection unit 438, and a delivery restriction collection and delivery person selection unit 440. The calculation unit 404 may further include a low remaining capacity battery determination unit 442, a time margin determination unit 444, a bonus granting unit 446, a remaining capacity information acquisition unit 448, and a mobile battery selection unit 450. The calculation unit 404 may further include a high remaining capacity battery determination unit 452, a time series data acquisition unit 454, and a long-term high remaining capacity battery determination unit 456. The calculation unit 404 may further include an operation status information acquisition unit 458, a rest necessity determination unit 460, a provision information selection unit 462, a collection and delivery environment information acquisition unit 464, and a malfunction information acquisition unit 466. The calculation unit 404 may further include a charging status information acquisition unit 468 and a collection request information distribution unit 470. The calculation unit 404 may further include a usage demand information acquisition unit 472, an operation instruction notification unit 474, and an operation location notification unit 476. The calculation unit 404 may further include a delivery request information distribution unit 478, a people flow data acquisition unit 480, a holder position determination unit 482, and a delivery destination information provision unit 484.
 制御部408と、登録受付部410と、位置情報取得部412と、将来位置予測部414と、バッテリ情報取得部416と、情報生成部418と、提案部420とは、記憶部406に記憶されているプログラムを演算部404が実行することによって実現され得る。過去需要情報生成部422と、集配需要予測部424と、利用実績情報取得部426と、状態判定部428と、最大充電容量判定部430と、交換時期推定部432とは、記憶部406に記憶されているプログラムを演算部404が実行することによって実現され得る。在庫不足ステーション判定部434と、在庫過剰ステーション判定部436と、依頼対象集配者選択部438と、配送制限集配者選択部440とは、記憶部406に記憶されているプログラムを演算部404が実行することによって実現され得る。低残容量バッテリ判定部442と、時間余裕判定部444と、特典付与部446と、残容量情報取得部448と、モバイルバッテリ選択部450とは、記憶部406に記憶されているプログラムを演算部404が実行することによって実現され得る。高残容量バッテリ判定部452と、時系列データ取得部454と、長時間高残容量バッテリ判定部456とは、記憶部406に記憶されているプログラムを演算部404が実行することによって実現され得る。稼働状況情報取得部458と、休憩要否判定部460と、提供情報選択部462と、集配環境情報取得部464と、故障情報取得部466とは、記憶部406に記憶されているプログラムを演算部404が実行することによって実現され得る。充電状況情報取得部468と、回収依頼情報配信部470とは、記憶部406に記憶されているプログラムを演算部404が実行することによって実現され得る。利用需要情報取得部472と、稼働指示通知部474と、稼働場所通知部476とは、記憶部406に記憶されているプログラムを演算部404が実行することによって実現され得る。配送依頼情報配信部478と、人流データ取得部480と、ホルダ位置決定部482と、配送先情報提供部484とは、記憶部406に記憶されているプログラムを演算部404が実行することによって実現され得る。 The control unit 408, the registration reception unit 410, the location information acquisition unit 412, the future location prediction unit 414, the battery information acquisition unit 416, the information generation unit 418, and the proposal unit 420 can be realized by the calculation unit 404 executing the programs stored in the memory unit 406. The past demand information generation unit 422, the collection and delivery demand prediction unit 424, the usage history information acquisition unit 426, the status determination unit 428, the maximum charging capacity determination unit 430, and the replacement time estimation unit 432 can be realized by the calculation unit 404 executing the programs stored in the memory unit 406. The inventory shortage station determination unit 434, the inventory excess station determination unit 436, the requested collection and delivery person selection unit 438, and the delivery restriction collection and delivery person selection unit 440 can be realized by the calculation unit 404 executing the programs stored in the memory unit 406. The low remaining capacity battery determination unit 442, the time margin determination unit 444, the benefit granting unit 446, the remaining capacity information acquisition unit 448, and the mobile battery selection unit 450 can be realized by the calculation unit 404 executing a program stored in the storage unit 406. The high remaining capacity battery determination unit 452, the time series data acquisition unit 454, and the long-term high remaining capacity battery determination unit 456 can be realized by the calculation unit 404 executing a program stored in the storage unit 406. The operation status information acquisition unit 458, the rest necessity determination unit 460, the provision information selection unit 462, the collection and delivery environment information acquisition unit 464, and the malfunction information acquisition unit 466 can be realized by the calculation unit 404 executing a program stored in the storage unit 406. The charging status information acquisition unit 468 and the collection request information distribution unit 470 can be realized by the calculation unit 404 executing a program stored in the storage unit 406. The usage demand information acquisition unit 472, the operation instruction notification unit 474, and the operation location notification unit 476 can be realized by the calculation unit 404 executing the programs stored in the memory unit 406. The delivery request information distribution unit 478, the people flow data acquisition unit 480, the holder position determination unit 482, and the delivery destination information provision unit 484 can be realized by the calculation unit 404 executing the programs stored in the memory unit 406.
 なお、制御部408と、登録受付部410と、位置情報取得部412と、将来位置予測部414と、バッテリ情報取得部416と、情報生成部418と、提案部420とのうちの少なくとも一部が、ASIC、FPGA等の集積回路によって実現されてもよい。過去需要情報生成部422と、集配需要予測部424と、利用実績情報取得部426と、状態判定部428と、最大充電容量判定部430と、交換時期推定部432とのうちの少なくとも一部が、ASIC、FPGA等の集積回路によって実現されてもよい。在庫不足ステーション判定部434と、在庫過剰ステーション判定部436と、依頼対象集配者選択部438と、配送制限集配者選択部440とのうちの少なくとも一部が、ASIC、FPGA等の集積回路によって実現されてもよい。低残容量バッテリ判定部442と、時間余裕判定部444と、特典付与部446と、残容量情報取得部448と、モバイルバッテリ選択部450とのうちの少なくとも一部が、ASIC、FPGA等の集積回路によって実現されてもよい。高残容量バッテリ判定部452と、時系列データ取得部454と、長時間高残容量バッテリ判定部456とのうちの少なくとも一部が、ASIC、FPGA等の集積回路によって実現されてもよい。稼働状況情報取得部458と、休憩要否判定部460と、提供情報選択部462と、集配環境情報取得部464と、故障情報取得部466とのうちの少なくとも一部が、ASIC、FPGA等の集積回路によって実現されてもよい。充電状況情報取得部468と、回収依頼情報配信部470とのうちの少なくとも一部が、ASIC、FPGA等の集積回路によって実現されてもよい。利用需要情報取得部472と、稼働指示通知部474と、稼働場所通知部476とのうちの少なくとも一部が、ASIC、FPGA等の集積回路によって実現されてもよい。配送依頼情報配信部478と、人流データ取得部480と、ホルダ位置決定部482と、配送先情報提供部484とのうちの少なくとも一部が、ASIC、FPGA等の集積回路によって実現されてもよい。 At least a portion of the control unit 408, the registration reception unit 410, the location information acquisition unit 412, the future location prediction unit 414, the battery information acquisition unit 416, the information generation unit 418, and the proposal unit 420 may be realized by an integrated circuit such as an ASIC or an FPGA. At least a portion of the past demand information generation unit 422, the collection and delivery demand prediction unit 424, the usage history information acquisition unit 426, the status determination unit 428, the maximum charging capacity determination unit 430, and the replacement time estimation unit 432 may be realized by an integrated circuit such as an ASIC or an FPGA. At least a portion of the stock shortage station determination unit 434, the stock excess station determination unit 436, the requested collection and delivery person selection unit 438, and the delivery restriction collection and delivery person selection unit 440 may be realized by an integrated circuit such as an ASIC or an FPGA. At least some of the low remaining capacity battery determination unit 442, the time margin determination unit 444, the bonus granting unit 446, the remaining capacity information acquisition unit 448, and the mobile battery selection unit 450 may be realized by an integrated circuit such as an ASIC or an FPGA. At least some of the high remaining capacity battery determination unit 452, the time series data acquisition unit 454, and the long-term high remaining capacity battery determination unit 456 may be realized by an integrated circuit such as an ASIC or an FPGA. At least some of the operation status information acquisition unit 458, the rest necessity determination unit 460, the provided information selection unit 462, the collection and delivery environment information acquisition unit 464, and the malfunction information acquisition unit 466 may be realized by an integrated circuit such as an ASIC or an FPGA. At least some of the charging status information acquisition unit 468 and the collection request information distribution unit 470 may be realized by an integrated circuit such as an ASIC or an FPGA. At least a portion of the usage demand information acquisition unit 472, the operation instruction notification unit 474, and the operation location notification unit 476 may be realized by an integrated circuit such as an ASIC or an FPGA. At least a portion of the delivery request information distribution unit 478, the people flow data acquisition unit 480, the holder position determination unit 482, and the delivery destination information provision unit 484 may be realized by an integrated circuit such as an ASIC or an FPGA.
 また、制御部408と、登録受付部410と、位置情報取得部412と、将来位置予測部414と、バッテリ情報取得部416と、情報生成部418と、提案部420とのうちの少なくとも一部が、ディスクリートデバイスを含む電子回路によって構成されてもよい。過去需要情報生成部422と、集配需要予測部424と、利用実績情報取得部426と、状態判定部428と、最大充電容量判定部430と、交換時期推定部432とのうちの少なくとも一部が、ディスクリートデバイスを含む電子回路によって構成されてもよい。在庫不足ステーション判定部434と、在庫過剰ステーション判定部436と、依頼対象集配者選択部438と、配送制限集配者選択部440とのうちの少なくとも一部が、ディスクリートデバイスを含む電子回路によって構成されてもよい。低残容量バッテリ判定部442と、時間余裕判定部444と、特典付与部446と、残容量情報取得部448と、モバイルバッテリ選択部450とのうちの少なくとも一部が、ディスクリートデバイスを含む電子回路によって構成されてもよい。高残容量バッテリ判定部452と、時系列データ取得部454と、長時間高残容量バッテリ判定部456とのうちの少なくとも一部が、ディスクリートデバイスを含む電子回路によって構成されてもよい。稼働状況情報取得部458と、休憩要否判定部460と、提供情報選択部462と、集配環境情報取得部464と、故障情報取得部466とのうちの少なくとも一部が、ディスクリートデバイスを含む電子回路によって構成されてもよい。充電状況情報取得部468と、回収依頼情報配信部470とのうちの少なくとも一部が、ディスクリートデバイスを含む電子回路によって構成されてもよい。利用需要情報取得部472と、稼働指示通知部474と、稼働場所通知部476とのうちの少なくとも一部が、ディスクリートデバイスを含む電子回路によって構成されてもよい。 Furthermore, at least a portion of the control unit 408, the registration reception unit 410, the position information acquisition unit 412, the future position prediction unit 414, the battery information acquisition unit 416, the information generation unit 418, and the proposal unit 420 may be configured by electronic circuits including discrete devices. At least a portion of the past demand information generation unit 422, the collection and delivery demand prediction unit 424, the usage history information acquisition unit 426, the status determination unit 428, the maximum charging capacity determination unit 430, and the replacement time estimation unit 432 may be configured by electronic circuits including discrete devices. At least a portion of the inventory shortage station determination unit 434, the inventory excess station determination unit 436, the requested collection and delivery person selection unit 438, and the delivery restriction collection and delivery person selection unit 440 may be configured by electronic circuits including discrete devices. At least a part of the low remaining capacity battery determination unit 442, the time margin determination unit 444, the bonus granting unit 446, the remaining capacity information acquisition unit 448, and the mobile battery selection unit 450 may be configured by an electronic circuit including a discrete device. At least a part of the high remaining capacity battery determination unit 452, the time series data acquisition unit 454, and the long-term high remaining capacity battery determination unit 456 may be configured by an electronic circuit including a discrete device. At least a part of the operation status information acquisition unit 458, the rest necessity determination unit 460, the provided information selection unit 462, the collection and delivery environment information acquisition unit 464, and the malfunction information acquisition unit 466 may be configured by an electronic circuit including a discrete device. At least a part of the charging status information acquisition unit 468 and the collection request information distribution unit 470 may be configured by an electronic circuit including a discrete device. At least a portion of the usage demand information acquisition unit 472, the operation instruction notification unit 474, and the operation location notification unit 476 may be configured by an electronic circuit including a discrete device.
 制御部408は、管理装置400の全体の制御を司る。例えば制御部408は、通信部402を制御して、記憶部406によって記憶されている情報をユーザ端末200、集配者端末300に適宜送信し得る。 The control unit 408 is responsible for the overall control of the management device 400. For example, the control unit 408 can control the communication unit 402 to transmit information stored in the memory unit 406 to the user terminal 200 and the delivery person terminal 300 as appropriate.
 登録受付部410は、シェアリングシステム10をユーザとして利用することを希望する者が行うユーザ登録を受け付ける。シェアリングシステム10をユーザとして利用することを希望する者は、例えばスマートフォン等の端末にインストール可能な所定のアプリケーションソフトを用いて、ユーザ登録を行い得る。登録受付部410は、ユーザ登録を済ませたユーザに固有の情報である識別情報を記憶部406に記憶させ得る。ユーザの識別情報は、以下の説明においてユーザ識別情報とも称される。 The registration reception unit 410 accepts user registration by a person who wishes to use the sharing system 10 as a user. A person who wishes to use the sharing system 10 as a user can register as a user using a specific application software that can be installed on a terminal such as a smartphone. The registration reception unit 410 can store identification information, which is information unique to a user who has completed user registration, in the storage unit 406. The user identification information is also referred to as user identification information in the following description.
 また、登録受付部410は、集配者として活動することを希望する者が行う集配者登録を受け付ける。集配者として活動することを希望する者は、例えばスマートフォン等の端末にインストール可能な所定のアプリケーションソフトを用いて、集配者登録を行い得る。登録受付部410は、集配者登録を済ませた集配者に固有の情報である識別情報を記憶部406に記憶させ得る。集配者の識別情報は、以下の説明において集配者識別情報とも称される。 The registration reception unit 410 also accepts delivery and collection agent registrations made by individuals who wish to act as delivery and collection agents. Individuals who wish to act as delivery and collection agents can register as delivery and collection agents using a specific application software that can be installed on a terminal such as a smartphone. The registration reception unit 410 can store in the memory unit 406 identification information, which is information unique to delivery and collection agents who have registered as delivery and collection agents. The identification information of delivery and collection agents is also referred to as delivery and collection agent identification information in the following description.
 位置情報取得部412は、通信部402がユーザ端末200から受信したユーザ位置情報を取得する。位置情報取得部412は、ユーザ位置情報を逐次取得し得る。位置情報取得部412は、複数のユーザ端末200から、複数のユーザ位置情報を取得し得る。位置情報取得部412は、取得したユーザ位置情報を、ユーザ識別情報に関連付けて記憶部406に記憶させ得る。 The location information acquisition unit 412 acquires user location information received by the communication unit 402 from the user terminal 200. The location information acquisition unit 412 may acquire user location information sequentially. The location information acquisition unit 412 may acquire multiple pieces of user location information from multiple user terminals 200. The location information acquisition unit 412 may store the acquired user location information in the storage unit 406 in association with user identification information.
 また、位置情報取得部412は、通信部402が集配者端末300から受信した集配者位置情報を取得する。位置情報取得部412は、集配者位置情報を逐次取得し得る。位置情報取得部412は、複数の集配者端末300から、複数の集配者位置情報を取得し得る。位置情報取得部412は、取得した集配者位置情報を、集配者識別情報に関連付けて記憶部406に記憶させ得る。 The location information acquisition unit 412 also acquires the delivery person location information received by the communication unit 402 from the delivery person terminal 300. The location information acquisition unit 412 may sequentially acquire delivery person location information. The location information acquisition unit 412 may acquire multiple pieces of delivery person location information from multiple delivery person terminals 300. The location information acquisition unit 412 may store the acquired delivery person location information in the memory unit 406 in association with delivery person identification information.
 将来位置予測部414は、将来のユーザ位置である将来ユーザ位置を予測する。換言すれば、将来位置予測部414は、ユーザの将来位置を予測する。将来位置予測部414は、例えば、ユーザの行動計画と、位置情報取得部412によって取得されたユーザ位置とに基づいて、将来ユーザ位置を予測する。将来位置予測部414は、予測した将来ユーザ位置を、ユーザ識別情報に関連付けて記憶部406に記憶させ得る。 The future position prediction unit 414 predicts a future user position, which is the user's position in the future. In other words, the future position prediction unit 414 predicts the user's future position. The future position prediction unit 414 predicts the future user position, for example, based on the user's action plan and the user position acquired by the position information acquisition unit 412. The future position prediction unit 414 can store the predicted future user position in the storage unit 406 in association with the user identification information.
 ユーザの行動計画は、例えばユーザの目的地、当該目的地へのユーザの到着予定時刻、当該目的地へのユーザの移動手段等を示す情報である。ユーザは、ユーザ端末200を操作して、当該ユーザの行動計画を管理装置400に送信し得る。なお、将来位置予測部414は、ユーザの現在の行動に基づいて、ユーザの将来位置を予測してもよい。例えば、ユーザが列車を利用している場合、当該列車の時刻表等に基づいて、ユーザの将来位置が予測され得る。また、例えば、ユーザが道路を歩行中の場合、当該道路に関する地図情報と、当該ユーザの移動速度と、当該ユーザの移動方向とに基づいて、当該ユーザの将来位置が予測され得る。また、将来位置予測部414は、当該ユーザのスケジュール情報に基づいて、当該ユーザの将来位置を予測してもよい。スケジュール情報は、ユーザ端末200に備えられた記憶部212に予め記憶され得る。 The user's action plan is information indicating, for example, the user's destination, the user's expected arrival time at the destination, the user's means of transportation to the destination, etc. The user may operate the user terminal 200 to transmit the user's action plan to the management device 400. The future position prediction unit 414 may predict the user's future position based on the user's current action. For example, if the user is using a train, the user's future position may be predicted based on the train's timetable, etc. Also, for example, if the user is walking on a road, the user's future position may be predicted based on map information about the road, the user's moving speed, and the user's moving direction. Also, the future position prediction unit 414 may predict the user's future position based on the user's schedule information. The schedule information may be stored in advance in the storage unit 212 provided in the user terminal 200.
 バッテリ情報取得部416は、通信部402を介して、モバイルバッテリ100のバッテリ情報を取得する。なお、上述したように、バッテリ情報は、モバイルバッテリ100の識別情報と、当該モバイルバッテリ100の残容量を示す情報とを含み得る。バッテリ情報取得部416は、取得したバッテリ情報を、当該バッテリ情報が示すモバイルバッテリ100を所持しているユーザに関連付けて、記憶部406に記憶させ得る。バッテリ情報取得部416は、取得したバッテリ情報を、当該バッテリ情報が示すモバイルバッテリ100を所持している集配者に関連付けて、記憶部406に記憶させ得る。バッテリ情報取得部416は、取得したバッテリ情報を、当該バッテリ情報が示すモバイルバッテリ100が配されているバッテリステーション12に関連付けて、記憶部406に記憶させ得る。 The battery information acquisition unit 416 acquires battery information of the mobile battery 100 via the communication unit 402. As described above, the battery information may include identification information of the mobile battery 100 and information indicating the remaining capacity of the mobile battery 100. The battery information acquisition unit 416 may associate the acquired battery information with the user who possesses the mobile battery 100 indicated by the battery information and store it in the memory unit 406. The battery information acquisition unit 416 may associate the acquired battery information with the delivery person who possesses the mobile battery 100 indicated by the battery information and store it in the memory unit 406. The battery information acquisition unit 416 may associate the acquired battery information with the battery station 12 in which the mobile battery 100 indicated by the battery information is located and store it in the memory unit 406.
 情報生成部418は、集配者情報を生成する。集配者情報は、上述したように、ユーザに対してモバイルバッテリ100を集配し得る集配者に関する情報である。情報生成部418は、集配者位置とユーザ位置とに基づいて集配者情報を生成し得る。より具体的には、情報生成部418は、集配者位置とユーザ位置と地図情報とに基づいて集配者情報を生成し得る。情報生成部418は、ユーザ位置から所定範囲内にある集配者位置を示す情報を、集配者情報に含ませ得る。より具体的に、例えば情報生成部418は、ユーザ位置から所定範囲内にある集配者位置を示す図形をユーザ端末200の表示部204に地図MPとともに表示させるための情報を、集配者情報に含ませ得る。なお、所定範囲は、将来ユーザ位置から所定距離以内となる範囲でもよいし、集配者が将来ユーザ位置に到達するための想定移動時間が所定時間以内となる範囲でもよい。 The information generating unit 418 generates the delivery person information. As described above, the delivery person information is information about a delivery person who can deliver the mobile battery 100 to the user. The information generating unit 418 can generate the delivery person information based on the delivery person position and the user position. More specifically, the information generating unit 418 can generate the delivery person information based on the delivery person position, the user position, and map information. The information generating unit 418 can include information indicating a delivery person position within a predetermined range from the user position in the delivery person information. More specifically, for example, the information generating unit 418 can include information for displaying a graphic indicating a delivery person position within a predetermined range from the user position together with the map MP on the display unit 204 of the user terminal 200 in the delivery person information. The predetermined range may be a range within a predetermined distance from the user position in the future, or a range within which the expected travel time for the delivery person to reach the user position in the future is within a predetermined time.
 制御部408は、情報生成部418によって生成された集配者情報を、通信部402を介してユーザ端末200に送信し得る。ユーザ端末200の情報提供部216は、管理装置400から受信した集配者情報を表示部204に表示し得る。これにより、集配者情報がユーザに提供される。 The control unit 408 may transmit the delivery person information generated by the information generation unit 418 to the user terminal 200 via the communication unit 402. The information provision unit 216 of the user terminal 200 may display the delivery person information received from the management device 400 on the display unit 204. In this way, the delivery person information is provided to the user.
 上述したように、集配者情報は、集配者位置を示す図形をユーザ端末200の表示部204に地図MPとともに表示させるための情報を含み得る。その場合、情報提供部216は、表示部204に地図MPを表示するとともに、集配者位置を示す図形500を地図MP上に表示し得る(図8、図9も参照)。これにより、ユーザは、当該ユーザにモバイルバッテリ100を集配し得る集配者の位置を容易に把握し得る。 As described above, the delivery person information may include information for displaying a graphic indicating the delivery person's location together with the map MP on the display unit 204 of the user terminal 200. In this case, the information providing unit 216 may display the map MP on the display unit 204 and also display a graphic 500 indicating the delivery person's location on the map MP (see also Figures 8 and 9). This allows the user to easily grasp the location of a delivery person who can collect and deliver the mobile battery 100 to the user.
 情報提供部216は、当該情報提供部216が備えられたユーザ端末200を所持しているユーザの位置を示す図形を地図MP上に更に表示してもよい。これにより、ユーザは、当該ユーザと集配者との位置関係を容易に把握し得る。ユーザ位置を示す図形を地図MP上に表示させる場合、情報提供部216は、ユーザ端末200の測位部206からユーザ位置情報を取得し得るが、これに限定されない。情報提供部216は、管理装置400からユーザ位置情報を取得してもよい。 The information providing unit 216 may further display on the map MP a graphic indicating the position of the user who is carrying the user terminal 200 equipped with the information providing unit 216. This allows the user to easily understand the positional relationship between the user and the delivery person. When displaying a graphic indicating the user's position on the map MP, the information providing unit 216 may acquire user position information from the positioning unit 206 of the user terminal 200, but is not limited to this. The information providing unit 216 may also acquire user position information from the management device 400.
 図6は、管理システム16の動作の例を示すフローチャートである。ユーザに対して集配者情報を提供する場合の例が、図6には示されている。 FIG. 6 is a flowchart showing an example of the operation of the management system 16. FIG. 6 shows an example of providing delivery and collection information to a user.
 ステップS1において、管理装置400の位置情報取得部412が、集配者位置情報を取得する。また、ステップS2において、管理装置400の位置情報取得部412が、ユーザ位置情報を取得する。 In step S1, the location information acquisition unit 412 of the management device 400 acquires delivery person location information. In step S2, the location information acquisition unit 412 of the management device 400 acquires user location information.
 次にステップS3に移り、管理装置400の情報生成部418が集配者情報を生成する。情報生成部418は、将来ユーザ位置と集配者位置とに基づいて集配者情報を生成する。 Then, the process moves to step S3, where the information generating unit 418 of the management device 400 generates delivery person information. The information generating unit 418 generates delivery person information based on the future user position and delivery person position.
 次にステップS4に移り、管理装置400の通信部402が、情報生成部418によって生成された集配者情報をユーザ端末200に送信する。 Then, proceed to step S4, where the communication unit 402 of the management device 400 transmits the delivery person information generated by the information generation unit 418 to the user terminal 200.
 次にステップS5に移り、ユーザ端末200の情報提供部216が、管理装置400から受信した集配者情報をユーザに提供する。すなわち、ユーザ端末200を用いて集配者情報がユーザに提供される。情報提供部216は、例えば表示部204に地図MPを表示するとともに、集配者位置を示す図形を当該地図MP上に表示させることで、集配者情報をユーザに提供する。こうして、図6に例示する動作が完了する。 Then, the process moves to step S5, where the information providing unit 216 of the user terminal 200 provides the delivery person information received from the management device 400 to the user. That is, the delivery person information is provided to the user using the user terminal 200. The information providing unit 216 provides the delivery person information to the user, for example, by displaying a map MP on the display unit 204 and displaying a figure indicating the delivery person's position on the map MP. In this way, the operation illustrated in FIG. 6 is completed.
 情報生成部418は、集配者位置と将来ユーザ位置とに基づいて集配者情報を生成してもよい。より具体的には、情報生成部418は、集配者位置と将来ユーザ位置と地図情報とに基づいて集配者情報を生成してもよい。上述したように、将来ユーザ位置は、将来位置予測部414によって、ユーザ位置に基づいて予測され得る。この場合、情報生成部418は、将来ユーザ位置から所定範囲内にある集配者位置を示す情報を、集配者情報に含ませ得る。より具体的に、情報生成部418は、将来ユーザ位置から所定範囲内にある集配者位置を示す図形をユーザ端末200の表示部204に地図MPとともに表示させるための情報を、集配者情報に含ませ得る。 The information generating unit 418 may generate the delivery person information based on the delivery person position and the future user position. More specifically, the information generating unit 418 may generate the delivery person information based on the delivery person position, the future user position, and map information. As described above, the future user position may be predicted by the future position prediction unit 414 based on the user position. In this case, the information generating unit 418 may include information indicating a delivery person position within a predetermined range from the future user position in the delivery person information. More specifically, the information generating unit 418 may include information for displaying a graphic indicating a delivery person position within a predetermined range from the future user position on the display unit 204 of the user terminal 200 together with the map MP in the delivery person information.
 図7は、管理システム16の動作の例を示すフローチャートである。集配者情報が将来ユーザ位置を用いて生成される場合の例が、図7には示されている。 FIG. 7 is a flowchart showing an example of the operation of the management system 16. FIG. 7 shows an example in which delivery person information is generated using a future user location.
 図7のステップS1は、図6のステップS1と同様に行われ得る。また、図7のステップS2は、図6のステップS2と同様に行われ得る。 Step S1 in FIG. 7 can be performed in the same manner as step S1 in FIG. 6. Also, step S2 in FIG. 7 can be performed in the same manner as step S2 in FIG. 6.
 図7に示す例では、ステップS2の後にステップS6が行われ得る。ステップS6では、管理装置400の将来位置予測部414が、将来ユーザ位置を予測する。将来位置予測部414は、例えば、ユーザ位置情報とユーザの行動計画とに基づいて将来ユーザ位置を予測する。ユーザ位置情報は、上述したように、ステップS2において取得される。ユーザの行動計画は、上述したように、ユーザによって、ユーザ端末200を用いて管理装置400に適宜送信される。 In the example shown in FIG. 7, step S6 may be performed after step S2. In step S6, the future position prediction unit 414 of the management device 400 predicts the future user position. The future position prediction unit 414 predicts the future user position, for example, based on the user position information and the user's action plan. The user position information is acquired in step S2, as described above. The user's action plan is appropriately transmitted by the user to the management device 400 using the user terminal 200, as described above.
 図7によれば、ステップS6の次に、ステップS3が行われる。ステップS3では、管理装置400の情報生成部418が集配者情報を生成する。図7のステップS3では、情報生成部418は、将来ユーザ位置と集配者位置とに基づいて集配者情報を生成する。 According to FIG. 7, step S3 is performed after step S6. In step S3, the information generating unit 418 of the management device 400 generates delivery person information. In step S3 of FIG. 7, the information generating unit 418 generates delivery person information based on the future user position and delivery person position.
 図7によれば、ステップS3の後に、ステップS4とステップS5とが行われる。図7のステップS4は、図6のステップS4と同様に行われ得る。また、図7のステップS5は、図6のステップS5と同様に行われ得る。こうして、図7に例示する動作が完了する。 According to FIG. 7, steps S4 and S5 are performed after step S3. Step S4 in FIG. 7 can be performed in the same manner as step S4 in FIG. 6. Also, step S5 in FIG. 7 can be performed in the same manner as step S5 in FIG. 6. In this way, the operation illustrated in FIG. 7 is completed.
 情報生成部418は、モバイルバッテリ100の配送とモバイルバッテリ100の回収とのうちのいずれをユーザが要し得るかに応じて、当該ユーザに提供する集配者情報の内容を異ならせてもよい。この点を踏まえ、情報生成部418について更に説明する。 The information generating unit 418 may vary the content of the delivery/collection information provided to the user depending on whether the user requires delivery of the mobile battery 100 or collection of the mobile battery 100. With this in mind, the information generating unit 418 will be further described.
 モバイルバッテリ100の配送を要し得るユーザには、配送者に関する集配者情報が提供されることが好ましい。配送者に関する集配者情報は、以下の説明において配送者情報とも称される。情報生成部418は、将来ユーザ位置を示す情報と配送者位置情報とに基づいて、将来ユーザ位置から所定範囲内にある配送者位置を示す情報を配送者情報に含ませ得る。また、情報生成部418は、バッテリ情報取得部416によって取得されたバッテリ情報に基づいて、配送者が所持しているモバイルバッテリ100の残容量を示す情報をも配送者情報に含ませ得る。これにより、ユーザ端末200の情報提供部216は、配送者が所持しているモバイルバッテリ100の残容量を示す情報をユーザに提供し得る。ユーザは、提供された配送者情報を用いて、当該ユーザが所望する残容量を有するモバイルバッテリ100を配送可能な配送者を容易に発見し得る。 It is preferable that delivery information about a delivery person is provided to a user who may require delivery of a mobile battery 100. The delivery information about a delivery person is also referred to as delivery person information in the following description. The information generating unit 418 may include information indicating a delivery person's position within a predetermined range from the future user's position in the delivery person information based on information indicating the future user's position and the delivery person position information. The information generating unit 418 may also include information indicating the remaining capacity of the mobile battery 100 possessed by the delivery person in the delivery person information based on the battery information acquired by the battery information acquiring unit 416. This allows the information providing unit 216 of the user terminal 200 to provide the user with information indicating the remaining capacity of the mobile battery 100 possessed by the delivery person. Using the provided delivery person information, the user may easily find a delivery person who can deliver a mobile battery 100 with the remaining capacity desired by the user.
 情報生成部418は、配送者が所持しているモバイルバッテリ100の残容量を示す図形をユーザ端末200の表示部204に表示させるための情報を、配送者情報に含ませてもよい。これにより、情報提供部216は、集配者が所持しているモバイルバッテリ100の残容量を示す図形を地図MPとともに表示部204に表示させ得る。配送者が所持しているモバイルバッテリ100の残容量を示す図形は、例えば当該残容量に応じて形状と色とサイズとのうちの少なくとも1つが変化する。ユーザは、表示部204を見ることで、配送者が所持するモバイルバッテリ100の残容量を容易に把握し得る。 The information generating unit 418 may include in the deliverer information information for displaying a graphic indicating the remaining capacity of the mobile battery 100 possessed by the deliverer on the display unit 204 of the user terminal 200. This allows the information providing unit 216 to display a graphic indicating the remaining capacity of the mobile battery 100 possessed by the delivery person on the display unit 204 together with the map MP. The graphic indicating the remaining capacity of the mobile battery 100 possessed by the deliverer changes at least one of the shape, color, and size according to the remaining capacity, for example. By looking at the display unit 204, the user can easily grasp the remaining capacity of the mobile battery 100 possessed by the deliverer.
 情報生成部418は、ユーザが所持しているモバイルバッテリ100の残容量が予め決められた閾値である残容量閾値以下になった場合にのみ、当該ユーザに提供する配送者情報を生成してもよい。これにより、ユーザ端末200の情報提供部216は、所持しているモバイルバッテリ100の残容量が残容量閾値以下になったユーザに対して、当該ユーザに別のモバイルバッテリ100を配送し得る配送者に関する配送者情報を提供し得る。すなわち、情報提供部216は、モバイルバッテリ100の配送を要する可能性が高いユーザに対して、配送者情報を提供し得る。残容量閾値は、管理装置400の記憶部406によって予め記憶され得る。 The information generating unit 418 may generate delivery person information to be provided to a user only when the remaining capacity of the mobile battery 100 owned by the user falls below a predetermined remaining capacity threshold. This allows the information providing unit 216 of the user terminal 200 to provide a user whose remaining capacity of the mobile battery 100 owned by the user falls below the remaining capacity threshold with delivery person information regarding a delivery person who can deliver another mobile battery 100 to the user. In other words, the information providing unit 216 can provide delivery person information to a user who is likely to require delivery of a mobile battery 100. The remaining capacity threshold can be stored in advance by the memory unit 406 of the management device 400.
 情報生成部418は、配送者が所持しているモバイルバッテリ100の数を示す情報を配送者情報に含ませてもよい。情報生成部418は、配送者が所持しているモバイルバッテリ100の数を示す情報を、例えばモバイルバッテリ100の集配履歴に基づいて取得し得る。その場合、情報生成部418は、配送者が所持しているモバイルバッテリ100の数を示す図形を地図MPとともにユーザ端末200の表示部204に表示させるための情報を、配送者情報に含ませ得る。これにより、情報提供部216は、配送者が所持しているモバイルバッテリ100の数を示す図形を地図MPとともにユーザ端末200の表示部204に表示させ得る。モバイルバッテリ100のユーザは、表示部204を見ることで、当該ユーザが所望する個数のモバイルバッテリ100を配送可能な配送者を容易に発見し得る。 The information generating unit 418 may include information indicating the number of mobile batteries 100 possessed by the deliverer in the deliverer information. The information generating unit 418 may acquire information indicating the number of mobile batteries 100 possessed by the deliverer, for example, based on the collection and delivery history of the mobile batteries 100. In this case, the information generating unit 418 may include information for displaying a graphic indicating the number of mobile batteries 100 possessed by the deliverer on the display unit 204 of the user terminal 200 together with the map MP in the deliverer information. This allows the information providing unit 216 to display a graphic indicating the number of mobile batteries 100 possessed by the deliverer on the display unit 204 of the user terminal 200 together with the map MP. By looking at the display unit 204, the user of the mobile battery 100 can easily find a deliverer who can deliver the number of mobile batteries 100 desired by the user.
 図8は、ユーザ端末200の表示部204における表示の例を示す図である。回収者情報を表示部204に表示する場合の例が、図8には示されている。 FIG. 8 is a diagram showing an example of a display on the display unit 204 of the user terminal 200. FIG. 8 shows an example of a case in which collector information is displayed on the display unit 204.
 配送者情報を受信したユーザ端末200の情報提供部216は、例えば図8に例示される表示画面204aを、表示部204に表示させ得る。表示画面204aには、地図MPと図形500と図形502と図形504とが表示され得る。図形500と図形502と図形504とは地図MP上に表示され得る。図形500は配送者位置(集配者位置)を示す。図形502はユーザ位置を示す。すなわち、図8の図形502は、図8の表示画面204aを表示している表示部204が備えられているユーザ端末200の位置を示す。図形504は、配送者が所持するモバイルバッテリ100の残容量を示す。 The information providing unit 216 of the user terminal 200 that has received the deliverer information may cause the display unit 204 to display, for example, the display screen 204a illustrated in FIG. 8. A map MP, a figure 500, a figure 502, and a figure 504 may be displayed on the display screen 204a. The figures 500, 502, and 504 may be displayed on the map MP. The figure 500 indicates the deliverer location (delivery/collection location). The figure 502 indicates the user location. That is, the figure 502 in FIG. 8 indicates the location of the user terminal 200 that is equipped with the display unit 204 that is displaying the display screen 204a in FIG. 8. The figure 504 indicates the remaining capacity of the mobile battery 100 possessed by the deliverer.
 図形504は、配送者が所持するモバイルバッテリ100の残容量に応じて、例えば色、サイズ等が変化する。例えば図8の図形504は、モバイルバッテリ100の残容量を示す残量メータを表している。図8の図形504の色付き部分(黒塗り部分)が多いほど、モバイルバッテリ100の残容量が多いことを表している。配送者が所持するモバイルバッテリ100の数に応じた数の図形504が、表示画面204aに表示され得る。すなわち、図形504の数は、配送者が所持するモバイルバッテリ100の数を示す。 The color, size, etc. of the graphic 504 change depending on the remaining capacity of the mobile battery 100 possessed by the delivery person. For example, the graphic 504 in FIG. 8 represents a remaining capacity meter that indicates the remaining capacity of the mobile battery 100. The more colored portions (blackened portions) there are in the graphic 504 in FIG. 8, the more remaining capacity the mobile battery 100 has. A number of graphics 504 corresponding to the number of mobile batteries 100 possessed by the delivery person can be displayed on the display screen 204a. In other words, the number of graphics 504 indicates the number of mobile batteries 100 possessed by the delivery person.
 情報提供部216は、モバイル機器バッテリの残容量を示す情報を、表示部204に表示させてもよい。モバイル機器バッテリは、例えば、ユーザ端末200に備えられたメインバッテリである。モバイル機器バッテリのより詳しい説明は後述する。ユーザが既にモバイルバッテリ100を所持している場合、情報提供部216は、当該モバイルバッテリ100の残容量を示す情報を、表示部204に表示させてもよい。情報提供部216は、例えば図8に示すように、図形506を表示画面204aに更に表示させてもよい。図形506は、モバイル機器バッテリの残容量を示してもよいし、ユーザが所持しているモバイルバッテリ100の残容量を示してもよい。図形506の表示位置は、図8においては表示画面204aのうちの地図MPを避けた位置であるが、これに限定されない。 The information providing unit 216 may cause the display unit 204 to display information indicating the remaining capacity of the mobile device battery. The mobile device battery is, for example, a main battery provided in the user terminal 200. A more detailed explanation of the mobile device battery will be given later. If the user already has a mobile battery 100, the information providing unit 216 may cause the display unit 204 to display information indicating the remaining capacity of the mobile battery 100. The information providing unit 216 may further display a figure 506 on the display screen 204a, for example, as shown in FIG. 8. The figure 506 may indicate the remaining capacity of the mobile device battery, or may indicate the remaining capacity of the mobile battery 100 that the user has. The display position of the figure 506 is a position on the display screen 204a that avoids the map MP in FIG. 8, but is not limited to this.
 配送者位置を示す図形500の色、サイズ等は、ユーザが所持しているモバイルバッテリ100の残容量と、配送者が配送可能なモバイルバッテリ100の残容量と、に応じて変化してもよい。例えば図形500の色、サイズ等は、ユーザが所持しているモバイルバッテリ100の残容量よりも多い残容量のモバイルバッテリ100を配送可能な配送者を示しているか否かに応じて変化してもよい。これにより、ユーザは、当該ユーザが所持しているモバイルバッテリ100の残容量よりも多い残容量を有するモバイルバッテリ100を配送可能な配送者を容易に発見し得る。この場合、情報生成部418は、ユーザが所持しているモバイルバッテリ100の残容量を示す情報と、配送者が配送可能なモバイルバッテリ100の残容量を示す情報とに基づいて配送者情報を生成する。配送者情報において指示された図形500の色、サイズ等を、ユーザ端末200(演算部210)が、ユーザが所持しているモバイルバッテリ100の残容量を示す情報と、配送者が配送可能なモバイルバッテリ100の残容量を示す情報とに基づいて変更してもよい。配送者が所持するモバイルバッテリ100の残容量を示す図形504の色、サイズ等が、ユーザが所持しているモバイルバッテリ100の残容量と、配送者が配送可能なモバイルバッテリ100の残容量とに応じて変化してもよい。 The color, size, etc. of the figure 500 indicating the location of the deliverer may change depending on the remaining capacity of the mobile battery 100 possessed by the user and the remaining capacity of the mobile battery 100 that the deliverer can deliver. For example, the color, size, etc. of the figure 500 may change depending on whether or not it indicates a deliverer who can deliver a mobile battery 100 with a remaining capacity greater than that of the mobile battery 100 possessed by the user. This allows the user to easily find a deliverer who can deliver a mobile battery 100 with a remaining capacity greater than that of the mobile battery 100 possessed by the user. In this case, the information generating unit 418 generates the deliverer information based on the information indicating the remaining capacity of the mobile battery 100 possessed by the user and the information indicating the remaining capacity of the mobile battery 100 that the deliverer can deliver. The user terminal 200 (calculation unit 210) may change the color, size, etc. of the figure 500 indicated in the deliverer information based on the information indicating the remaining capacity of the mobile battery 100 possessed by the user and the information indicating the remaining capacity of the mobile battery 100 that the deliverer can deliver. The color, size, etc. of the figure 504 indicating the remaining capacity of the mobile battery 100 possessed by the delivery person may change according to the remaining capacity of the mobile battery 100 possessed by the user and the remaining capacity of the mobile battery 100 that the delivery person can deliver.
 図8の説明は以上であるが、モバイルバッテリ100の配送を要し得るユーザのために表示画面204aに表示され得る情報は、図8に示す内容に限定されない。この点は、必要に応じて追って説明する。 The explanation of FIG. 8 is as above, but the information that may be displayed on the display screen 204a for a user who may require delivery of the mobile battery 100 is not limited to the content shown in FIG. 8. This point will be explained later as necessary.
 モバイルバッテリ100の回収を要し得るユーザには、回収者に関する集配者情報が提供されることが好ましい。回収者に関する集配者情報は、以下の説明において回収者情報とも称される。情報生成部418は、将来ユーザ位置を示す情報と回収者位置情報とに基づいて、将来ユーザ位置から所定範囲内にある回収者位置を示す情報を回収者情報に含ませ得る。また、情報生成部418は、回収者が回収可能なモバイルバッテリ100の数を示す情報を回収者情報に含ませ得る。情報生成部418は、回収者が所持可能なモバイルバッテリ100の最大数と、回収者が現在所持しているモバイルバッテリ100の数との差に基づいて、回収者が回収可能なモバイルバッテリ100の数を示す情報を生成し得る。回収者が所持可能なモバイルバッテリ100の最大数を示す情報は、回収者によって集配者端末300を用いて管理装置400に事前に送信され得る。回収者が現在所持しているモバイルバッテリ100の数を示す情報は、モバイルバッテリ100の集配履歴に基づいて取得され得る。 It is preferable that the collector/delivery information on the collector is provided to a user who may require the collection of the mobile battery 100. The collector/delivery information on the collector is also referred to as collector information in the following description. The information generating unit 418 may include information indicating the collector's position within a predetermined range from the future user's position in the collector information based on the information indicating the future user's position and the collector position information. The information generating unit 418 may also include information indicating the number of mobile batteries 100 that the collector can collect in the collector information. The information generating unit 418 may generate information indicating the number of mobile batteries 100 that the collector can collect based on the difference between the maximum number of mobile batteries 100 that the collector can possess and the number of mobile batteries 100 that the collector currently possesses. The information indicating the maximum number of mobile batteries 100 that the collector can possess may be transmitted in advance to the management device 400 by the collector using the collector terminal 300. The information indicating the number of mobile batteries 100 that the collector currently possesses may be acquired based on the collection and delivery history of the mobile batteries 100.
 図9は、ユーザ端末200の表示部204における表示の例を示す図である。回収者情報を表示部204に表示する場合の例が、図9には示されている。 FIG. 9 is a diagram showing an example of a display on the display unit 204 of the user terminal 200. FIG. 9 shows an example of a case in which collector information is displayed on the display unit 204.
 回収者情報を受信したユーザ端末200の情報提供部216は、例えば図9に例示される表示画面204bを、表示部204に表示させ得る。表示画面204bには、地図MPと図形500と図形502とが表示され得る。図形500は、表示画面204bにおいて回収者位置(集配者位置)を示す。図形502はユーザ位置を示す。すなわち、図9の図形502は、図9の表示画面204bを表示している表示部204が備えられているユーザ端末200の位置を示す。 The information providing unit 216 of the user terminal 200 that receives the collector information may cause the display unit 204 to display, for example, the display screen 204b illustrated in FIG. 9. A map MP, a figure 500, and a figure 502 may be displayed on the display screen 204b. The figure 500 indicates the collector's location (delivery/collection location) on the display screen 204b. The figure 502 indicates the user's location. In other words, the figure 502 in FIG. 9 indicates the location of the user terminal 200 that is equipped with the display unit 204 that is displaying the display screen 204b in FIG. 9.
 表示画面204bには、図形508が更に表示され得る。図形508は地図MP上に表示され得る。図形508は、回収者がモバイルバッテリ100を回収可能であることを示す。図形508に付された数字は、図9に示す例においては、回収者が回収可能なモバイルバッテリ100の数を示している。図形508に付された数字が例えば「3」である場合には、当該図形508は、当該回収者がモバイルバッテリ100を3つまで回収可能であることを示している。なお、図形508はこれに限定されない。 A figure 508 may further be displayed on the display screen 204b. The figure 508 may be displayed on the map MP. The figure 508 indicates that the collector is able to collect the mobile batteries 100. In the example shown in FIG. 9, the number added to the figure 508 indicates the number of mobile batteries 100 that the collector is able to collect. If the number added to the figure 508 is, for example, "3," the figure 508 indicates that the collector is able to collect up to three mobile batteries 100. Note that the figure 508 is not limited to this.
 回収者位置を示す図形500の色、サイズ等は、ユーザが所持しているモバイルバッテリ100の数と、回収者が回収可能なモバイルバッテリ100の数とに応じて変化してもよい。その場合、ユーザが回収を希望しているモバイルバッテリ100の数と、回収者が回収可能なモバイルバッテリ100の数とに応じて、図形500の色、サイズ等が変化することが好ましい。例えば図形500の色、サイズ等は、ユーザが回収を希望しているモバイルバッテリ100の全てを回収可能な回収者を示しているか否かに応じて変化してもよい。これにより、ユーザは、当該ユーザが所持しているモバイルバッテリ100を全て回収し得る回収者を容易に発見し得る。この場合、情報生成部418は、ユーザが所持しているモバイルバッテリ100の数を示す情報と、回収者が回収可能なモバイルバッテリ100の数を示す情報とに基づいて回収者情報を生成する。回収者情報において指示された図形500の色、サイズ等を、ユーザ端末200(演算部210)が、ユーザが所持しているモバイルバッテリ100の数を示す情報と、回収者が回収可能なモバイルバッテリ100の数を示す情報とに基づいて変更してもよい。図形508の色、サイズ等が、ユーザが所持しているモバイルバッテリ100の数と、回収者が回収可能なモバイルバッテリ100の数とに応じて変化してもよい。 The color, size, etc. of the figure 500 indicating the location of the collector may change depending on the number of mobile batteries 100 possessed by the user and the number of mobile batteries 100 that the collector can collect. In this case, it is preferable that the color, size, etc. of the figure 500 change depending on the number of mobile batteries 100 that the user wishes to collect and the number of mobile batteries 100 that the collector can collect. For example, the color, size, etc. of the figure 500 may change depending on whether or not it indicates a collector who can collect all of the mobile batteries 100 that the user wishes to collect. This allows the user to easily find a collector who can collect all of the mobile batteries 100 possessed by the user. In this case, the information generating unit 418 generates collector information based on information indicating the number of mobile batteries 100 possessed by the user and information indicating the number of mobile batteries 100 that the collector can collect. The user terminal 200 (calculating unit 210) may change the color, size, etc. of the figure 500 indicated in the collector information based on information indicating the number of mobile batteries 100 possessed by the user and information indicating the number of mobile batteries 100 that the collector can collect. The color, size, etc. of the figure 508 may change depending on the number of mobile batteries 100 owned by the user and the number of mobile batteries 100 that the collector can collect.
 なお、情報提供部216は、図8に示す表示画面204aと図9に示す表示画面204bとを1つの表示画面にまとめて表示してもよい。例えば情報提供部216は、図8に示す表示画面204a上に、図9に示す図形508を更に表示させてもよい。図形508は、上述したように、回収者がモバイルバッテリ100を回収可能であることを示す図形である。その場合、配送者情報と回収者情報とがユーザに対して同時に提供され得る(図16も参照)。 The information providing unit 216 may display the display screen 204a shown in FIG. 8 and the display screen 204b shown in FIG. 9 together on a single display screen. For example, the information providing unit 216 may further display the figure 508 shown in FIG. 9 on the display screen 204a shown in FIG. 8. As described above, the figure 508 is a figure indicating that the collector is able to collect the mobile battery 100. In that case, the delivery company information and the collector information may be provided to the user at the same time (see also FIG. 16).
 図9の説明は以上であるが、モバイルバッテリ100の回収を要し得るユーザのために表示画面204bに表示され得る情報は、図9に示す内容に限定されない。この点は、必要に応じて追って説明する。 The explanation of FIG. 9 is as above, but the information that may be displayed on the display screen 204b for a user who may need to retrieve the mobile battery 100 is not limited to the content shown in FIG. 9. This point will be explained later as necessary.
 上述した情報生成部418は、集配者情報のみならず、ユーザ情報をも生成し得る。ユーザ情報は、上述したように、モバイルバッテリ100の集配を要し得るユーザに関する情報である。情報生成部418は、位置情報取得部412によって取得されたユーザ位置情報と集配者位置情報とに基づいて、ユーザ情報を生成し得る。情報生成部418は、集配者位置から所定範囲内にあるユーザ位置を示す情報を、ユーザ情報に含ませ得る。より具体的には、情報生成部418は、集配者位置から所定範囲内にあるユーザ位置を示す図形を集配者端末300の表示部304に地図MPとともに表示させるための情報を、ユーザ情報に含ませ得る。なお、所定範囲は、集配者位置から所定距離以内となる範囲でもよいし、集配者がユーザ位置に到達するための想定移動時間が所定時間以内となる範囲でもよい。 The information generating unit 418 described above may generate not only the delivery person information but also the user information. As described above, the user information is information about a user who may require collection and delivery of the mobile battery 100. The information generating unit 418 may generate the user information based on the user position information and the delivery person position information acquired by the position information acquiring unit 412. The information generating unit 418 may include information indicating a user position within a predetermined range from the delivery person position in the user information. More specifically, the information generating unit 418 may include information for displaying a figure indicating a user position within a predetermined range from the delivery person position together with the map MP on the display unit 304 of the delivery person terminal 300 in the user information. The predetermined range may be a range within a predetermined distance from the delivery person position, or may be a range within a predetermined time for the delivery person to reach the user position.
 制御部408は、情報生成部418によって生成されたユーザ情報を、通信部402を介して集配者端末300に送信し得る。集配者端末300の情報提供部316は、管理装置400から受信したユーザ情報を表示部304に表示し得る。これにより、ユーザ情報が集配者に提供される。 The control unit 408 may transmit the user information generated by the information generation unit 418 to the delivery person terminal 300 via the communication unit 402. The information provision unit 316 of the delivery person terminal 300 may display the user information received from the management device 400 on the display unit 304. In this way, the user information is provided to the delivery person.
 上述したように、ユーザ情報は、ユーザ位置を示す図形を集配者端末300の表示部304に地図MPとともに表示させるための情報を含み得る。その場合、情報提供部316は、表示部304に地図MPを表示するとともに、ユーザ位置を示す図形600を地図MP上に表示し得る(図11も参照)。これにより、集配者は、ユーザの位置を容易に把握し得る。 As described above, the user information may include information for displaying a graphic indicating the user's location together with the map MP on the display unit 304 of the delivery/collection terminal 300. In this case, the information providing unit 316 may display the map MP on the display unit 304 and also display a graphic 600 indicating the user's location on the map MP (see also FIG. 11). This allows the delivery/collection person to easily grasp the user's location.
 情報提供部316は、当該情報提供部316が備えられた集配者端末300を所持している集配者の位置を示す図形を地図MP上に更に表示してもよい。これにより、集配者は、当該集配者とユーザとの位置関係を容易に把握し得る。集配者位置を示す図形を地図MP上に表示させる場合、情報提供部316は、集配者端末300の測位部306から集配者位置情報を取得し得るが、これに限定されない。情報提供部316は、管理装置400から集配者位置情報を取得してもよい。 The information providing unit 316 may further display on the map MP a graphic indicating the position of the delivery person who is carrying the delivery person terminal 300 equipped with the information providing unit 316. This allows the delivery person to easily understand the positional relationship between the delivery person and the user. When displaying a graphic indicating the delivery person's position on the map MP, the information providing unit 316 may acquire delivery person position information from the positioning unit 306 of the delivery person terminal 300, but is not limited to this. The information providing unit 316 may also acquire delivery person position information from the management device 400.
 図10は、管理システム16の動作の例を示すフローチャートである。集配者に対してユーザ情報を提供する場合の例が、図10には示されている。 FIG. 10 is a flowchart showing an example of the operation of the management system 16. FIG. 10 shows an example of providing user information to a delivery person.
 ステップS11において、管理装置400の位置情報取得部412が、集配者位置情報を取得する。 In step S11, the location information acquisition unit 412 of the management device 400 acquires the delivery person location information.
 また、ステップS12において、管理装置400の位置情報取得部412が、ユーザ位置情報を取得する。 In addition, in step S12, the location information acquisition unit 412 of the management device 400 acquires user location information.
 次にステップS13に移り、管理装置400の情報生成部418がユーザ情報を生成する。情報生成部418は、ユーザ位置と集配者位置とに基づいてユーザ情報を生成する。 Then, the process moves to step S13, where the information generation unit 418 of the management device 400 generates user information. The information generation unit 418 generates user information based on the user location and the delivery person location.
 次にステップS14に移り、管理装置400の通信部402が、情報生成部418によって生成されたユーザ情報を集配者端末300に送信する。 Then, the process moves to step S14, where the communication unit 402 of the management device 400 transmits the user information generated by the information generation unit 418 to the delivery person terminal 300.
 次にステップS15に移り、集配者端末300の情報提供部316が、管理装置400から受信したユーザ情報を集配者に提供する。すなわち、集配者端末300を用いてユーザ情報が集配者に提供される。情報提供部316は、例えば表示部304に地図MPを表示するとともに、ユーザ位置を示す図形を当該地図MP上に表示させることで、ユーザ情報を集配者に提供する。こうして、図10に例示する動作が完了する。 Then, the process moves to step S15, where the information providing unit 316 of the collector/deliverer terminal 300 provides the user information received from the management device 400 to the collector/deliverer. That is, the user information is provided to the collector/deliverer using the collector/deliverer terminal 300. The information providing unit 316 provides the user information to the collector/deliverer, for example, by displaying a map MP on the display unit 304 and displaying a figure indicating the user's position on the map MP. In this way, the operation illustrated in FIG. 10 is completed.
 以下、情報生成部418によるユーザ情報の生成について、更に説明する。 The generation of user information by the information generation unit 418 is explained further below.
 情報生成部418は、ユーザが所持しているモバイルバッテリ100の数(ゼロを含む)を示す情報をユーザ情報に含ませ得る。例えば情報生成部418は、ユーザが所持しているモバイルバッテリ100の数を示す図形を集配者端末300の表示部304に表示させるための情報を、ユーザ情報に含ませ得る。これにより、集配者端末300の情報提供部316は、ユーザが所持しているモバイルバッテリ100の数を示す情報を集配者に提供し得る。集配者は、提供されたユーザ情報を用いて、例えばモバイルバッテリ100を所持していないユーザを容易に発見し得る。すなわち、集配者は、提供されたユーザ情報を用いて、モバイルバッテリ100の配送を依頼する可能性が高いユーザを容易に発見し得る。情報生成部418は、ユーザが所持しているモバイルバッテリ100の数を示す情報を、例えば管理装置400の記憶部406に記憶された集配履歴に基づいて取得し得る。 The information generating unit 418 may include information indicating the number of mobile batteries 100 (including zero) owned by the user in the user information. For example, the information generating unit 418 may include information for displaying a graphic indicating the number of mobile batteries 100 owned by the user on the display unit 304 of the collector/deliverer terminal 300 in the user information. This allows the information providing unit 316 of the collector/deliverer terminal 300 to provide the collector/deliverer with information indicating the number of mobile batteries 100 owned by the user. The collector/deliverer may use the provided user information to easily find, for example, a user who does not own a mobile battery 100. In other words, the collector/deliverer may use the provided user information to easily find a user who is likely to request delivery of a mobile battery 100. The information generating unit 418 may obtain information indicating the number of mobile batteries 100 owned by the user based on, for example, the collection and delivery history stored in the memory unit 406 of the management device 400.
 情報生成部418は、ユーザが既に所持しているモバイルバッテリ100の残容量を示す情報をユーザ情報に更に含ませ得る。これにより、集配者端末300の情報提供部316は、ユーザが既に所持しているモバイルバッテリ100の残容量を示す情報を集配者に提供し得る。集配者は、提供されたユーザ情報を用いて、例えば残容量が少ないモバイルバッテリ100を所持しているユーザを容易に発見し得る。すなわち、集配者は、提供されたユーザ情報を用いて、モバイルバッテリ100の集配を依頼する可能性が高いユーザを容易に発見し得る。ユーザが既に所持しているモバイルバッテリ100の残容量を示す情報は、バッテリ情報取得部416によって取得され得る。 The information generating unit 418 may further include information indicating the remaining capacity of the mobile battery 100 already owned by the user in the user information. This allows the information providing unit 316 of the collection/delivery terminal 300 to provide the collection/delivery person with information indicating the remaining capacity of the mobile battery 100 already owned by the user. Using the provided user information, the collection/delivery person may easily find a user who, for example, owns a mobile battery 100 with a low remaining capacity. In other words, using the provided user information, the collection/delivery person may easily find a user who is likely to request collection and delivery of the mobile battery 100. Information indicating the remaining capacity of the mobile battery 100 already owned by the user may be acquired by the battery information acquiring unit 416.
 情報生成部418は、ユーザが所持しているモバイルバッテリ100の残容量を示す図形を集配者端末300の表示部304に表示させるための情報を、ユーザ情報に含ませてもよい。これにより、情報提供部316は、ユーザが所持しているモバイルバッテリ100の残容量を示す図形を地図MPとともに表示部304に表示させ得る。ユーザが所持しているモバイルバッテリ100の残容量を示す図形は、例えば当該残容量に応じて形状と色とサイズとのうちの少なくとも1つが変化する。集配者は、表示部304を見ることで、ユーザが所持するモバイルバッテリ100の残容量を容易に把握し得る。 The information generating unit 418 may include in the user information information for displaying a graphic indicating the remaining capacity of the mobile battery 100 possessed by the user on the display unit 304 of the collection/delivery terminal 300. This allows the information providing unit 316 to display a graphic indicating the remaining capacity of the mobile battery 100 possessed by the user on the display unit 304 together with the map MP. The graphic indicating the remaining capacity of the mobile battery 100 possessed by the user changes at least one of the shape, color, and size according to the remaining capacity, for example. By looking at the display unit 304, the collection/delivery person can easily grasp the remaining capacity of the mobile battery 100 possessed by the user.
 図11は、集配者端末300の表示部304における表示の例を示す図である。ユーザ情報を表示部304に表示する場合の例が、図11には示されている。 FIG. 11 is a diagram showing an example of a display on the display unit 304 of the delivery/collection terminal 300. FIG. 11 shows an example of a case where user information is displayed on the display unit 304.
 集配者端末300の通信部308によってユーザ情報が受信された場合、集配者端末300の情報提供部316は、例えば図11に示されるような表示画面304aを、表示部304に表示させ得る。表示画面304aには、地図MPと図形600と図形602とが表示され得る。図形600と図形602とは地図MP上に表示され得る。図形600はユーザ位置を示す。図形602は、ユーザが所持しているモバイルバッテリ100の残容量を示す。 When user information is received by the communication unit 308 of the collector/delivery terminal 300, the information providing unit 316 of the collector/delivery terminal 300 may cause the display unit 304 to display, for example, a display screen 304a as shown in FIG. 11. A map MP, a figure 600, and a figure 602 may be displayed on the display screen 304a. The figures 600 and 602 may be displayed on the map MP. The figure 600 indicates the user's location. The figure 602 indicates the remaining capacity of the mobile battery 100 possessed by the user.
 図形602は、ユーザが所持しているモバイルバッテリ100の残容量に応じて、例えば色、サイズ等が変化する。図11に示す例においては、図形602は、モバイルバッテリ100の残容量を示す残量メータを示している。図11に示す例においては、図形602の色付き部分(黒塗り部分)が多いほど、モバイルバッテリ100の残容量が多いことを示している。ユーザが所持するモバイルバッテリ100の数に応じた数の図形602が、表示画面304aに表示され得る。すなわち、図形602の数は、ユーザが所持するモバイルバッテリ100の数を示す。 The graphic 602 changes color, size, etc., depending on the remaining capacity of the mobile battery 100 possessed by the user. In the example shown in FIG. 11, the graphic 602 shows a remaining capacity meter that indicates the remaining capacity of the mobile battery 100. In the example shown in FIG. 11, the more colored portions (blackened portions) in the graphic 602, the more remaining capacity of the mobile battery 100. A number of graphics 602 corresponding to the number of mobile batteries 100 possessed by the user can be displayed on the display screen 304a. In other words, the number of graphics 602 indicates the number of mobile batteries 100 possessed by the user.
 ユーザ位置を示す図形600の色、サイズ等は、ユーザが所持しているモバイルバッテリ100の残容量と、集配者が配送可能なモバイルバッテリ100の残容量とに応じて変化してもよい。例えば図形600の色、サイズ等は、当該図形600によって示されるユーザが所持するモバイルバッテリ100の残容量が、集配者が配送可能なモバイルバッテリ100の残容量よりも少ないか否かに応じて変化してもよい。これにより、集配者は、当該集配者にモバイルバッテリ100の配送を依頼する可能性が高いユーザを容易に発見し得る。この場合、情報生成部418は、ユーザが所持しているモバイルバッテリ100の残容量を示す情報と、集配者が配送可能なモバイルバッテリ100の残容量を示す情報とに基づいてユーザ情報を生成する。ユーザ情報において指示された図形600の色、サイズ等を、集配者端末300(演算部310)が、ユーザが所持しているモバイルバッテリ100の残容量を示す情報と、集配者が配送可能なモバイルバッテリ100の残容量を示す情報とに基づいて変更してもよい。ユーザが所持しているモバイルバッテリ100の残容量を示す図形602の色、サイズ等が、ユーザが所持しているモバイルバッテリ100の残容量と、集配者が配送可能なモバイルバッテリ100の残容量とに応じて変化してもよい。 The color, size, etc. of the figure 600 indicating the user's position may change depending on the remaining capacity of the mobile battery 100 possessed by the user and the remaining capacity of the mobile battery 100 that can be delivered by the collector/deliverer. For example, the color, size, etc. of the figure 600 may change depending on whether the remaining capacity of the mobile battery 100 possessed by the user indicated by the figure 600 is less than the remaining capacity of the mobile battery 100 that can be delivered by the collector/deliverer. This allows the collector/deliverer to easily find a user who is likely to request the collector/deliverer to deliver the mobile battery 100. In this case, the information generation unit 418 generates user information based on information indicating the remaining capacity of the mobile battery 100 possessed by the user and information indicating the remaining capacity of the mobile battery 100 that can be delivered by the collector/deliverer. The color, size, etc. of the figure 600 indicated in the user information may be changed by the collector/deliverer terminal 300 (calculation unit 310) based on information indicating the remaining capacity of the mobile battery 100 possessed by the user and information indicating the remaining capacity of the mobile battery 100 that can be delivered by the collector/deliverer. The color, size, etc. of the figure 602 indicating the remaining capacity of the mobile battery 100 possessed by the user may change according to the remaining capacity of the mobile battery 100 possessed by the user and the remaining capacity of the mobile battery 100 that can be delivered by the delivery person.
 ユーザ位置を示す図形600の色、サイズ等は、ユーザが所持しているモバイルバッテリ100の数と、集配者が回収可能なモバイルバッテリ100の数とに応じて変化してもよい。その場合、ユーザが回収を希望しているモバイルバッテリ100の数と、集配者が回収可能なモバイルバッテリ100の数とに応じて、図形600の色、サイズ等が変化することが好ましい。例えば図形600の色、サイズ等は、当該図形600によって示されるユーザが回収を希望しているモバイルバッテリ100の全てを集配者が回収可能であるか否かに応じて変化することが好ましい。これにより、集配者は、当該集配者にモバイルバッテリ100の回収を依頼する可能性が高いユーザを容易に発見し得る。この場合、情報生成部418は、ユーザが所持しているモバイルバッテリ100の数を示す情報と、集配者が回収可能なモバイルバッテリ100の数を示す情報とに基づいて集配者情報を生成し得る。ユーザ情報において指示された図形600の色、サイズ等を、集配者端末300(演算部310)が、ユーザが所持しているモバイルバッテリ100の数を示す情報と、集配者が回収可能なモバイルバッテリ100の数を示す情報とに基づいて変更してもよい。ユーザが所持しているモバイルバッテリ100の残容量を示す図形602の色、サイズ等が、ユーザが所持しているモバイルバッテリ100の数と、集配者が回収可能なモバイルバッテリ100の数とに応じて変化してもよい。 The color, size, etc. of the figure 600 indicating the user's position may change depending on the number of mobile batteries 100 possessed by the user and the number of mobile batteries 100 that the collector/deliverer can collect. In this case, it is preferable that the color, size, etc. of the figure 600 change depending on the number of mobile batteries 100 that the user wishes to collect and the number of mobile batteries 100 that the collector/deliverer can collect. For example, it is preferable that the color, size, etc. of the figure 600 change depending on whether the collector/deliverer can collect all of the mobile batteries 100 that the user indicated by the figure 600 wishes to collect. This allows the collector/deliverer to easily find users who are likely to request the collector/deliverer to collect their mobile batteries 100. In this case, the information generating unit 418 may generate collector/deliverer information based on information indicating the number of mobile batteries 100 possessed by the user and information indicating the number of mobile batteries 100 that the collector/deliverer can collect. The color, size, etc. of the figure 600 specified in the user information may be changed by the delivery/collection terminal 300 (calculation unit 310) based on information indicating the number of mobile batteries 100 possessed by the user and information indicating the number of mobile batteries 100 that can be collected by the delivery/collection service. The color, size, etc. of the figure 602 indicating the remaining capacity of the mobile batteries 100 possessed by the user may be changed according to the number of mobile batteries 100 possessed by the user and the number of mobile batteries 100 that can be collected by the delivery/collection service.
 表示画面304aには、図形604と図形606とが更に表示され得る。図形604と図形606とは地図MP上に表示され得る。図形604は、集配者位置を示す。すなわち、図11の図形604は、図11の表示画面304aを表示している表示部304が備えられている集配者端末300の位置を示す。図形606は、集配者が所持しているモバイルバッテリ100の残容量を示す。集配者が所持するモバイルバッテリ100の数に応じた数の図形606が、表示画面304aに表示され得る。すなわち、図形606の数は、集配者が所持するモバイルバッテリ100の数を示す。 The display screen 304a may further display a figure 604 and a figure 606. The figures 604 and 606 may be displayed on a map MP. The figure 604 indicates the location of the collector/deliverer. That is, the figure 604 in FIG. 11 indicates the location of the collector/deliverer terminal 300 equipped with the display unit 304 displaying the display screen 304a in FIG. 11. The figure 606 indicates the remaining capacity of the mobile battery 100 possessed by the collector/deliverer. A number of figures 606 corresponding to the number of mobile batteries 100 possessed by the collector/deliverer may be displayed on the display screen 304a. That is, the number of figures 606 indicates the number of mobile batteries 100 possessed by the collector/deliverer.
 図形606は、集配者が所持しているモバイルバッテリ100の残容量に応じて、例えば色、サイズ等が変化する。例えば図11の図形606は、モバイルバッテリ100の残容量を示す残量メータを表している。図11の図形606の色付き部分(黒塗り部分)が多いほど、モバイルバッテリ100の残容量が多いことを表している。 The color, size, etc. of the graphic 606 change depending on the remaining capacity of the mobile battery 100 held by the delivery person. For example, the graphic 606 in FIG. 11 represents a remaining capacity meter that indicates the remaining capacity of the mobile battery 100. The more colored portions (blackened portions) of the graphic 606 in FIG. 11, the more remaining capacity of the mobile battery 100.
 図11の説明は以上であるが、集配者のために表示画面304aに表示され得る情報は、図11に示す内容に限定されない。この点は、必要に応じて追って説明する。 The explanation of FIG. 11 is as above, but the information that can be displayed on the display screen 304a for the delivery person is not limited to the content shown in FIG. 11. This point will be explained later as necessary.
 上述したように、ユーザ端末200の演算部210には、依頼情報生成部218が備えられ得る。依頼情報生成部218は、依頼情報を生成する。依頼情報は、モバイルバッテリ100の集配依頼に関する情報である。ユーザがモバイルバッテリ100の配送を要する場合、依頼情報には、例えばユーザ識別情報と、ユーザが要するモバイルバッテリ100の数とが含まれ得る。ユーザがモバイルバッテリ100の配送を要する場合、依頼情報には、ユーザが要するモバイルバッテリ100の残容量を示す情報が更に含まれてもよい。ユーザ識別情報は、上述したように、ユーザ固有の情報である。ユーザがモバイルバッテリ100の配送を要する場合、依頼情報には、当該ユーザが要するモバイルバッテリ100の型式を示す情報が更に含まれてもよい。ユーザがモバイルバッテリ100の回収を要する場合、依頼情報には、例えばユーザ識別情報と、ユーザが回収を希望するモバイルバッテリ100の数とを示す情報が含まれ得る。ユーザがモバイルバッテリ100の回収を要する場合、依頼情報には、当該ユーザが回収を要するモバイルバッテリ100の型式を示す情報が更に含まれてもよい。ユーザは、ユーザ端末200の操作部202を用いて、依頼情報生成部218が依頼情報を生成するために必要な情報をユーザ端末200に適宜入力し得る。 As described above, the calculation unit 210 of the user terminal 200 may be provided with a request information generation unit 218. The request information generation unit 218 generates request information. The request information is information related to a collection and delivery request for the mobile battery 100. When a user requires delivery of the mobile battery 100, the request information may include, for example, user identification information and the number of mobile batteries 100 required by the user. When a user requires delivery of the mobile battery 100, the request information may further include information indicating the remaining capacity of the mobile battery 100 required by the user. As described above, the user identification information is information specific to the user. When a user requires delivery of the mobile battery 100, the request information may further include information indicating the type of the mobile battery 100 required by the user. When a user requires collection of the mobile battery 100, the request information may include, for example, user identification information and information indicating the number of mobile batteries 100 that the user wishes to collect. When a user requires collection of the mobile battery 100, the request information may further include information indicating the type of the mobile battery 100 required by the user. The user can use the operation unit 202 of the user terminal 200 to appropriately input information required for the request information generation unit 218 to generate the request information into the user terminal 200.
 依頼情報には、モバイルバッテリ100の集配を依頼したい集配者をユーザが指名するための情報が含まれてもよい。例えば図8に示す表示画面204aに表示された複数の集配者(配送者)のうちの1人をユーザが選択した場合に、選択された集配者を示す集配者識別情報が依頼情報に含まれるようにしてもよい。集配者識別情報は、上述したように、集配者固有の情報である。また、例えば図9に示す表示画面204bに表示された複数の集配者(回収者)のうちの1人をユーザが選択した場合に、選択された集配者を示す集配者識別情報が依頼情報に含まれるようにしてもよい。 The request information may include information that allows the user to designate a collector/deliverer to whom the user wishes to request collection and delivery of the mobile battery 100. For example, when the user selects one of the multiple collectors/deliverers (delivery persons) displayed on the display screen 204a shown in FIG. 8, the request information may include collector/deliverer identification information indicating the selected collector/deliverer. As described above, the collector/deliverer identification information is information unique to the collector/deliverer. Also, for example, when the user selects one of the multiple collectors/deliverers (collectors) displayed on the display screen 204b shown in FIG. 9, the request information may include collector/deliverer identification information indicating the selected collector/deliverer.
 ユーザによってユーザ端末200に入力された依頼情報は、ユーザ端末200の制御部214によって、通信部208を介して管理装置400へと送信される。ユーザ端末200から送信された依頼情報は、管理装置400の通信部402によって受信される。 The request information input by the user to the user terminal 200 is transmitted by the control unit 214 of the user terminal 200 to the management device 400 via the communication unit 208. The request information transmitted from the user terminal 200 is received by the communication unit 402 of the management device 400.
 通信部402によって依頼情報が受信された場合、管理装置400の情報生成部418は、ユーザ位置情報と集配者位置情報とのみならず、依頼情報に更に基づいてユーザ情報を生成する。当該ユーザ位置情報は、モバイルバッテリ100の集配を依頼したユーザの位置を示す情報である。当該集配者位置情報は、モバイルバッテリ100の集配を依頼したユーザにモバイルバッテリ100を集配し得る集配者の位置を示す情報である。依頼情報は、上述したように、ユーザが集配を要するモバイルバッテリ100の数、残容量等を示す情報を含み得る。 When the communication unit 402 receives the request information, the information generation unit 418 of the management device 400 generates user information based not only on the user location information and the delivery person location information, but also on the request information. The user location information is information indicating the location of the user who requested collection and delivery of the mobile battery 100. The delivery person location information is information indicating the location of a delivery person who can collect and deliver the mobile battery 100 to the user who requested collection and delivery of the mobile battery 100. As described above, the request information may include information indicating the number and remaining capacity of mobile batteries 100 that the user requires to be collected and delivered.
 ユーザ位置情報と集配者位置情報とのみならず、依頼情報にも基づいて生成される上記ユーザ情報は、以下の説明において依頼ユーザ情報とも称される。依頼ユーザ情報は、制御部408によって、通信部402を介して集配者端末300へと送信される。制御部408は、モバイルバッテリ100の集配を依頼したユーザから所定範囲内に位置する集配者が所持している集配者端末300へと、依頼ユーザ情報を送信し得る。なお、上述したように、依頼情報には、モバイルバッテリ100の集配を依頼したい集配者をユーザが指名するための情報が含まれ得る。この場合、制御部408は、ユーザが指名した集配者が所持する集配者端末300への依頼ユーザ情報の送信を少なくとも行い得る。 The above user information, which is generated based not only on the user location information and the delivery person location information, but also on the request information, is also referred to as requesting user information in the following description. The requesting user information is transmitted by the control unit 408 to the delivery person terminal 300 via the communication unit 402. The control unit 408 may transmit the requesting user information to the delivery person terminal 300 held by a delivery person located within a specified range from the user who requested collection and delivery of the mobile battery 100. As described above, the request information may include information that allows the user to designate a delivery person to whom the user wishes to request collection and delivery of the mobile battery 100. In this case, the control unit 408 may at least transmit the requesting user information to the delivery person terminal 300 held by the delivery person designated by the user.
 集配者端末300は、依頼ユーザ情報を通信部308によって受信し得る。集配者端末300の通信部308によって依頼ユーザ情報が受信された場合、集配者端末300の情報提供部316は、依頼ユーザ情報を集配者に提供する。例えば情報提供部316は、集配者端末300の表示部304に地図MPを表示させるとともに、モバイルバッテリ100の集配を依頼したユーザの位置を示す図形を地図MP上に表示させる。 The delivery/collection terminal 300 may receive the requesting user information via the communication unit 308. When the communication unit 308 of the delivery/collection terminal 300 receives the requesting user information, the information providing unit 316 of the delivery/collection terminal 300 provides the requesting user information to the delivery/collection party. For example, the information providing unit 316 causes the display unit 304 of the delivery/collection terminal 300 to display a map MP, and also causes a graphic indicating the location of the user who requested collection and delivery of the mobile battery 100 to be displayed on the map MP.
 集配者端末300の通信部308によって依頼ユーザ情報が受信された場合、情報提供部316は、当該依頼ユーザ情報が受信された旨を集配者に通知するためのポップアップウィンドウを表示部304に表示させてもよい。これにより、集配者は、ユーザがモバイルバッテリ100の集配を当該集配者に依頼したことを容易に認識し得る。また、通信部308によって依頼ユーザ情報が受信された場合、情報提供部316は、当該依頼ユーザ情報が受信された旨を集配者に通知するための音声を、集配者端末300のスピーカから出力させてもよい。この場合にも、集配者は、ユーザがモバイルバッテリ100の集配を当該集配者に依頼したことを容易に認識し得る。 When the requesting user information is received by the communication unit 308 of the delivery person terminal 300, the information providing unit 316 may cause the display unit 304 to display a pop-up window for notifying the delivery person that the requesting user information has been received. This allows the delivery person to easily recognize that the user has requested the delivery person to collect and deliver the mobile battery 100. Also, when the requesting user information is received by the communication unit 308, the information providing unit 316 may cause the speaker of the delivery person terminal 300 to output a sound to notify the delivery person that the requesting user information has been received. In this case as well, the delivery person can easily recognize that the user has requested the delivery person to collect and deliver the mobile battery 100.
 上述したように、依頼情報には、ユーザが集配を要するモバイルバッテリ100の数を示す情報が含まれ得る。この場合、情報生成部418は、ユーザが集配を要するモバイルバッテリ100の数を示す情報と、集配者が集配可能なモバイルバッテリ100の数を示す情報とに基づいて、依頼ユーザ情報を生成してもよい。例えば、情報生成部418は、ユーザが配送を求めるモバイルバッテリ100の数以上のモバイルバッテリ100を配送可能な集配者を選定する。情報生成部418は、選定された集配者の位置を示す集配者位置情報を用いて、依頼ユーザ情報を生成する。制御部408は、選定された集配者の集配者端末300へと、依頼ユーザ情報を送信する。また、例えば情報生成部418は、ユーザが回収を求めるモバイルバッテリ100の数以上のモバイルバッテリ100を回収可能な集配者を選定する。情報生成部418は、選定された集配者の位置を示す集配者位置情報を用いて、依頼ユーザ情報を生成する。制御部408は、選定された集配者の集配者端末300へと、依頼ユーザ情報を送信する。このようにすれば、ユーザからの依頼を受注可能な集配者に対してのみ、依頼ユーザ情報が提供され得る。 As described above, the request information may include information indicating the number of mobile batteries 100 that the user needs to collect and deliver. In this case, the information generating unit 418 may generate the request user information based on the information indicating the number of mobile batteries 100 that the user needs to collect and deliver, and the information indicating the number of mobile batteries 100 that the collector and deliverer can collect and deliver. For example, the information generating unit 418 selects a collector and deliverer who can deliver more than the number of mobile batteries 100 that the user requests to deliver. The information generating unit 418 generates the request user information using collector and deliverer location information indicating the location of the selected collector and deliverer. The control unit 408 transmits the request user information to the collector and deliverer terminal 300 of the selected collector and deliverer. Also, for example, the information generating unit 418 selects a collector and deliverer who can collect more than the number of mobile batteries 100 that the user requests to collect. The information generating unit 418 generates the request user information using collector and deliverer location information indicating the location of the selected collector and deliverer. The control unit 408 transmits the request user information to the collector and deliverer terminal 300 of the selected collector and deliverer. In this way, the requesting user information can be provided only to those delivery personnel who are able to accept requests from the user.
 また、上述したように、依頼情報には、ユーザが配送を要するモバイルバッテリ100の残容量を示す情報が含まれ得る。この場合、情報生成部418は、ユーザが配送を要するモバイルバッテリ100の残容量を示す情報と、集配者が配送可能なモバイルバッテリ100の残容量を示す情報とに基づいて、依頼ユーザ情報を生成してもよい。例えば情報生成部418は、ユーザが配送を求めるモバイルバッテリ100の残容量以上のモバイルバッテリ100を配送可能な集配者を選定する。情報生成部418は、選定された集配者の位置を示す集配者位置情報を用いて、依頼ユーザ情報を生成する。制御部408は、選定された集配者の集配者端末300へと、依頼ユーザ情報を送信する。このようにすれば、ユーザからの依頼を受注可能な集配者に対してのみ、依頼ユーザ情報が提供され得る。 Furthermore, as described above, the request information may include information indicating the remaining capacity of the mobile battery 100 that the user requires to be delivered. In this case, the information generating unit 418 may generate the requesting user information based on the information indicating the remaining capacity of the mobile battery 100 that the user requires to be delivered and the information indicating the remaining capacity of the mobile battery 100 that the delivery person can deliver. For example, the information generating unit 418 selects a delivery person who can deliver a mobile battery 100 with a remaining capacity equal to or greater than that of the mobile battery 100 that the user requires to be delivered. The information generating unit 418 generates the requesting user information using delivery person location information indicating the location of the selected delivery person. The control unit 408 transmits the requesting user information to the delivery person terminal 300 of the selected delivery person. In this way, the requesting user information can be provided only to delivery people who are able to accept requests from users.
 上述したように、依頼情報には、ユーザが集配を要するモバイルバッテリ100の型式を示す情報が含まれ得る。この場合、情報生成部418は、ユーザが集配を要するモバイルバッテリ100の型式を示す情報と、集配者が集配可能なモバイルバッテリ100の型式を示す情報とに基づいて、依頼ユーザ情報を生成してもよい。例えば情報生成部418は、ユーザが求める型式のモバイルバッテリ100を配送可能な集配者を選定する。情報生成部418は、選定された集配者の位置を示す集配者位置情報を用いて、依頼ユーザ情報を生成する。制御部408は、選定された集配者の集配者端末300へと、依頼ユーザ情報を送信する。また、例えば情報生成部418は、ユーザが回収を求める型式のモバイルバッテリ100を回収可能な集配者を選定する。情報生成部418は、選定された集配者の位置を示す集配者位置情報を用いて、依頼ユーザ情報を生成する。制御部408は、選定された集配者の集配者端末300へと、依頼ユーザ情報を送信する。このようにすれば、ユーザからの依頼を受注可能な集配者に対してのみ、依頼ユーザ情報が提供され得る。 As described above, the request information may include information indicating the model of the mobile battery 100 that the user requires to be collected and delivered. In this case, the information generation unit 418 may generate the requesting user information based on the information indicating the model of the mobile battery 100 that the user requires to be collected and delivered, and the information indicating the model of the mobile battery 100 that the delivery person can collect and deliver. For example, the information generation unit 418 selects a delivery person who can deliver the mobile battery 100 of the model requested by the user. The information generation unit 418 generates the requesting user information using delivery person location information indicating the location of the selected delivery person. The control unit 408 transmits the requesting user information to the delivery person terminal 300 of the selected delivery person. Also, for example, the information generation unit 418 selects a delivery person who can collect the mobile battery 100 of the model requested by the user to be collected. The information generation unit 418 generates the requesting user information using delivery person location information indicating the location of the selected delivery person. The control unit 408 transmits the requesting user information to the delivery person terminal 300 of the selected delivery person. In this way, the requesting user information can be provided only to those delivery personnel who are able to accept requests from the user.
 上述したように、集配者端末300の演算部310には、依頼受注部318が備えられ得る。依頼受注部318は、ユーザからの依頼を集配者が受注するか否かを選択するための操作画面を表示部304に表示させる。例えば上述したように、モバイルバッテリ100の集配を依頼したユーザの位置を示す図形が表示画面304aに表示され得る。集配者が当該図形をタップした場合に、依頼受注部318は、当該ユーザからの依頼を集配者が受注するか否かを選択するための操作画面を表示部304に表示させる。集配者は、当該操作画面を用いて、ユーザからの依頼を受注するか否かを回答し得る。依頼受注部318は、ユーザからの依頼を集配者が受注するか否かの回答結果を示す通知を、通信部308を介して管理装置400へと送信する。当該通知は、以下の説明において回答通知とも称される。 As described above, the calculation unit 310 of the delivery person terminal 300 may be provided with a request receiving unit 318. The request receiving unit 318 causes the display unit 304 to display an operation screen for the delivery person to select whether or not to receive a request from a user. For example, as described above, a figure showing the location of a user who has requested collection and delivery of a mobile battery 100 may be displayed on the display screen 304a. When the delivery person taps the figure, the request receiving unit 318 causes the display unit 304 to display an operation screen for the delivery person to select whether or not to receive a request from the user. The delivery person may use the operation screen to respond as to whether or not to receive a request from a user. The request receiving unit 318 transmits a notification indicating the response result of whether or not the delivery person will receive a request from a user to the management device 400 via the communication unit 308. The notification is also referred to as a response notification in the following description.
 集配者端末300から送信された回答通知の内容がユーザからの依頼を受注する旨の回答であった場合、制御部408は、依頼が受注された旨を示す通知を、依頼情報を送信したユーザのユーザ端末200に送信する。これにより、ユーザは、当該ユーザからの依頼が集配者によって受注されたことを把握し得る。 If the content of the reply notification sent from the delivery person terminal 300 is a reply that the request from the user has been accepted, the control unit 408 sends a notification indicating that the request has been accepted to the user terminal 200 of the user who sent the request information. This allows the user to know that the request from that user has been accepted by the delivery person.
 仮に、ユーザからの依頼を受注する集配者がいなかった場合、制御部408は、当該依頼が受注されなかった旨を示す通知を、依頼情報を送信したユーザのユーザ端末200に送信する。これにより、ユーザは、当該ユーザからの依頼が集配者によって受注されなかったことを把握し得る。例えば、依頼ユーザ情報を受け取った複数の集配者端末300のいずれにおいても依頼を受注するための操作が行われなかった場合、制御部408は、依頼が受注されなかった旨を示す通知を、依頼情報を送信したユーザのユーザ端末200に送信する。すなわち、依頼ユーザ情報を送信してから所定時間が経過するまでに依頼を受注する旨の回答を受信しなかった場合、制御部408は、依頼が受注されなかった旨を示す通知を、依頼情報を送信したユーザのユーザ端末200に送信する。 If there is no collector/deliverer to accept the user's request, the control unit 408 sends a notification to the user terminal 200 of the user who sent the request information indicating that the request has not been accepted. This allows the user to know that the request from the user has not been accepted by the collector/deliverer. For example, if no operation is performed to accept the request at any of the multiple collector/deliverer terminals 300 that received the requesting user information, the control unit 408 sends a notification to the user terminal 200 of the user who sent the request information indicating that the request has not been accepted. In other words, if no response indicating that the request will be accepted is received within a predetermined time after the requesting user information is sent, the control unit 408 sends a notification to the user terminal 200 of the user who sent the request information indicating that the request has not been accepted.
 管理装置400が依頼情報を受信した場合、当該管理装置400の情報生成部418は、依頼ユーザ情報のみならず経路候補情報をも生成してもよい。経路候補情報は、モバイルバッテリ100の集配経路の候補を示す情報である。経路候補情報は、ユーザ位置情報と、集配者位置情報と、地図情報とに基づいて生成され得る。情報生成部418は、一人のユーザに対して複数の集配経路の候補を作成してもよい。複数のユーザがモバイルバッテリ100の集配を依頼した場合、情報生成部418は、複数のユーザに対して集配者がモバイルバッテリ100を順次集配し得る集配経路の候補を示す情報を経路候補情報に含ませてもよい(図13も参照)。 When the management device 400 receives request information, the information generation unit 418 of the management device 400 may generate not only requesting user information but also route candidate information. The route candidate information is information indicating candidate collection and delivery routes for the mobile battery 100. The route candidate information may be generated based on user location information, delivery person location information, and map information. The information generation unit 418 may create multiple candidate collection and delivery routes for one user. When multiple users request collection and delivery of the mobile battery 100, the information generation unit 418 may include information indicating candidate collection and delivery routes for the multiple users by which the delivery person can sequentially collect and deliver the mobile battery 100 in the route candidate information (see also FIG. 13).
 経路候補情報を生成する場合において、情報生成部418は、所定の条件に基づいて集配経路の候補を選定してもよい。例えば情報生成部418は、集配者の移動距離が所定距離以内となる経路を集配経路の候補として選定してもよい。また、情報生成部418は、集配者の移動時間が所定時間以内となる経路を集配経路の候補として選定してもよい。 When generating route candidate information, the information generating unit 418 may select candidate collection and delivery routes based on predetermined conditions. For example, the information generating unit 418 may select a route where the travel distance of the delivery person is within a predetermined distance as a candidate collection and delivery route. The information generating unit 418 may also select a route where the travel time of the delivery person is within a predetermined time as a candidate collection and delivery route.
 情報生成部418によって生成された経路候補情報は、通信部402を介して集配者端末300へと送信され得る。これにより、集配者端末300の情報提供部316は、当該集配者端末300が管理装置400から受信した経路候補情報を、集配者に提供し得る。集配者は、情報提供部316によって提供された経路候補情報を踏まえて、ユーザからの依頼を受注するか否かを判断し得る。 The route candidate information generated by the information generation unit 418 can be transmitted to the delivery person terminal 300 via the communication unit 402. As a result, the information provision unit 316 of the delivery person terminal 300 can provide the delivery person with the route candidate information that the delivery person terminal 300 received from the management device 400. The delivery person can determine whether or not to accept the request from the user based on the route candidate information provided by the information provision unit 316.
 なお、ユーザまたは集配者が、お互いの待ち合わせ場所を指定する場合がある。その場合、情報生成部418は、指定された待ち合わせ場所に基づいて経路候補情報を生成してもよい。待ち合わせ場所のより詳しい説明は後述する。 Note that the user or the delivery person may specify a meeting place for each other. In that case, the information generation unit 418 may generate route candidate information based on the specified meeting place. A more detailed explanation of meeting places will be provided later.
 図12は、管理システム16の動作の例を示すフローチャートである。モバイルバッテリ100の集配依頼の受注の例が、図12には示されている。 FIG. 12 is a flowchart showing an example of the operation of the management system 16. An example of receiving a request for collection and delivery of a mobile battery 100 is shown in FIG. 12.
 ステップS21において、ユーザ端末200が依頼情報を生成する。より詳しくは、ユーザ端末200に備えられた依頼情報生成部218が、ユーザの操作に応じて依頼情報を生成する。生成された依頼情報は、ステップS22において、通信部208を介して管理装置400へと送信される。 In step S21, the user terminal 200 generates request information. More specifically, the request information generation unit 218 provided in the user terminal 200 generates the request information in response to a user operation. In step S22, the generated request information is transmitted to the management device 400 via the communication unit 208.
 次にステップS23に移り、管理装置400が、依頼情報を用いて依頼ユーザ情報を生成する。より詳しくは、管理装置400に備えられた情報生成部418が、ユーザ位置情報と、集配者位置情報と、依頼情報とに基づいて、依頼ユーザ情報を生成する。なお、ユーザ位置情報、集配者位置情報は、位置情報取得部412によって適宜取得される。 Then, the process proceeds to step S23, where the management device 400 generates requesting user information using the request information. More specifically, the information generating unit 418 provided in the management device 400 generates the requesting user information based on the user position information, the delivery person position information, and the request information. The user position information and the delivery person position information are appropriately acquired by the position information acquiring unit 412.
 次にステップS24に移り、管理装置400が、ユーザ位置情報と集配者位置情報と地図情報とに基づいて経路候補情報を生成する。より具体的には、管理装置400に備えられた情報生成部418が、ユーザ位置情報と集配者位置情報と地図情報とに基づいて経路候補情報を生成する。なお、地図情報は、管理装置400の記憶部406に予め記憶され得る。 Then, the process proceeds to step S24, where the management device 400 generates route candidate information based on the user position information, the delivery person position information, and the map information. More specifically, the information generation unit 418 provided in the management device 400 generates route candidate information based on the user position information, the delivery person position information, and the map information. The map information may be stored in advance in the storage unit 406 of the management device 400.
 次にステップS25に移り、管理装置400の通信部402から集配者端末300へと依頼ユーザ情報、経路候補情報が送信される。依頼ユーザ情報、経路候補情報は、管理装置400の通信部402を介して送信される。また、依頼ユーザ情報、経路候補情報は、集配者端末300の通信部308によって受信される。集配者端末300によって受信された依頼ユーザ情報、経路候補情報は、情報提供部316によって集配者に提供される。 Then, the process proceeds to step S25, where the requesting user information and route candidate information are sent from the communication unit 402 of the management device 400 to the collection/delivery terminal 300. The requesting user information and route candidate information are sent via the communication unit 402 of the management device 400. The requesting user information and route candidate information are received by the communication unit 308 of the collection/delivery terminal 300. The requesting user information and route candidate information received by the collection/delivery terminal 300 are provided to the collection/delivery person by the information provision unit 316.
 次にステップS26に移り、集配者端末300が管理装置400に回答通知を送信する。より詳しくは、集配者端末300の依頼受注部318が集配者の操作に応じて回答通知を生成するとともに、当該集配者端末300の通信部308が当該回答通知を管理装置400へと送信する。こうして、図12に例示する動作が完了する。なお、回答通知は、上述したように、ユーザからの依頼を集配者が受注するか否かの回答結果を示す通知である。 Then, the process moves to step S26, where the collector/deliverer terminal 300 sends a response notification to the management device 400. More specifically, the request receiving unit 318 of the collector/deliverer terminal 300 generates a response notification in response to the collector/deliverer's operation, and the communication unit 308 of the collector/deliverer terminal 300 sends the response notification to the management device 400. In this way, the operation illustrated in FIG. 12 is completed. Note that, as described above, the response notification is a notification indicating the response result as to whether or not the collector/deliverer will accept the request from the user.
 図13は、集配者端末300の表示部304における表示の例を示す図である。依頼ユーザ情報とともに経路候補情報を表示する場合の例が図13には示されている。 FIG. 13 is a diagram showing an example of a display on the display unit 304 of the delivery/collection terminal 300. FIG. 13 shows an example of a case where route candidate information is displayed together with requesting user information.
 集配者端末300が依頼ユーザ情報を受信することで、表示部304の表示画面304aには、図形608が更に表示され得る。図形608は地図MP上に表示され得る。図形608は、モバイルバッテリ100の集配を依頼したユーザの位置を示す。表示画面304aには、複数の図形608(608A~608E)が表示されてもよい。なお、図形608によって示されるユーザが集配を希望するモバイルバッテリ100の数、残容量等を示す図形が更に表示画面304aに表示されてもよい。集配者が図形608をタップした場合に、当該図形608によって示されるユーザからの依頼内容の詳細が表示部304に表示されるようにしてもよい。 When the delivery/collection person terminal 300 receives the requesting user information, a figure 608 may be further displayed on the display screen 304a of the display unit 304. The figure 608 may be displayed on a map MP. The figure 608 indicates the location of the user who requested collection and delivery of the mobile battery 100. A plurality of figures 608 (608A-608E) may be displayed on the display screen 304a. A figure indicating the number, remaining capacity, etc. of mobile batteries 100 that the user indicated by the figure 608 wishes to have collected and delivered may be further displayed on the display screen 304a. When the delivery/collection person taps the figure 608, details of the request from the user indicated by the figure 608 may be displayed on the display unit 304.
 なお、上述したように、表示画面304aには図形600が表示され得る。図13において、図形600は、モバイルバッテリ100の集配を依頼していないユーザの位置を示している。モバイルバッテリ100の集配を依頼したユーザと、モバイルバッテリ100の集配を依頼していないユーザとを集配者が容易に識別し得るように、図形600と図形608とは、形状、色、サイズ等のうちの少なくともいずれかが互いに異なることが好ましい。図形608が、表示画面304a上で強調表示されてもよい。例えば、図形600を点滅表示させることなく、図形608を点滅表示させてもよい。 As mentioned above, the graphic 600 may be displayed on the display screen 304a. In FIG. 13, the graphic 600 indicates the location of a user who has not requested collection and delivery of the mobile battery 100. It is preferable that the graphic 600 and the graphic 608 differ from each other in at least one of shape, color, size, etc., so that the delivery person can easily distinguish between a user who has requested collection and delivery of the mobile battery 100 and a user who has not requested collection and delivery of the mobile battery 100. The graphic 608 may be highlighted on the display screen 304a. For example, the graphic 608 may be displayed flashing without flashing the graphic 600.
 集配者端末300が経路候補情報を受信することで、表示部304の表示画面304aには、図形610が更に表示され得る。図形610は地図MP上に表示され得る。図形610は、上述した集配経路の候補を示す。表示画面304aには複数の図形610(610A、610B)が表示されてもよい。図13に示す例においては、図形610Aによって示される集配経路においてモバイルバッテリ100の集配が行われ得るユーザの組み合わせと、図形610Bによって示される集配経路においてモバイルバッテリ100の集配が行われ得るユーザの組み合わせとが異なっている。例えば、図形610Aは、図形608Aによって示されるユーザと、図形608Bによって示されるユーザとに対してモバイルバッテリ100の集配を行い得る集配経路の候補を示している。これに対し、図形610Bは、図形608Cによって示されるユーザと、図形608Dによって示されるユーザと、図形608Eによって示されるユーザとに対してモバイルバッテリ100の集配を行い得る集配経路の候補を示している。 When the delivery/collection terminal 300 receives the route candidate information, a figure 610 may be further displayed on the display screen 304a of the display unit 304. The figure 610 may be displayed on a map MP. The figure 610 indicates the above-mentioned candidate collection/delivery routes. A plurality of figures 610 (610A, 610B) may be displayed on the display screen 304a. In the example shown in FIG. 13, the combination of users for which the mobile battery 100 may be collected and delivered on the collection/delivery route indicated by figure 610A is different from the combination of users for which the mobile battery 100 may be collected and delivered on the collection/delivery route indicated by figure 610B. For example, figure 610A indicates a candidate collection/delivery route for which the mobile battery 100 may be collected and delivered to the user indicated by figure 608A and the user indicated by figure 608B. In contrast, diagram 610B shows possible collection and delivery routes for collecting and delivering the mobile battery 100 to the user shown by diagram 608C, the user shown by diagram 608D, and the user shown by diagram 608E.
 図13に示す表示画面304aによれば、集配者は、モバイルバッテリ100の集配を依頼したユーザの位置と、当該ユーザに対してモバイルバッテリ100の集配を行うための集配経路の候補とを確認し得る。集配者は、集配経路の候補、当該集配経路上に位置するユーザの数等を踏まえ、ユーザからの依頼を受注するか否かを判断し得る。 According to the display screen 304a shown in FIG. 13, the delivery person can confirm the location of the user who has requested collection and delivery of the mobile battery 100, and candidate collection and delivery routes for collecting and delivering the mobile battery 100 to the user. The delivery person can determine whether or not to accept the request from the user based on the candidate collection and delivery routes, the number of users located on the collection and delivery route, etc.
 ユーザからの依頼を受注した集配者は、当該ユーザに対してモバイルバッテリ100の集配を行う。例えばモバイルバッテリ100の配送依頼を受注した集配者は、ユーザが位置する場所へと赴いて、当該ユーザにモバイルバッテリ100を引き渡す。また、例えばモバイルバッテリ100の回収依頼を受注した集配者は、ユーザが位置する場所へと赴いて、当該ユーザからモバイルバッテリ100を回収する。 A delivery person who receives a request from a user collects and delivers the mobile battery 100 to the user. For example, a delivery person who receives a delivery request for the mobile battery 100 travels to the location where the user is located and hands over the mobile battery 100 to the user. Also, for example, a delivery person who receives a collection request for the mobile battery 100 travels to the location where the user is located and collects the mobile battery 100 from the user.
 ところで、ユーザが集配者との待ち合わせ場所を指定したい場合があり得る。これを踏まえ、ユーザ端末200の情報提供部216は、ユーザが受渡場所を指定するための操作画面を、ユーザ端末200の表示部204に表示させてもよい。 Incidentally, there may be cases where the user wants to specify a meeting place with the delivery person. In light of this, the information providing unit 216 of the user terminal 200 may cause the display unit 204 of the user terminal 200 to display an operation screen that enables the user to specify the delivery location.
 受渡場所は、ユーザに対するモバイルバッテリ100の受け渡しが行われる場所である。ユーザが受渡場所を指定するための操作画面は、図8に示す表示画面204aでもよい。この場合、例えばユーザは表示画面204aに示された地図MP上の任意の地点をタップして、受渡場所を指定し得る。ユーザが指定した受渡場所を示す情報は、集配者端末300へと送信される。集配者端末300の情報提供部316は、ユーザが指定した受渡場所を、例えば表示部304に表示させる。これにより、集配者は、ユーザとの待ち合わせ場所である受渡場所を把握し得る。 The delivery location is the location where the mobile battery 100 is handed over to the user. The operation screen for the user to specify the delivery location may be the display screen 204a shown in FIG. 8. In this case, for example, the user can tap any point on the map MP shown on the display screen 204a to specify the delivery location. Information indicating the delivery location specified by the user is transmitted to the delivery person terminal 300. The information providing unit 316 of the delivery person terminal 300 causes the delivery location specified by the user to be displayed, for example, on the display unit 304. This allows the delivery person to know the delivery location, which is the meeting place with the user.
 また、ユーザ端末200の情報提供部216は、ユーザが回収場所を指定するための操作画面を、ユーザ端末200の表示部204に表示させてもよい。回収場所は、ユーザが集配者にモバイルバッテリ100を引き渡す場所である。ユーザが回収場所を指定するための操作画面は、図9に示す表示画面204bでもよい。この場合、例えばユーザは表示画面204bに示された地図MP上の任意の地点をタップして、回収場所を指定し得る。ユーザが指定した回収場所を示す情報は、集配者端末300へと送信される。集配者端末300の情報提供部316は、ユーザが指定した回収場所を、例えば表示部304に表示させる。これにより、集配者は、ユーザとの待ち合わせ場所である回収場所を把握し得る。 The information providing unit 216 of the user terminal 200 may also display an operation screen on the display unit 204 of the user terminal 200 for the user to specify a collection location. The collection location is the location where the user hands over the mobile battery 100 to the collector/deliverer. The operation screen for the user to specify the collection location may be the display screen 204b shown in FIG. 9. In this case, for example, the user may tap any point on the map MP shown on the display screen 204b to specify the collection location. Information indicating the collection location specified by the user is transmitted to the collector/deliverer terminal 300. The information providing unit 316 of the collector/deliverer terminal 300 displays the collection location specified by the user on, for example, the display unit 304. This allows the collector/deliverer to know the collection location, which is the meeting place with the user.
 集配者がユーザとの待ち合わせ場所を指定してもよい。すなわち、集配者が受渡場所または回収場所を指定してもよい。その場合、集配者端末300の情報提供部316は、集配者が待ち合わせ場所を指定するための操作画面を、集配者端末300の表示部304に表示させる。当該操作画面は、図11の表示画面304aでもよい。この場合、例えば集配者は表示画面304aに示された地図MP上の任意の地点をタップして、待ち合わせ場所を指定し得る。集配者が指定した待ち合わせ場所を示す情報は、ユーザ端末200へと送信される。ユーザ端末200の情報提供部216は、集配者が指定した待ち合わせ場所を、例えば表示部204に表示させる。これにより、ユーザは、集配者との待ち合わせ場所を把握し得る。なお、ユーザと集配者とが互いに異なる待ち合わせ場所を指定する場合があり得る。これを考慮して、ユーザと集配者との一方のみが待ち合わせ場所を指定し得るとともに、他方には当該指定を承諾するか否かを選択させるようにしてもよい。 The collector/deliverer may specify a meeting place with the user. That is, the collector/deliverer may specify a delivery location or a collection location. In this case, the information providing unit 316 of the collector/deliverer terminal 300 causes the display unit 304 of the collector/deliverer terminal 300 to display an operation screen for the collector/deliverer to specify a meeting place. The operation screen may be the display screen 304a of FIG. 11. In this case, for example, the collector/deliverer may tap any point on the map MP shown on the display screen 304a to specify a meeting place. Information indicating the meeting place specified by the collector/deliverer is transmitted to the user terminal 200. The information providing unit 216 of the user terminal 200 causes the display unit 204 to display, for example, the meeting place specified by the collector/deliverer. This allows the user to know the meeting place with the collector/deliverer. Note that there may be cases where the user and the collector/deliverer specify different meeting places. In consideration of this, only one of the user and the collector/deliverer may specify a meeting place, and the other may select whether or not to accept the designation.
 上述したように、管理装置400の演算部404には、提案部420が備えられ得る。提案部420は、ユーザ位置情報と集配者位置情報とのうちの少なくとも一方と地図情報とに基づいて、上述した待ち合わせ場所の候補を提案し得る。例えば提案部420は、ユーザ位置と集配者位置との中間地点を待ち合わせ場所の候補として提案し得る。また、提案部420は、例えばユーザ位置または集配者位置の近辺に存在する施設、建物等を待ち合わせ場所の候補として提案し得る。当該施設、建物等は、ユーザが集配者を探す際の目印として機能し得るとともに、集配者がユーザを探す際の目印としても機能し得る。提案部420は、ユーザ位置情報として、上述した将来ユーザ位置を用いてもよい。提案部420は、待ち合わせ場所の候補を複数提案してもよい。集配経路の候補を示す経路候補情報が集配者に提供されている場合、提案部420は、当該集配経路上のいずれかの地点を待ち合わせ場所の候補として提案してもよい。待ち合わせ場所の候補の数は、1つであってもよいし、複数であってもよい。 As described above, the calculation unit 404 of the management device 400 may be provided with a suggestion unit 420. The suggestion unit 420 may suggest the above-mentioned candidate meeting places based on at least one of the user position information and the delivery person position information and the map information. For example, the suggestion unit 420 may suggest a midpoint between the user position and the delivery person position as a candidate meeting place. The suggestion unit 420 may also suggest, for example, facilities, buildings, etc. that exist in the vicinity of the user position or the delivery person position as a candidate meeting place. The facilities, buildings, etc. may function as landmarks when the user searches for the delivery person and may also function as landmarks when the delivery person searches for the user. The suggestion unit 420 may use the above-mentioned future user position as the user position information. The suggestion unit 420 may suggest multiple candidates for the meeting place. When route candidate information indicating candidates for the delivery route is provided to the delivery person, the suggestion unit 420 may suggest any point on the delivery route as a candidate meeting place. The number of candidate meeting places may be one or more.
 提案部420によって提案された待ち合わせ場所の候補を示す情報は、管理装置400の制御部408によって、通信部402を介してユーザ端末200へと送信され得る。これにより、ユーザ端末200の情報提供部216は、待ち合わせ場所の候補を示す情報を、ユーザに提供し得る。例えば情報提供部216は、ユーザ端末200の表示部204に地図MPを表示させるとともに、待ち合わせ場所の候補を示す図形を地図MP上に表示させ得る。ユーザは、表示部204に表示された候補のうちから、待ち合わせ場所を選択し得る。 The information indicating the candidate meeting places proposed by the suggestion unit 420 may be transmitted by the control unit 408 of the management device 400 to the user terminal 200 via the communication unit 402. This allows the information providing unit 216 of the user terminal 200 to provide the user with information indicating the candidate meeting places. For example, the information providing unit 216 may cause the display unit 204 of the user terminal 200 to display a map MP, and may cause a figure indicating the candidate meeting places to be displayed on the map MP. The user may select a meeting place from among the candidates displayed on the display unit 204.
 また、提案部420によって提案された待ち合わせ場所の候補を示す情報は、管理装置400の制御部408によって、通信部402を介して集配者端末300へと送信され得る。これにより、集配者端末300の情報提供部316は、待ち合わせ場所の候補を示す情報を、集配者に提供し得る。例えば情報提供部316は、集配者端末300の表示部304に地図MPを表示させるとともに、待ち合わせ場所の候補を示す図形を地図MP上に表示させ得る。集配者は、表示部304に表示された候補のうちから、待ち合わせ場所を選択し得る。 In addition, information indicating candidate meeting places proposed by the suggestion unit 420 may be transmitted by the control unit 408 of the management device 400 to the delivery person terminal 300 via the communication unit 402. This allows the information providing unit 316 of the delivery person terminal 300 to provide the delivery person with information indicating the candidate meeting places. For example, the information providing unit 316 may cause the display unit 304 of the delivery person terminal 300 to display a map MP, and may also cause a figure indicating the candidate meeting places to be displayed on the map MP. The delivery person may select a meeting place from the candidates displayed on the display unit 304.
 なお、待ち合わせ場所の複数の候補がユーザと集配者との両者に提供されると、ユーザと集配者とが互いに異なる待ち合わせ場所を指定する場合があり得る。これを考慮して、ユーザと集配者との一方のみが待ち合わせ場所を指定し得るとともに、他方には当該指定を承諾するか否かを選択させるようにしてもよい。 Note that when multiple candidate meeting locations are provided to both the user and the delivery person, there may be cases where the user and the delivery person specify different meeting locations. Taking this into consideration, it may be possible for only one of the user and the delivery person to specify a meeting location, while allowing the other person to choose whether or not to accept the specification.
 図14は、管理システム16の動作の例を示すフローチャートである。待ち合わせ場所を提案する場合の例が、図14には示されている。 FIG. 14 is a flowchart showing an example of the operation of the management system 16. An example of the case where a meeting place is proposed is shown in FIG. 14.
 管理システム16は、図14に例示するステップS31、ステップS32を実行し得る。ステップS31、ステップS32は、本実施形態による管理方法に含まれ得る。 The management system 16 may execute steps S31 and S32 illustrated in FIG. 14. Steps S31 and S32 may be included in the management method according to this embodiment.
 ステップS31において、管理装置400の情報生成部418が、待ち合わせ場所の候補を示す情報を生成する。情報生成部418は、モバイルバッテリ100の集配を依頼したユーザの位置を示すユーザ位置情報と、当該ユーザからの依頼を受注した集配者の位置を示す集配者位置情報とに基づいて、待ち合わせ場所の候補を示す情報を生成し得る。より具体的には、情報生成部418は、モバイルバッテリ100の集配を依頼したユーザの位置を示すユーザ位置情報と、当該ユーザからの依頼を受注した集配者の位置を示す集配者位置情報と、地図情報とに基づいて、待ち合わせ場所の候補を示す情報を生成し得る。ステップS31において情報生成部418に用いられるユーザ位置情報、集配者位置情報は、位置情報取得部412によって適宜取得される。 In step S31, the information generating unit 418 of the management device 400 generates information indicating potential meeting places. The information generating unit 418 may generate information indicating potential meeting places based on user location information indicating the location of the user who requested collection and delivery of the mobile battery 100 and delivery person location information indicating the location of the delivery person who accepted the request from the user. More specifically, the information generating unit 418 may generate information indicating potential meeting places based on user location information indicating the location of the user who requested collection and delivery of the mobile battery 100, delivery person location information indicating the location of the delivery person who accepted the request from the user, and map information. The user location information and delivery person location information used by the information generating unit 418 in step S31 are appropriately acquired by the location information acquiring unit 412.
 次にステップS32に移り、待ち合わせ場所の候補を示す情報が管理装置400から送信される。待ち合わせ場所の候補を示す情報は、管理装置400の通信部402を介して送信される。待ち合わせ場所の候補を示す情報は、モバイルバッテリ100の集配を依頼したユーザが所持するユーザ端末200の通信部208によって受信され得る。待ち合わせ場所の候補を示す情報は、ユーザからの依頼を受注した集配者が所持する集配者端末300の通信部308によって受信されてもよい。こうして、図14に示す動作が完了する。 Then, proceed to step S32, where information indicating potential meeting places is transmitted from the management device 400. The information indicating potential meeting places is transmitted via the communication unit 402 of the management device 400. The information indicating potential meeting places may be received by the communication unit 208 of the user terminal 200 carried by the user who requested collection and delivery of the mobile battery 100. The information indicating potential meeting places may also be received by the communication unit 308 of the delivery person terminal 300 carried by the delivery person who accepted the request from the user. In this way, the operation shown in FIG. 14 is completed.
 提案部420は、集配者がモバイルバッテリ100を配し得る所定の設備20を受取場所として提案してもよい。当該設備20は、例えばモバイルバッテリ100を格納可能なロッカー(図1も参照)であるが、これに限定されない。設備20は、例えばモバイルバッテリ100を保持可能なバッテリホルダでもよい。バッテリホルダは、例えば街中に設置することが容易な小型の容器でもよい。設備20は、例えばシェアリングシステム10を運営する運営事業者によって、街中に適宜設置され得る。集配者は、提案部420によって提案された設備20にモバイルバッテリ100を配し得る。その一方で、ユーザは、設備20に配されたモバイルバッテリ100を受け取り得る。これにより、ユーザは、集配者と対面することなしに、モバイルバッテリ100を受け取り得る。 The suggestion unit 420 may suggest as a receiving location a specific facility 20 where a delivery person can place the mobile battery 100. The facility 20 may be, for example, a locker (see also FIG. 1) capable of storing the mobile battery 100, but is not limited to this. The facility 20 may be, for example, a battery holder capable of holding the mobile battery 100. The battery holder may be, for example, a small container that is easy to install in the city. The facility 20 may be appropriately installed in the city, for example, by an operating company that operates the sharing system 10. The delivery person may place the mobile battery 100 in the facility 20 proposed by the suggestion unit 420. Meanwhile, the user may receive the mobile battery 100 placed in the facility 20. This allows the user to receive the mobile battery 100 without meeting the delivery person.
 集配者がモバイルバッテリ100を設置可能な所定の設備20を受取場所として提案する場合、提案部420は、ユーザ位置情報と、集配者位置情報と、設備20の位置を示す情報とに基づいて、モバイルバッテリ100の受け取りに用いられる設備20を選定し得る。設備20の位置を示す情報は、記憶部406に予め記憶される地図情報に含まれ得る。なお、提案部420は、モバイルバッテリ100の受け取りに用いられる設備20を選定する際に、上述した将来ユーザ位置をユーザ位置情報として用いてもよい。選定された設備20の位置を示す情報は、ユーザ端末200の情報提供部216によってユーザに提供される。また、選定された設備20の位置を示す情報は、集配者端末300の情報提供部316によって集配者に提供される。 When the delivery person proposes a specific facility 20 where the mobile battery 100 can be installed as the receiving location, the proposal unit 420 may select the facility 20 to be used to receive the mobile battery 100 based on the user location information, the delivery person location information, and information indicating the location of the facility 20. The information indicating the location of the facility 20 may be included in map information pre-stored in the memory unit 406. Note that the proposal unit 420 may use the above-mentioned future user location as user location information when selecting the facility 20 to be used to receive the mobile battery 100. The information indicating the location of the selected facility 20 is provided to the user by the information provision unit 216 of the user terminal 200. In addition, the information indicating the location of the selected facility 20 is provided to the delivery person by the information provision unit 316 of the delivery person terminal 300.
 提案部420は、ユーザが集配者にモバイルバッテリ100を引き渡す回収場所として、上記設備20を提案してもよい。この場合、例えばユーザは、集配者による回収を要するモバイルバッテリ100を、上記設備20に配し得る。集配者は、設備20に配されたモバイルバッテリ100を回収し得る。これにより、ユーザは、集配者と対面することなしに、モバイルバッテリ100を当該集配者に引き渡し得る。 The suggestion unit 420 may suggest the facility 20 as a collection location where the user will hand over the mobile battery 100 to a collection and delivery person. In this case, for example, the user may deliver the mobile battery 100 that needs to be collected by a collection and delivery person to the facility 20. The collection and delivery person may collect the mobile battery 100 that has been delivered to the facility 20. This allows the user to hand over the mobile battery 100 to the collection and delivery person without meeting them face to face.
 提案部420は、ユーザがモバイルバッテリ100の集配を依頼する前の段階で、待ち合わせ場所の候補を当該ユーザに提案してもよい。例えば上述したように、図8の表示画面204aには、ユーザにモバイルバッテリ100を集配し得る集配者を示す図形が表示され得る。提案部420は、当該集配者にユーザがモバイルバッテリ100の集配を依頼した場合を想定して、当該ユーザと当該集配者との待ち合わせ場所の候補を提案し得る。この場合、ユーザ端末200の情報提供部216は、提案部420が提案した待ち合わせ場所の候補を示す図形等を表示画面204aに表示させ得る。これにより、ユーザは、提案される待ち合わせ場所の候補を踏まえて、モバイルバッテリ100の集配を依頼する集配者を選択し得る。 The suggestion unit 420 may suggest potential meeting places to the user before the user requests collection and delivery of the mobile battery 100. For example, as described above, the display screen 204a of FIG. 8 may display a figure indicating a delivery person who can collect and deliver the mobile battery 100 to the user. The suggestion unit 420 may suggest potential meeting places between the user and the delivery person, assuming that the user requests the delivery person to collect and deliver the mobile battery 100. In this case, the information provision unit 216 of the user terminal 200 may display a figure or the like indicating the potential meeting places proposed by the suggestion unit 420 on the display screen 204a. This allows the user to select a delivery person to request collection and delivery of the mobile battery 100 based on the proposed potential meeting places.
 提案部420は、集配者がユーザからの依頼を受注する前の段階で、待ち合わせ場所の候補を当該集配者に提案してもよい。例えば上述したように、図11に示す表示画面304aには、モバイルバッテリ100の集配を要し得るユーザの位置が示され得る。提案部420は、ユーザからの依頼を集配者が受注した場合を想定して、ユーザと当該集配者との待ち合わせ場所の候補を提案し得る。この場合、集配者端末300の情報提供部316は、提案部420が提案した待ち合わせ場所の候補を示す図形等を表示画面304aに表示させ得る。これにより、集配者は、提案される待ち合わせ場所の候補を踏まえて、ユーザからの依頼を受注するか否かを判断し得る。 The suggestion unit 420 may suggest potential meeting places to the delivery person before the delivery person accepts a request from the user. For example, as described above, the display screen 304a shown in FIG. 11 may show the location of a user who may need the mobile battery 100 picked up and delivered. The suggestion unit 420 may suggest potential meeting places between the user and the delivery person, assuming that the delivery person accepts a request from the user. In this case, the information provision unit 316 of the delivery person terminal 300 may cause a figure or the like showing the potential meeting places suggested by the suggestion unit 420 to be displayed on the display screen 304a. This allows the delivery person to decide whether or not to accept the request from the user, based on the proposed potential meeting places.
 また、提案部420は、モバイルバッテリ100の配送を要し得るユーザに対して、バッテリステーション12に赴くことを提案してもよい。この場合、提案部420は、ユーザ位置情報と、バッテリステーション12の位置を示す情報と、当該バッテリステーション12の稼働状況を示す情報とに基づいて、ユーザがモバイルバッテリ100を受け取り得るバッテリステーション12を選定し得る。より具体的には、提案部420は、ユーザ位置情報と、バッテリステーション12の位置を示す情報と、当該バッテリステーション12の稼働状況を示す情報と、地図情報とに基づいて、ユーザがモバイルバッテリ100を受け取り得るバッテリステーション12を選定し得る。提案部420は、ユーザ位置から所定範囲内において稼働しているバッテリステーション12を選定して、当該バッテリステーション12に配されているモバイルバッテリ100を受け取ることをユーザに提案し得る。ユーザ位置情報は、位置情報取得部412によって適宜取得され得る。バッテリステーション12の位置を示す情報は、記憶部406に記憶されている地図情報に含まれ得る。バッテリステーション12の稼働状況を示す情報は、例えば当該バッテリステーション12から管理システム16に適宜提供され得る。または、バッテリステーション12の稼働予定(営業スケジュール)を示す情報が、管理装置400の記憶部406によって予め記憶され得る。提案部420は、モバイルバッテリ100の受け取りに用いられるバッテリステーション12を選定する際に、将来ユーザ位置を示す情報をユーザ位置情報として用いてもよい。 The suggestion unit 420 may also suggest to a user who may require delivery of the mobile battery 100 that he or she go to the battery station 12. In this case, the suggestion unit 420 may select a battery station 12 at which the user can receive the mobile battery 100 based on the user location information, information indicating the location of the battery station 12, and information indicating the operating status of the battery station 12. More specifically, the suggestion unit 420 may select a battery station 12 at which the user can receive the mobile battery 100 based on the user location information, information indicating the location of the battery station 12, information indicating the operating status of the battery station 12, and map information. The suggestion unit 420 may select a battery station 12 that is operating within a predetermined range from the user location and suggest to the user that he or she receive the mobile battery 100 arranged at the battery station 12. The user location information may be appropriately acquired by the location information acquisition unit 412. The information indicating the location of the battery station 12 may be included in the map information stored in the memory unit 406. Information indicating the operating status of the battery station 12 may be provided from the battery station 12 to the management system 16 as appropriate, for example. Alternatively, information indicating the planned operation (business schedule) of the battery station 12 may be stored in advance by the storage unit 406 of the management device 400. The suggestion unit 420 may use information indicating the future user position as user position information when selecting the battery station 12 to be used to receive the mobile battery 100.
 提案部420によって選定されたバッテリステーション12の位置を示す情報は、管理装置400の通信部402を介してユーザ端末200へと送信される。これにより、ユーザ端末200の情報提供部216が、提案部420によって選定されたバッテリステーション12の位置を示す情報をユーザに提供し得る。情報提供部216は、図8に示す表示画面204a上に、選定されたバッテリステーション12の位置を示す図形等を表示させ得る。また、情報提供部216は、表示画面204a上に示したバッテリステーション12においてモバイルバッテリ100の受け取りが可能である旨を示すテキストメッセージを、当該表示画面204a上に表示させ得る。ユーザは、提案部420によって提案されたバッテリステーション12に赴くことで、当該バッテリステーション12に配されたモバイルバッテリ100を受け取り得る。バッテリステーション12に配されたモバイルバッテリ100を受け取り得るため、ユーザは、当該ユーザからの依頼を受注する集配者が存在しない場合であっても、モバイルバッテリ100を受け取り得る。 The information indicating the location of the battery station 12 selected by the suggestion unit 420 is transmitted to the user terminal 200 via the communication unit 402 of the management device 400. As a result, the information providing unit 216 of the user terminal 200 can provide the user with information indicating the location of the battery station 12 selected by the suggestion unit 420. The information providing unit 216 can display a figure or the like indicating the location of the selected battery station 12 on the display screen 204a shown in FIG. 8. The information providing unit 216 can also display a text message indicating that the mobile battery 100 can be received at the battery station 12 shown on the display screen 204a on the display screen 204a. The user can receive the mobile battery 100 arranged at the battery station 12 by going to the battery station 12 proposed by the suggestion unit 420. Since the user can receive the mobile battery 100 arranged at the battery station 12, the user can receive the mobile battery 100 even if there is no delivery person who will accept the request from the user.
 提案部420は、モバイルバッテリ100の回収を要し得るユーザに対しても、バッテリステーション12に赴くことを提案し得る。この場合も、提案部420は、ユーザ位置情報と、バッテリステーション12の位置を示す情報と、当該バッテリステーション12の稼働状況を示す情報とに基づいてバッテリステーション12を選定し得る。より具体的には、提案部420は、ユーザ位置情報と、バッテリステーション12の位置を示す情報と、当該バッテリステーション12の稼働状況を示す情報と、地図情報とに基づいてバッテリステーション12を選定し得る。情報提供部216は、図9に示す表示画面204b上に、提案部420によって選定されたバッテリステーション12の位置を示す図形等を表示させ得る。また、ユーザは、提案されたバッテリステーション12にモバイルバッテリ100を引き渡し得る。 The suggestion unit 420 may also suggest to a user who may need to retrieve the mobile battery 100 that he or she go to a battery station 12. In this case, the suggestion unit 420 may select a battery station 12 based on the user location information, information indicating the location of the battery station 12, and information indicating the operating status of the battery station 12. More specifically, the suggestion unit 420 may select a battery station 12 based on the user location information, information indicating the location of the battery station 12, information indicating the operating status of the battery station 12, and map information. The information providing unit 216 may display a figure or the like indicating the location of the battery station 12 selected by the suggestion unit 420 on the display screen 204b shown in FIG. 9. The user may also hand over the mobile battery 100 to the proposed battery station 12.
 以上説明したように、管理システム16によれば、ユーザに対してモバイルバッテリ100の集配を行い得る集配者に関する情報が、ユーザ端末200を用いて当該ユーザに提供され得る。 As described above, the management system 16 can provide the user with information about a delivery person who can collect and deliver the mobile battery 100 using the user terminal 200.
 ところで、ユーザが管理者として管理する機器が備えられている場所に対しモバイルバッテリ100の集配を、当該ユーザが要する場合があり得る。より具体的には、当該機器が備えられている場所へのモバイルバッテリ100の配送を、当該ユーザが要する場合がある。また、当該機器に接続されているモバイルバッテリ100の回収を、当該ユーザが要する場合があり得る。当該機器は、ユーザが位置している場所ではなく、ユーザが位置している場所から十分に離れた場所に位置し得る。これを踏まえ、管理装置400の情報生成部418は、ユーザが管理者として管理する機器が備えられている場所へのモバイルバッテリ100の集配を行い得る集配者に関する情報を生成してもよい。機器が備えられている場所に対しモバイルバッテリ100の集配を行い得る集配者に関する情報は、以下の説明において、機器用集配者情報とも称される。 However, there may be cases where a user requires the mobile battery 100 to be collected and delivered to a location where a device managed by the user as an administrator is installed. More specifically, there may be cases where the user requires the mobile battery 100 to be delivered to a location where the device is installed. In addition, there may be cases where the user requires the mobile battery 100 connected to the device to be collected. The device may not be located where the user is located, but may be located at a location sufficiently far away from the user's location. In light of this, the information generation unit 418 of the management device 400 may generate information about a collector/deliverer who can collect and deliver the mobile battery 100 to a location where a device managed by the user as an administrator is installed. In the following description, information about a collector/deliverer who can collect and deliver the mobile battery 100 to a location where the device is installed is also referred to as device collector/deliverer information.
 機器用集配者情報は、機器位置情報と、集配者位置情報とに基づいて生成される。機器位置情報は、ユーザが管理者として管理する機器の位置である機器位置を示す情報である。機器位置情報は、ユーザによってユーザ端末200に適宜入力され得る。ユーザ端末200に入力された機器位置情報は、通信部208によって管理装置400へと送信され得る。管理装置400に送信された機器位置情報は、管理装置400の位置情報取得部412によって取得され得る。機器用集配者情報を生成するために用いられる集配者位置情報は、機器が備えられている場所に対しモバイルバッテリ100の集配を行い得る集配者の位置を示す。例えば、当該機器に給電可能な型式のモバイルバッテリ100を所持しており、且つ、機器位置から所定範囲内に位置する集配者が、当該機器が備えられている場所に対しモバイルバッテリ100の集配を行い得る集配者と成り得る。また、機器の位置である機器位置から所定範囲内に位置する集配者が、当該機器に接続されているモバイルバッテリ100の回収を行い得る集配者と成り得る。機器用集配者情報は、例えば、集配者の位置を示す図形をユーザ端末200の表示部204に地図MPとともに表示させるための情報を含む。 The collection and delivery information for the equipment is generated based on the equipment location information and the collection and delivery person location information. The equipment location information is information indicating the equipment location, which is the location of the equipment managed by the user as an administrator. The equipment location information can be appropriately input by the user to the user terminal 200. The equipment location information input to the user terminal 200 can be transmitted to the management device 400 by the communication unit 208. The equipment location information transmitted to the management device 400 can be acquired by the location information acquisition unit 412 of the management device 400. The collection and delivery person location information used to generate the collection and delivery information for the equipment indicates the location of a collection and delivery person who can collect and deliver the mobile battery 100 to the location where the equipment is installed. For example, a collection and delivery person who possesses a mobile battery 100 of a type capable of supplying power to the equipment and is located within a specified range from the equipment location can be a collection and delivery person who can collect and deliver the mobile battery 100 to the location where the equipment is installed. In addition, a collection and delivery person who is located within a specified range from the equipment location, which is the location of the equipment, can be a collection and delivery person who can collect the mobile battery 100 connected to the equipment. The delivery person information for the device includes, for example, information for displaying a graphic showing the delivery person's location on the display unit 204 of the user terminal 200 together with the map MP.
 機器用集配者情報は、管理装置400の通信部402によって、ユーザ端末200へと送信される。これにより、ユーザ端末200の情報提供部216は、機器用集配者情報をユーザに提供し得る。例えば情報提供部216は、表示部204に地図MPを表示させるとともに、機器が備えられている場所に対しモバイルバッテリ100の集配を行い得る集配者の位置を示す図形を地図MP上に表示させる。 The delivery person information for the device is transmitted to the user terminal 200 by the communication unit 402 of the management device 400. As a result, the information providing unit 216 of the user terminal 200 can provide the delivery person information for the device to the user. For example, the information providing unit 216 causes the display unit 204 to display a map MP, and also causes a graphic to be displayed on the map MP indicating the location of a delivery person who can collect and deliver the mobile battery 100 to the location where the device is installed.
 図15は、管理システム16の動作の例を示すフローチャートである。機器の管理者であるユーザに対して機器用集配者情報を提供する場合の例が、図15には示されている。 FIG. 15 is a flowchart showing an example of the operation of the management system 16. FIG. 15 shows an example of the case where delivery and collection information for a device is provided to a user who is the administrator of the device.
 ステップS41において、管理装置400の位置情報取得部412が、集配者位置情報を取得する。また、ステップS42において、管理装置400の位置情報取得部412が、機器位置情報を取得する。 In step S41, the location information acquisition unit 412 of the management device 400 acquires delivery person location information. In step S42, the location information acquisition unit 412 of the management device 400 acquires device location information.
 次にステップS43に移り、管理装置400の情報生成部418が、機器用集配者情報を生成する。情報生成部418は、機器位置情報と集配者位置情報とに基づいて、機器用集配者情報を生成する。 Then, the process moves to step S43, where the information generating unit 418 of the management device 400 generates delivery person information for the device. The information generating unit 418 generates delivery person information for the device based on the device location information and the delivery person location information.
 次にステップS44に移り、管理装置400の通信部402が、ステップS43において生成された機器用集配者情報をユーザ端末200に送信する。 Then, the process moves to step S44, where the communication unit 402 of the management device 400 transmits the delivery person information for the device generated in step S43 to the user terminal 200.
 次にステップS45に移り、ユーザ端末200の情報提供部216が、ステップS44においてユーザ端末200に送信された情報をユーザに提供する。情報提供部216は、例えば表示部204に地図MPを表示するとともに、集配者位置を示す図形を当該地図MP上に表示させる。こうして、図15に例示する動作が完了する。 Then, the process moves to step S45, where the information providing unit 216 of the user terminal 200 provides the information transmitted to the user terminal 200 in step S44 to the user. The information providing unit 216, for example, displays a map MP on the display unit 204, and also displays a figure indicating the delivery person's location on the map MP. In this way, the operation illustrated in FIG. 15 is completed.
 なお、機器に電力を供給し得るモバイルバッテリ100の配送をユーザが要する場合、情報提供部216は、集配者が配送可能なモバイルバッテリ100の残容量を示す情報を、当該ユーザに更に提供してもよい。すなわち、情報提供部216は、機器に電力を供給し得るモバイルバッテリ100の残容量を示す情報を、ユーザに更に提供してもよい。情報提供部216は、例えば図8を用いて上述した図形504を、表示部204に表示させ得る(図16も参照)。図形504は、集配者が所持するモバイルバッテリ100の残容量に応じて、例えば色、サイズ等が変化する。 If the user requires delivery of a mobile battery 100 capable of supplying power to a device, the information providing unit 216 may further provide the user with information indicating the remaining capacity of the mobile battery 100 that can be delivered by the delivery person. In other words, the information providing unit 216 may further provide the user with information indicating the remaining capacity of the mobile battery 100 capable of supplying power to a device. The information providing unit 216 may, for example, cause the display unit 204 to display the graphic 504 described above using FIG. 8 (see also FIG. 16). The graphic 504 changes, for example, in color, size, etc., depending on the remaining capacity of the mobile battery 100 possessed by the delivery person.
 また、機器に接続されているモバイルバッテリ100の回収をユーザが要する場合、情報提供部216は、当該モバイルバッテリ100の残容量を示す情報を、当該ユーザに更に提供してもよい。情報提供部216は、例えば機器に接続されているモバイルバッテリ100の残容量を示す図形512を表示部204に表示させる(図16も参照)。当該図形512は、機器に接続されているモバイルバッテリ100の残容量に応じて、例えば色、サイズ等が変化する。機器に接続されているモバイルバッテリ100の残容量を示す情報は、バッテリ情報取得部416によって適宜取得され得る。 Furthermore, if the user requires the mobile battery 100 connected to the device to be collected, the information providing unit 216 may further provide the user with information indicating the remaining capacity of the mobile battery 100. The information providing unit 216, for example, causes the display unit 204 to display a figure 512 indicating the remaining capacity of the mobile battery 100 connected to the device (see also FIG. 16). The figure 512 changes, for example, in color, size, etc., depending on the remaining capacity of the mobile battery 100 connected to the device. The information indicating the remaining capacity of the mobile battery 100 connected to the device can be appropriately acquired by the battery information acquisition unit 416.
 図16は、ユーザ端末200の表示部204における表示の例を示す図である。 FIG. 16 shows an example of a display on the display unit 204 of the user terminal 200.
 ユーザ端末200の情報提供部216は、例えば図16に例示される表示画面204cを、表示部204に表示させ得る。表示画面204cには、地図MPと図形500と図形502と図形504と図形508とが表示され得る。図形500と図形502と図形504と図形508とは地図MP上に表示され得る。図形500は集配者位置を示す。機器が備えられている場所に対しモバイルバッテリ100を集配可能な集配者の数に応じた数の図形500が、表示画面204cに表示され得る。図形502は、機器の管理者であるユーザの位置を示す。図形504は、図形500によって示されている集配者が配送し得るモバイルバッテリ100の残容量を示す。集配者が所持するモバイルバッテリ100の数に応じた数の図形504が、表示画面204cに表示され得る。図形508は、図形500によって示されている集配者が回収者としてモバイルバッテリ100を回収可能であることを示す。 The information providing unit 216 of the user terminal 200 may cause the display unit 204 to display, for example, the display screen 204c illustrated in FIG. 16. A map MP and figures 500, 502, 504, and 508 may be displayed on the display screen 204c. The figures 500, 502, 504, and 508 may be displayed on the map MP. The figure 500 indicates the location of the delivery person. A number of figures 500 corresponding to the number of delivery persons who can deliver the mobile battery 100 to the location where the device is installed may be displayed on the display screen 204c. The figure 502 indicates the location of the user who is the manager of the device. The figure 504 indicates the remaining capacity of the mobile battery 100 that can be delivered by the delivery person indicated by the figure 500. A number of figures 504 corresponding to the number of mobile batteries 100 possessed by the delivery persons may be displayed on the display screen 204c. Figure 508 indicates that the delivery person shown in figure 500 can collect the mobile battery 100 as a collector.
 表示画面204cには、図形510と図形512とが更に表示され得る。図形510と図形512とは地図MP上に表示され得る。図形510は、上述した機器位置を示す。図16に示す例においては、1つの図形510が示されている。ユーザによって管理されている機器の数に応じた数の図形510が、表示画面204cに表示され得る。図形512は、機器に接続されているモバイルバッテリ100の残容量を示す。機器にモバイルバッテリ100が接続されていない場合、図形512の表示は省略され得る。 The display screen 204c may further display a figure 510 and a figure 512. The figure 510 and the figure 512 may be displayed on a map MP. The figure 510 indicates the device location described above. In the example shown in FIG. 16, one figure 510 is shown. The number of figures 510 corresponding to the number of devices managed by the user may be displayed on the display screen 204c. The figure 512 indicates the remaining capacity of the mobile battery 100 connected to the device. If the mobile battery 100 is not connected to the device, the display of the figure 512 may be omitted.
 図形512は、当該図形512によって示されているモバイルバッテリ100の残容量に応じて、色、サイズ等が変化し得る。図16に示す図形512は、モバイルバッテリ100の残容量を示す残量メータを表している。図16に示す図形512の色付き部分(黒塗り部分)が多いほど、モバイルバッテリ100の残容量が多いことを表している。 The color, size, etc. of the graphic 512 can change depending on the remaining capacity of the mobile battery 100 indicated by the graphic 512. The graphic 512 shown in FIG. 16 represents a remaining capacity meter that indicates the remaining capacity of the mobile battery 100. The more colored portions (blackened portions) of the graphic 512 shown in FIG. 16, the more remaining capacity of the mobile battery 100.
 ユーザは、表示画面204cに表示された図形500の位置に基づいて、機器が備えられている場所に対してモバイルバッテリ100の集配を行い得る集配者を容易に発見し得る。ユーザは、表示画面204cに示された集配者に対してモバイルバッテリ100の集配を依頼し得る。ユーザは、ユーザ端末200(依頼情報生成部218)を用いてモバイルバッテリ100の集配を依頼し得る。 The user can easily find a delivery person who can collect and deliver the mobile battery 100 to the location where the device is installed, based on the position of the figure 500 displayed on the display screen 204c. The user can request the delivery person shown on the display screen 204c to collect and deliver the mobile battery 100. The user can request the collection and delivery of the mobile battery 100 using the user terminal 200 (request information generation unit 218).
 しかも、上述したように、表示画面204cには集配者が所持するモバイルバッテリ100の残容量を示す図形504が更に表示され得る。したがって、ユーザは、複数の集配者の各々が配送可能なモバイルバッテリ100の残容量を踏まえ、どの集配者にモバイルバッテリ100の配送を依頼するかを判断し得る。 Moreover, as described above, the display screen 204c may further display a graphic 504 indicating the remaining capacity of the mobile battery 100 possessed by the delivery person. Therefore, the user may determine which delivery person to request delivery of the mobile battery 100, taking into consideration the remaining capacity of the mobile battery 100 that each of the multiple delivery persons can deliver.
 また、ユーザは、表示画面204cに表示された図形512に基づいて、機器に接続されているモバイルバッテリ100の残容量を容易に把握し得る。これにより、ユーザは、モバイルバッテリ100の残容量を踏まえて、当該モバイルバッテリ100の回収を依頼するか否かを判断し得る。 In addition, the user can easily grasp the remaining capacity of the mobile battery 100 connected to the device based on the graphic 512 displayed on the display screen 204c. This allows the user to determine whether or not to request collection of the mobile battery 100 based on the remaining capacity of the mobile battery 100.
 図8に示す表示画面204aと、図16に示す表示画面204cとは、1つの表示画面にまとめて表示されてもよい。すなわち、情報提供部216は、ユーザが位置する場所にモバイルバッテリ100を配送し得る集配者と、機器が備えられている場所にモバイルバッテリ100を配送し得る集配者とを、1つの表示画面上に示してもよい。その場合、ユーザが位置する場所にモバイルバッテリ100を配送し得る集配者であるか、機器が備えられている場所にモバイルバッテリ100を配送し得る集配者であるかに応じて、集配者位置を示す図形500の形状、色、サイズ等が設定されることが好ましい。これにより、ユーザは、当該ユーザが位置する場所にモバイルバッテリ100を配送し得る集配者と、機器が備えられている場所にモバイルバッテリ100を配送し得る集配者とを容易に識別し得る。 The display screen 204a shown in FIG. 8 and the display screen 204c shown in FIG. 16 may be displayed together on one display screen. That is, the information providing unit 216 may display on one display screen a collector/deliverer who can deliver the mobile battery 100 to the location where the user is located and a collector/deliverer who can deliver the mobile battery 100 to the location where the device is installed. In this case, it is preferable that the shape, color, size, etc. of the figure 500 indicating the collector/deliverer position is set depending on whether the collector/deliverer is capable of delivering the mobile battery 100 to the location where the user is located or the collector/deliverer is capable of delivering the mobile battery 100 to the location where the device is installed. This allows the user to easily distinguish between a collector/deliverer who can deliver the mobile battery 100 to the location where the user is located and a collector/deliverer who can deliver the mobile battery 100 to the location where the device is installed.
 図9に示す表示画面204bと、図16に示す表示画面204cとが、1つの表示画面にまとめて表示されてもよい。すなわち、情報提供部216は、ユーザからモバイルバッテリ100を回収し得る集配者と、機器に接続されているモバイルバッテリ100を回収し得る集配者とを、1つの表示画面上に示してもよい。その場合、ユーザからモバイルバッテリ100を回収し得る集配者であるか、機器に接続されているモバイルバッテリ100を回収し得る集配者であるかに応じて、集配者位置を示す図形500の形状、色、サイズ等が設定されることが好ましい。これにより、ユーザは、当該ユーザからモバイルバッテリ100を回収し得る集配者と、機器に接続されているモバイルバッテリ100を回収し得る集配者とを容易に識別し得る。 The display screen 204b shown in FIG. 9 and the display screen 204c shown in FIG. 16 may be displayed together on one display screen. That is, the information providing unit 216 may display on one display screen the collector/deliverer who can collect the mobile battery 100 from the user and the collector/deliverer who can collect the mobile battery 100 connected to the device. In this case, it is preferable that the shape, color, size, etc. of the figure 500 indicating the collector/deliverer position is set depending on whether the collector/deliverer is able to collect the mobile battery 100 from the user or the collector/deliverer who can collect the mobile battery 100 connected to the device. This allows the user to easily distinguish between the collector/deliverer who can collect the mobile battery 100 from the user and the collector/deliverer who can collect the mobile battery 100 connected to the device.
 以上説明したように、管理システム16によれば、ユーザが管理者として管理している機器が備えられている場所に対してモバイルバッテリ100の集配を行い得る集配者に関する情報が、ユーザ端末200を用いて当該ユーザに提供され得る。 As described above, the management system 16 can provide a user, via the user terminal 200, with information about a delivery person who can collect and deliver the mobile battery 100 to a location where the device managed by the user as an administrator is located.
 ところで、集配者にしてみると、できるだけ多くの依頼を受注するために、ユーザからの依頼を受注しやすい場所を把握したい場合がある。ユーザからの依頼を受注しやすい場所を集配者に把握させることを可能にすべく、管理システム16は以下のように構成されてもよい。 Incidentally, from the perspective of a delivery person, in order to receive as many requests as possible, there are times when the delivery person wants to know the locations where requests from users are likely to be received. In order to enable the delivery person to know the locations where requests from users are likely to be received, the management system 16 may be configured as follows.
 上述したように、管理装置400の演算部404には、過去需要情報生成部422が備えられ得る(図5参照)。過去需要情報生成部422は、過去需要情報を生成する。過去需要情報は、過去におけるモバイルバッテリ100の集配依頼の件数を示す情報である。すなわち、過去需要情報は、モバイルバッテリ100の過去の集配需要を示す情報である。過去需要情報は、モバイルバッテリ100の集配履歴と、集配者が指定する条件とに基づいて生成され得る。上述したように、モバイルバッテリ100の集配履歴を示す情報は、管理装置400の記憶部406によって記憶され得る。集配者が指定する条件は、例えば、集配者が指定する地域(XX駅、YY公園等)と、集配者が指定する過去の日時との少なくとも一方を含み得る。当該条件を示す情報は、集配者によって集配者端末300に適宜入力され得る。集配者は、操作部302を用いて、上記条件を示す情報を集配者端末300に入力し得る。集配者端末300に入力された当該情報は、通信部308によって管理装置400へと送信され得るとともに、過去需要情報生成部422によって取得され得る。 As described above, the calculation unit 404 of the management device 400 may be provided with a past demand information generation unit 422 (see FIG. 5). The past demand information generation unit 422 generates past demand information. The past demand information is information indicating the number of collection and delivery requests for the mobile battery 100 in the past. In other words, the past demand information is information indicating the past collection and delivery demand of the mobile battery 100. The past demand information may be generated based on the collection and delivery history of the mobile battery 100 and the conditions specified by the collector/deliverer. As described above, information indicating the collection and delivery history of the mobile battery 100 may be stored by the memory unit 406 of the management device 400. The conditions specified by the collector/deliverer may include, for example, at least one of the area specified by the collector/deliverer (XX Station, YY Park, etc.) and the past date and time specified by the collector/deliverer. Information indicating the conditions may be appropriately input by the collector/deliverer to the collector/deliverer terminal 300. The collector/deliverer may use the operation unit 302 to input information indicating the above conditions to the collector/deliverer terminal 300. The information entered into the delivery/collection terminal 300 can be transmitted to the management device 400 by the communication unit 308, and can also be acquired by the past demand information generation unit 422.
 過去需要情報生成部422は、指定された条件と集配履歴とに基づいて、例えば指定された日時に指定された地域内で発生した集配需要(依頼件数)を示す過去需要情報を生成し得る。この場合、過去需要情報には、指定された日時に指定された地域内で発生した集配需要を示す図形を、集配者端末300の表示部304に地図MPとともに表示させるための情報が含まれ得る(図18も参照)。過去需要情報生成部422は、指定された日時に指定された地域内で発生した集配需要に応じて、上記図形の態様を決定し得る。具体的には、過去需要情報生成部422は、指定された日時に指定された地域内で発生した集配需要が予め決められた閾値(過去集配需要閾値)以上となるか否かに応じて、上記図形の色等を決定し得る。過去集配需要閾値は、管理装置400の記憶部406によって予め記憶され得る。 The past demand information generating unit 422 may generate past demand information indicating, for example, the collection and delivery demand (number of requests) that occurred within the specified area at the specified date and time based on the specified conditions and the collection and delivery history. In this case, the past demand information may include information for displaying a figure indicating the collection and delivery demand that occurred within the specified area at the specified date and time together with the map MP on the display unit 304 of the collection and delivery terminal 300 (see also FIG. 18). The past demand information generating unit 422 may determine the appearance of the figure according to the collection and delivery demand that occurred within the specified area at the specified date and time. Specifically, the past demand information generating unit 422 may determine the color, etc. of the figure according to whether the collection and delivery demand that occurred within the specified area at the specified date and time is equal to or greater than a predetermined threshold (past collection and delivery demand threshold). The past collection and delivery demand threshold may be stored in advance by the storage unit 406 of the management device 400.
 過去需要情報は、制御部408によって、通信部402を介して集配者端末300へと送信され得る。過去需要情報を受信した集配者端末300の情報提供部316は、当該過去需要情報を表示部304に表示させ得る。これにより、過去需要情報が集配者に提供される。 The control unit 408 can transmit the past demand information to the delivery person terminal 300 via the communication unit 402. The information providing unit 316 of the delivery person terminal 300 that receives the past demand information can display the past demand information on the display unit 304. In this way, the past demand information is provided to the delivery person.
 図17は、管理システム16の動作の例を示すフローチャートである。集配者に対して過去需要情報を提供する場合の例が、図17には示されている。 FIG. 17 is a flowchart showing an example of the operation of the management system 16. FIG. 17 shows an example of providing past demand information to a delivery person.
 ステップS51において、過去需要情報を生成するために用いられる条件を示す情報(条件情報)を、集配者端末300の通信部308が管理装置400に送信する。過去需要情報を生成するために用いられる条件を示す情報は、集配者端末300を用いて集配者によって入力される。 In step S51, the communication unit 308 of the delivery person terminal 300 transmits information indicating the conditions used to generate the past demand information (condition information) to the management device 400. The information indicating the conditions used to generate the past demand information is input by the delivery person using the delivery person terminal 300.
 次にステップS52に移り、管理装置400の過去需要情報生成部422が、過去の集配履歴と、集配者が指定した条件とに基づいて、過去需要情報を生成する。 Then, the process moves to step S52, where the past demand information generating unit 422 of the management device 400 generates past demand information based on the past collection and delivery history and the conditions specified by the collection and delivery person.
 次にステップS53に移り、管理装置400の通信部402が、過去需要情報生成部422によって生成された過去需要情報を集配者端末300に送信する。 Next, the process proceeds to step S53, where the communication unit 402 of the management device 400 transmits the past demand information generated by the past demand information generation unit 422 to the delivery/collection terminal 300.
 次にステップS54に移り、集配者端末300の情報提供部316が、通信部402から受信した過去需要情報を集配者に提供する。こうして、図17に例示する動作が完了する。 Then, the process proceeds to step S54, where the information providing unit 316 of the collector/deliverer terminal 300 provides the collector/deliverer with the past demand information received from the communication unit 402. This completes the operation illustrated in FIG. 17.
 図18は、集配者端末300の表示部304における表示の例を示す図である。集配者端末300の表示部304に表示される表示画面304bの例が、図18には示されている。 FIG. 18 is a diagram showing an example of a display on the display unit 304 of the delivery/collection terminal 300. An example of a display screen 304b displayed on the display unit 304 of the delivery/collection terminal 300 is shown in FIG. 18.
 集配者端末300の情報提供部316は、過去需要情報が集配者端末300によって受信された場合、図18に示すような表示画面304bを、当該集配者端末300の表示部304に表示させ得る。表示画面304bには、地図MPが表示され得る。表示画面304bには、図形612が更に表示され得る。図形612は、集配者が条件として指定した地域に対応している。図形612は、指定された日時に指定された地域内で発生した集配需要に応じた態様で表示され得る。例えば、指定された日時における集配依頼の発生件数が多いほど、図形612の表示濃度は高く設定され得る。集配者は、表示画面304bを見て、過去の集配需要を容易に把握し得る。表示画面304bには、指定された日時、地域における集配依頼の発生件数を示すポップアップウィンドウ614が更に表示されてもよい。 When the collection/delivery person terminal 300 receives past demand information, the information providing unit 316 of the collection/delivery person terminal 300 may display a display screen 304b as shown in FIG. 18 on the display unit 304 of the collection/delivery person terminal 300. A map MP may be displayed on the display screen 304b. A figure 612 may further be displayed on the display screen 304b. The figure 612 corresponds to an area specified by the collection/delivery person as a condition. The figure 612 may be displayed in a manner corresponding to the collection/delivery demand that occurred in the specified area at the specified date and time. For example, the greater the number of collection/delivery requests that occurred on the specified date and time, the higher the display density of the figure 612 may be set. The collection/delivery person can easily grasp the past collection/delivery demand by looking at the display screen 304b. A pop-up window 614 showing the number of collection/delivery requests that occurred in the specified date and time and area may further be displayed on the display screen 304b.
 情報提供部316は、図形604を表示画面304bに更に表示させてもよい。図形604は、上述したように、集配者位置を示す。 The information providing unit 316 may further display a figure 604 on the display screen 304b. As described above, the figure 604 indicates the location of the delivery person.
 上述したように、管理装置400の演算部404には、集配需要予測部424が備えられ得る。集配需要予測部424は、将来におけるモバイルバッテリ100の集配需要を予測し得る。将来の集配需要は、例えば、将来ユーザ位置と、集配履歴とに基づいて予測され得る。なお、上述したように、将来ユーザ位置は、ユーザの将来位置である。将来ユーザ位置を示す情報は、上述したように、将来位置予測部414によって予測され得る。 As described above, the calculation unit 404 of the management device 400 may be provided with a collection and delivery demand prediction unit 424. The collection and delivery demand prediction unit 424 may predict future collection and delivery demand for the mobile battery 100. The future collection and delivery demand may be predicted, for example, based on the future user position and the collection and delivery history. Note that, as described above, the future user position is the future position of the user. Information indicating the future user position may be predicted by the future position prediction unit 414, as described above.
 集配需要予測部424は、例えば、モバイルバッテリ100の集配を頻繁に依頼するユーザの将来位置においてモバイルバッテリ100の集配依頼が発生すると仮定して、将来の集配需要を予測する。ユーザがモバイルバッテリ100の集配を頻繁に依頼しているか否かは、集配履歴に基づいて判断され得る。集配需要予測部424は、複数の将来ユーザ位置と集配履歴とに基づいて将来の集配需要を予測し得る。 The collection and delivery demand prediction unit 424 predicts future collection and delivery demand, for example, by assuming that a collection and delivery request for the mobile battery 100 will occur at the future location of a user who frequently requests collection and delivery of the mobile battery 100. Whether or not a user frequently requests collection and delivery of the mobile battery 100 can be determined based on the collection and delivery history. The collection and delivery demand prediction unit 424 can predict future collection and delivery demand based on multiple future user locations and the collection and delivery history.
 なお、モバイルバッテリ100の需要は、不特定多数の人が集まる場所において高まり得る。これを踏まえ、集配需要予測部424は、イベントの実施スケジュールに基づいて将来の集配需要を予測してもよい。イベントは、例えば、公園、広場等において催される集会等である。集配需要予測部424は、当該集会が催される公園等におけるモバイルバッテリ100の集配需要が、当該集会の実施期間中において高まると予測し得る。集配需要予測部424は、イベントの実施スケジュールを示す情報を、ウェブサイト等からネットワークNWを介して取得し得る。 The demand for the mobile battery 100 may be high in places where a large number of people gather. In light of this, the collection and delivery demand prediction unit 424 may predict future collection and delivery demand based on the schedule of an event. An event is, for example, a gathering held in a park, square, etc. The collection and delivery demand prediction unit 424 may predict that the demand for collection and delivery of the mobile battery 100 in the park or other place where the gathering is held will be high during the period of the gathering. The collection and delivery demand prediction unit 424 may obtain information indicating the event schedule from a website or the like via the network NW.
 制御部408は、集配需要予測部424によって予測された集配需要を示す情報を、通信部402を介して集配者端末300に送信し得る。これにより、集配者端末300の情報提供部316は、将来の集配需要を示す情報を集配者に提供し得る。なお、集配需要予測部424によって予測された集配需要を示す情報には、当該集配需要を示す図形を集配者端末300の表示部304に地図MPとともに表示させるための情報が含まれ得る。この場合、情報提供部316は、表示部304に地図MPを表示させるとともに、上記図形を地図MP上に表示させ得る。将来の集配需要を示す図形を集配者端末300の表示部304に地図MPとともに表示させるための情報は、集配需要予測部424によって生成され得る。集配需要予測部424は、予測した集配需要に応じて、上記図形の態様を決定し得る。具体的には、集配需要予測部424は、予測した集配需要が予め決められた閾値(集配需要閾値)以上となるか否かに応じて、上記図形の色等を決定し得る。集配需要閾値は、管理装置400の記憶部406によって予め記憶され得る。 The control unit 408 may transmit information indicating the collection and delivery demand predicted by the collection and delivery demand prediction unit 424 to the collection and delivery person terminal 300 via the communication unit 402. This allows the information provision unit 316 of the collection and delivery person terminal 300 to provide information indicating future collection and delivery demand to the collection and delivery person. The information indicating the collection and delivery demand predicted by the collection and delivery demand prediction unit 424 may include information for displaying a figure indicating the collection and delivery demand together with the map MP on the display unit 304 of the collection and delivery person terminal 300. In this case, the information provision unit 316 may display the map MP on the display unit 304 and display the figure on the map MP. Information for displaying a figure indicating future collection and delivery demand together with the map MP on the display unit 304 of the collection and delivery person terminal 300 may be generated by the collection and delivery demand prediction unit 424. The collection and delivery demand prediction unit 424 may determine the form of the figure according to the predicted collection and delivery demand. Specifically, the delivery demand prediction unit 424 may determine the color of the graphic depending on whether the predicted delivery demand is equal to or greater than a predetermined threshold (delivery demand threshold). The delivery demand threshold may be stored in advance in the storage unit 406 of the management device 400.
 図19は、管理システム16の動作の例を示すフローチャートである。将来の集配需要を示す情報を集配者に提供する場合の例が、図19には示されている。 FIG. 19 is a flowchart showing an example of the operation of the management system 16. FIG. 19 shows an example of a case where information indicating future collection and delivery demand is provided to a delivery person.
 ステップS61において、管理装置400の将来位置予測部414が、将来ユーザ位置を予測する。将来位置予測部414は、ユーザ位置情報とユーザの行動計画とに基づいて将来ユーザ位置を予測する。ユーザ位置情報は、位置情報取得部412によって適宜取得され得る。ユーザの行動計画は、ユーザがユーザ端末200を用いて管理装置400に適宜送信する。 In step S61, the future position prediction unit 414 of the management device 400 predicts the future user position. The future position prediction unit 414 predicts the future user position based on the user position information and the user's action plan. The user position information can be appropriately acquired by the position information acquisition unit 412. The user's action plan is appropriately transmitted to the management device 400 by the user using the user terminal 200.
 次にステップS62に移り、管理装置400の集配需要予測部424が、将来の集配需要を予測する。集配需要予測部424は、例えば、将来ユーザ位置と、集配履歴とに基づいて、将来の集配需要を予測する。集配需要予測部424は、予測した将来の集配需要を示す情報を生成し得る。 Next, the process proceeds to step S62, where the collection and delivery demand prediction unit 424 of the management device 400 predicts future collection and delivery demand. The collection and delivery demand prediction unit 424 predicts future collection and delivery demand, for example, based on the future user position and collection and delivery history. The collection and delivery demand prediction unit 424 can generate information indicating the predicted future collection and delivery demand.
 次にステップS63に移り、管理装置400の通信部402が、集配需要予測部424によって予測された将来の集配需要を示す情報を集配者端末300に送信する。 Next, the process moves to step S63, where the communication unit 402 of the management device 400 transmits information indicating the future collection and delivery demand predicted by the collection and delivery demand prediction unit 424 to the collection and delivery person terminal 300.
 次にステップS64に移り、集配者端末300の情報提供部316が、通信部402から受信した将来の集配需要を示す情報を集配者に提供する。こうして、図19に例示する動作が完了する。 Then, the process moves to step S64, where the information providing unit 316 of the collection/delivery terminal 300 provides the collection/delivery person with the information indicating future collection/delivery demand received from the communication unit 402. In this way, the operation illustrated in FIG. 19 is completed.
 図20は、集配者端末300の表示部304における表示の例を示す図である。 FIG. 20 shows an example of a display on the display unit 304 of the delivery/collection terminal 300.
 将来の集配需要を示す情報を受信した集配者端末300の情報提供部316は、例えば図20に示すような表示画面304cを、当該集配者端末300の表示部304に表示させ得る。表示画面304cには地図MPが表示され得る。表示画面304cには図形616が更に表示され得る。図形616は、例えば地図MP上の所定地域に重畳表示される。図形616は、当該地域における将来の集配需要を示す。図形616の色、サイズ等は、予測された集配需要に応じて設定され得る。集配者は、表示画面304cに表示された図形616に基づいて、将来の集配需要を容易に把握し得る。表示画面304cには、図形616によって示される地域において将来発生すると予想される集配依頼の発生件数を示すポップアップウィンドウ618が更に表示されてもよい。 The information providing unit 316 of the collector/delivery terminal 300 that has received the information indicating future collection and delivery demand may display, for example, a display screen 304c as shown in FIG. 20 on the display unit 304 of the collector/delivery terminal 300. A map MP may be displayed on the display screen 304c. A graphic 616 may further be displayed on the display screen 304c. The graphic 616 may be superimposed on a specific area on the map MP, for example. The graphic 616 indicates future collection and delivery demand in that area. The color, size, etc. of the graphic 616 may be set according to the predicted collection and delivery demand. A collector/delivery person may easily grasp future collection and delivery demand based on the graphic 616 displayed on the display screen 304c. A pop-up window 618 may further be displayed on the display screen 304c, indicating the number of collection and delivery requests that are predicted to occur in the future in the area indicated by the graphic 616.
 情報提供部316は、図形604を表示画面304cに更に表示させてもよい。図形604は、上述したように、集配者位置を示す。 The information providing unit 316 may further display a figure 604 on the display screen 304c. As described above, the figure 604 indicates the location of the delivery person.
 以上説明したように、管理システム16によれば、集配者は、過去の集配需要を考慮して、ユーザからの依頼を受注しやすい場所を把握し得る。また、管理システム16によれば、集配者は、将来の集配需要を考慮して、ユーザからの依頼を受注しやすい場所を把握し得る。 As described above, with the management system 16, the delivery person can determine locations where it is most likely to receive requests from users, taking into account past delivery demand. Also, with the management system 16, the delivery person can determine locations where it is most likely to receive requests from users, taking into account future delivery demand.
 ところで、ユーザにしてみると、所持しているモバイルバッテリ100を充電したい場合があり得る。これを踏まえ、管理装置400の情報生成部418は、ユーザが所持しているモバイルバッテリ100に対する充電を行い得る充電スポットに関する情報を生成してもよい。なお、充電スポットには、公共の充電器が備えられた場所と、ユーザが私物の充電器を接続可能な公共のコンセントが備えられた場所と、が含まれ得る。ユーザが所持しているモバイルバッテリ100に対する充電を行い得る充電スポットに関する情報は、以下の説明において充電スポット情報とも称される。 However, from the perspective of a user, there may be times when the user wishes to charge the mobile battery 100 that he or she owns. In light of this, the information generation unit 418 of the management device 400 may generate information regarding charging spots where the user can charge the mobile battery 100 that he or she owns. Note that charging spots may include locations equipped with public chargers and locations equipped with public outlets to which the user can connect his or her personal charger. Information regarding charging spots where the user can charge the mobile battery 100 that he or she owns is also referred to as charging spot information in the following description.
 充電スポット情報は、ユーザ位置情報と、充電スポットの位置を示す情報とに基づいて生成され得る。ユーザ位置情報と充電スポットの位置を示す情報とは、管理装置400の位置情報取得部412によって取得され得る。なお、充電スポットの位置を示す情報は、管理装置400の記憶部406に記憶されている地図情報に含まれ得る。情報生成部418は、ユーザ位置から所定範囲内に位置している充電スポットの位置を示す情報を、充電スポット情報に含ませ得る。なお、充電スポット情報を生成する場合において、情報生成部418は、上述した将来ユーザ位置をユーザ位置として用いてもよい。将来ユーザ位置は、管理装置400の将来位置予測部414によって予測され得る。 The charging spot information may be generated based on user position information and information indicating the position of the charging spot. The user position information and the information indicating the position of the charging spot may be acquired by the position information acquisition unit 412 of the management device 400. The information indicating the position of the charging spot may be included in the map information stored in the memory unit 406 of the management device 400. The information generation unit 418 may include information indicating the position of the charging spot located within a predetermined range from the user position in the charging spot information. When generating the charging spot information, the information generation unit 418 may use the above-mentioned future user position as the user position. The future user position may be predicted by the future position prediction unit 414 of the management device 400.
 情報生成部418によって生成された充電スポット情報は、通信部402によってユーザ端末200に送信され得る。充電スポット情報を受信したユーザ端末200の情報提供部216は、当該充電スポット情報をユーザに提供し得る。例えば情報提供部216は、ユーザ端末200の表示部204に地図MPを表示させるとともに、充電スポットの位置を示す図形を地図MP上に表示させ得る。これにより、ユーザは、モバイルバッテリ100に対する充電を行い得る充電スポットの位置を把握し得る。 The charging spot information generated by the information generation unit 418 may be transmitted to the user terminal 200 by the communication unit 402. The information provision unit 216 of the user terminal 200 that receives the charging spot information may provide the charging spot information to the user. For example, the information provision unit 216 may cause the display unit 204 of the user terminal 200 to display a map MP, and may also cause a graphic indicating the location of the charging spot to be displayed on the map MP. This allows the user to know the location of the charging spot where the mobile battery 100 can be charged.
 情報生成部418は、ユーザ位置情報と、充電スポットの位置を示す情報とのみならず、当該充電スポットの稼働状況を示す情報に基づいて充電スポット情報を生成してもよい。情報生成部418は、例えば、ユーザ位置から所定範囲内にある複数の充電スポットのうちの稼働している充電スポットの位置のみが表示部204に表示されるように、充電スポット情報を生成する。充電スポットの稼働状況を示す情報は、管理装置400の記憶部406によって記憶され得る。情報生成部418は、充電スポットの稼働状況に代えて、当該充電スポットが備えられた施設の稼働状況を示す情報を用いて充電スポット情報を生成してもよい。 The information generating unit 418 may generate charging spot information based not only on the user position information and information indicating the position of the charging spot, but also on information indicating the operation status of the charging spot. For example, the information generating unit 418 generates charging spot information such that only the positions of operating charging spots among multiple charging spots within a specified range from the user position are displayed on the display unit 204. The information indicating the operation status of the charging spot may be stored by the memory unit 406 of the management device 400. The information generating unit 418 may generate charging spot information using information indicating the operation status of the facility in which the charging spot is provided, instead of the operation status of the charging spot.
 情報生成部418は、ユーザ位置情報と、充電スポットの位置を示す情報とのみならず、ユーザによる当該充電スポットの利用実績を示す情報に基づいて、充電スポット情報を生成してもよい。情報生成部418は、例えば、当該ユーザによる利用頻度が比較的高い充電スポットの位置のみが表示部204に表示されるように、充電スポット情報を生成し得る。当該ユーザの利用頻度が比較的高い充電スポットの位置等を含む充電スポット情報を当該ユーザに提供することで、当該ユーザの便宜が図られ得る。なお、ユーザによる充電スポットの利用実績を示す情報は、管理装置400の記憶部406によって記憶され得る。 The information generating unit 418 may generate charging spot information based not only on user position information and information indicating the positions of charging spots, but also on information indicating the user's usage history of the charging spots. For example, the information generating unit 418 may generate charging spot information such that only the positions of charging spots that are used relatively frequently by the user are displayed on the display unit 204. By providing the user with charging spot information including the positions of charging spots that are used relatively frequently by the user, the user's convenience can be improved. The information indicating the user's usage history of charging spots can be stored by the memory unit 406 of the management device 400.
 充電スポット情報には、所要時間情報が含まれてもよい。所要時間情報は、ユーザが所持しているモバイルバッテリ100を満充電するために要する予想所要時間を示す情報である。情報生成部418は、例えばユーザが所持しているモバイルバッテリ100の残容量を示す情報を用いて、所要時間情報を生成し得る。ユーザが所持しているモバイルバッテリ100の残容量を示す情報は、管理装置400のバッテリ情報取得部416によって取得され得る。 The charging spot information may include required time information. The required time information is information indicating the estimated required time to fully charge the mobile battery 100 possessed by the user. The information generating unit 418 may generate the required time information using, for example, information indicating the remaining capacity of the mobile battery 100 possessed by the user. The information indicating the remaining capacity of the mobile battery 100 possessed by the user may be acquired by the battery information acquiring unit 416 of the management device 400.
 図21は、管理システム16の動作の例を示すフローチャートである。充電スポット情報をユーザに提供する場合の例が、図21には示されている。 FIG. 21 is a flowchart showing an example of the operation of the management system 16. FIG. 21 shows an example of the case where charging spot information is provided to a user.
 ステップS71において、管理装置400の位置情報取得部412が、ユーザ位置情報を取得する。また、ステップS72において、管理装置400の位置情報取得部412が、充電スポットの位置を示す情報を取得する。 In step S71, the location information acquisition unit 412 of the management device 400 acquires user location information. In addition, in step S72, the location information acquisition unit 412 of the management device 400 acquires information indicating the location of the charging spot.
 次にステップS73に移り、管理装置400の情報生成部418が、ユーザ位置情報と、充電スポットの位置を示す情報とに基づいて、充電スポット情報を生成する。ステップS73において、情報生成部418は、所要時間情報が充電スポット情報に含まれるように、ユーザが所持しているモバイルバッテリ100の残容量を示す情報を更に用いてもよい。また、ステップS73において、情報生成部418は、ユーザによる利用頻度が比較的高い充電スポットの位置を示す情報が充電スポット情報に含まれるように、当該ユーザによる充電スポットの利用実績を示す情報を更に用いてもよい。 Next, the process moves to step S73, where the information generation unit 418 of the management device 400 generates charging spot information based on the user position information and information indicating the positions of the charging spots. In step S73, the information generation unit 418 may further use information indicating the remaining capacity of the mobile battery 100 possessed by the user, so that required time information is included in the charging spot information. Also, in step S73, the information generation unit 418 may further use information indicating the usage history of charging spots by the user, so that information indicating the positions of charging spots that are used relatively frequently by the user is included in the charging spot information.
 次にステップS74に移り、情報生成部418によって生成された充電スポット情報を、管理装置400の通信部402がユーザ端末200に送信する。 Then, the process proceeds to step S74, where the communication unit 402 of the management device 400 transmits the charging spot information generated by the information generation unit 418 to the user terminal 200.
 次にステップS75に移り、通信部402から送信された充電スポット情報を、ユーザ端末200の情報提供部216がユーザに提供する。こうして、図21に例示する動作が完了する。 Then, the process proceeds to step S75, where the information providing unit 216 of the user terminal 200 provides the charging spot information transmitted from the communication unit 402 to the user. In this way, the operation illustrated in FIG. 21 is completed.
 図22は、ユーザ端末200の表示部204における表示の例を示す図である。 FIG. 22 shows an example of a display on the display unit 204 of the user terminal 200.
 ユーザ端末200が充電スポット情報を受信した場合、ユーザ端末200の情報提供部216は、例えば図22に例示される表示画面204dを、表示部204に表示させ得る。表示画面204dには、地図MPが表示され得る。表示画面204dには、ユーザ位置を示す図形502が更に表示され得る。表示画面204dには、充電スポットの位置を示す図形514が更に表示され得る。地図MP上に表示可能な充電スポットの数に応じた数の図形514が、表示画面204dに表示され得る。ユーザは、表示画面204dに表示された図形514に基づいて、当該ユーザが所持しているモバイルバッテリ100を充電し得る充電スポットを容易に発見し得る。 When the user terminal 200 receives charging spot information, the information providing unit 216 of the user terminal 200 may cause the display unit 204 to display, for example, a display screen 204d as illustrated in FIG. 22. A map MP may be displayed on the display screen 204d. A figure 502 indicating the user's position may further be displayed on the display screen 204d. A figure 514 indicating the position of the charging spot may further be displayed on the display screen 204d. A number of figures 514 corresponding to the number of charging spots that can be displayed on the map MP may be displayed on the display screen 204d. Based on the figures 514 displayed on the display screen 204d, the user may easily find a charging spot where the mobile battery 100 owned by the user can be charged.
 図形514の態様は、当該図形514が示す充電スポットにおいてユーザが所持しているモバイルバッテリ100を満充電するために要する予想所要時間の長さに応じて、変化してもよい。情報生成部418は、例えば、上述した予想所要時間の長さに応じて、図形514の色、サイズ等を変化させてもよい。 The appearance of the graphic 514 may change depending on the expected length of time required to fully charge the mobile battery 100 possessed by the user at the charging spot indicated by the graphic 514. The information generating unit 418 may change the color, size, etc. of the graphic 514 depending on the expected length of time described above, for example.
 また、図形514の態様は、当該図形514によって示される充電スポットに対するユーザによる利用実績に応じて変化してもよい。この場合、例えば情報生成部418は、ユーザによる利用頻度の高さに応じて、図形514の色、サイズ等を変化させてもよい。ユーザによる利用頻度が比較的高い充電スポットのみが表示画面204dに示されるようにしてもよい。これにより、ユーザの便宜が図られる。 The appearance of the graphic 514 may also change depending on the user's usage history of the charging spot indicated by the graphic 514. In this case, for example, the information generating unit 418 may change the color, size, etc. of the graphic 514 depending on the frequency of usage by the user. Only charging spots that are used relatively frequently by users may be displayed on the display screen 204d. This provides convenience to the user.
 表示画面204dは、図8に示す表示画面204aと、図9に示す表示画面204bと、図16に示す表示画面204cとのうちの少なくとも1つと一緒に、1つの表示画面に表示されてもよい。換言すれば、情報提供部216は、図8に示す表示画面204aと、図9に示す表示画面204bと、図16に示す表示画面204cとのうちの少なくとも1つに、図22に示す図形514を更に表示させてもよい。 Display screen 204d may be displayed on one display screen together with at least one of display screen 204a shown in Fig. 8, display screen 204b shown in Fig. 9, and display screen 204c shown in Fig. 16. In other words, information providing unit 216 may further display figure 514 shown in Fig. 22 on at least one of display screen 204a shown in Fig. 8, display screen 204b shown in Fig. 9, and display screen 204c shown in Fig. 16.
 以上説明したように、管理システム16によれば、モバイルバッテリ100を充電し得る充電スポットに関する情報が、ユーザに提供され得る。 As described above, the management system 16 can provide the user with information regarding charging spots where the mobile battery 100 can be charged.
 ところで、ユーザに対しては、ある程度の品質を有するモバイルバッテリ100が提供されることが好ましい。モバイルバッテリ100の品質管理を向上すべく、管理システム16は以下のように構成されてもよい。管理装置400には、上述したように、利用実績情報取得部426と、状態判定部428とが備えられ得る。 Incidentally, it is preferable for users to be provided with a mobile battery 100 that has a certain level of quality. In order to improve the quality control of the mobile battery 100, the management system 16 may be configured as follows. As described above, the management device 400 may be equipped with a usage history information acquisition unit 426 and a status determination unit 428.
 利用実績情報取得部426は、利用実績情報を取得する。利用実績情報は、モバイルバッテリ100の利用実績を示す情報である。利用実績情報は、例えばモバイルバッテリ100の記憶部112によって適宜記憶され得る。利用実績情報取得部426は、検査装置700を介して利用実績情報を取得し得る。 The usage history information acquisition unit 426 acquires usage history information. The usage history information is information that indicates the usage history of the mobile battery 100. The usage history information may be appropriately stored, for example, by the memory unit 112 of the mobile battery 100. The usage history information acquisition unit 426 may acquire the usage history information via the inspection device 700.
 検査装置700は、モバイルバッテリ100を検査する装置である。検査装置700は、例えばバッテリステーション12に備えられ得る(図1も参照)。図1に示す例においては、バッテリステーション12に設置された充電器14に検査装置700が備えられている。この場合、検査装置700は、充電器14のバッテリポート14aを介して、モバイルバッテリ100に接続され得る。検査装置700は、モバイルバッテリ100に接続されることで、当該モバイルバッテリ100の記憶部112からデータを読み出し得る。検査装置700によって記憶部112から読み出されたデータは、ネットワークNWを介して、検査装置700から管理装置400に供給され得る。検査装置700が記憶部112から読み出し可能なデータには、モバイルバッテリ100の利用実績に関するデータが含まれ得る。したがって、上述したように、利用実績情報取得部426は、検査装置700を介して利用実績情報を取得し得る。 The inspection device 700 is a device that inspects the mobile battery 100. The inspection device 700 may be provided in, for example, the battery station 12 (see also FIG. 1). In the example shown in FIG. 1, the inspection device 700 is provided in the charger 14 installed in the battery station 12. In this case, the inspection device 700 may be connected to the mobile battery 100 via the battery port 14a of the charger 14. By being connected to the mobile battery 100, the inspection device 700 may read data from the memory unit 112 of the mobile battery 100. The data read from the memory unit 112 by the inspection device 700 may be supplied from the inspection device 700 to the management device 400 via the network NW. The data that the inspection device 700 can read from the memory unit 112 may include data related to the usage history of the mobile battery 100. Therefore, as described above, the usage history information acquisition unit 426 may acquire usage history information via the inspection device 700.
 利用実績情報は、総利用時間情報と、充放電回数情報と、保証期間情報とのうちの少なくとも1つを含み得る。総利用時間情報は、モバイルバッテリ100の総利用時間に関する情報である。充放電回数情報は、モバイルバッテリ100の充放電回数に関する情報である。保証期間情報は、モバイルバッテリ100の保証期間に関する情報である。保証期間は、モバイルバッテリ100の機能、品質等について、当該モバイルバッテリ100の製造販売者が保証を負う期間である。 The usage history information may include at least one of total usage time information, charge/discharge count information, and warranty period information. The total usage time information is information about the total usage time of the mobile battery 100. The charge/discharge count information is information about the number of times the mobile battery 100 has been charged/discharged. The warranty period information is information about the warranty period of the mobile battery 100. The warranty period is the period during which the manufacturer/seller of the mobile battery 100 guarantees the functionality, quality, etc. of the mobile battery 100.
 利用実績情報取得部426によって取得された利用実績情報は、管理装置400の記憶部406によって記憶され得る。利用実績情報は、モバイルバッテリ100の識別情報に関連付けて、記憶部406に記憶され得る。 The usage history information acquired by the usage history information acquisition unit 426 may be stored in the memory unit 406 of the management device 400. The usage history information may be stored in the memory unit 406 in association with the identification information of the mobile battery 100.
 状態判定部428は、利用制限状態にモバイルバッテリ100が達しているか否かを、利用実績情報に基づいて判定する。利用制限状態は、モバイルバッテリ100の一状態である。より詳しくは、利用制限状態は、利用が制限されるべき状態に至ったモバイルバッテリ100の状態である。 The state determination unit 428 determines whether the mobile battery 100 has reached a usage restriction state based on the usage history information. The usage restriction state is one state of the mobile battery 100. More specifically, the usage restriction state is a state of the mobile battery 100 in which usage should be restricted.
 状態判定部428は、利用実績情報に含まれている総利用時間情報に基づいて、モバイルバッテリ100が利用制限状態に達しているか否かを判定し得る。例えば、総利用時間情報によって示される総利用時間が所定の利用時間閾値に達している場合に、状態判定部428は、モバイルバッテリ100が利用制限状態に達していると判定する。 The status determination unit 428 can determine whether the mobile battery 100 has reached a usage restriction state based on the total usage time information included in the usage history information. For example, when the total usage time indicated by the total usage time information has reached a predetermined usage time threshold, the status determination unit 428 determines that the mobile battery 100 has reached a usage restriction state.
 状態判定部428は、利用実績情報に含まれている充放電回数情報に基づいて、モバイルバッテリ100が利用制限状態に達しているか否かを判定し得る。例えば、充放電回数情報によって示される充放電回数が所定の充放電回数閾値に達している場合に、状態判定部428は、モバイルバッテリ100が利用制限状態に達していると判定する。 The state determination unit 428 can determine whether the mobile battery 100 has reached a usage restriction state based on the charge/discharge count information included in the usage history information. For example, when the number of charges/discharges indicated by the charge/discharge count information has reached a predetermined charge/discharge count threshold, the state determination unit 428 determines that the mobile battery 100 has reached a usage restriction state.
 状態判定部428は、利用実績情報に含まれている保証期間情報に基づいて、モバイルバッテリ100が利用制限状態に達しているか否かを判定し得る。例えば、保証期間情報によって示される保証期間が満了している場合に、状態判定部428は、モバイルバッテリ100が利用制限状態に達していると判定する。 The status determination unit 428 can determine whether the mobile battery 100 has reached a usage restriction state based on the warranty period information included in the usage history information. For example, if the warranty period indicated by the warranty period information has expired, the status determination unit 428 determines that the mobile battery 100 has reached a usage restriction state.
 状態判定部428が行った判定の結果を示す情報は、管理装置400の記憶部406によって記憶され得る。すなわち、モバイルバッテリ100が利用制限状態に達しているか否かを示す情報は、記憶部406によって記憶され得る。モバイルバッテリ100が利用制限状態に達しているか否かを示す情報は、当該モバイルバッテリ100の識別情報に関連付けて、記憶部406に記憶され得る。これにより、シェアリングシステム10の運営事業者は、モバイルバッテリ100が利用制限状態に達しているか否かを容易に確認し得る。例えばシェアリングシステム10の運営事業者は、不図示の端末を用いて管理装置400(記憶部406)にアクセスすることで、モバイルバッテリ100が利用制限状態に達しているか否かを容易に確認し得る。 Information indicating the result of the determination made by the state determination unit 428 may be stored by the memory unit 406 of the management device 400. That is, information indicating whether or not the mobile battery 100 has reached a usage restriction state may be stored by the memory unit 406. Information indicating whether or not the mobile battery 100 has reached a usage restriction state may be stored in the memory unit 406 in association with the identification information of the mobile battery 100. This allows the operator of the sharing system 10 to easily check whether or not the mobile battery 100 has reached a usage restriction state. For example, the operator of the sharing system 10 can easily check whether or not the mobile battery 100 has reached a usage restriction state by accessing the management device 400 (memory unit 406) using a terminal not shown.
 低品質のモバイルバッテリ100がユーザに提供されることは好ましくない。モバイルバッテリ100の品質は、モバイルバッテリ100の総利用時間または充放電回数が多くなるにつれて、低下し得る。換言すれば、総利用時間、充放電回数等がある程度多くなったモバイルバッテリ100の利用は、制限されることが好ましい。また、品質が保証されていないモバイルバッテリ100がユーザに提供されることも、好ましくない。換言すれば、保証期間が満了しているモバイルバッテリ100の利用も、制限されることが好ましい。その点、シェアリングシステム10(管理システム16)の運営事業者は、状態判定部428が行った判定の結果に基づいて、利用制限状態に達しているモバイルバッテリ100を容易に特定し得る。これにより、上記運営事業者は、利用が制限されるべきモバイルバッテリ100がユーザに提供されることを防止し得る。 It is not desirable for a low-quality mobile battery 100 to be provided to a user. The quality of the mobile battery 100 may deteriorate as the total usage time or number of charging and discharging of the mobile battery 100 increases. In other words, it is desirable to restrict the use of a mobile battery 100 whose total usage time or number of charging and discharging has increased to a certain extent. It is also not desirable for a mobile battery 100 whose quality is not guaranteed to be provided to a user. In other words, it is desirable to restrict the use of a mobile battery 100 whose warranty period has expired. In this regard, the operator of the sharing system 10 (management system 16) can easily identify a mobile battery 100 that has reached a usage restriction state based on the result of the judgment made by the status judgment unit 428. This allows the operator to prevent a mobile battery 100 whose usage should be restricted from being provided to a user.
 図23は、管理システム16の動作の例を示すフローチャートである。モバイルバッテリ100が利用制限状態に達しているか否かの判定の例が、図23には示されている。 FIG. 23 is a flowchart showing an example of the operation of the management system 16. FIG. 23 shows an example of determining whether the mobile battery 100 has reached a usage restriction state.
 ステップS81において、管理装置400の利用実績情報取得部426が、モバイルバッテリ100の利用実績情報を取得する。次にステップS82に移り、管理装置400の状態判定部428は、モバイルバッテリ100が利用制限状態に達しているか否かを利用実績情報に基づいて判定する。 In step S81, the usage history information acquisition unit 426 of the management device 400 acquires usage history information of the mobile battery 100. Next, the process proceeds to step S82, where the state determination unit 428 of the management device 400 determines whether the mobile battery 100 has reached a usage restriction state based on the usage history information.
 次にステップS83に移り、利用制限状態に達しているモバイルバッテリ100を示す情報を、管理装置400の記憶部406が記憶する。図23において、利用制限状態に達しているモバイルバッテリ100を示す情報は、ステップS82において状態判定部428が行った判定の結果を示す情報である。記憶部406には、ステップS82において状態判定部428が行った判定の結果を示す情報が、モバイルバッテリ100の識別情報と関連付けて記憶部406に記憶され得る。こうして、図23に例示する動作が完了する。 Then, proceeding to step S83, the memory unit 406 of the management device 400 stores information indicating the mobile battery 100 that has reached the usage restriction state. In FIG. 23, the information indicating the mobile battery 100 that has reached the usage restriction state is information indicating the result of the determination made by the state determination unit 428 in step S82. The information indicating the result of the determination made by the state determination unit 428 in step S82 can be stored in the memory unit 406 in association with the identification information of the mobile battery 100. In this way, the operation illustrated in FIG. 23 is completed.
 また、上述したように、管理装置400の演算部404には、交換時期推定部432が備えられ得る。交換時期推定部432は、利用実績情報に基づいて、モバイルバッテリ100の交換時期を推定する。交換時期推定部432は、モバイルバッテリ100の交換時期を、当該モバイルバッテリ100の利用実績に基づいて推定し得る。なお、上述したように、利用実績情報は、利用実績情報取得部426によって取得され得る。 Furthermore, as described above, the calculation unit 404 of the management device 400 may be provided with a replacement time estimation unit 432. The replacement time estimation unit 432 estimates the replacement time of the mobile battery 100 based on the usage history information. The replacement time estimation unit 432 may estimate the replacement time of the mobile battery 100 based on the usage history of the mobile battery 100. Note that, as described above, the usage history information may be acquired by the usage history information acquisition unit 426.
 交換時期推定部432は、例えば利用実績情報に含まれている総利用時間情報に基づいて、モバイルバッテリ100の交換時期を推定し得る。この場合、交換時期推定部432は、所定の利用時間閾値と、総利用時間情報によって示される総利用時間との差異に基づいて、モバイルバッテリ100の交換時期を推定し得る。 The replacement time estimation unit 432 may estimate the replacement time of the mobile battery 100 based on, for example, the total usage time information included in the usage history information. In this case, the replacement time estimation unit 432 may estimate the replacement time of the mobile battery 100 based on the difference between a predetermined usage time threshold and the total usage time indicated by the total usage time information.
 交換時期推定部432は、利用実績情報に含まれている充放電回数情報に基づいて、モバイルバッテリ100の交換時期を推定してもよい。この場合、交換時期推定部432は、所定の充放電回数閾値と、充放電回数情報によって示される充放電回数との差異に基づいて、モバイルバッテリ100の交換時期を推定し得る。 The replacement time estimation unit 432 may estimate the replacement time of the mobile battery 100 based on the charge/discharge count information included in the usage history information. In this case, the replacement time estimation unit 432 may estimate the replacement time of the mobile battery 100 based on the difference between a predetermined charge/discharge count threshold and the charge/discharge count indicated by the charge/discharge count information.
 交換時期推定部432は、利用実績情報に含まれている保証期間情報に基づいて、モバイルバッテリ100の交換時期を推定し得る。この場合、交換時期推定部432は、保証期間情報によって示される保証期間に基づいて、モバイルバッテリ100の交換時期を推定し得る。 The replacement time estimation unit 432 can estimate the replacement time of the mobile battery 100 based on the warranty period information included in the usage history information. In this case, the replacement time estimation unit 432 can estimate the replacement time of the mobile battery 100 based on the warranty period indicated by the warranty period information.
 交換時期推定部432によって推定された交換時期を示す情報は、管理装置400の記憶部406によって記憶され得る。交換時期推定部432によって推定された交換時期を示す情報は、モバイルバッテリ100の識別情報に関連付けて、記憶部406に記憶され得る。シェアリングシステム10の運営事業者は、交換時期推定部432によって推定された交換時期を示す情報を用いて、モバイルバッテリ100を計画的に管理し得る。例えば上述した運営事業者は、交換時期推定部432によって推定された交換時期を示す情報を参考にして、新しいモバイルバッテリ100の調達計画を作成し得る。 The information indicating the replacement time estimated by the replacement time estimation unit 432 may be stored in the memory unit 406 of the management device 400. The information indicating the replacement time estimated by the replacement time estimation unit 432 may be stored in the memory unit 406 in association with the identification information of the mobile battery 100. The operator of the sharing system 10 may use the information indicating the replacement time estimated by the replacement time estimation unit 432 to systematically manage the mobile battery 100. For example, the operator described above may create a procurement plan for a new mobile battery 100 by referring to the information indicating the replacement time estimated by the replacement time estimation unit 432.
 以下、モバイルバッテリ100の品質管理に関して更に説明する。 The quality control of the mobile battery 100 is explained further below.
 上述したように、バッテリステーション12には検査装置700が備えられ得る。検査装置700は、当該検査装置700に接続されたモバイルバッテリ100を検査し得る。検査装置700は、当該検査装置700に接続されたモバイルバッテリ100に対して、例えば容量測定、抵抗測定等の検査を行い得る。容量測定、抵抗測定等の検査が行われることで、モバイルバッテリ100のバッテリセル102の劣化度が検出され得る。検査装置700による検査結果を示す情報は、ネットワークNWを介して、検査装置700から管理装置400に供給され得る。 As described above, the battery station 12 may be equipped with an inspection device 700. The inspection device 700 may inspect the mobile battery 100 connected to the inspection device 700. The inspection device 700 may perform inspections, such as capacity measurement and resistance measurement, on the mobile battery 100 connected to the inspection device 700. By performing inspections such as capacity measurement and resistance measurement, the degree of deterioration of the battery cells 102 of the mobile battery 100 may be detected. Information indicating the inspection results by the inspection device 700 may be supplied from the inspection device 700 to the management device 400 via the network NW.
 検査装置700による検査結果を示す情報は、最大充電容量判定部430によって用いられ得る。最大充電容量判定部430は、上述したように、管理装置400の演算部404に備えられ得る。最大充電容量判定部430は、検査装置700による検査結果に基づいて、モバイルバッテリ100の最大充電容量を判定し得る。最大充電容量判定部430によって判定された最大充電容量を示す情報は、ネットワークNWを介して、管理装置400から充電器14(不図示の制御コンピュータ)に供給され得る。これにより、充電器14は、モバイルバッテリ100の残容量が最大充電容量を超えない範囲で、当該モバイルバッテリ100に対する充電を行い得る。 Information indicating the inspection results by the inspection device 700 may be used by the maximum charging capacity determination unit 430. As described above, the maximum charging capacity determination unit 430 may be provided in the calculation unit 404 of the management device 400. The maximum charging capacity determination unit 430 may determine the maximum charging capacity of the mobile battery 100 based on the inspection results by the inspection device 700. Information indicating the maximum charging capacity determined by the maximum charging capacity determination unit 430 may be supplied from the management device 400 to the charger 14 (control computer not shown) via the network NW. This allows the charger 14 to charge the mobile battery 100 within a range where the remaining capacity of the mobile battery 100 does not exceed the maximum charging capacity.
 最大充電容量は、モバイルバッテリ100が充電される際に許容される充電容量の上限値である。最大充電容量は、モバイルバッテリ100のバッテリセル102の劣化度に応じて変動し得る。換言すれば、バッテリセル102の劣化度に応じて、モバイルバッテリ100に対する充電が過充電となるか否かの判断基準が変動し得る。モバイルバッテリ100に対する過充電は好ましくない。その点、本実施形態によれば、上述したように検査装置700による検査結果に基づいて最大充電容量判定部430が最大充電容量を判定し得る。すなわち、本実施形態によれば、最大充電容量判定部430が、バッテリセル102の劣化度に応じた最大充電容量を判定し得る。したがって、モバイルバッテリ100に対して過充電が行われることが防止され得る。 The maximum charging capacity is the upper limit of the charging capacity permitted when the mobile battery 100 is charged. The maximum charging capacity may vary depending on the degree of deterioration of the battery cells 102 of the mobile battery 100. In other words, the criteria for determining whether charging the mobile battery 100 will result in overcharging may vary depending on the degree of deterioration of the battery cells 102. Overcharging the mobile battery 100 is not desirable. In this regard, according to this embodiment, the maximum charging capacity determination unit 430 can determine the maximum charging capacity based on the inspection results by the inspection device 700 as described above. That is, according to this embodiment, the maximum charging capacity determination unit 430 can determine the maximum charging capacity according to the degree of deterioration of the battery cells 102. Therefore, overcharging of the mobile battery 100 can be prevented.
 なお、上述した検査装置700による検査は、モバイルバッテリ100の利用実績に応じて実行されることが好ましい。すなわち、検査装置700による検査は、モバイルバッテリ100の総利用時間、充放電回数または保証期間に応じて実行されることが好ましい。 In addition, it is preferable that the inspection by the inspection device 700 described above is performed according to the usage history of the mobile battery 100. In other words, it is preferable that the inspection by the inspection device 700 is performed according to the total usage time, the number of charging and discharging, or the warranty period of the mobile battery 100.
 例えば、検査装置700は、モバイルバッテリ100の総利用時間が所定閾値に達している場合にのみ、当該モバイルバッテリ100に対する検査を行ってもよい。この場合の所定閾値は、上述した所定の総利用時間閾値より小さくてもよい。総利用時間が短いモバイルバッテリ100は、当該モバイルバッテリ100に備えられたバッテリセル102の劣化度が問題になる可能性は低い。換言すれば、総利用時間が短いモバイルバッテリ100に対する検査は、無用な検査である可能性が高い。モバイルバッテリ100の総利用時間が所定閾値に達している場合にのみ当該モバイルバッテリ100の検査が実行されることで、無用な検査が実行される可能性を低減し得る。 For example, the inspection device 700 may inspect the mobile battery 100 only when the total usage time of the mobile battery 100 has reached a predetermined threshold. In this case, the predetermined threshold may be smaller than the above-mentioned predetermined total usage time threshold. A mobile battery 100 with a short total usage time is unlikely to have a problem with the degree of deterioration of the battery cells 102 provided in the mobile battery 100. In other words, inspection of a mobile battery 100 with a short total usage time is likely to be an unnecessary inspection. By inspecting the mobile battery 100 only when the total usage time of the mobile battery 100 has reached a predetermined threshold, the possibility of unnecessary inspection being performed can be reduced.
 また、例えば、検査装置700は、モバイルバッテリ100の充放電回数が所定閾値に達している場合にのみ、当該モバイルバッテリ100に対する検査を行ってもよい。この場合の所定閾値は、上述した所定の充放電回数閾値より小さくてもよい。充放電回数が少ないモバイルバッテリ100は、当該モバイルバッテリ100に備えられたバッテリセル102の劣化度が問題になる可能性は低い。換言すれば、充放電回数が少ないモバイルバッテリ100に対する検査は、無用な検査である可能性が高い。モバイルバッテリ100の充放電回数が所定閾値に達している場合にのみ当該モバイルバッテリ100の検査が実行されることで、無用な検査が実行される可能性を低減し得る。 Also, for example, the inspection device 700 may inspect the mobile battery 100 only when the number of times the mobile battery 100 has been charged and discharged reaches a predetermined threshold. In this case, the predetermined threshold may be smaller than the above-mentioned predetermined number of times of charging and discharging. A mobile battery 100 with a low number of times of charging and discharging is unlikely to have a problem with the degree of deterioration of the battery cells 102 provided in the mobile battery 100. In other words, an inspection of a mobile battery 100 with a low number of times of charging and discharging is likely to be an unnecessary inspection. By inspecting the mobile battery 100 only when the number of times of charging and discharging the mobile battery 100 has reached a predetermined threshold, the possibility of unnecessary inspection being performed can be reduced.
 更に、例えば、検査装置700は、モバイルバッテリ100の利用期間が所定閾値に達している場合にのみ、当該モバイルバッテリ100に対する検査を行ってもよい。この場合の所定閾値は、上述した保証期間の範囲内で予め決定され得る。利用期間が短いモバイルバッテリ100は、当該モバイルバッテリ100に備えられたバッテリセル102の劣化度が問題になる可能性は低い。換言すれば、利用期間が短いモバイルバッテリ100に対する検査は、無用な検査である可能性が高い。モバイルバッテリ100の利用期間が所定閾値に達している場合にのみ当該モバイルバッテリ100の検査が実行されることで、無用な検査が実行される可能性を低減し得る。 Furthermore, for example, the inspection device 700 may inspect the mobile battery 100 only if the usage period of the mobile battery 100 has reached a predetermined threshold. In this case, the predetermined threshold may be determined in advance within the range of the warranty period described above. A mobile battery 100 with a short usage period is unlikely to have a problem with the degree of deterioration of the battery cells 102 provided in the mobile battery 100. In other words, inspection of a mobile battery 100 with a short usage period is likely to be an unnecessary inspection. By inspecting the mobile battery 100 only if the usage period of the mobile battery 100 has reached a predetermined threshold, the possibility of unnecessary inspection being performed can be reduced.
 以上説明したように、管理システム16によれば、シェアリングシステム10の運営事業者は、モバイルバッテリ100の品質管理を適切に行い得る。 As described above, the management system 16 allows the operator of the sharing system 10 to properly manage the quality of the mobile battery 100.
 ところで、モバイルバッテリ100の管理という観点では、モバイルバッテリ100に対するユーザの需要に応じて、バッテリステーション12に配されるモバイルバッテリ100の数を適切に調整することが好ましい。バッテリステーション12に配されるモバイルバッテリ100の数を適切に調整すべく、管理システム16は以下のように構成されてもよい。管理装置400の演算部404には、上述したように、在庫不足ステーション判定部434と、依頼対象集配者選択部438と、低残容量バッテリ判定部442と、時間余裕判定部444とが備えられ得る。 In terms of managing the mobile batteries 100, it is preferable to appropriately adjust the number of mobile batteries 100 placed in the battery station 12 according to the user demand for the mobile batteries 100. In order to appropriately adjust the number of mobile batteries 100 placed in the battery station 12, the management system 16 may be configured as follows. As described above, the calculation unit 404 of the management device 400 may be equipped with an inventory shortage station determination unit 434, a requested delivery person selection unit 438, a low remaining capacity battery determination unit 442, and a time allowance determination unit 444.
 在庫不足ステーション判定部434は、モバイルバッテリ100の将来の需要に関する情報と、バッテリステーション12の在庫情報とに基づいて、バッテリステーション12が在庫不足ステーションであるか否かを判定する。在庫情報は、バッテリステーション12におけるモバイルバッテリ100の在庫を示す。在庫不足ステーションは、モバイルバッテリ100の在庫が将来において不足すると見込まれるバッテリステーション12である。換言すれば、在庫不足ステーションは、モバイルバッテリ100を借り受けようとするユーザの需要を満足できない可能性が高いバッテリステーション12である。モバイルバッテリ100の将来の需要に関する情報は、例えば、上述した集配需要予測部424によって生成され得る。バッテリステーション12におけるモバイルバッテリ100の在庫を示す在庫情報は、例えば記憶部406によって記憶され得る。 The inventory shortage station determination unit 434 determines whether the battery station 12 is an inventory shortage station based on information regarding future demand for the mobile battery 100 and inventory information of the battery station 12. The inventory information indicates the inventory of the mobile battery 100 at the battery station 12. An inventory shortage station is a battery station 12 where the inventory of the mobile battery 100 is expected to be insufficient in the future. In other words, an inventory shortage station is a battery station 12 that is likely to be unable to meet the demand of users who wish to rent the mobile battery 100. Information regarding the future demand for the mobile battery 100 can be generated, for example, by the collection and delivery demand prediction unit 424 described above. Inventory information indicating the inventory of the mobile battery 100 at the battery station 12 can be stored, for example, by the memory unit 406.
 情報生成部418は、在庫不足ステーション判定部434による判定の結果に基づいて、在庫不足ステーションに関する情報を生成し得る。在庫不足ステーションに関する情報は、例えば、在庫不足ステーションの位置である在庫不足ステーション位置を示す情報を含む。また、情報生成部418は、配送依頼情報を更に生成し得る。配送依頼情報は、在庫不足ステーションへのモバイルバッテリ100の配送を集配者に依頼するための情報である。配送依頼情報には、モバイルバッテリ100の配送数を示す情報が含まれ得る。 The information generating unit 418 may generate information regarding the shortage station based on the result of the determination by the shortage station determination unit 434. The information regarding the shortage station includes, for example, information indicating the shortage station location, which is the location of the shortage station. The information generating unit 418 may further generate delivery request information. The delivery request information is information for requesting a delivery person to deliver the mobile battery 100 to the shortage station. The delivery request information may include information indicating the number of mobile batteries 100 to be delivered.
 依頼対象集配者選択部438は、在庫不足ステーションへのモバイルバッテリ100の配送の依頼の対象となる集配者である依頼対象集配者を選択する。換言すれば、依頼対象集配者選択部438は、配送依頼情報の送信先となる集配者端末300を選択する。依頼対象集配者選択部438は、集配者位置と在庫不足ステーション位置とに基づいて、在庫不足ステーションから所定範囲内に位置する集配者を選択する。こうして選択された集配者が、依頼対象集配者となる。依頼対象集配者選択部438は、複数の依頼対象集配者を選択してもよい。 The target collector/deliverer selection unit 438 selects a target collector/deliverer who is the subject of a request to deliver the mobile battery 100 to the stock shortage station. In other words, the target collector/deliverer selection unit 438 selects the collector/deliverer terminal 300 to which the delivery request information is sent. The target collector/deliverer selection unit 438 selects a collector/deliverer located within a specified range from the stock shortage station based on the collector/deliverer location and the stock shortage station location. The collector/deliverer selected in this way becomes the target collector/deliverer. The target collector/deliverer selection unit 438 may select multiple target collectors/deliverers.
 在庫不足ステーションに関する情報と、配送依頼情報とは、通信部402を介して、依頼対象集配者によって所持された集配者端末300に送信され得る。これにより、集配者端末300の情報提供部316は、在庫不足ステーションに関する情報と、配送依頼情報とを依頼対象集配者に提供し得る。 The information regarding the station with low inventory and the delivery request information can be transmitted to the delivery person terminal 300 held by the requested delivery person via the communication unit 402. This allows the information providing unit 316 of the delivery person terminal 300 to provide the information regarding the station with low inventory and the delivery request information to the requested delivery person.
 在庫不足ステーションに関する情報が依頼対象集配者に提供されることで、当該依頼対象集配者は、在庫不足ステーションの位置を把握し得る。また、配送依頼情報が依頼対象集配者に提供されることで、当該依頼対象集配者は、在庫不足ステーションにモバイルバッテリ100を配送し得る。つまり、在庫不足ステーションに対してモバイルバッテリ100の在庫補充が行われ得る。これにより、在庫不足ステーションが将来において実際に在庫不足に達することが防止される。また、バッテリステーション12に配されているモバイルバッテリ100を借り受けようとするユーザの需要が満足し得る。 By providing the requested collection and delivery party with information regarding the stock shortage station, the requested collection and delivery party can ascertain the location of the stock shortage station. Furthermore, by providing the requested collection and delivery party with delivery request information, the requested collection and delivery party can deliver the mobile battery 100 to the stock shortage station. In other words, the stock shortage station can be replenished with mobile batteries 100. This prevents the stock shortage station from actually reaching a stock shortage in the future. Furthermore, the demand of users who wish to rent a mobile battery 100 located at the battery station 12 can be satisfied.
 低残容量バッテリ判定部442は、集配者が所持しているモバイルバッテリ100が低残容量バッテリであるか否かを判定する。低残容量バッテリは、残容量が予め決められた低残容量閾値未満であるモバイルバッテリ100である。低残容量バッテリ判定部442は、モバイルバッテリ100の残容量を示す残容量情報に基づいて、当該モバイルバッテリ100が低残容量バッテリであるか否かを判定する。上述したように、残容量情報は、バッテリ情報取得部416によって取得され得る。 The low remaining capacity battery determination unit 442 determines whether the mobile battery 100 possessed by the delivery person is a low remaining capacity battery. A low remaining capacity battery is a mobile battery 100 whose remaining capacity is less than a predetermined low remaining capacity threshold. The low remaining capacity battery determination unit 442 determines whether the mobile battery 100 is a low remaining capacity battery based on remaining capacity information indicating the remaining capacity of the mobile battery 100. As described above, the remaining capacity information can be acquired by the battery information acquisition unit 416.
 時間余裕判定部444は、在庫不足ステーションであると在庫不足ステーション判定部434によって判定されたバッテリステーション12が、時間余裕具備ステーションであるか否かを判定する。時間余裕具備ステーションは、在庫不足に達するまでの時間的な余裕である時間余裕が、予め決められた時間余裕閾値以上である在庫不足ステーションである。時間余裕は、集配需要予測部424によって予測された将来の集配需要に基づいて把握され得る。 The time allowance determination unit 444 determines whether or not the battery station 12 determined by the inventory shortage station determination unit 434 to be an inventory shortage station is a time allowance station. A time allowance station is an inventory shortage station in which the time allowance, which is the amount of time before inventory shortage occurs, is equal to or exceeds a predetermined time allowance threshold. The time allowance can be determined based on future collection and delivery demand predicted by the collection and delivery demand prediction unit 424.
 情報生成部418は、低残容量バッテリを所持する集配者(依頼対象集配者)に対して当該残容量バッテリを時間余裕具備ステーションに配送することを依頼するための配送依頼情報を生成する。当該配送依頼情報は、低残容量バッテリを所持している集配者の集配者端末300に、通信部402を介して送信され得る。これにより、集配者端末300に備えられた情報提供部316は、時間余裕具備ステーションへの低残容量バッテリの配送の依頼を集配者に通知し得る。 The information generating unit 418 generates delivery request information to request the collector/deliverer (requested collector/deliverer) who has the low remaining battery to deliver the battery to a station with time to spare. The delivery request information can be transmitted to the collector/deliverer terminal 300 of the collector/deliverer who has the low remaining battery via the communication unit 402. This allows the information providing unit 316 provided in the collector/deliverer terminal 300 to notify the collector/deliverer of the request to deliver the low remaining battery to a station with time to spare.
 低残容量バッテリは、モバイルバッテリ100を借り受けようとするユーザに好まれない可能性が高いモバイルバッテリ100である。しかしながら、時間余裕具備ステーションに配送された低残容量バッテリは、当該時間余裕具備ステーションにおいて充電され得る。時間余裕具備ステーションは在庫不足に達するまでの時間余裕を有するバッテリステーション12であるから、当該時間余裕を利用して低残容量バッテリが十分に充電され得る。これにより、時間余裕具備ステーションが将来において在庫不足に達することが防止されるのみならず、残容量が十分なモバイルバッテリ100を借り受けたいユーザの需要を満足し得る。 A low remaining capacity battery is a mobile battery 100 that is likely not to be preferred by users who wish to rent the mobile battery 100. However, a low remaining capacity battery delivered to a time-margin equipped station can be charged at that time-margin equipped station. Since a time-margin equipped station is a battery station 12 that has time to spare before running out of stock, that time margin can be used to fully charge a low remaining capacity battery. This not only prevents a time-margin equipped station from running out of stock in the future, but also satisfies the demand of users who wish to rent a mobile battery 100 with sufficient remaining capacity.
 情報生成部418は、時間余裕具備ステーションではない在庫不足ステーションに低残容量バッテリが配送されることを制限するための情報をも生成することが好ましい。当該情報には、例えば、時間余裕具備ステーションでない在庫不足ステーションに低残容量バッテリを配送しないことを集配者に依頼する旨が含まれる。時間余裕具備ステーションでない在庫不足ステーションに低残容量バッテリが配送されることを制限するための当該情報は、低残容量バッテリを所持する集配者の集配者端末300に、通信部402を介して送信され得る。これにより、集配者端末300に備えられた情報提供部316は、時間余裕具備ステーションでない在庫不足ステーションに対する低残容量バッテリの配送の制限を集配者に通知し得る。時間余裕具備ステーションでない在庫不足ステーションに対する低残容量バッテリの配送が抑制されることで、ユーザに好まれない可能性が高い低残容量バッテリが在庫不足ステーションに補充されることが防止され得る。 It is preferable that the information generating unit 418 also generates information for restricting the delivery of low-capacity batteries to low-stock stations that are not time-rich stations. The information includes, for example, a request to the collector/deliverer not to deliver low-capacity batteries to low-stock stations that are not time-rich stations. The information for restricting the delivery of low-capacity batteries to low-stock stations that are not time-rich stations can be transmitted to the collector/deliverer terminal 300 of the collector/deliverer who possesses the low-capacity battery via the communication unit 402. This allows the information providing unit 316 provided in the collector/deliverer terminal 300 to notify the collector/deliverer of the restriction on delivery of low-capacity batteries to low-stock stations that are not time-rich stations. By restricting the delivery of low-capacity batteries to low-stock stations that are not time-rich stations, it is possible to prevent low-capacity batteries, which are likely not preferred by users, from being replenished to low-stock stations.
 なお、時間余裕具備ステーションでない在庫不足ステーションに低残容量バッテリが配送されることを制限するための情報は、上述した依頼対象集配者でない集配者に提供されてもよい。これにより、ユーザに好まれない可能性が高い低残容量バッテリが、依頼対象集配者でない集配者によって在庫不足ステーションに補充されることが防止され得る。 In addition, information for restricting the delivery of low-capacity batteries to low-stock stations that are not time-available stations may be provided to a collector/delivery party other than the requested collector/delivery party described above. This can prevent low-capacity batteries that are likely not preferred by users from being replenished to low-stock stations by a collector/delivery party other than the requested collector/delivery party.
 以上説明したように、本実施形態によれば、在庫不足ステーションに対して、モバイルバッテリ100の在庫調整が適切に行われ得る。 As described above, according to this embodiment, inventory adjustments of mobile batteries 100 can be appropriately performed at stations with inventory shortages.
 また、上述したように、管理装置400の演算部404には、在庫過剰ステーション判定部436と、配送制限集配者選択部440とが備えられ得る。 Furthermore, as described above, the calculation unit 404 of the management device 400 may be equipped with an excess inventory station determination unit 436 and a delivery restriction courier selection unit 440.
 在庫過剰ステーション判定部436は、モバイルバッテリ100の将来の需要に関する情報と、バッテリステーション12の在庫情報とに基づいて、バッテリステーション12が在庫過剰ステーションであるか否かを判定する。在庫過剰ステーションは、モバイルバッテリ100の在庫が将来において過剰になると見込まれるバッテリステーション12である。在庫過剰になったバッテリステーション12は、モバイルバッテリ100の返却を受け付け得ない。換言すれば、在庫過剰ステーションは、バッテリステーション12にモバイルバッテリ100を返却しようとするユーザの需要を満足できない可能性が高いバッテリステーション12である。 The overstock station determination unit 436 determines whether the battery station 12 is an overstock station based on information about future demand for the mobile battery 100 and inventory information of the battery station 12. An overstock station is a battery station 12 that is expected to have an excess inventory of mobile batteries 100 in the future. A battery station 12 with excess inventory cannot accept the return of a mobile battery 100. In other words, an overstock station is a battery station 12 that is likely to be unable to meet the demand of users who wish to return a mobile battery 100 to the battery station 12.
 情報生成部418は、在庫過剰ステーション判定部436による判定の結果に基づいて、在庫過剰ステーションに関する情報を生成し得る。在庫過剰ステーションに関する情報は、例えば、在庫過剰ステーションの位置である在庫過剰ステーション位置を示す情報を含む。また、情報生成部418は、配送制限情報を更に生成し得る。配送制限情報は、在庫過剰ステーションへのモバイルバッテリ100の配送を制限するための情報である。配送制限情報には、例えば、在庫過剰ステーションにモバイルバッテリ100を配送しないことを集配者に依頼する旨が含まれる。 The information generating unit 418 may generate information regarding the overstock station based on the result of the determination by the overstock station determining unit 436. The information regarding the overstock station includes, for example, information indicating the overstock station location, which is the location of the overstock station. The information generating unit 418 may further generate delivery restriction information. The delivery restriction information is information for restricting the delivery of the mobile battery 100 to the overstock station. The delivery restriction information includes, for example, a request to a courier not to deliver the mobile battery 100 to the overstock station.
 配送制限集配者選択部440は、在庫過剰ステーションへのモバイルバッテリ100の配送の制限の対象となる集配者である配送制限集配者を選択する。換言すれば、配送制限集配者選択部440は、配送制限情報の送信先となる集配者端末300を選択する。配送制限集配者選択部440は、集配者位置と在庫過剰ステーション位置とに基づいて、在庫過剰ステーションから所定範囲外に位置する集配者を選択する。こうして選択された集配者が、配送制限集配者となる。配送制限集配者選択部440は、複数の配送制限集配者を選択してもよい。 The delivery-restricted collector/delivery selection unit 440 selects a delivery-restricted collector/delivery that is a collector/delivery that is subject to restrictions on delivery of the mobile battery 100 to the overstock station. In other words, the delivery-restricted collector/delivery selection unit 440 selects the collector/delivery terminal 300 to which the delivery restriction information is sent. The delivery-restricted collector/delivery selection unit 440 selects a collector/delivery that is located outside a specified range from the overstock station based on the collector/delivery location and the overstock station location. The collector/delivery selected in this way becomes the delivery-restricted collector/delivery. The delivery-restricted collector/delivery selection unit 440 may select multiple delivery-restricted collectors/delivery.
 在庫過剰ステーションに関する情報と、配送制限情報とは、通信部402を介して、配送制限集配者によって所持された集配者端末300に送信され得る。これにより、集配者端末300の情報提供部316は、在庫過剰ステーションに関する情報と、配送制限情報とを配送制限集配者に提供し得る。 Information regarding overstocked stations and delivery restriction information can be transmitted to the collector/delivery terminal 300 carried by the delivery-restricted collector/delivery agent via the communication unit 402. This allows the information providing unit 316 of the collector/delivery agent terminal 300 to provide information regarding overstocked stations and delivery restriction information to the delivery-restricted collector/delivery agent.
 在庫過剰ステーションに関する情報が配送制限集配者に提供されることで、当該配送制限集配者は、在庫過剰ステーションの位置を把握し得る。また、配送制限情報が配送制限集配者に提供されることで、在庫過剰ステーションへのモバイルバッテリ100の配送が抑制され得る。つまり、在庫過剰ステーションに対してモバイルバッテリ100の在庫補充が行われることが抑制され得る。これにより、在庫過剰ステーションが将来において実際に在庫過剰に達することが防止される。また、バッテリステーション12にモバイルバッテリ100を返却しようとするユーザの需要が満足し得る。 By providing information regarding overstock stations to a delivery-restricted collector/courier, the delivery-restricted collector/courier can ascertain the location of the overstock stations. Furthermore, by providing the delivery-restricted information to a delivery-restricted collector/courier, delivery of mobile batteries 100 to overstock stations can be restricted. In other words, replenishing stock of mobile batteries 100 at overstock stations can be restricted. This prevents overstock stations from actually reaching an overstock in the future. Furthermore, the demand of users who wish to return mobile batteries 100 to the battery station 12 can be satisfied.
 また、上述した配送制限集配者選択部440によれば、在庫過剰ステーションから所定範囲外に位置する集配者が、配送制限集配者として選択され得る。したがって、在庫過剰ステーションに関する情報と、配送制限情報とは、少なくとも、在庫過剰ステーションから所定範囲外に位置する集配者に提供され得る。在庫過剰ステーションから所定範囲外に位置する集配者は、在庫過剰ステーションから所定範囲内に位置する集配者と比較して、在庫過剰ステーションに到達するための労力が大きい。在庫過剰ステーションから所定範囲外に位置する集配者に配送制限情報が提供されることで、当該集配者の労力が無駄になることを防止し得る。なお、在庫過剰ステーションに関する情報と、配送制限情報とは、在庫過剰ステーションから所定範囲内に位置する集配者に提供されてもよい。これにより、在庫過剰ステーションに対するモバイルバッテリ100の在庫補充が、在庫過剰ステーションから所定範囲内に位置する集配者によって行われることが抑制され得る。したがって、在庫過剰ステーションが将来において実際に在庫過剰に達することがより確実に防止され得る。 Furthermore, according to the above-mentioned delivery restriction collector/deliverer selection unit 440, a collector/deliverer located outside a predetermined range from an overstock station can be selected as a delivery restriction collector/deliverer. Therefore, information about the overstock station and delivery restriction information can be provided at least to a collector/deliverer located outside a predetermined range from the overstock station. A collector/deliverer located outside a predetermined range from an overstock station takes more effort to reach the overstock station than a collector/deliverer located within a predetermined range from the overstock station. By providing delivery restriction information to a collector/deliverer located outside a predetermined range from an overstock station, it is possible to prevent the collector/deliverer's effort from being wasted. Note that information about the overstock station and delivery restriction information may be provided to a collector/deliverer located within a predetermined range from the overstock station. This can prevent a collector/deliverer located within a predetermined range from the overstock station from replenishing the mobile battery 100 at an overstock station. Therefore, it is possible to more reliably prevent an overstock station from actually reaching overstock in the future.
 以上説明したように、本実施形態によれば、在庫過剰ステーションに対して、モバイルバッテリ100の在庫調整が適切に行われ得る。 As described above, according to this embodiment, inventory adjustments of mobile batteries 100 can be appropriately performed at stations with excess inventory.
 図24は、管理システム16の動作の例を示すフローチャートである。モバイルバッテリ100を適切に配備するための情報の提供を集配者に対して行う場合の例が、図24には示されている。 FIG. 24 is a flowchart showing an example of the operation of the management system 16. FIG. 24 shows an example of the case where information for appropriately deploying the mobile battery 100 is provided to a delivery person.
 ステップS91において、管理装置400の集配需要予測部424が、モバイルバッテリ100の将来の需要を予測する。 In step S91, the collection and delivery demand prediction unit 424 of the management device 400 predicts future demand for the mobile battery 100.
 ステップS92において、管理装置400の在庫不足ステーション判定部434が、在庫不足ステーションに該当するバッテリステーション12があるか否かを判定する。 In step S92, the inventory shortage station determination unit 434 of the management device 400 determines whether there is a battery station 12 that corresponds to an inventory shortage station.
 在庫不足ステーションがある場合、ステップS93に移り、管理装置400の情報生成部418が、在庫不足ステーションに関する情報を生成する。在庫不足ステーションに関する情報は、在庫不足ステーション位置を示す情報を含み得る。 If there is a station with low inventory, the process proceeds to step S93, where the information generating unit 418 of the management device 400 generates information about the station with low inventory. The information about the station with low inventory may include information indicating the location of the station with low inventory.
 次にステップS94に移り、管理装置400の依頼対象集配者選択部438が依頼対象集配者を選択する。 Then, proceed to step S94, where the request target delivery person selection unit 438 of the management device 400 selects the request target delivery person.
 次にステップS95に移り、集配者が所持しているモバイルバッテリ100が低残容量バッテリに該当するか否かを、管理装置400の低残容量バッテリ判定部442が判定する。すなわち、低残容量バッテリ判定部442は、集配者が低残容量バッテリを所持しているか否かを判定する。 Then, the process proceeds to step S95, where the low remaining capacity battery determination unit 442 of the management device 400 determines whether the mobile battery 100 possessed by the delivery person is a low remaining capacity battery. In other words, the low remaining capacity battery determination unit 442 determines whether the delivery person possesses a low remaining capacity battery.
 集配者が低残容量バッテリを所持している場合、ステップS96に移り、時間余裕具備ステーションに該当する在庫不足ステーションがあるか否かを管理装置400の時間余裕判定部444が判定する。 If the delivery person has a low-capacity battery, the process moves to step S96, where the time allowance determination unit 444 of the management device 400 determines whether there is a station with insufficient stock that corresponds to a station with time allowance.
 時間余裕具備ステーションがある場合、ステップS97に移り、管理装置400の情報生成部418が、配送依頼情報を生成する。情報生成部418は、時間余裕具備ステーションに低残容量バッテリを配送することを依頼対象集配者に依頼するための配送依頼情報を生成する。情報生成部418は、時間余裕具備ステーションでない在庫不足ステーションへの低残容量バッテリの配送を制限するための情報を更に生成してもよい。 If there is a station with time to spare, the process proceeds to step S97, where the information generating unit 418 of the management device 400 generates delivery request information. The information generating unit 418 generates delivery request information for requesting the requested delivery agent to deliver the low-capacity battery to the station with time to spare. The information generating unit 418 may further generate information for restricting the delivery of low-capacity batteries to stations with low inventory that are not stations with time to spare.
 なお、上述したステップS95において集配者が低残容量バッテリを所持していないと判定された場合にもステップS97に移り、管理装置400の情報生成部418が配送依頼情報を生成する。 In addition, if it is determined in step S95 that the delivery person does not have a low-capacity battery, the process proceeds to step S97, and the information generation unit 418 of the management device 400 generates delivery request information.
 ステップS96において時間余裕具備ステーションがないと判定された場合には、ステップS98が実行され得る。ステップS98において、情報生成部418は、在庫不足ステーションに低残容量バッテリが配送されることを制限するための情報を生成する。 If it is determined in step S96 that there is no station with sufficient time, step S98 may be executed. In step S98, the information generating unit 418 generates information for restricting the delivery of low-capacity batteries to stations with low inventory.
 上述したステップS97は、ステップS98が実行される場合にも実行され得る。この場合、ステップS97において、情報生成部418は、低残容量バッテリ以外のモバイルバッテリ100を在庫不足ステーションに配送することを依頼対象集配者に依頼するための配送依頼情報を生成し得る。 The above-mentioned step S97 may also be executed when step S98 is executed. In this case, in step S97, the information generating unit 418 may generate delivery request information for requesting the requested delivery person to deliver a mobile battery 100 other than a low-capacity battery to a station with a shortage of stock.
 上述したステップS92において在庫不足ステーションがないと判定された場合、または、ステップS97が完了した場合、ステップS99に移行する。ステップS99において、管理装置400の在庫過剰ステーション判定部436は、在庫過剰ステーションに該当するバッテリステーション12があるか否かを判定する。 If it is determined in step S92 above that there is no station with insufficient inventory, or if step S97 is completed, the process proceeds to step S99. In step S99, the overstock station determination unit 436 of the management device 400 determines whether there is a battery station 12 that is an overstock station.
 在庫過剰ステーションがある場合、ステップS100に移り、情報生成部418が、在庫過剰ステーションに関する情報を生成する。在庫過剰ステーションに関する情報は、在庫過剰ステーション位置を示す情報を含み得る。 If there is an overstock station, the process proceeds to step S100, where the information generating unit 418 generates information about the overstock station. The information about the overstock station may include information indicating the location of the overstock station.
 次にステップS101に移り、管理装置400の配送制限集配者選択部440が、配送制限集配者を選択する。 Then, the process proceeds to step S101, where the delivery restriction collector/delivery selection unit 440 of the management device 400 selects a delivery restriction collector/delivery.
 次にステップS102に移り、集配者端末300の情報提供部316が、集配者に情報を提供する。こうして、図24に例示する動作が完了する。 Then, the process moves to step S102, where the information providing unit 316 of the delivery person terminal 300 provides the information to the delivery person. This completes the operation illustrated in FIG. 24.
 なお、ステップS102においては、上述したステップS91~ステップS101における判定の結果に応じて、集配者に提供される情報が異なる。例えば、在庫不足ステーションの有無の判定(ステップS92)の結果に応じて、在庫不足ステーションに関する情報がステップS102において集配者(依頼対象集配者)に提供されるか否かが異なる。また、ステップS99の実行結果に応じて、在庫過剰ステーションに関する情報がステップS102において集配者(配送制限集配者)に提供されるか否かが異なる。在庫不足ステーションと在庫過剰ステーションとのうちのいずれもが存在しない場合、ステップS102はスキップされ得る。 In step S102, the information provided to the collector/deliverer differs depending on the results of the determinations made in steps S91 to S101 described above. For example, depending on the result of the determination of whether or not there is a station that is low on stock (step S92), whether or not information about stations that are low on stock is provided to the collector/deliverer (requested collector/deliverer) in step S102 differs. Also, depending on the result of execution of step S99, whether or not information about stations that are overstock is provided to the collector/deliverer (delivery-limited collector/deliverer) in step S102 differs. If neither a station that is low on stock nor a station that is overstock exists, step S102 may be skipped.
 ところで、上述したように、低残容量バッテリはユーザに好まれない可能性が高い。しかしながら、モバイルバッテリ100の劣化を抑制するという観点では、モバイルバッテリ100の充放電回数は抑制されることが好ましい。したがって、モバイルバッテリ100の劣化を抑制するという観点では、充電せずにユーザに利用され得るのであれば、低残容量バッテリであってもユーザにできるだけ利用されることが好ましい。 As mentioned above, it is highly likely that users will not like batteries with low remaining capacity. However, from the perspective of preventing deterioration of the mobile battery 100, it is preferable that the number of times the mobile battery 100 is charged and discharged is reduced. Therefore, from the perspective of preventing deterioration of the mobile battery 100, if the user can use the battery without charging it, it is preferable that the user use the battery as much as possible, even if it has a low remaining capacity.
 低残容量バッテリがユーザに利用され得るようにすべく、管理システム16は以下のように構成されてもよい。管理装置400の情報生成部418は、本実施形態において低残容量バッテリ情報とも称される情報を生成する。低残容量バッテリ情報は、ユーザに対して提供され得る低残容量バッテリに関する情報である。低残容量バッテリ情報は、低残容量バッテリの位置である低残容量バッテリ位置と、ユーザの位置であるユーザ位置とに基づいて生成され得る。 In order to allow a low remaining capacity battery to be used by a user, the management system 16 may be configured as follows. The information generating unit 418 of the management device 400 generates information also referred to as low remaining capacity battery information in this embodiment. The low remaining capacity battery information is information about a low remaining capacity battery that can be provided to a user. The low remaining capacity battery information can be generated based on a low remaining capacity battery position, which is the location of the low remaining capacity battery, and a user position, which is the location of the user.
 低残容量バッテリ位置は、上述した位置情報取得部412によって取得され得る。位置情報取得部412は、低残容量バッテリを所持している集配者の位置を、低残容量バッテリ位置として取得し得る。また、位置情報取得部412は、低残容量バッテリが配されているバッテリステーション12の位置を、低残容量バッテリ位置として取得し得る。更に、位置情報取得部412は、モバイルバッテリ100(低残容量バッテリ)に備えられた測位部106による測位結果に基づいて、低残容量バッテリ位置を取得してもよい。 The low remaining capacity battery location can be acquired by the location information acquisition unit 412 described above. The location information acquisition unit 412 can acquire the location of the delivery person who has the low remaining capacity battery as the low remaining capacity battery location. The location information acquisition unit 412 can also acquire the location of the battery station 12 where the low remaining capacity battery is located as the low remaining capacity battery location. Furthermore, the location information acquisition unit 412 may acquire the low remaining capacity battery location based on the positioning results by the positioning unit 106 provided in the mobile battery 100 (low remaining capacity battery).
 低残容量バッテリ情報は、通信部402を介して、ユーザ端末200に送信され得る。これにより、ユーザ端末200の情報提供部216は、低残容量バッテリ情報をユーザに提供し得る。例えば情報提供部216は、ユーザ端末200の表示部204に地図MPを表示するとともに、低残容量バッテリ位置を示す図形516を地図MP上に表示させ得る(図26も参照)。 The low remaining battery information may be transmitted to the user terminal 200 via the communication unit 402. This allows the information providing unit 216 of the user terminal 200 to provide the low remaining battery information to the user. For example, the information providing unit 216 may display a map MP on the display unit 204 of the user terminal 200, and may also display a figure 516 indicating the location of the low remaining battery on the map MP (see also FIG. 26).
 上述したように、管理装置400の演算部404には、残容量情報取得部448と、モバイルバッテリ選択部450とが備えられ得る。 As described above, the calculation unit 404 of the management device 400 may be equipped with a remaining capacity information acquisition unit 448 and a mobile battery selection unit 450.
 残容量情報取得部448は、モバイル機器バッテリの残容量を示す情報を取得する。モバイル機器バッテリは、ユーザによって所持されているモバイル機器に備えられたバッテリである。モバイル機器バッテリは、ユーザの私物に含まれ得る。ユーザによって所持されているモバイル機器は例えばユーザ端末200であるが、これに限定されない。残容量情報取得部448は、例えばモバイル機器と通信して、モバイル機器バッテリの残容量を示す情報を取得する。 The remaining capacity information acquisition unit 448 acquires information indicating the remaining capacity of the mobile device battery. The mobile device battery is a battery provided in a mobile device owned by a user. The mobile device battery may be included in the user's personal belongings. An example of a mobile device owned by a user is the user terminal 200, but is not limited to this. The remaining capacity information acquisition unit 448 acquires information indicating the remaining capacity of the mobile device battery, for example, by communicating with the mobile device.
 モバイルバッテリ選択部450は、ユーザに提供され得るモバイルバッテリ100を、モバイル機器バッテリの残容量に応じて選択する。例えば、モバイル機器バッテリの残容量が所定の閾値以上である場合、モバイルバッテリ選択部450は、ユーザに提供され得るモバイルバッテリ100として低残容量バッテリを選択する。その一方で、モバイル機器バッテリの残容量が所定の閾値未満である場合、モバイルバッテリ選択部450は、ユーザに提供され得るモバイルバッテリ100として低残容量バッテリ以外のモバイルバッテリ100を選択する。 The mobile battery selection unit 450 selects a mobile battery 100 that can be provided to the user depending on the remaining capacity of the mobile device battery. For example, if the remaining capacity of the mobile device battery is equal to or greater than a predetermined threshold, the mobile battery selection unit 450 selects a low remaining capacity battery as the mobile battery 100 that can be provided to the user. On the other hand, if the remaining capacity of the mobile device battery is less than the predetermined threshold, the mobile battery selection unit 450 selects a mobile battery 100 other than a low remaining capacity battery as the mobile battery 100 that can be provided to the user.
 ユーザ端末200の情報提供部216は、モバイルバッテリ選択部450による選択結果に応じて、ユーザに提供する情報を変化させ得る。例えば、モバイルバッテリ選択部450が低残容量バッテリを選択した場合、情報提供部216は、低残容量バッテリ情報以外の情報よりも、低残容量バッテリ情報の方を優先して表示部204に表示させる。また、例えばモバイルバッテリ選択部450が低残容量バッテリを選択した場合、情報提供部216は、低残容量バッテリ情報以外の情報よりも目立つように、低残容量バッテリ情報を表示部204に表示させる。これにより、ユーザが低残容量バッテリ情報を参照する可能性を高めることができる。その結果、ユーザに低残容量バッテリの利用を促すことができる。 The information providing unit 216 of the user terminal 200 may change the information provided to the user depending on the selection result by the mobile battery selecting unit 450. For example, if the mobile battery selecting unit 450 selects a low remaining capacity battery, the information providing unit 216 causes the display unit 204 to display the low remaining capacity battery information in priority over information other than the low remaining capacity battery information. Also, for example, if the mobile battery selecting unit 450 selects a low remaining capacity battery, the information providing unit 216 causes the display unit 204 to display the low remaining capacity battery information so that it stands out more than information other than the low remaining capacity battery information. This can increase the likelihood that the user will refer to the low remaining capacity battery information. As a result, it is possible to encourage the user to use a low remaining capacity battery.
 しかも、本実施形態によれば、モバイル機器バッテリの残容量が所定の閾値以上である場合に、モバイルバッテリ選択部450が低残容量バッテリを選択する。私物であるモバイル機器バッテリの残容量が所定の閾値以上である場合、ユーザは、モバイルバッテリ100が十分に充電されていることを要しない可能性が高い。その点、本実施形態によれば、モバイルバッテリ100が十分に充電されていることを要しない可能性が高いユーザに対して、低残容量バッテリの利用を促し得る。また、私物であるモバイル機器バッテリの残容量が所定の閾値未満である場合、ユーザは、モバイルバッテリ100が十分に充電されていることを希望している可能性が高い。換言すれば、私物であるモバイル機器バッテリの残容量が所定の閾値未満であるユーザは、低残容量バッテリを必要としない可能性が高い。その点、本実施形態によれば、低残容量バッテリを必要としない可能性が高いユーザに対して低残容量バッテリの利用を促すことが回避される。 Moreover, according to this embodiment, when the remaining capacity of the mobile device battery is equal to or greater than a predetermined threshold, the mobile battery selection unit 450 selects a low remaining capacity battery. When the remaining capacity of the personal mobile device battery is equal to or greater than a predetermined threshold, the user is likely not to need the mobile battery 100 to be fully charged. In this regard, according to this embodiment, it is possible to encourage a user who is likely not to need the mobile battery 100 to be fully charged to use a low remaining capacity battery. Furthermore, when the remaining capacity of the personal mobile device battery is less than a predetermined threshold, the user is likely to want the mobile battery 100 to be fully charged. In other words, a user whose personal mobile device battery has a remaining capacity less than a predetermined threshold is likely not to need a low remaining capacity battery. In this regard, according to this embodiment, encouraging a user who is likely not to need a low remaining capacity battery to use a low remaining capacity battery is avoided.
 図25は、管理システムの動作の例を示すフローチャートである。低残容量バッテリ情報をユーザに提供する場合の例が、図25には示されている。 FIG. 25 is a flowchart showing an example of the operation of the management system. An example of providing low remaining battery capacity information to a user is shown in FIG. 25.
 ステップS111においては、管理装置400の低残容量バッテリ判定部442が、モバイルバッテリ100が低残容量バッテリに該当するか否かを判定する。例えば上述したバッテリ情報取得部416によって、モバイルバッテリ100の残容量を示す残容量情報が取得され得る。低残容量バッテリ判定部442は、バッテリ情報取得部416による取得結果に基づいて、残容量が上述した低残容量閾値未満であるモバイルバッテリ100を低残容量バッテリであると判定する。 In step S111, the low remaining capacity battery determination unit 442 of the management device 400 determines whether or not the mobile battery 100 is a low remaining capacity battery. For example, remaining capacity information indicating the remaining capacity of the mobile battery 100 can be acquired by the battery information acquisition unit 416 described above. Based on the results acquired by the battery information acquisition unit 416, the low remaining capacity battery determination unit 442 determines that the mobile battery 100 whose remaining capacity is less than the low remaining capacity threshold described above is a low remaining capacity battery.
 ステップS111において判定対象にされたモバイルバッテリ100が低残容量バッテリである場合、ステップS112、ステップS113に移行する。ステップS112では、管理装置400の位置情報取得部412が、低残容量バッテリの位置を示す低残容量バッテリ位置情報を取得する。ステップS113では、位置情報取得部412が、ユーザ位置を示すユーザ位置情報を取得する。 If the mobile battery 100 determined to be the low remaining capacity battery in step S111, the process proceeds to step S112 and step S113. In step S112, the location information acquisition unit 412 of the management device 400 acquires low remaining capacity battery location information indicating the location of the low remaining capacity battery. In step S113, the location information acquisition unit 412 acquires user location information indicating the user location.
 次にステップS114に移り、管理装置400の情報生成部418が、低残容量バッテリ情報を生成する。情報生成部418は、ユーザ位置情報と低残容量バッテリ位置情報とに基づいて、低残容量バッテリ情報を生成する。低残容量バッテリ情報には、ユーザ位置から所定範囲内に位置している低残容量バッテリに関する情報が含まれ得る。 Next, the process moves to step S114, where the information generating unit 418 of the management device 400 generates low remaining capacity battery information. The information generating unit 418 generates low remaining capacity battery information based on the user position information and the low remaining capacity battery position information. The low remaining capacity battery information may include information about low remaining capacity batteries that are located within a predetermined range from the user position.
 次にステップS115に移り、ユーザ端末200の情報提供部216が、ユーザに低残容量バッテリ情報を提供する。低残容量バッテリ情報は、管理装置400の通信部402を介して、ユーザ端末200に送信され得る。こうして、図25に例示する動作が完了する。なお、ステップS111において、モバイルバッテリ100が低残容量バッテリに該当しないと判定された場合も、図25に例示する動作は終了する。 Next, the process proceeds to step S115, where the information providing unit 216 of the user terminal 200 provides the user with low remaining capacity battery information. The low remaining capacity battery information can be transmitted to the user terminal 200 via the communication unit 402 of the management device 400. In this way, the operation illustrated in FIG. 25 is completed. Note that, even if it is determined in step S111 that the mobile battery 100 is not a low remaining capacity battery, the operation illustrated in FIG. 25 is also terminated.
 図26は、ユーザ端末200の表示部204における表示の例を示す図である。 FIG. 26 shows an example of a display on the display unit 204 of the user terminal 200.
 低残容量バッテリ情報を受信したユーザ端末200の情報提供部216は、例えば図26に例示される表示画面204eを、表示部204に表示させ得る。表示画面204eは、例えば上述したモバイルバッテリ選択部450が低残容量バッテリを選択した場合に、表示部204に表示され得る。表示画面204eには、地図MPが表示され得る。表示画面204eには、ユーザ位置を示す図形502が更に表示され得る。 The information providing unit 216 of the user terminal 200 that receives the low remaining capacity battery information may cause the display unit 204 to display, for example, the display screen 204e illustrated in FIG. 26. The display screen 204e may be displayed on the display unit 204 when, for example, the above-mentioned mobile battery selection unit 450 selects a low remaining capacity battery. A map MP may be displayed on the display screen 204e. A figure 502 indicating the user's position may further be displayed on the display screen 204e.
 表示画面204eには、低残容量バッテリ位置を示す図形516が更に表示され得る。図26の図形516は、低残容量バッテリを所持している集配者の位置を、低残容量バッテリ位置として示している。表示画面204eには複数の図形516(516A~516C)が表示され得る。 The display screen 204e may further display a graphic 516 indicating the location of a low-capacity battery. The graphic 516 in FIG. 26 indicates the location of a delivery person who has a low-capacity battery as the low-capacity battery location. A plurality of graphics 516 (516A to 516C) may be displayed on the display screen 204e.
 表示画面204eには、低残容量バッテリ情報に基づく表示用データ518が更に表示され得る。表示用データ518は、例えば、低残容量バッテリの残容量を示す。ただし、表示用データ518はこれに限定されない。例えば、表示用データ518は、ユーザが低残容量バッテリの配送を依頼した場合における当該配送の所要時間、当該低残容量バッテリを利用する場合における対価等を更に示してもよい。表示用データ518は情報生成部418によって適宜生成され得る。 Display data 518 based on the low remaining capacity battery information may further be displayed on the display screen 204e. The display data 518 indicates, for example, the remaining capacity of the low remaining capacity battery. However, the display data 518 is not limited to this. For example, the display data 518 may further indicate the time required for delivery when a user requests delivery of a low remaining capacity battery, the cost of using the low remaining capacity battery, etc. The display data 518 may be generated as appropriate by the information generation unit 418.
 表示画面204eには複数の表示用データ518(518A~518C)が表示され得る。例えば図26において、表示用データ518Aに示される低残容量バッテリの位置が、図形516Aにより示されている。表示用データ518Bに示される低残容量バッテリの位置が、図形516Bにより示されている。表示用データ518Cに示される低残容量バッテリの位置が、図形516Cにより示されている。 The display screen 204e can display a plurality of display data 518 (518A to 518C). For example, in FIG. 26, the position of the low remaining battery shown in the display data 518A is indicated by the graphic 516A. The position of the low remaining battery shown in the display data 518B is indicated by the graphic 516B. The position of the low remaining battery shown in the display data 518C is indicated by the graphic 516C.
 以上説明したように、低残容量バッテリ情報がユーザに提供されることで、低残容量バッテリの利用をユーザに促し得る。ユーザが低残容量バッテリを利用することで、当該低残容量バッテリの充放電回数を抑制し得る。 As described above, providing the user with low remaining capacity battery information can encourage the user to use the low remaining capacity battery. By the user using the low remaining capacity battery, the number of times the low remaining capacity battery is charged and discharged can be reduced.
 また、上述したように、管理装置400の演算部404には、特典付与部446が備えられ得る。特典付与部446は、低残容量バッテリを利用したユーザに対して特典を付与する。特典は、例えば低残容量バッテリを利用したユーザにのみ提供される特別なサービス等であるが、特に限定されない。上述した表示用データ518には、当該表示用データ518に示される低残容量バッテリを利用した場合にユーザに付与される特典を示す情報が含まれてもよい。特典付与部446によってユーザに付与された特典に関する情報は、ユーザの識別情報であるユーザ識別情報に関連付いて記憶部406に記憶され得る。 Furthermore, as described above, the calculation unit 404 of the management device 400 may be provided with a bonus granting unit 446. The bonus granting unit 446 grants a bonus to a user who has used a low remaining capacity battery. The bonus is, for example, a special service provided only to a user who has used a low remaining capacity battery, but is not limited to this. The display data 518 described above may include information indicating a bonus that will be granted to the user when the low remaining capacity battery shown in the display data 518 is used. Information regarding the bonus granted to the user by the bonus granting unit 446 may be stored in the storage unit 406 in association with user identification information, which is the user's identification information.
 低残容量バッテリを利用したユーザに特典を付与することで、低残容量バッテリの利用に対するユーザの意欲が向上し得る。すなわち、特典付与部446は、ユーザによる低残容量バッテリの利用を一層促し得る。 By providing a reward to a user who uses a battery with a low remaining capacity, the user's motivation to use a battery with a low remaining capacity can be increased. In other words, the reward providing unit 446 can further encourage users to use a battery with a low remaining capacity.
 ところで、充電されたモバイルバッテリ100が利用されずに放置されることは好ましくない。また、モバイルバッテリ100の劣化を抑制するという観点では、モバイルバッテリ100が過充電されている状態が長引くことも好ましくない。 However, it is not desirable for the charged mobile battery 100 to be left unused. Furthermore, from the standpoint of preventing deterioration of the mobile battery 100, it is also not desirable for the mobile battery 100 to remain in an overcharged state for a long period of time.
 モバイルバッテリ100が過充電されている状態が長引くのを防止すべく、管理システム16は以下のように構成されてもよい。管理装置400の情報生成部418は、本実施形態において高残容量バッテリ情報とも称される情報を生成する。高残容量バッテリ情報は、ユーザに対して提供され得る高残容量バッテリに関する情報である。高残容量バッテリは、残容量が予め決められた高残容量閾値以上であるモバイルバッテリ100である。高残容量閾値は、上述した低残容量閾値よりも大きい。高残容量閾値は、例えば、モバイルバッテリ100の最大充電容量であるが、これに限定されない。高残容量バッテリ情報は、高残容量バッテリの位置である高残容量バッテリ位置と、ユーザ位置とに基づいて生成され得る。 In order to prevent the mobile battery 100 from remaining overcharged for a long period of time, the management system 16 may be configured as follows. The information generating unit 418 of the management device 400 generates information, which is also referred to as high remaining capacity battery information in this embodiment. The high remaining capacity battery information is information about a high remaining capacity battery that can be provided to a user. A high remaining capacity battery is a mobile battery 100 whose remaining capacity is equal to or greater than a predetermined high remaining capacity threshold. The high remaining capacity threshold is greater than the low remaining capacity threshold described above. The high remaining capacity threshold is, for example, but is not limited to, the maximum charging capacity of the mobile battery 100. The high remaining capacity battery information may be generated based on the high remaining capacity battery position, which is the position of the high remaining capacity battery, and the user position.
 高残容量バッテリ位置は、位置情報取得部412によって取得され得る。位置情報取得部412は、高残容量バッテリを所持している集配者の位置を、高残容量バッテリ位置として取得し得る。また、位置情報取得部412は、高残容量バッテリが配されているバッテリステーション12の位置を、高残容量バッテリ位置として取得し得る。更に、位置情報取得部412は、モバイルバッテリ100(高残容量バッテリ)に備えられた測位部106による測位結果に基づいて、高残容量バッテリ位置を取得してもよい。 The high remaining capacity battery location can be acquired by the location information acquisition unit 412. The location information acquisition unit 412 can acquire the location of the delivery person who has the high remaining capacity battery as the high remaining capacity battery location. The location information acquisition unit 412 can also acquire the location of the battery station 12 where the high remaining capacity battery is located as the high remaining capacity battery location. Furthermore, the location information acquisition unit 412 may acquire the high remaining capacity battery location based on the positioning results by the positioning unit 106 provided in the mobile battery 100 (high remaining capacity battery).
 高残容量バッテリ情報は、通信部402を介して、ユーザ端末200に送信され得る。これにより、ユーザ端末200の情報提供部216は、高残容量バッテリ情報をユーザに提供し得る。例えば情報提供部216は、ユーザ端末200の表示部204に地図MPを表示するとともに、高残容量バッテリ位置を示す図形520を地図MP上に表示させ得る(図28も参照)。 The high remaining capacity battery information can be transmitted to the user terminal 200 via the communication unit 402. This allows the information providing unit 216 of the user terminal 200 to provide the high remaining capacity battery information to the user. For example, the information providing unit 216 can display a map MP on the display unit 204 of the user terminal 200, and can also display a figure 520 indicating the location of the high remaining capacity battery on the map MP (see also FIG. 28).
 また、上述したように、管理装置400の演算部404には、時系列データ取得部454と、長時間高残容量バッテリ判定部456とが備えられ得る。 As described above, the calculation unit 404 of the management device 400 may be provided with a time series data acquisition unit 454 and a long-term high remaining capacity battery determination unit 456.
 時系列データ取得部454は、モバイルバッテリ100の残容量に関する時系列データを取得する。時系列データ取得部454は、高残容量バッテリの残容量に関する時系列データを取得し得る。取得された時系列データは、記憶部406によって記憶され得る。 The time series data acquisition unit 454 acquires time series data regarding the remaining capacity of the mobile battery 100. The time series data acquisition unit 454 may acquire time series data regarding the remaining capacity of a high remaining capacity battery. The acquired time series data may be stored by the memory unit 406.
 長時間高残容量バッテリ判定部456は、高残容量バッテリが、長時間高残容量バッテリに該当するか否かを判定する。長時間高残容量バッテリは、残容量が高残容量閾値以上になっている状態が予め決められた長時間閾値以上継続している高残容量バッテリである。 The long-term high remaining capacity battery determination unit 456 determines whether a high remaining capacity battery is a long-term high remaining capacity battery. A long-term high remaining capacity battery is a high remaining capacity battery whose remaining capacity remains equal to or exceeds a high remaining capacity threshold for a period of time equal to or exceeds a predetermined long-term threshold.
 情報生成部418は、ユーザ位置と、長時間高残容量バッテリの位置とに基づいて、長時間高残容量バッテリ情報を生成する。長時間高残容量バッテリ情報は、ユーザに対して提供され得る長時間高残容量バッテリに関する情報である。つまり、長時間高残容量バッテリ情報は、高残容量バッテリ情報のうちの、長時間高残容量バッテリに関する情報である。したがって、長時間高残容量バッテリ情報は、通信部402を介してユーザ端末200に送信され得る。また、長時間高残容量バッテリ情報は、情報提供部216によって、ユーザに提供され得る。 The information generating unit 418 generates long-term high remaining capacity battery information based on the user position and the position of the long-term high remaining capacity battery. The long-term high remaining capacity battery information is information about a long-term high remaining capacity battery that can be provided to the user. In other words, the long-term high remaining capacity battery information is information about a long-term high remaining capacity battery among the high remaining capacity battery information. Therefore, the long-term high remaining capacity battery information can be transmitted to the user terminal 200 via the communication unit 402. Furthermore, the long-term high remaining capacity battery information can be provided to the user by the information providing unit 216.
 なお、上述したように、ユーザ端末200の情報提供部216は、モバイルバッテリ選択部450による選択結果に応じて、ユーザに提供する情報を変化させ得る。これを踏まえ、モバイルバッテリ選択部450は、モバイル機器バッテリの残容量が所定の閾値未満である場合に、高残容量バッテリを選択してもよい。これにより、モバイル機器バッテリの残容量が所定の閾値未満である場合において、情報提供部216は、例えば高残容量バッテリ情報以外の情報よりも、高残容量バッテリ情報の方を優先して表示部204に表示させる。モバイル機器バッテリの残容量が所定の閾値未満である場合において、情報提供部216は、例えば高残容量バッテリ情報以外の情報よりも目立つように、高残容量バッテリ情報を表示部204に表示させ得る。 As described above, the information providing unit 216 of the user terminal 200 may change the information provided to the user depending on the selection result by the mobile battery selecting unit 450. Based on this, the mobile battery selecting unit 450 may select a high remaining capacity battery when the remaining capacity of the mobile device battery is less than a predetermined threshold. As a result, when the remaining capacity of the mobile device battery is less than the predetermined threshold, the information providing unit 216 may, for example, cause the display unit 204 to display high remaining capacity battery information in priority over information other than the high remaining capacity battery information. When the remaining capacity of the mobile device battery is less than the predetermined threshold, the information providing unit 216 may, for example, cause the display unit 204 to display high remaining capacity battery information more prominently than information other than the high remaining capacity battery information.
 つまり、私物であるモバイル機器バッテリの残容量が所定の閾値未満である場合、ユーザは、モバイルバッテリ100が十分に充電されていることを必要としている可能性が高い。その点、本実施形態によれば、モバイルバッテリ100が十分に充電されていることを必要としている可能性が高いユーザに対して、高残容量バッテリの利用を促し得る。また、私物であるモバイル機器バッテリの残容量が所定の閾値以上である場合、ユーザは、モバイルバッテリ100が十分に充電されていることを要しない可能性が高い。換言すれば、私物であるモバイル機器バッテリの残容量が所定の閾値以上である場合、ユーザは、高残容量バッテリを必要としない可能性が高い。その点、本実施形態によれば、高残容量バッテリを必要としない可能性が高いユーザに対して高残容量バッテリの利用を促すことが回避される。 In other words, when the remaining capacity of the personal mobile device battery is less than a predetermined threshold, the user is likely to need the mobile battery 100 to be fully charged. In this regard, according to the present embodiment, it is possible to encourage users who are likely to need the mobile battery 100 to be fully charged to use a high remaining capacity battery. Furthermore, when the remaining capacity of the personal mobile device battery is equal to or greater than a predetermined threshold, the user is likely not to need the mobile battery 100 to be fully charged. In other words, when the remaining capacity of the personal mobile device battery is equal to or greater than a predetermined threshold, the user is likely not to need a high remaining capacity battery. In this regard, according to the present embodiment, it is possible to avoid encouraging users who are likely not to need a high remaining capacity battery to use a high remaining capacity battery.
 図27は、管理システムの動作の例を示すフローチャートである。高残容量バッテリ情報、長時間高残容量バッテリ情報をユーザに適宜提供する場合の例が、図27には示されている。 FIG. 27 is a flowchart showing an example of the operation of the management system. FIG. 27 shows an example of a case where high remaining capacity battery information and long-term high remaining capacity battery information are appropriately provided to the user.
 ステップS121においては、管理装置400の高残容量バッテリ判定部452が、モバイルバッテリ100が高残容量バッテリに該当するか否かを判定する。例えば上述したバッテリ情報取得部416によって、モバイルバッテリ100の残容量を示す残容量情報が取得され得る。高残容量バッテリ判定部452は、バッテリ情報取得部416による取得結果に基づいて、残容量が上述した高残容量閾値以上であるモバイルバッテリ100を高残容量バッテリであると判定する。 In step S121, the high remaining capacity battery determination unit 452 of the management device 400 determines whether or not the mobile battery 100 is a high remaining capacity battery. For example, remaining capacity information indicating the remaining capacity of the mobile battery 100 can be acquired by the battery information acquisition unit 416 described above. Based on the results acquired by the battery information acquisition unit 416, the high remaining capacity battery determination unit 452 determines that the mobile battery 100 whose remaining capacity is equal to or greater than the high remaining capacity threshold described above is a high remaining capacity battery.
 ステップS121において判定対象とされたモバイルバッテリ100が高残容量バッテリである場合、ステップS122、ステップS123に移行する。ステップS122では、管理装置400の位置情報取得部412が、高残容量バッテリの位置を示す高残容量バッテリ位置情報を取得する。ステップS123では、位置情報取得部412が、ユーザ位置を示すユーザ位置情報を取得する。 If the mobile battery 100 determined to be the high remaining capacity battery in step S121, the process proceeds to step S122 and step S123. In step S122, the location information acquisition unit 412 of the management device 400 acquires high remaining capacity battery location information indicating the location of the high remaining capacity battery. In step S123, the location information acquisition unit 412 acquires user location information indicating the user location.
 次にステップS124に移り、高残容量バッテリが長時間高残容量バッテリに該当するか否かを、管理装置400の長時間高残容量バッテリ判定部456が判定する。高残容量バッテリが長時間高残容量バッテリである場合はステップS125が実行される。高残容量バッテリが長時間高残容量バッテリでない場合はステップS126が実行される。 Next, the process proceeds to step S124, where the long-term high remaining capacity battery determination unit 456 of the management device 400 determines whether the high remaining capacity battery is a long-term high remaining capacity battery. If the high remaining capacity battery is a long-term high remaining capacity battery, step S125 is executed. If the high remaining capacity battery is not a long-term high remaining capacity battery, step S126 is executed.
 ステップS125においては、管理装置400の情報生成部418が、長時間高残容量バッテリ情報を生成する。情報生成部418は、ユーザ位置情報と長時間高残容量バッテリ位置情報とに基づいて、長時間高残容量バッテリ情報を生成する。長時間高残容量バッテリ情報には、ユーザ位置から所定範囲内に位置している長時間高残容量バッテリに関する情報が含まれ得る。 In step S125, the information generating unit 418 of the management device 400 generates long-term high remaining capacity battery information. The information generating unit 418 generates the long-term high remaining capacity battery information based on the user position information and the long-term high remaining capacity battery position information. The long-term high remaining capacity battery information may include information about long-term high remaining capacity batteries that are located within a specified range from the user position.
 ステップS126においては、管理装置400の情報生成部418が、高残容量バッテリ情報を生成する。情報生成部418は、ユーザ位置情報と高残容量バッテリ位置情報とに基づいて、高残容量バッテリ情報を生成する。高残容量バッテリ情報には、ユーザ位置から所定範囲内に位置している高残容量バッテリに関する情報が含まれ得る。 In step S126, the information generating unit 418 of the management device 400 generates high remaining capacity battery information. The information generating unit 418 generates high remaining capacity battery information based on the user position information and the high remaining capacity battery position information. The high remaining capacity battery information may include information about high remaining capacity batteries that are located within a predetermined range from the user position.
 ステップS125またはステップS126が完了すると、ステップS127が開始される。ステップS127においては、ユーザ端末200の情報提供部216が、ユーザに情報を提供する。ステップS125が実行された場合は、ステップS127において長時間高残容量バッテリ情報がユーザに提供される。ステップS126が実行された場合は、ステップS127において高残容量バッテリ情報がユーザに提供される。高残容量バッテリ情報または長時間高残容量バッテリ情報は、管理装置400の通信部402を介して、ユーザ端末200に送信され得る。こうして、図27に例示する動作が完了する。なお、ステップS121において高残容量バッテリでないと判定された場合も、図27に例示する動作は終了する。 When step S125 or step S126 is completed, step S127 is started. In step S127, the information providing unit 216 of the user terminal 200 provides information to the user. If step S125 is executed, long-term high remaining capacity battery information is provided to the user in step S127. If step S126 is executed, high remaining capacity battery information is provided to the user in step S127. The high remaining capacity battery information or long-term high remaining capacity battery information can be transmitted to the user terminal 200 via the communication unit 402 of the management device 400. In this way, the operation illustrated in FIG. 27 is completed. Note that the operation illustrated in FIG. 27 also ends if it is determined in step S121 that the battery is not a high remaining capacity battery.
 図28は、ユーザ端末200の表示部204における表示の例を示す図である。 FIG. 28 shows an example of a display on the display unit 204 of the user terminal 200.
 高残容量バッテリ情報、長時間高残容量バッテリ情報を受信したユーザ端末200の情報提供部216は、例えば図28に例示される表示画面204fを、表示部204に表示させ得る。表示画面204fは、例えば上述したモバイルバッテリ選択部450が高残容量バッテリを選択した場合に、表示部204に表示され得る。表示画面204fには、地図MPが表示され得る。表示画面204fには、ユーザ位置を示す図形502が更に表示され得る。 The information providing unit 216 of the user terminal 200 that has received the high remaining capacity battery information and the long-term high remaining capacity battery information may cause the display unit 204 to display, for example, the display screen 204f illustrated in FIG. 28. The display screen 204f may be displayed on the display unit 204 when, for example, the mobile battery selection unit 450 described above selects a high remaining capacity battery. A map MP may be displayed on the display screen 204f. A figure 502 indicating the user's position may further be displayed on the display screen 204f.
 表示画面204fには、図形520が更に表示され得る。図形520は、高残容量バッテリ位置(長時間高残容量バッテリ位置)を示す。図28の図形520は、高残容量バッテリを所持している集配者の位置を、高残容量バッテリ位置として示している。表示画面204fには複数の図形520(520A~520C)が表示され得る。なお、長時間高残容量バッテリ位置と、長時間高残容量バッテリでない高残容量バッテリの位置とのいずれを示すのかに応じて、図形520は変化してもよい。 A graphic 520 may further be displayed on the display screen 204f. The graphic 520 indicates the location of a high remaining capacity battery (long-term high remaining capacity battery location). The graphic 520 in FIG. 28 indicates the location of a delivery person who has a high remaining capacity battery as the high remaining capacity battery location. A plurality of graphics 520 (520A to 520C) may be displayed on the display screen 204f. Note that the graphic 520 may change depending on whether it indicates a long-term high remaining capacity battery location or the location of a high remaining capacity battery that is not a long-term high remaining capacity battery.
 表示画面204fには、高残容量バッテリ情報(長時間高残容量バッテリ情報)に基づく表示用データ522が更に表示され得る。表示用データ522は、例えば、高残容量バッテリ(長時間高残容量バッテリ)の残容量を示す。ただし、表示用データ522はこれに限定されない。例えば、表示用データ522は、ユーザが高残容量バッテリ(長時間高残容量バッテリ)の配送を依頼した場合における当該配送の所要時間、当該高残容量バッテリを利用する場合における対価等を更に示してもよい。また、表示用データ522は、当該表示用データ522により示される高残容量バッテリが長時間高残容量バッテリに該当しているか否かを更に示してもよい。表示用データ522は情報生成部418によって適宜生成され得る。 The display screen 204f may further display display data 522 based on high remaining capacity battery information (long-term high remaining capacity battery information). The display data 522 indicates, for example, the remaining capacity of a high remaining capacity battery (long-term high remaining capacity battery). However, the display data 522 is not limited to this. For example, the display data 522 may further indicate the required delivery time when a user requests delivery of a high remaining capacity battery (long-term high remaining capacity battery), the cost of using the high remaining capacity battery, etc. Furthermore, the display data 522 may further indicate whether the high remaining capacity battery indicated by the display data 522 corresponds to a long-term high remaining capacity battery. The display data 522 may be generated as appropriate by the information generating unit 418.
 表示画面204fには複数の表示用データ522(522A~522C)が表示され得る。例えば図28において、表示用データ522Aに示される高残容量バッテリの位置が、図形520Aにより示されている。表示用データ522Bに示される高残容量バッテリの位置が、図形520Bにより示されている。表示用データ522Cに示される高残容量バッテリの位置が、図形520Cにより示されている。 The display screen 204f can display multiple pieces of display data 522 (522A to 522C). For example, in FIG. 28, the position of the high remaining capacity battery shown in the display data 522A is indicated by a figure 520A. The position of the high remaining capacity battery shown in the display data 522B is indicated by a figure 520B. The position of the high remaining capacity battery shown in the display data 522C is indicated by a figure 520C.
 表示画面204e(図26)と、表示画面204f(図28)とは、組み合わされてもよい。例えば、低残容量バッテリ位置を示す図形516と、高残容量バッテリ位置(長時間高残容量バッテリ位置)を示す図形520とが、一緒に表示部204に表示されてもよい。低残容量バッテリに関する表示用データ518と、高残容量バッテリ位置(長時間高残容量バッテリ位置)に関する表示用データ522とが、一緒に表示部204に表示されてもよい。 Display screen 204e (FIG. 26) and display screen 204f (FIG. 28) may be combined. For example, a graphic 516 indicating a low remaining capacity battery position and a graphic 520 indicating a high remaining capacity battery position (long-term high remaining capacity battery position) may be displayed together on display unit 204. Display data 518 relating to a low remaining capacity battery and display data 522 relating to a high remaining capacity battery position (long-term high remaining capacity battery position) may be displayed together on display unit 204.
 以上説明したように、本実施形態によれば、管理システム16は、高残容量バッテリ(長時間高残容量バッテリ)に関する情報をユーザに提供し得る。これにより、高残容量バッテリ(長時間高残容量バッテリ)の利用がユーザに促され得る。高残容量バッテリ(長時間高残容量バッテリ)の利用がユーザに促されることで、モバイルバッテリ100の劣化が抑制され得る。 As described above, according to this embodiment, the management system 16 can provide the user with information regarding a high remaining capacity battery (long-term high remaining capacity battery). This can encourage the user to use a high remaining capacity battery (long-term high remaining capacity battery). By encouraging the user to use a high remaining capacity battery (long-term high remaining capacity battery), deterioration of the mobile battery 100 can be suppressed.
 ところで、上述したバッテリステーション12は、集配者の活動拠点として利用され得る。例えばバッテリステーション12には、集配者の待機場所(休憩場所)が備えられ得る。これにより、バッテリステーション12は、休憩施設として集配者に利用され得る。また、バッテリステーション12には、集配者が利用可能な物品が備えられ得る。当該物品は、例えばシェアリングシステム10を運営する運営事業者によって、バッテリステーション12に適宜備えられ得る。集配者のためにバッテリステーション12に備えられ得る物品は、例えば、集配者に貸し出され得る移動体(自転車等)である。集配者のためにバッテリステーション12に備えられる物品は移動体に限定されない。例えばバッテリステーション12には、集配者が利用可能な備品、消耗品等が備えられ得る。備品は、例えば雨天時において集配者が使用可能な雨具(傘、レインコート)であってもよい。また、備品は、通信機器(ルータ)等であってもよい。備品は、これらに限定されない。消耗品は、例えば集配者が休憩時等に飲み得る飲料であるが、これに限定されない。 The battery station 12 described above can be used as a base of operations for the delivery person. For example, the battery station 12 can be provided with a waiting area (rest area) for the delivery person. This allows the delivery person to use the battery station 12 as a rest facility. The battery station 12 can also be provided with items that can be used by the delivery person. The items can be provided in the battery station 12 as appropriate, for example, by the operating company that operates the sharing system 10. An example of an item that can be provided in the battery station 12 for the delivery person is a mobile object (bicycle, etc.) that can be lent to the delivery person. The item provided in the battery station 12 for the delivery person is not limited to a mobile object. For example, the battery station 12 can be provided with equipment, consumables, etc. that can be used by the delivery person. The equipment can be, for example, rain gear (umbrella, raincoat) that can be used by the delivery person in rainy weather. The equipment can also be communication equipment (router), etc. The equipment is not limited to these. The consumables can be, for example, beverages that the delivery person can drink during a break, but are not limited to this.
 以下に説明するように、管理システム16は、上述した休憩施設、物品等の利用を集配者に促すことで、集配者の活動を支援し得る。 As described below, the management system 16 can support the activities of delivery personnel by encouraging them to use the rest facilities, items, etc. described above.
 上述したように、管理装置400の演算部404には、稼働状況情報取得部458と休憩要否判定部460と提供情報選択部462とが備えられている。 As described above, the calculation unit 404 of the management device 400 is equipped with an operation status information acquisition unit 458, a rest necessity determination unit 460, and a provision information selection unit 462.
 稼働状況情報取得部458は、稼働状況情報を取得する。稼働状況情報は、集配者の稼働状況に関する情報である。稼働状況情報は、例えば集配者移動情報を含む。集配者移動情報は、集配者の移動距離と集配者の移動時間とのうちの少なくとも一方を示す。なお、稼働状況情報の内容は集配者移動情報に限定されない。例えば稼働状況情報は、集配者が達成した依頼件数に関する情報を含んでもよい。 The operation status information acquisition unit 458 acquires operation status information. Operation status information is information related to the operation status of a delivery or collection service provider. Operation status information includes, for example, delivery or collection service provider movement information. Delivery or collection service provider movement information indicates at least one of the movement distance and movement time of the delivery or collection service provider. Note that the content of the operation status information is not limited to delivery or collection service provider movement information. For example, operation status information may include information related to the number of requests completed by a delivery or collection service provider.
 休憩要否判定部460は、稼働状況情報に基づいて、集配者に休憩が必要であるか否かを判定する。例えば休憩要否判定部460は、集配者が休憩なしで移動した距離、時間等が所定の閾値を超えたか否かを、稼働状況情報(集配者移動情報)に基づいて判定する。この場合、休憩要否判定部460は、集配者が休憩なしで移動した距離、時間等が所定の閾値を超えていれば、集配者に休憩が必要であると判定し得る。また、例えば休憩要否判定部460は、集配者が休憩をとらずに連続で処理した件数が所定の件数を超えた場合にも、集配者に休憩が必要であると判定し得る。 The break necessity determination unit 460 determines whether the delivery person needs to take a break based on the operating status information. For example, the break necessity determination unit 460 determines whether the distance, time, etc. traveled by the delivery person without taking a break exceeds a predetermined threshold based on the operating status information (delivery person movement information). In this case, the break necessity determination unit 460 can determine that the delivery person needs to take a break if the distance, time, etc. traveled by the delivery person without taking a break exceeds a predetermined threshold. In addition, for example, the break necessity determination unit 460 can also determine that the delivery person needs to take a break if the number of cases that the delivery person has processed consecutively without taking a break exceeds a predetermined number.
 集配者に休憩をとらせることが必要であると休憩要否判定部460が判定した場合、情報生成部418は、休憩取得推奨情報を生成する。休憩取得推奨情報は、集配者に休憩の取得を推奨するための情報である。休憩取得推奨情報は、例えば休憩することを集配者に促すためのメッセージを集配者端末300の表示部304に表示させるための情報を含む。 If the break necessity determination unit 460 determines that it is necessary for the delivery person to take a break, the information generation unit 418 generates break recommendation information. The break recommendation information is information for recommending the delivery person to take a break. The break recommendation information includes, for example, information for displaying a message on the display unit 304 of the delivery person terminal 300 to encourage the delivery person to take a break.
 休憩取得推奨情報は、通信部402を介して集配者端末300に送信され得る。これにより、集配者端末300の情報提供部316が、休憩取得推奨情報を集配者に提供し得る。すなわち、管理システム16は、集配者に休憩の取得を促すことができる。 The rest-taking recommendation information can be transmitted to the delivery person terminal 300 via the communication unit 402. This allows the information providing unit 316 of the delivery person terminal 300 to provide the rest-taking recommendation information to the delivery person. In other words, the management system 16 can encourage the delivery person to take a break.
 図29は、管理システムの動作の例を示すフローチャートである。集配者に対して休憩取得推奨情報を提供する場合の例が図29には示されている。 FIG. 29 is a flowchart showing an example of the operation of the management system. FIG. 29 shows an example of providing information recommending rest breaks to delivery personnel.
 ステップS131において、管理装置400の稼働状況情報取得部458が稼働状況情報を取得する。上述したように、稼働状況情報は、集配者の稼働状況に関する情報である。 In step S131, the operation status information acquisition unit 458 of the management device 400 acquires operation status information. As described above, the operation status information is information related to the operation status of the delivery/collection company.
 次にステップS132に移行し、管理装置400の情報生成部418が、稼働状況情報に基づいて休憩取得推奨情報を生成する。休憩取得推奨情報は、集配者に休憩の取得を推奨する情報である。生成された休憩取得推奨情報は、管理装置400の通信部402を介して、集配者端末300に送信され得る。 Then, the process moves to step S132, where the information generation unit 418 of the management device 400 generates break recommendation information based on the operating status information. The break recommendation information is information that recommends the delivery person to take a break. The generated break recommendation information can be transmitted to the delivery person terminal 300 via the communication unit 402 of the management device 400.
 次にステップS133に移行し、集配者端末300の情報提供部316が、休憩取得推奨情報を集配者に提供する。すなわち、集配者端末300を用いて休憩取得推奨情報が集配者に提供される。こうして、図29に例示する動作が完了する。 Then, the process proceeds to step S133, where the information providing unit 316 of the delivery person terminal 300 provides the delivery person with the rest-taking recommendation information. That is, the delivery person is provided with the rest-taking recommendation information using the delivery person terminal 300. In this way, the operation illustrated in FIG. 29 is completed.
 上述したステップS132において、情報生成部418は、休憩施設情報を休憩取得推奨情報に含ませることが好ましい。休憩施設情報は、集配者が休憩に利用可能な施設を示す情報である。集配者が休憩に利用可能な施設は、例えば上述したようにバッテリステーション12であるが、これに限定されない。集配者が休憩に利用可能な喫茶店等が休憩施設情報により示されてもよい。休憩施設情報は、記憶部406によって予め記憶され得る。 In step S132 described above, it is preferable for the information generation unit 418 to include rest facility information in the rest taking recommendation information. The rest facility information is information that indicates facilities that can be used by collection/delivery personnel to take a break. An example of a facility that can be used by collection/delivery personnel to take a break is the battery station 12 as described above, but is not limited to this. The rest facility information may indicate a coffee shop or the like that can be used by collection/delivery personnel to take a break. The rest facility information may be stored in advance by the memory unit 406.
 情報生成部418は、集配者位置情報を用いることで、集配者位置に応じた施設を示す休憩施設情報を休憩取得推奨情報に含ませ得る。情報生成部418は、例えば集配者位置から所定範囲内に位置する施設を示す休憩施設情報を休憩取得推奨情報に含ませ得る。集配者位置情報は、上述したように、位置情報取得部412によって取得され得る。 By using the delivery/collection person location information, the information generation unit 418 can include rest facility information indicating facilities corresponding to the delivery/collection person location in the rest-taking recommendation information. The information generation unit 418 can include rest facility information indicating facilities located within a specified range from the delivery/collection person location in the rest-taking recommendation information. The delivery/collection person location information can be acquired by the location information acquisition unit 412 as described above.
 なお、情報生成部418は、集配者の将来位置を用いて、将来の集配者位置に応じた施設を示す休憩施設情報を休憩取得推奨情報に含ませてもよい。集配者の将来位置は、以下の説明において将来集配者位置とも称される。将来集配者位置は、将来位置予測部414によって予測され得る。将来位置予測部414は、集配者の行動計画に基づいて、将来集配者位置を予測し得る。集配者の行動計画は、集配者によって、集配者端末300を用いて適宜管理装置400に送信され得る。また、集配者の行動計画は、集配者が受注しているモバイルバッテリ100の集配依頼の内容に基づいて把握され得る。将来位置予測部414は、集配者の現在の行動に基づいて、集配者の将来位置を予測してもよい。例えば、集配者が列車を利用している場合、当該列車の時刻表等に基づいて、集配者の将来位置が予測され得る。また、例えば、集配者が道路を歩行中の場合、当該道路に関する地図情報と、当該集配者の移動速度と、当該集配者の移動方向とに基づいて、当該集配者の将来位置が予測され得る。また、将来位置予測部414は、当該集配者のスケジュール情報に基づいて、当該集配者の将来位置を予測してもよい。スケジュール情報は、集配者端末300に備えられた記憶部312に予め記憶され得る。 In addition, the information generation unit 418 may use the future location of the collector/deliverer to include rest facility information indicating facilities corresponding to the future location of the collector/deliverer in the rest taking recommendation information. The future location of the collector/deliverer is also referred to as the future collector/deliverer location in the following description. The future location of the collector/deliverer may be predicted by the future location prediction unit 414. The future location prediction unit 414 may predict the future location of the collector/deliverer based on the action plan of the collector/deliverer. The action plan of the collector/deliverer may be transmitted to the management device 400 as appropriate by the collector/deliverer using the collector/deliverer terminal 300. In addition, the action plan of the collector/deliverer may be understood based on the contents of the collection and delivery request for the mobile battery 100 that the collector/deliverer has received. The future location prediction unit 414 may predict the future location of the collector/deliverer based on the current behavior of the collector/deliverer. For example, if the collector/deliverer is using a train, the future location of the collector/deliverer may be predicted based on the timetable of the train, etc. For example, when a delivery person is walking on a road, the future location of the delivery person can be predicted based on map information about the road, the moving speed of the delivery person, and the moving direction of the delivery person. The future location prediction unit 414 may also predict the future location of the delivery person based on the schedule information of the delivery person. The schedule information can be stored in advance in the memory unit 312 provided in the delivery person terminal 300.
 集配者端末300には、操作部302が備えられている。操作部302は、休憩の取得の意思を集配者が管理システム16に示すための操作を受け付けてもよい。当該意思表示は、集配者端末300の通信部308を介して管理装置400に送信され得る。提供情報選択部462は、当該意思表示に応じて、集配者が休憩に利用可能な施設を示す休憩施設情報を選択し得る。例えば上述したように、記憶部406には休憩施設情報が記憶されている。記憶部406は複数の休憩施設情報を記憶し得る。提供情報選択部462は、集配者位置から所定範囲内にある施設を示す休憩施設情報を、集配者位置情報に基づいて選択し得る。提供情報選択部462により選択された休憩施設情報は、通信部402を介して集配者端末300に送信され得る。これにより、操作部302により受け付けられた操作に応じて休憩施設情報が集配者に提供され得る。 The delivery/collection terminal 300 is provided with an operation unit 302. The operation unit 302 may receive an operation by the delivery/collection person to indicate to the management system 16 the intention to take a break. The intention may be transmitted to the management device 400 via the communication unit 308 of the delivery/collection person terminal 300. The provided information selection unit 462 may select rest facility information indicating a facility that the delivery/collection person can use for a break in response to the intention. For example, as described above, rest facility information is stored in the memory unit 406. The memory unit 406 may store multiple pieces of rest facility information. The provided information selection unit 462 may select rest facility information indicating a facility within a predetermined range from the delivery/collection person position based on the delivery/collection person position information. The rest facility information selected by the provided information selection unit 462 may be transmitted to the delivery/collection person terminal 300 via the communication unit 402. As a result, the rest facility information may be provided to the delivery/collection person in response to the operation received by the operation unit 302.
 また、上述したように、管理装置400には集配環境情報取得部464が備えられている。集配環境情報取得部464は、集配環境情報を取得する。集配環境情報は、集配者の集配環境に関する情報である。より具体的に、集配環境情報は、例えば気象情報と、路面情報と、通信環境情報とのうちの少なくとも1つを含む。気象情報は、集配者がモバイルバッテリ100の集配を行う際の気象状況に関する情報である。路面情報は、集配者がモバイルバッテリ100の集配を行う際の路面状況に関する情報である。通信環境情報は、集配者がモバイルバッテリ100の集配を行う際の通信環境に関する情報である。集配環境情報取得部464は、例えばインターネットを用いて、集配環境情報(気象情報、路面情報、通信環境情報)を取得する。 As described above, the management device 400 is also provided with a collection and delivery environment information acquisition unit 464. The collection and delivery environment information acquisition unit 464 acquires collection and delivery environment information. The collection and delivery environment information is information related to the collection and delivery environment of the delivery person. More specifically, the collection and delivery environment information includes, for example, at least one of weather information, road surface information, and communication environment information. The weather information is information related to the weather conditions when the delivery person collects and delivers the mobile battery 100. The road surface information is information related to the road surface conditions when the delivery person collects and delivers the mobile battery 100. The communication environment information is information related to the communication environment when the delivery person collects and delivers the mobile battery 100. The collection and delivery environment information acquisition unit 464 acquires collection and delivery environment information (weather information, road surface information, communication environment information) using, for example, the Internet.
 提供情報選択部462は、集配環境情報と集配者位置情報と物品位置情報とに基づいて、物品情報を選択する。物品情報は、集配者が利用可能な物品(備品、消耗品)を示す情報である。物品位置情報は、物品が備えられている場所を示す情報である。すなわち、物品位置情報は物品の位置を示す。物品情報と物品位置情報とは、記憶部406により予め記憶され得る。記憶部406は、物品情報と物品位置情報とを互いに関連付けて記憶し得る。 The provided information selection unit 462 selects item information based on collection and delivery environment information, delivery person location information, and item location information. Item information is information indicating items (supplies, consumables) that can be used by delivery persons. Item location information is information indicating the location where an item is provided. In other words, item location information indicates the location of an item. The item information and item location information may be stored in advance by the storage unit 406. The storage unit 406 may store the item information and item location information in association with each other.
 提供情報選択部462は、例えば次に説明されるように、物品情報を選択し得る。提供情報選択部462は、集配者がモバイルバッテリ100の集配を行う際の天候が雨天であるか否かを気象情報に基づいて判定する。集配者がモバイルバッテリ100の集配を行う際の天候が雨天である場合、提供情報選択部462は、集配者位置から所定範囲内に位置している物品のうち、雨天時において集配者が利用し得る物品(例えば雨具)を示す物品情報を選択する。 The provided information selection unit 462 may select item information, for example, as described below. The provided information selection unit 462 determines whether the weather will be rainy when the delivery person collects and delivers the mobile battery 100 based on meteorological information. If the weather will be rainy when the delivery person collects and delivers the mobile battery 100, the provided information selection unit 462 selects item information indicating items (e.g., rain gear) that the delivery person can use in rainy weather, from among items located within a specified range from the delivery person's location.
 提供情報選択部462により選択された物品情報と、当該物品情報に係る物品の位置を示す物品位置情報とは、通信部402を介して集配者端末300に送信され得る。これにより、集配者端末300の情報提供部316が、集配環境情報に応じた物品情報を集配者に提供し得る。すなわち、管理システム16は、集配環境情報に応じた物品の利用を集配者に促すことができる。 The item information selected by the provided information selection unit 462 and item location information indicating the location of the item related to the item information can be transmitted to the delivery person terminal 300 via the communication unit 402. This allows the information providing unit 316 of the delivery person terminal 300 to provide the delivery person with item information corresponding to the delivery environment information. In other words, the management system 16 can encourage the delivery person to use items corresponding to the delivery environment information.
 図30は、管理システムの動作の例を示すフローチャートである。集配環境に応じた物品情報を集配者に提供する場合の例が図30には示されている。 FIG. 30 is a flowchart showing an example of the operation of the management system. FIG. 30 shows an example of a case where item information according to the collection and delivery environment is provided to a delivery person.
 ステップS134において、管理装置400の集配環境情報取得部464が集配環境情報を取得する。上述したように、集配環境情報は、集配者の集配環境に関する情報である。 In step S134, the collection and delivery environment information acquisition unit 464 of the management device 400 acquires the collection and delivery environment information. As described above, the collection and delivery environment information is information about the collection and delivery environment of the delivery person.
 次にステップS135に移行し、管理装置400の提供情報選択部462が、集配環境情報に基づいて物品情報を選択する。上述したように、物品情報は、集配者が利用可能な物品を示す情報である。選択された物品情報は、管理装置400の通信部402を介して、集配者端末300に送信され得る。 Then, the process proceeds to step S135, where the provided information selection unit 462 of the management device 400 selects item information based on the collection and delivery environment information. As described above, the item information is information that indicates items that can be used by the delivery person. The selected item information can be transmitted to the delivery person terminal 300 via the communication unit 402 of the management device 400.
 次にステップS136に移行し、集配者端末300の情報提供部316が、物品情報を集配者に提供する。すなわち、集配者端末300を用いて物品情報が集配者に提供される。こうして、図30に例示する動作が完了する。 Then, the process proceeds to step S136, where the information providing unit 316 of the delivery person terminal 300 provides the item information to the delivery person. That is, the item information is provided to the delivery person using the delivery person terminal 300. In this way, the operation illustrated in FIG. 30 is completed.
 また、上述したように、管理装置400の演算部404には、故障情報取得部466が備えられている。故障情報取得部466は、故障情報を取得する。故障情報は、集配者が利用している移動体の故障に関する情報である。故障情報は、集配者により集配者端末300を用いて管理装置400に適宜送信される。 As described above, the calculation unit 404 of the management device 400 is equipped with a malfunction information acquisition unit 466. The malfunction information acquisition unit 466 acquires malfunction information. The malfunction information is information related to a malfunction of a mobile object used by a delivery person. The malfunction information is appropriately transmitted to the management device 400 by the delivery person using the delivery person terminal 300.
 提供情報選択部462は、故障情報と集配者位置情報と物品位置情報(修理用品位置情報)とに基づいて、物品情報(修理用品情報)を選択する。修理用品情報は、修理用品を示す情報である。修理用品は、移動体を修理するために集配者が利用可能な物品である。修理用品位置情報は、修理用品が備えられている場所を示す情報である。修理用品は、例えばバッテリステーション12に備品として備えられ得る。修理用品位置情報は、修理用品が備えられているバッテリステーション12の位置を示し得る。 The provided information selection unit 462 selects item information (repair item information) based on the malfunction information, the delivery person location information, and item location information (repair item location information). Repair item information is information that indicates a repair item. A repair item is an item that can be used by a delivery person to repair a mobile object. Repair item location information is information that indicates the location where the repair item is provided. The repair item may be provided as equipment in the battery station 12, for example. The repair item location information may indicate the location of the battery station 12 where the repair item is provided.
 提供情報選択部462は、例えば、集配者位置から所定範囲内に位置している修理用品を示す修理用品情報を選択する。 The provided information selection unit 462 selects, for example, repair item information that indicates repair items that are located within a specified range from the delivery/collection location.
 提供情報選択部462により選択された修理用品情報と、当該修理用品情報に係る修理用品の位置を示す修理用品位置情報とは、通信部402を介して集配者端末300に送信され得る。これにより、集配者端末300の情報提供部316が、故障情報に応じた修理用品情報を集配者に提供し得る。すなわち、管理システム16は、移動体の故障状態に応じた修理用品の利用を集配者に促すことができる。 The repair item information selected by the provided information selection unit 462 and repair item location information indicating the location of the repair item related to the repair item information can be transmitted to the delivery person terminal 300 via the communication unit 402. This allows the information providing unit 316 of the delivery person terminal 300 to provide the delivery person with repair item information corresponding to the malfunction information. In other words, the management system 16 can encourage the delivery person to use repair items corresponding to the malfunction state of the mobile object.
 図31は、管理システムの動作の例を示すフローチャートである。移動体の故障状態に応じた修理用品情報を集配者に提供する場合の例が図31には示されている。 FIG. 31 is a flowchart showing an example of the operation of the management system. FIG. 31 shows an example of a case where repair item information according to the breakdown state of a mobile object is provided to a delivery person.
 ステップS137において、管理装置400の故障情報取得部466が故障情報を取得する。上述したように、故障情報は、集配者が利用している移動体の故障に関する情報である。 In step S137, the malfunction information acquisition unit 466 of the management device 400 acquires the malfunction information. As described above, the malfunction information is information regarding a malfunction of a mobile object used by a delivery person.
 次にステップS138に移行し、管理装置400の提供情報選択部462が、故障情報に基づいて修理用品情報を選択する。上述したように、修理用品情報は、集配者が利用可能な物品である修理用品を示す情報である。選択された修理用品情報は、管理装置400の通信部402を介して、集配者端末300に送信され得る。 Then, the process proceeds to step S138, where the provided information selection unit 462 of the management device 400 selects repair item information based on the malfunction information. As described above, the repair item information is information that indicates repair items that are items that can be used by the delivery person. The selected repair item information can be transmitted to the delivery person terminal 300 via the communication unit 402 of the management device 400.
 次にステップS139に移行し、集配者端末300の情報提供部316が、修理用品情報を集配者に提供する。すなわち、集配者端末300を用いて修理用品情報が集配者に提供される。こうして、図31に例示する動作が完了する。 Then, the process proceeds to step S139, where the information providing unit 316 of the collector/delivery terminal 300 provides the repair item information to the collector/delivery. That is, the repair item information is provided to the collector/delivery using the collector/delivery terminal 300. In this way, the operation illustrated in FIG. 31 is completed.
 以上説明されるように、管理システム16は、集配者の活動を支援し得る。 As described above, the management system 16 can support the activities of delivery personnel.
 なお、上述したように、ユーザ端末200には操作部202が備えられている。ユーザは、操作部202を用いて、集配者に任意報酬を与えることを希望する旨を管理装置400に通知してもよい。任意報酬は、モバイルバッテリ100の集配に関してユーザが集配者に任意で与え得る報酬である。任意報酬は消耗品でもよい。消耗品は、上述したように、例えば集配者が休憩時等に飲み得る飲料等であるが、これに限定されない。ユーザは、例えば自分に対して良好なサービスを提供した集配者に対して、任意報酬を与えることを希望し得る。 As described above, the user terminal 200 is equipped with an operation unit 202. The user may use the operation unit 202 to notify the management device 400 that the user wishes to give a discretionary reward to the collector/deliverer. The discretionary reward is a reward that the user may give at his/her discretion to the collector/deliverer for collecting and delivering the mobile battery 100. The discretionary reward may be a consumable item. As described above, the consumable item is, for example, a beverage that the collector/deliverer may drink during a break, but is not limited to this. For example, the user may wish to give a discretionary reward to a collector/deliverer who has provided the user with good service.
 集配者に任意報酬を与えることを希望する旨がユーザ端末200を用いてユーザから通知された場合、管理装置400の制御部408は、当該通知の内容に応じた任意報酬情報を集配者端末300に送信してもよい。任意報酬情報は、任意報酬に関する情報である。任意報酬情報は、例えば、ユーザが集配者に与えることを希望している消耗品を示すが、これに限定されない。 When a user notifies the collector/deliverer using the user terminal 200 that he/she wishes to give a discretionary reward, the control unit 408 of the management device 400 may transmit discretionary reward information corresponding to the content of the notification to the collector/deliverer terminal 300. The discretionary reward information is information related to the discretionary reward. The discretionary reward information indicates, for example, consumables that the user wishes to give to the collector/deliverer, but is not limited to this.
 任意報酬情報を受信した集配者端末300の情報提供部316は、当該任意報酬情報を集配者に提供し得る。これにより、集配者は、当該集配者に任意報酬が与えられることを知り得る。その結果、集配者のモチベーションが高められ得る。 The information providing unit 316 of the collector/deliverer terminal 300 that receives the optional reward information can provide the optional reward information to the collector/deliverer. This allows the collector/deliverer to know that the optional reward will be given to the collector/deliverer. As a result, the motivation of the collector/deliverer can be increased.
 ところで、上述したように、シェアリングシステム10においては、モバイルバッテリ100を利用する者がユーザであり、ユーザに対してモバイルバッテリ100を集配する者が集配者である。 As described above, in the sharing system 10, the person who uses the mobile battery 100 is the user, and the person who collects and delivers the mobile battery 100 to the user is the delivery person.
 しかしながら、集配者がモバイルバッテリ100を配送するよりも、ユーザがモバイルバッテリ100を配送する方が、モバイルバッテリ100の集配を合理的に行い得る場合がある。 However, there are cases where collection and delivery of the mobile battery 100 can be carried out more efficiently if the user delivers the mobile battery 100 rather than having a collection and delivery person deliver the mobile battery 100.
 これを踏まえ、管理装置400に備えられた情報生成部418は、モバイルバッテリ100の配送をユーザに依頼するための配送依頼情報を生成する。情報生成部418、例えば所定領域内におけるユーザの数が予め決められたユーザ数閾値以上になった場合に、当該所定領域内へのモバイルバッテリ100の配送をユーザに依頼するための配送依頼情報を生成する。 In light of this, the information generating unit 418 provided in the management device 400 generates delivery request information for requesting a user to deliver the mobile battery 100. For example, when the number of users in a specified area reaches or exceeds a predetermined user number threshold, the information generating unit 418 generates delivery request information for requesting a user to deliver the mobile battery 100 to the specified area.
 所定領域内におけるユーザの数がユーザ数閾値以上になったか否かの判定は、演算部404(例えば制御部408)によって行われ得る。所定領域内におけるユーザの数は、例えばユーザ位置情報に基づいて取得され得る。ユーザ位置情報は位置情報取得部412によって取得され得る。 The determination of whether the number of users in the specified area is equal to or greater than the user number threshold may be performed by the calculation unit 404 (e.g., the control unit 408). The number of users in the specified area may be acquired, for example, based on user position information. The user position information may be acquired by the position information acquisition unit 412.
 情報生成部418は、バッテリステーション12の位置を示す情報を配送依頼情報に含ませ得る。この場合のバッテリステーション12は、所定領域内に配送され得るモバイルバッテリ100が配されているバッテリステーション12である。また、情報生成部418は、例えば配送先の位置を示す情報を配送依頼情報に含ませ得る。すなわち、情報生成部418は、所定領域の位置を示す情報を配送依頼情報に含ませ得る。さらに、情報生成部418は、配送先に配送されるモバイルバッテリ100の数を示す情報を配送依頼情報に含ませ得る。 The information generating unit 418 may include information indicating the location of the battery station 12 in the delivery request information. In this case, the battery station 12 is a battery station 12 in which mobile batteries 100 that can be delivered within a specified area are located. The information generating unit 418 may also include information indicating, for example, the location of the delivery destination in the delivery request information. In other words, the information generating unit 418 may include information indicating the location of the specified area in the delivery request information. Furthermore, the information generating unit 418 may include information indicating the number of mobile batteries 100 to be delivered to the delivery destination in the delivery request information.
 上述したように、管理装置400には配送依頼情報配信部478が備えられている。所定領域内におけるユーザの数がユーザ数閾値以上になった場合に、配送依頼情報配信部478は、通信部402を介して配送依頼情報をユーザ端末200に配信する。所定領域内に配送され得るモバイルバッテリ100が配されているバッテリステーション12から所定距離内に位置するユーザによって所持されているユーザ端末200が、配送依頼情報の配信対象に少なくとも含まれ得る。複数のユーザ端末200が配送依頼情報を受信し得る。 As described above, the management device 400 is equipped with a delivery request information distribution unit 478. When the number of users in a specified area reaches or exceeds the user number threshold, the delivery request information distribution unit 478 distributes delivery request information to the user terminal 200 via the communication unit 402. The delivery target of the delivery request information may include at least the user terminal 200 held by a user located within a specified distance from the battery station 12 where the mobile battery 100 that can be delivered to the specified area is located. Multiple user terminals 200 may receive the delivery request information.
 配送依頼情報を受信したユーザ端末200に備えられている情報提供部216は、当該配送依頼情報をユーザに提供し得る。これにより、管理システム16は、所定領域内へのモバイルバッテリ100の配送をユーザに依頼することができる。 The information providing unit 216 provided in the user terminal 200 that receives the delivery request information can provide the delivery request information to the user. This allows the management system 16 to request the user to deliver the mobile battery 100 within a specified area.
 上述したように、配送依頼情報には、バッテリステーション12を示す情報が含まれ得る。また、配送依頼情報には、配送先の位置を示す情報が含まれ得る。さらに、配送依頼情報には、配送先に配送されることを要するモバイルバッテリ100の数を示す情報が含まれ得る。当該配送依頼情報に含まれているこれらの情報を考慮して、ユーザは、配送依頼を引き受けるか否かを検討し得る。 As described above, the delivery request information may include information indicating the battery station 12. The delivery request information may also include information indicating the location of the delivery destination. Furthermore, the delivery request information may include information indicating the number of mobile batteries 100 that need to be delivered to the delivery destination. Taking into account this information included in the delivery request information, the user may consider whether or not to accept the delivery request.
 配送依頼情報に係る配送依頼を引き受けることを希望するユーザは、ユーザ端末200を用いて、当該配送依頼を当該ユーザが引き受け得る旨の応答を管理装置400に対して行い得る。管理装置400は、配送依頼情報に係る配送依頼を引き受け得る旨の応答を行ったユーザに対して、モバイルバッテリ100の配送を正式に依頼し得る。 A user who wishes to accept the delivery request related to the delivery request information can use the user terminal 200 to respond to the management device 400 that the user can accept the delivery request. The management device 400 can formally request the delivery of the mobile battery 100 to the user who has responded that they can accept the delivery request related to the delivery request information.
 図32は、管理システムの動作の例を示すフローチャートである。ユーザに対してモバイルバッテリ100の配送を依頼する場合の例が図32には示されている。 FIG. 32 is a flowchart showing an example of the operation of the management system. FIG. 32 shows an example of a case where a user is requested to deliver a mobile battery 100.
 ステップS141において、管理装置400の位置情報取得部412が、ユーザ位置情報を取得する。 In step S141, the location information acquisition unit 412 of the management device 400 acquires user location information.
 次に、ステップS142に移行し、所定領域内におけるユーザの数がユーザ数閾値以上になったか否かを管理装置400の制御部408が判定する。所定領域内におけるユーザの数は、例えばユーザ位置情報に基づいて把握され得る。所定領域内におけるユーザの数がユーザ数閾値以上である場合には、ステップS143が開始される。所定領域内におけるユーザの数がユーザ数閾値未満である場合には、図32の動作は終了する。 Then, the process proceeds to step S142, where the control unit 408 of the management device 400 determines whether the number of users in the specified area is equal to or greater than the user number threshold. The number of users in the specified area can be determined, for example, based on user position information. If the number of users in the specified area is equal to or greater than the user number threshold, step S143 is started. If the number of users in the specified area is less than the user number threshold, the operation of FIG. 32 ends.
 ステップS143において、管理装置400の情報生成部418が、配送依頼情報を生成する。 In step S143, the information generation unit 418 of the management device 400 generates delivery request information.
 次に、ステップS144に移行し、管理装置400の配送依頼情報配信部478が、ユーザ端末200に配送依頼情報を配信する。配送依頼情報配信部478は、所定領域内に配送され得るモバイルバッテリ100が配されているバッテリステーション12から所定距離内に位置するユーザによって所持されている携帯端末200に配送依頼情報を配信する。こうして、図32に例示する動作が完了する。 Next, the process proceeds to step S144, where the delivery request information distribution unit 478 of the management device 400 distributes the delivery request information to the user terminal 200. The delivery request information distribution unit 478 distributes the delivery request information to a mobile terminal 200 held by a user located within a predetermined distance from a battery station 12 in which a mobile battery 100 that can be delivered within a predetermined area is located. In this way, the operation illustrated in FIG. 32 is completed.
 なお、ステップS142における判定は、将来位置予測部414によって予測された将来ユーザ位置に基づいて行われてもよい。すなわち、将来ユーザ位置に基づいて、所定領域内におけるユーザの数が把握されてもよい。 The determination in step S142 may be made based on the future user position predicted by the future position prediction unit 414. In other words, the number of users in a specified area may be determined based on the future user positions.
 ユーザはモバイル機器を所持し得る。モバイル機器は、モバイルバッテリ100に接続され得る。ユーザは、複数のモバイル機器を所持し得る。すなわち、所定範囲内に位置するユーザの数と、当該所定範囲内に位置するユーザによって所持されるモバイル機器の数とは、必ずしも一致しない。これを踏まえ、ステップS142において、制御部408は、ユーザによって所持されているモバイル機器の数が所定範囲内において予め決められた機器数閾値以上であるか否かを判定してもよい。すなわち、ステップS142において、制御部408は、所定範囲内におけるユーザの数が予め決められたユーザ数閾値以上であるか否かと、所定範囲内におけるモバイル機器の数が予め決められた機器数閾値以上であるか否かと、の少なくともいずれかを判定してもよい。 A user may possess a mobile device. The mobile device may be connected to the mobile battery 100. A user may possess multiple mobile devices. That is, the number of users located within a specified range does not necessarily match the number of mobile devices possessed by the users located within the specified range. In light of this, in step S142, the control unit 408 may determine whether the number of mobile devices possessed by the users within the specified range is equal to or greater than a predetermined device number threshold. That is, in step S142, the control unit 408 may determine at least one of whether the number of users within the specified range is equal to or greater than a predetermined user number threshold and whether the number of mobile devices within the specified range is equal to or greater than a predetermined device number threshold.
 その場合、ステップS141において、位置情報取得部412は、モバイル機器の位置を示すモバイル機器位置情報を必要に応じて取得する。例えばユーザ端末200以外のモバイル機器をユーザが所持している場合、位置情報取得部412は、ユーザ端末200の位置を示す情報(ユーザ位置情報)とは別に、モバイル機器位置情報を取得する。位置情報取得部412は、例えばユーザ(ユーザ端末200)がモバイル機器の識別情報を管理装置400に予め提供することで、当該モバイル機器の位置を追跡し得る。これにより、位置情報取得部412は、モバイル機器位置情報を取得し得る。記憶部406は、ユーザの識別情報と、当該ユーザが所持しているモバイル機器の識別情報とを関連付けて記憶し得る。 In this case, in step S141, the location information acquisition unit 412 acquires mobile device location information indicating the location of the mobile device as necessary. For example, if the user possesses a mobile device other than the user terminal 200, the location information acquisition unit 412 acquires the mobile device location information separately from the information indicating the location of the user terminal 200 (user location information). For example, the location information acquisition unit 412 can track the location of the mobile device by the user (user terminal 200) providing the identification information of the mobile device to the management device 400 in advance. In this way, the location information acquisition unit 412 can acquire the mobile device location information. The storage unit 406 can store the user identification information and the identification information of the mobile device possessed by the user in association with each other.
 ステップS144において、配送依頼情報配信部478は、バッテリステーション12から所定距離内に位置するユーザ端末200に配送依頼情報を配信する。バッテリステーション12から所定距離内に位置するユーザは、バッテリステーション12から所定距離外に位置するユーザよりも、バッテリステーション12に到達するための負担が小さい。換言すれば、管理システム16は、バッテリステーション12に到達するための負担が比較的小さいユーザに対してモバイルバッテリ100の配送を依頼し得る。 In step S144, the delivery request information distribution unit 478 distributes the delivery request information to the user terminal 200 located within a predetermined distance from the battery station 12. A user located within a predetermined distance from the battery station 12 has a smaller burden to reach the battery station 12 than a user located outside the predetermined distance from the battery station 12. In other words, the management system 16 can request delivery of the mobile battery 100 to a user who has a relatively small burden to reach the battery station 12.
 ステップS144において、配送依頼情報配信部478は、ユーザの行動計画に基づいて、配送依頼情報の配信対象となるユーザ(ユーザ端末200)を選択してもよい。その場合、配送依頼情報配信部478は、例えば、バッテリステーション12から所定距離内に位置するとともに当該バッテリステーション12を通過する予定のユーザを選択する。これにより、ユーザに対するモバイルバッテリ100の依頼が当該ユーザの行動計画に与える影響が抑制され得る。配送依頼情報配信部478は、バッテリステーション12から所定距離内に位置するとともに当該バッテリステーション12を経由して所定領域内に行く予定のユーザを選択することが、より好ましい。これにより、ユーザに対するモバイルバッテリ100の依頼が当該ユーザの行動計画に与える影響が更に抑制され得る。この場合、ユーザの行動計画を示す情報は、例えば、モバイルバッテリ100の配送依頼を受ける意思があるユーザによって、ユーザ端末200を介して管理装置400に予め送信され得るが、これに限定されない。 In step S144, the delivery request information distribution unit 478 may select a user (user terminal 200) to which the delivery request information is to be distributed based on the user's action plan. In this case, the delivery request information distribution unit 478 selects, for example, a user who is located within a predetermined distance from the battery station 12 and plans to pass through the battery station 12. This can reduce the impact of the mobile battery 100's request to the user on the action plan of the user. It is more preferable that the delivery request information distribution unit 478 selects a user who is located within a predetermined distance from the battery station 12 and plans to go to a predetermined area via the battery station 12. This can further reduce the impact of the mobile battery 100's request to the user on the action plan of the user. In this case, information indicating the user's action plan may be transmitted in advance to the management device 400 via the user terminal 200 by a user who intends to receive a delivery request for the mobile battery 100, but is not limited to this.
 以上説明されるように、本実施形態によれば、管理システム16は、あるユーザに対してモバイルバッテリ100の配送を依頼し得る。これにより、例えば集配者がモバイルバッテリ100を配送することが難しい場合であっても、ユーザによってモバイルバッテリ100が配送され得る。 As described above, according to this embodiment, the management system 16 can request delivery of the mobile battery 100 to a certain user. This allows the mobile battery 100 to be delivered by the user even if, for example, it is difficult for a delivery person to deliver the mobile battery 100.
 なお、配送依頼情報は、所定領域内への配送依頼が実際に行われているか否かにかかわらず、ユーザ端末200に配信されてもよい。これにより、所定領域内にモバイルバッテリ100が配送された後に当該モバイルバッテリ100を要することになったユーザは、所定領域内に既に配送されているモバイルバッテリ100を利用し得る。 The delivery request information may be distributed to the user terminal 200 regardless of whether a delivery request to the specified area has actually been made. This allows a user who needs a mobile battery 100 after the mobile battery 100 has been delivered to the specified area to use the mobile battery 100 that has already been delivered to the specified area.
 また、上述したように、モバイルバッテリ100は、バッテリホルダ等の設備20に収容され得る。これを踏まえ、例えば、所定範囲内に向かう人が経由すると推定される場所に、当該所定範囲内に配送され得るモバイルバッテリ100が収容されるバッテリホルダが予め設置されてもよい。これにより、例えば、所定範囲内に向かうユーザが、バッテリホルダに収容されたモバイルバッテリ100を回収して、所定範囲内にいる他のユーザにモバイルバッテリ100を配送し得る。以下、この点についてより詳しく説明する。 Furthermore, as described above, the mobile battery 100 can be stored in equipment 20 such as a battery holder. In light of this, for example, a battery holder for storing a mobile battery 100 that can be delivered within a specified range may be installed in advance at a location where it is estimated that a person heading within the specified range will pass through. This allows, for example, a user heading within the specified range to collect the mobile battery 100 stored in the battery holder and deliver the mobile battery 100 to another user who is within the specified range. This point will be explained in more detail below.
 上述したように、管理装置400(演算部404)には、人流データ取得部480と、ホルダ位置決定部482と、配送先情報提供部484とが備えられている。 As described above, the management device 400 (calculation unit 404) is equipped with a people flow data acquisition unit 480, a holder position determination unit 482, and a delivery destination information provision unit 484.
 人流データ取得部480は、人流データを取得する。人流データは、人の移動に基づいて取得されるデータである。人流データ取得部480は、人流データを提供する事業を行う事業者から供給される人流データを取得し得るが、これに限定されない。人流データ取得部480は、例えば、ユーザの位置情報に基づいて人流を把握してもよい。また、人流データ取得部480は、例えば集配者の位置情報に基づいて、人流を把握してもよい。 The people flow data acquisition unit 480 acquires people flow data. People flow data is data acquired based on the movement of people. The people flow data acquisition unit 480 may acquire people flow data supplied from a business that provides people flow data, but is not limited to this. The people flow data acquisition unit 480 may grasp people flow based on user location information, for example. The people flow data acquisition unit 480 may also grasp people flow based on delivery person location information, for example.
 ホルダ位置決定部482は、人流データ取得部480により取得された人流データに基づいて、所定領域内に達する人流を検出する。この人流は、例えば、所定範囲内に達する道路に沿った人の流れである。所定範囲内に達する道路が複数ある場合、所定範囲内に達する複数の人流が生じ得る。 The holder position determination unit 482 detects a flow of people reaching a specified area based on the people flow data acquired by the people flow data acquisition unit 480. This flow of people is, for example, a flow of people along a road that reaches within a specified range. If there are multiple roads that reach within the specified range, multiple flows of people may occur that reach within the specified range.
 ホルダ位置決定部482は、人流に応じて、バッテリホルダの設置位置を決定する。バッテリホルダの設置位置を決定するために考慮される人流は、ある程度制限されることが好ましい。例えば、所定領域から予め決められた距離までの範囲に位置する人流が、バッテリホルダの設置位置を決定する際に考慮され得る。バッテリホルダの設置位置を決定する際に考慮される人流がある程度制限されるため、ホルダ位置決定部482がバッテリホルダの設置位置を決定する際の処理負荷が抑制され得る。 The holder position determination unit 482 determines the installation position of the battery holder according to the flow of people. It is preferable that the flow of people taken into consideration when determining the installation position of the battery holder is limited to a certain extent. For example, the flow of people located within a range of a predetermined distance from a specified area can be taken into consideration when determining the installation position of the battery holder. Because the flow of people taken into consideration when determining the installation position of the battery holder is limited to a certain extent, the processing load when the holder position determination unit 482 determines the installation position of the battery holder can be reduced.
 図33は、所定領域内に達する人流HFとバッテリホルダの設置位置P20とを例示する図である。地図MPと、複数の人流HF(HF1~HF3)とが、図33には模式的に示されている。ハッチングが付されている部分が所定領域である。 Figure 33 is a diagram illustrating the flow of people HF reaching the specified area and the installation position P20 of the battery holder. A map MP and multiple flow of people HF (HF1 to HF3) are shown diagrammatically in Figure 33. The hatched area is the specified area.
 ホルダ位置決定部482は、人流HFに応じて、バッテリホルダの設置位置P20を決定し得る。より具体的には、ホルダ位置決定部482は、人流HFに応じて、バッテリホルダの設置位置P20を複数決定し得る。例えばホルダ位置決定部482は、図33に例示される複数の人流HFの通過経路上にバッテリホルダの設置位置P20をそれぞれ決定し得る。この場合、図33に示すように、人流HF1の通過経路上と、人流HF2の通過経路上と、人流HF3の通過経路上と、人流HF1+HF2の通過経路上との各々に、設置位置P20(P20A~P20D)が決定され得る。また、ホルダ位置決定部482は、1つの人流HFの通過経路上に複数の設置位置P20を決定してもよい。 The holder position determination unit 482 may determine the installation position P20 of the battery holder according to the pedestrian flow HF. More specifically, the holder position determination unit 482 may determine multiple installation positions P20 of the battery holder according to the pedestrian flow HF. For example, the holder position determination unit 482 may determine the installation positions P20 of the battery holder on the passage paths of multiple pedestrian flows HF as illustrated in FIG. 33. In this case, as shown in FIG. 33, the installation positions P20 (P20A to P20D) may be determined on the passage path of the pedestrian flow HF1, on the passage path of the pedestrian flow HF2, on the passage path of the pedestrian flow HF3, and on the passage path of the pedestrian flows HF1+HF2. The holder position determination unit 482 may also determine multiple installation positions P20 on the passage path of one pedestrian flow HF.
 ただし、後述する設置位置P20にモバイルバッテリ100の設置を行う作業者の負担を考慮すると、ホルダ位置決定部482により決定される設置位置P20の数は必要最低限である方が好ましい。これを踏まえ、バッテリホルダの設置位置P20は、複数の所定領域に達する複数の人流HFに応じて決定してもよい。例えば図33に示す例においては、人流HF1と人流HF2とは所定領域内に達する前の段階で合流する。この場合、ホルダ位置決定部482は、人流HF1と人流HF2とが互いに合流した後に到達する場所をバッテリホルダの設置位置P20Cとして決定し得る。この場合、ホルダ位置決定部482は、人流HF1のみが通過する経路上に位置する設置位置P20Aと、人流HF2のみが通過する経路上に位置する設置位置P20Bとを省略し得る。 However, considering the burden on the worker who installs the mobile battery 100 at the installation position P20 described later, it is preferable that the number of installation positions P20 determined by the holder position determination unit 482 is the minimum necessary. Based on this, the installation position P20 of the battery holder may be determined according to multiple pedestrian flows HF that reach multiple predetermined areas. For example, in the example shown in FIG. 33, the pedestrian flows HF1 and HF2 merge before reaching the predetermined area. In this case, the holder position determination unit 482 may determine the location where the pedestrian flows HF1 and HF2 reach after merging with each other as the installation position P20C of the battery holder. In this case, the holder position determination unit 482 may omit the installation position P20A located on a route where only the pedestrian flow HF1 passes and the installation position P20B located on a route where only the pedestrian flow HF2 passes.
 このようにすれば、設置位置P20の数が抑制され得る。なお、ホルダ位置決定部482は、所定範囲内に達する複数の人流HFのうち、所定の人流数閾値以上の人を含む人流HFが通る場所を、バッテリホルダの設置位置P20としてもよい。また、ホルダ位置決定部482は、所定範囲内に達する複数の人流HFのうち、最も多くの人を含む人流HFが通る場所を、バッテリホルダの設置位置P20としてもよい。これらの場合にも、設置位置P20の数が抑制され得る。 In this way, the number of installation positions P20 can be reduced. The holder position determination unit 482 may determine, as the installation position P20 of the battery holder, a location through which a pedestrian flow HF containing a predetermined number of people or more passes, among multiple pedestrian flows HF that reach within a predetermined range. The holder position determination unit 482 may also determine, as the installation position P20 of the battery holder, a location through which a pedestrian flow HF containing the largest number of people passes, among multiple pedestrian flows HF that reach within a predetermined range. In these cases as well, the number of installation positions P20 can be reduced.
 ホルダ位置決定部482により決定されたバッテリホルダの設置位置P20は、例えばシェアリングシステム10を運営する運営事業者が所持する不図示の端末に通知される。これにより、運営事業者は、ホルダ位置決定部482により決定された設置位置P20へのバッテリホルダの設置の作業を行い得る。 The installation position P20 of the battery holder determined by the holder position determination unit 482 is notified to a terminal (not shown) owned by, for example, the operating company that operates the sharing system 10. This allows the operating company to install the battery holder at the installation position P20 determined by the holder position determination unit 482.
 なお、ホルダ位置決定部482により決定された設置位置P20に設置されるバッテリホルダには、不図示の表示部(表示器)が備えられ得るが、これに限定されない。バッテリホルダに表示部を備えることの意義については、後述する。 The battery holder installed at the installation position P20 determined by the holder position determination unit 482 may be equipped with a display unit (display) (not shown), but is not limited to this. The significance of providing a display unit on the battery holder will be described later.
 ホルダ位置決定部482により決定された設置位置P20に設置されるバッテリホルダには、所定範囲内に配送され得るモバイルバッテリ100が収容される。バッテリホルダにモバイルバッテリ100を収容する作業は、例えば、バッテリホルダを設置する作業の際に行われ得るが、これに限定されない。 The battery holder installed at the installation position P20 determined by the holder position determination unit 482 accommodates a mobile battery 100 that can be delivered within a specified range. The task of accommodating the mobile battery 100 in the battery holder can be performed, for example, when installing the battery holder, but is not limited to this.
 配送先情報提供部484は、バッテリホルダに対して配送先情報を提供する。配送先情報は、バッテリホルダに収容されたモバイルバッテリ100の配送先(所定領域)を示す情報である。これにより、バッテリホルダは、当該バッテリホルダに備えられている不図示の表示部にモバイルバッテリ100の配送先を表示し得る。したがって、設置位置P20を通過する人流HFに含まれる人々は、当該モバイルバッテリ100の配送先を容易に確認し得る。 The delivery destination information providing unit 484 provides delivery destination information to the battery holder. The delivery destination information is information indicating the delivery destination (specified area) of the mobile battery 100 housed in the battery holder. This allows the battery holder to display the delivery destination of the mobile battery 100 on a display unit (not shown) provided on the battery holder. Therefore, people included in the people flow HF passing through the installation position P20 can easily confirm the delivery destination of the mobile battery 100.
 このようにすれば、バッテリホルダに収容されたモバイルバッテリ100が、所定範囲内に向かう人により回収され得るとともに、配送先へと配送され得る状態となる。 In this way, the mobile battery 100 housed in the battery holder can be collected by a person heading within a specified range, and can also be delivered to the destination.
 ところで、モバイルバッテリ100は、バッテリステーション12に配される前に充電され得る。モバイルバッテリ100に対する充電は、例えば、発電施設22(図1も参照)において行われ得るが、これに限定されない。発電施設22には、例えば再生可能エネルギを用いて発電するための発電設備が備えられている。より具体的には、発電施設22では、例えば太陽光発電、振動発電等が行われ得る。当該発電施設22は、街中に適宜敷設され得る。モバイルバッテリ100は、当該発電施設22によって得られた電力を用いて充電され得る。 The mobile battery 100 may be charged before being placed in the battery station 12. Charging of the mobile battery 100 may be performed, for example, at a power generation facility 22 (see also FIG. 1), but is not limited to this. The power generation facility 22 is equipped with power generation equipment for generating power using, for example, renewable energy. More specifically, the power generation facility 22 may perform, for example, solar power generation, vibration power generation, etc. The power generation facility 22 may be installed appropriately throughout the city. The mobile battery 100 may be charged using the power obtained by the power generation facility 22.
 発電施設22において充電されたモバイルバッテリ100は、バッテリステーション12に配されることで、当該バッテリステーション12を訪れるユーザによって利用され得る。発電施設22によって充電されたモバイルバッテリ100は、例えば集配者によって回収される。集配者によって回収されたモバイルバッテリ100は、当該集配者によってバッテリステーション12に搬送される。 The mobile battery 100 charged at the power generation facility 22 can be placed in the battery station 12 and used by a user visiting the battery station 12. The mobile battery 100 charged at the power generation facility 22 is collected, for example, by a delivery person. The mobile battery 100 collected by the delivery person is transported to the battery station 12 by the delivery person.
 ところで、発電施設22によって充電されたモバイルバッテリ100がユーザによって回収され、当該モバイルバッテリ100が当該ユーザによってバッテリステーション12に搬送されることが合理的な場合もある。発電施設22によって充電されるモバイルバッテリ100を合理的に配送すべく、管理システム16は以下のように構成されてもよい。上述したように、管理装置400には充電状況情報取得部468と回収依頼情報配信部470とが備えられている。 However, there may be cases where it is reasonable for the mobile battery 100 charged by the power generation facility 22 to be collected by a user and transported to the battery station 12 by the user. In order to rationally deliver the mobile battery 100 charged by the power generation facility 22, the management system 16 may be configured as follows. As described above, the management device 400 is equipped with a charging status information acquisition unit 468 and a collection request information distribution unit 470.
 充電状況情報取得部468は、充電状況情報を取得する。充電状況情報は、発電を行い得るとともにモバイルバッテリ100に対する充電を行い得る発電施設22における充電の状況を示す情報である。充電状況情報は、例えば、モバイルバッテリ100の充電が完了しているか否かを示す。充電状況情報は、例えば発電施設22から管理装置400に適宜提供され得る。 The charging status information acquisition unit 468 acquires charging status information. The charging status information is information that indicates the charging status at the power generation facility 22 that can generate power and charge the mobile battery 100. The charging status information indicates, for example, whether charging of the mobile battery 100 has been completed. The charging status information can be provided, for example, from the power generation facility 22 to the management device 400 as appropriate.
 情報生成部418は、充電状況情報取得部468により取得された充電状況情報に基づいて、回収依頼情報を生成する。回収依頼情報は、発電施設22からのモバイルバッテリ100の回収をユーザに依頼するための情報である。情報生成部418は、例えば、発電施設22に配されている全てのモバイルバッテリ100の充電が完了したことが充電状況情報により示される場合に、回収依頼情報を生成する。 The information generating unit 418 generates collection request information based on the charging status information acquired by the charging status information acquiring unit 468. The collection request information is information for requesting the user to collect the mobile battery 100 from the power generation facility 22. The information generating unit 418 generates collection request information, for example, when the charging status information indicates that charging of all the mobile batteries 100 arranged at the power generation facility 22 has been completed.
 情報生成部418は、発電施設22の位置を示す情報を回収依頼情報に含ませ得る。また、情報生成部418は、発電施設22から回収されるモバイルバッテリ100の数を示す情報を回収依頼情報に含ませ得る。 The information generating unit 418 may include information indicating the location of the power generation facility 22 in the collection request information. The information generating unit 418 may also include information indicating the number of mobile batteries 100 to be collected from the power generation facility 22 in the collection request information.
 回収依頼情報配信部470は、通信部402を介して回収依頼情報をユーザ端末200に配信する。この場合、発電施設22から所定距離内に位置するユーザ端末200が、回収依頼情報の配信対象に少なくとも含まれ得る。複数のユーザ端末200が、回収依頼情報を受信し得る。 The collection request information distribution unit 470 distributes the collection request information to the user terminal 200 via the communication unit 402. In this case, the user terminals 200 located within a predetermined distance from the power generation facility 22 may at least be included in the distribution targets of the collection request information. Multiple user terminals 200 may receive the collection request information.
 回収依頼情報を受信したユーザ端末200に備えられている情報提供部216は、当該回収依頼情報をユーザに提供し得る。これにより、管理システム16は、発電施設22からのモバイルバッテリ100の回収をユーザに依頼することができる。 The information providing unit 216 provided in the user terminal 200 that receives the collection request information can provide the collection request information to the user. This allows the management system 16 to request the user to collect the mobile battery 100 from the power generation facility 22.
 上述したように、回収依頼情報には、発電施設22を示す情報が含まれ得る。また、回収依頼情報には、回収されるモバイルバッテリ100の数を示す情報が含まれ得る。当該回収依頼情報に含まれているこれらの情報を考慮して、ユーザは、回収依頼を引き受けるか否かを検討し得る。 As described above, the collection request information may include information indicating the power generation facility 22. The collection request information may also include information indicating the number of mobile batteries 100 to be collected. Taking into account this information included in the collection request information, the user may consider whether or not to accept the collection request.
 回収依頼情報に係る回収依頼を引き受けることを希望するユーザは、ユーザ端末200を用いて、当該回収依頼を当該ユーザが引き受け得る旨を管理装置400に応答し得る。管理装置400は、回収依頼情報に係る回収依頼を引き受け得る旨を応答したユーザに対して、モバイルバッテリ100の回収を正式に依頼し得る。 A user who wishes to accept the collection request related to the collection request information can use the user terminal 200 to respond to the management device 400 that the user can accept the collection request. The management device 400 can formally request the collection of the mobile battery 100 to a user who has responded that they can accept the collection request related to the collection request information.
 図34は、管理システムの動作の例を示すフローチャートである。図34には、ユーザに対するモバイルバッテリ100の回収依頼に関する管理システムの動作の例が示されている。 FIG. 34 is a flowchart showing an example of the operation of the management system. FIG. 34 shows an example of the operation of the management system regarding a request for collection of the mobile battery 100 from a user.
 ステップS151において、管理装置400の位置情報取得部412が、ユーザ位置情報を取得する。また、ステップS152において、管理装置400の充電状況情報取得部468が、充電状況情報を取得する。 In step S151, the location information acquisition unit 412 of the management device 400 acquires user location information. In step S152, the charging status information acquisition unit 468 of the management device 400 acquires charging status information.
 次に、ステップS153に移行し、管理装置400の情報生成部418が、充電状況情報に基づいて回収依頼情報を生成する。 Next, the process proceeds to step S153, where the information generation unit 418 of the management device 400 generates collection request information based on the charging status information.
 次に、ステップS154に移行し、管理装置400の回収依頼情報配信部470が、回収依頼情報をユーザ端末200に配信する。回収依頼情報配信部470は、発電施設22から所定距離内に位置するユーザ端末200(ユーザ)に対して、回収依頼情報を配信する。こうして、図34の動作は完了する。 Next, the process proceeds to step S154, where the collection request information distribution unit 470 of the management device 400 distributes the collection request information to the user terminal 200. The collection request information distribution unit 470 distributes the collection request information to the user terminal 200 (user) located within a predetermined distance from the power generation facility 22. In this way, the operation of FIG. 34 is completed.
 ステップS154において、回収依頼情報配信部470は、発電施設22から所定距離内に位置するユーザ端末200に回収依頼情報を配信している。発電施設22から所定距離内に位置するユーザは、発電施設22から所定距離外に位置するユーザよりも、発電施設22に到達するための負担が小さい。換言すれば、管理システム16は、発電施設22に到達するための負担が比較的小さいユーザに対してモバイルバッテリ100の回収を依頼し得る。 In step S154, the collection request information distribution unit 470 distributes collection request information to user terminals 200 located within a predetermined distance from the power generation facility 22. A user located within the predetermined distance from the power generation facility 22 has a smaller burden to reach the power generation facility 22 than a user located outside the predetermined distance from the power generation facility 22. In other words, the management system 16 can request collection of the mobile battery 100 from a user who has a relatively small burden to reach the power generation facility 22.
 ステップS154において、回収依頼情報配信部470は、ユーザの行動計画に基づいて、回収依頼情報の配信対象となるユーザ(ユーザ端末200)を選択してもよい。その場合において、回収依頼情報配信部470は、例えば、発電施設22から所定距離内に位置するとともに当該発電施設22を通過する予定のユーザを選択する。これにより、ユーザに対するモバイルバッテリ100の依頼が当該ユーザの行動計画に与える影響が抑制され得る。回収依頼情報配信部470は、発電施設22から所定距離内に位置するとともに当該発電施設22を通過して所定領域内に行く予定のユーザを選択すると、より好ましい。これにより、ユーザに対するモバイルバッテリ100の依頼が当該ユーザの行動計画に与える影響が更に抑制され得る。この場合、ユーザの行動計画を示す情報は、例えば、モバイルバッテリ100の回収依頼を受ける意思があるユーザによって、ユーザ端末200を介して管理装置400に予め送信され得る。 In step S154, the collection request information distribution unit 470 may select a user (user terminal 200) to which collection request information is to be distributed based on the user's action plan. In this case, the collection request information distribution unit 470 selects, for example, a user who is located within a predetermined distance from the power generation facility 22 and plans to pass through the power generation facility 22. This can reduce the impact of the request of the mobile battery 100 to the user on the action plan of the user. It is more preferable that the collection request information distribution unit 470 selects a user who is located within a predetermined distance from the power generation facility 22 and plans to pass through the power generation facility 22 and enter a predetermined area. This can further reduce the impact of the request of the mobile battery 100 to the user on the action plan of the user. In this case, information indicating the user's action plan can be transmitted in advance to the management device 400 via the user terminal 200 by, for example, a user who intends to receive a collection request for the mobile battery 100.
 情報生成部418は、発電施設22から回収されたモバイルバッテリ100をバッテリステーション12に配送することをユーザに依頼するための配送依頼情報を生成してもよい。この場合の配送依頼情報には、モバイルバッテリ100の配送先となるバッテリステーション12の位置を示す情報が含まれ得る。当該配送依頼情報は、配送依頼情報配信部478によって、ユーザ端末200に送信され得る。この場合において、配送依頼情報配信部478は、回収依頼を引き受けたユーザのユーザ端末200に、配送依頼情報を送信し得る。 The information generation unit 418 may generate delivery request information to request the user to deliver the mobile battery 100 collected from the power generation facility 22 to the battery station 12. In this case, the delivery request information may include information indicating the location of the battery station 12 to which the mobile battery 100 is to be delivered. The delivery request information may be transmitted to the user terminal 200 by the delivery request information distribution unit 478. In this case, the delivery request information distribution unit 478 may transmit the delivery request information to the user terminal 200 of the user who accepted the collection request.
 なお、情報生成部418は、ユーザにより回収されたモバイルバッテリ100の配送先となるバッテリステーション12を、当該ユーザの行動計画に基づいて決定し得る。情報生成部418は、例えばユーザが通過する予定のバッテリステーション12を当該ユーザの行動計画に基づいて特定するとともに、特定されたバッテリステーション12を配送先とし得る。これにより、ユーザに対するモバイルバッテリ100の依頼が当該ユーザの行動計画に与える影響が抑制され得る。 The information generating unit 418 may determine the battery station 12 to which the mobile battery 100 collected by the user will be delivered based on the user's action plan. For example, the information generating unit 418 may identify the battery station 12 that the user plans to pass through based on the user's action plan, and may set the identified battery station 12 as the delivery destination. This may reduce the impact that a request for a mobile battery 100 from a user has on the user's action plan.
 以上説明されるように、本実施形態によれば、管理システム16は、ユーザに対してモバイルバッテリ100の回収を依頼し得る。これにより、例えば集配者が発電施設22からモバイルバッテリ100を回収することが難しい場合であっても、ユーザによってモバイルバッテリ100が回収され得る。 As described above, according to this embodiment, the management system 16 can request the user to collect the mobile battery 100. This allows the user to collect the mobile battery 100 even if, for example, it is difficult for a delivery person to collect the mobile battery 100 from the power generation facility 22.
 ところで、稼働していないバッテリステーション12の周辺においてモバイルバッテリ100の利用需要が高まることがあり得る。そのような場合には、稼働していないバッテリステーション12を稼働させることで、ユーザ、集配者の便宜が図られ得る。集配者の便宜を図るべく、管理システム16は以下のように構成されてもよい。上述したように、管理装置400には、利用需要情報取得部472と稼働指示通知部474とが備えられている。 However, there may be cases where the demand for using the mobile battery 100 increases around an inactive battery station 12. In such a case, the convenience of users and delivery personnel can be achieved by operating the inactive battery station 12. To facilitate the convenience of delivery personnel, the management system 16 may be configured as follows. As described above, the management device 400 is equipped with a usage demand information acquisition unit 472 and an operation instruction notification unit 474.
 利用需要情報取得部472は、利用需要情報を取得する。利用需要情報は、モバイルバッテリ100の利用需要を示す情報である。 The usage demand information acquisition unit 472 acquires usage demand information. The usage demand information is information that indicates the usage demand of the mobile battery 100.
 利用需要情報取得部472は、例えばバッテリステーション12から所定範囲内におけるユーザの数に基づいて、バッテリステーション12から所定範囲内におけるモバイルバッテリ100の利用需要を示す利用需要情報を取得し得る。すなわち、バッテリステーション12の周辺に位置するユーザの数が多いほど、当該バッテリステーション12の周辺におけるモバイルバッテリ100の利用需要は高まり得る。利用需要情報取得部472は、バッテリステーション12から所定範囲内におけるユーザの数を、ユーザ位置に基づいて把握し得る。上述したように、ユーザ位置を示すユーザ位置情報は、位置情報取得部412によって取得され得る。利用需要情報取得部472は、バッテリステーション12から所定範囲内におけるユーザの数を、将来ユーザ位置に基づいて把握してもよい。上述したように、将来ユーザ位置は、将来位置予測部414によって予測され得る。 The usage demand information acquisition unit 472 may acquire usage demand information indicating the usage demand of the mobile battery 100 within a specified range from the battery station 12, for example, based on the number of users within a specified range from the battery station 12. That is, the greater the number of users located around the battery station 12, the greater the usage demand of the mobile battery 100 around the battery station 12. The usage demand information acquisition unit 472 may grasp the number of users within a specified range from the battery station 12 based on the user positions. As described above, user position information indicating the user positions may be acquired by the position information acquisition unit 412. The usage demand information acquisition unit 472 may also grasp the number of users within a specified range from the battery station 12 based on the future user positions. As described above, the future user positions may be predicted by the future position prediction unit 414.
 稼働指示通知部474は、利用需要情報に基づいて稼働指示通知を行う。稼働指示通知は、バッテリステーション12の稼働を指示するための通知である。稼働指示通知部474は、例えば、バッテリステーション12から所定範囲内におけるユーザの数が予め決められたユーザ数閾値以上であるか否かを判定する。バッテリステーション12から所定範囲内におけるユーザの数が予め決められたユーザ数閾値以上であった場合に、稼働指示通知部474は、バッテリステーション12に稼働指示通知を行う。稼働指示通知は、例えばメッセージ、画像、音声等を用いて行われ得る。 The operation instruction notification unit 474 issues an operation instruction notification based on the usage demand information. The operation instruction notification is a notification to instruct the operation of the battery station 12. The operation instruction notification unit 474, for example, determines whether or not the number of users within a specified range from the battery station 12 is equal to or greater than a predetermined user number threshold. If the number of users within a specified range from the battery station 12 is equal to or greater than the predetermined user number threshold, the operation instruction notification unit 474 issues an operation instruction notification to the battery station 12. The operation instruction notification can be issued using, for example, a message, an image, a sound, etc.
 稼働指示通知は、所定の通信回線を介して、所定の通信端末に対して行われ得る。通信端末は、例えばバッテリステーション12に備えられたパソコン、電話機等であるが、これらに限定されない。通信端末は、バッテリステーション12を管理している管理者によって所持される可搬型のモバイル端末でもよい。 The operation instruction notification may be sent to a specified communication terminal via a specified communication line. The communication terminal may be, for example, a personal computer or a telephone provided in the battery station 12, but is not limited to these. The communication terminal may also be a portable mobile terminal carried by the administrator who manages the battery station 12.
 稼働していないバッテリステーション12に稼働指示通知が行われることで、当該バッテリステーション12は稼働を開始し得る。利用需要が高まった地域においてバッテリステーション12が稼働を開始することで、ユーザの便宜が図られ得る。例えばユーザは、稼働を開始したバッテリステーション12を訪れて、モバイルバッテリ100を借り受け得る。 By sending an operation instruction notification to a battery station 12 that is not in operation, the battery station 12 can start operating. By having a battery station 12 start operating in an area where demand for use is high, convenience for users can be provided. For example, a user can visit a battery station 12 that has started operating and borrow a mobile battery 100.
 なお、バッテリステーション12が稼働しているか否かを示す情報は、通信部402を介して管理装置400の制御部408により適宜収集され得るとともに、記憶部406により適宜記憶され得る。また、稼働しているバッテリステーション12に対する稼働指示通知の送信は省略され得る。 In addition, information indicating whether the battery station 12 is operating or not can be collected as appropriate by the control unit 408 of the management device 400 via the communication unit 402, and can be stored as appropriate in the storage unit 406. In addition, the transmission of an operation instruction notification to an operating battery station 12 can be omitted.
 図35は、管理システム16の動作の例を示すフローチャートである。バッテリステーション12に対して稼働指示が行われる場合の例が図35には示されている。 FIG. 35 is a flowchart showing an example of the operation of the management system 16. FIG. 35 shows an example of a case where an operation instruction is given to the battery station 12.
 ステップS161において、管理装置400の利用需要情報取得部472が、バッテリステーション12から所定範囲内におけるモバイルバッテリ100の利用需要を示す利用需要情報を取得する。上述したように、バッテリステーション12から所定範囲内におけるモバイルバッテリ100の利用需要を示す利用需要情報は、バッテリステーション12から所定範囲内におけるユーザの数に基づいて取得され得る。利用需要情報取得部472がユーザの数を把握するために、位置情報取得部412は、ステップS161においてユーザ位置情報を適宜取得し得る。 In step S161, the usage demand information acquisition unit 472 of the management device 400 acquires usage demand information indicating the usage demand of the mobile battery 100 within a specified range from the battery station 12. As described above, the usage demand information indicating the usage demand of the mobile battery 100 within a specified range from the battery station 12 can be acquired based on the number of users within the specified range from the battery station 12. In order for the usage demand information acquisition unit 472 to grasp the number of users, the location information acquisition unit 412 can appropriately acquire user location information in step S161.
 次に、ステップS162に移行し、管理装置400の稼働指示通知部474が、稼働指示通知を行うか否かを判定する。この判定は、バッテリステーション12から所定範囲内におけるモバイルバッテリ100の利用需要がある程度高まっているか否かに基づいて行われ得る。具体的に、稼働指示通知部474は、例えばバッテリステーション12から所定範囲内におけるユーザの数がユーザ数閾値以上である場合に、稼働指示通知を行うと判定し得る。 Next, the process proceeds to step S162, where the operation instruction notification unit 474 of the management device 400 determines whether or not to issue an operation instruction notification. This determination may be made based on whether or not the demand for use of the mobile battery 100 within a specified range from the battery station 12 has increased to a certain extent. Specifically, the operation instruction notification unit 474 may determine to issue an operation instruction notification when, for example, the number of users within a specified range from the battery station 12 is equal to or greater than the user number threshold.
 ステップS162において稼働指示通知を行うと判定された場合、ステップS163に移行して、稼働指示通知部474が、稼働指示通知を行う。ステップS163が完了するか、ステップS162において稼働指示通知を行なわないと判定されることで、図35の動作は終了する。 If it is determined in step S162 that an operation instruction notification should be issued, the process proceeds to step S163, in which the operation instruction notification unit 474 issues an operation instruction notification. When step S163 is completed or it is determined in step S162 that an operation instruction notification should not be issued, the operation in FIG. 35 ends.
 利用需要情報取得部472は、ステップS161においてバッテリステーション12から所定範囲内におけるモバイル機器の数に基づいて利用需要情報を取得してもよい。その場合、ステップS161において、位置情報取得部412は、バッテリステーション12から所定範囲内に位置するモバイル機器の位置を示すモバイル機器位置情報を適宜取得する。これにより、利用需要情報取得部472は、バッテリステーション12から所定範囲内におけるモバイル機器の数を把握し得る。 The usage demand information acquisition unit 472 may acquire usage demand information based on the number of mobile devices within a predetermined range from the battery station 12 in step S161. In this case, in step S161, the location information acquisition unit 412 appropriately acquires mobile device location information indicating the locations of mobile devices located within a predetermined range from the battery station 12. This allows the usage demand information acquisition unit 472 to ascertain the number of mobile devices within a predetermined range from the battery station 12.
 この場合、稼働指示通知部474は、バッテリステーション12から所定範囲内におけるモバイル機器の数が予め決められたモバイル機器数閾値以上であるか否かをステップS162において判定してもよい。このような場合には、バッテリステーション12から所定範囲内におけるモバイル機器の数がモバイル機器数閾値以上であれば、ステップS163が開始され得る。バッテリステーション12から所定範囲内における将来のモバイル機器の数がモバイル機器数閾値以上である場合にステップS163が開始されてもよい。将来のモバイル機器は、将来位置予測部414により、ユーザの行動計画に基づいて予測され得る。つまり、モバイル機器は、ユーザに所持されているため、必然的に当該ユーザと一緒に移動する。したがって、ユーザの行動計画に基づいて、当該ユーザが所持しているモバイル機器の将来の位置が予測され得る。 In this case, the operation instruction notification unit 474 may determine in step S162 whether the number of mobile devices within a predetermined range from the battery station 12 is equal to or greater than a predetermined mobile device number threshold. In such a case, if the number of mobile devices within a predetermined range from the battery station 12 is equal to or greater than the mobile device number threshold, step S163 may be started. Step S163 may also be started if the future number of mobile devices within a predetermined range from the battery station 12 is equal to or greater than the mobile device number threshold. The future mobile devices may be predicted by the future position prediction unit 414 based on the user's action plan. In other words, since the mobile devices are owned by the user, they necessarily move with the user. Therefore, the future positions of the mobile devices owned by the user may be predicted based on the user's action plan.
 また、多くの集配者がいる地域においては、モバイルバッテリ100の利用需要が高まり得る。したがって、利用需要情報取得部472は、ステップS161においてバッテリステーション12から所定範囲内における集配者の数に基づいて利用需要情報を取得してもよい。その場合、ステップS161において、位置情報取得部412は、バッテリステーション12から所定範囲内に位置する集配者の位置を示す集配者位置情報を適宜取得する。これにより、利用需要情報取得部472は、バッテリステーション12から所定範囲内における集配者の数を把握し得る。利用需要情報取得部472は、将来集配者位置を用いて、バッテリステーション12から所定範囲内における集配者の数を把握してもよい。将来集配者位置は、将来位置予測部414により予測され得る。 Furthermore, in areas with many delivery personnel, the demand for the use of the mobile battery 100 may be high. Therefore, in step S161, the usage demand information acquisition unit 472 may acquire usage demand information based on the number of delivery personnel within a predetermined range from the battery station 12. In this case, in step S161, the position information acquisition unit 412 appropriately acquires delivery personnel position information indicating the positions of delivery personnel located within a predetermined range from the battery station 12. This allows the usage demand information acquisition unit 472 to know the number of delivery personnel within a predetermined range from the battery station 12. The usage demand information acquisition unit 472 may use the future delivery personnel positions to know the number of delivery personnel within a predetermined range from the battery station 12. The future delivery personnel positions may be predicted by the future position prediction unit 414.
 ステップS162において、稼働指示通知部474は、バッテリステーション12から所定範囲内における集配者の数が予め決められた集配者数閾値以上であるか否かを判定してもよい。その場合、バッテリステーション12から所定範囲内における集配者の数が集配者数閾値以上であれば、ステップS163が開始される。バッテリステーション12から所定範囲内における将来の集配者の数が集配者数閾値以上である場合にステップS163が開始されてもよい。 In step S162, the operation instruction notification unit 474 may determine whether the number of delivery persons within a predetermined range from the battery station 12 is equal to or greater than a predetermined delivery person number threshold. In this case, if the number of delivery persons within a predetermined range from the battery station 12 is equal to or greater than the delivery person number threshold, step S163 is started. Step S163 may also be started if the number of future delivery persons within a predetermined range from the battery station 12 is equal to or greater than the delivery person number threshold.
 ステップS161において、利用需要情報取得部472は、モバイルバッテリ100の集配履歴に基づいて、利用需要情報を取得してもよい。上述したように、モバイルバッテリ100の集配履歴は記憶部406に記憶され得る。集配履歴は、ユーザに対して行われたモバイルバッテリ100の集配に関する実績を示す。バッテリステーション12から所定領域内において行われた集配実績に基づくことで、利用需要情報が取得され得る。 In step S161, the usage demand information acquisition unit 472 may acquire usage demand information based on the collection and delivery history of the mobile battery 100. As described above, the collection and delivery history of the mobile battery 100 may be stored in the memory unit 406. The collection and delivery history indicates the track record of collection and delivery of the mobile battery 100 to the user. The usage demand information may be acquired based on the track record of collection and delivery performed within a specified area from the battery station 12.
 以上説明されるように、本実施形態の管理システム16は、モバイルバッテリ100の利用需要に応じてバッテリステーション12を管理し得る。これにより、ユーザ、集配者の便宜が図られ得る。 As described above, the management system 16 of this embodiment can manage the battery station 12 according to the usage demand of the mobile battery 100. This can provide convenience to users and delivery personnel.
 ところで、バッテリステーション12の一態様として、移動型ステーション24(図1参照)があり得る。移動型ステーション24は、移動可能なバッテリステーション12である。バッテリステーション12自体が移動することで、バッテリステーション12を利用したいユーザの便宜が図られ得る。 One aspect of the battery station 12 is the mobile station 24 (see FIG. 1). The mobile station 24 is a battery station 12 that can be moved. The battery station 12 itself can move, providing convenience to users who wish to use the battery station 12.
 移動型ステーション24には、移動体26と、バッテリホルダ28とが備えられ得る(図1も参照)。移動体26は、例えば自転車等の車両であるが、これに限定されない。バッテリホルダ28は、複数のモバイルバッテリ100を保持する。バッテリホルダ28には、モバイルバッテリ100を充電するための充電器が備えられてもよい。バッテリホルダ28は、例えば複数のモバイルバッテリ100を格納可能な箱状を有するが、これに限定されない。 The mobile station 24 may be equipped with a mobile body 26 and a battery holder 28 (see also FIG. 1). The mobile body 26 may be, for example, but is not limited to, a vehicle such as a bicycle. The battery holder 28 holds a plurality of mobile batteries 100. The battery holder 28 may be equipped with a charger for charging the mobile batteries 100. The battery holder 28 may be, for example, but is not limited to, a box-like shape capable of storing a plurality of mobile batteries 100.
 モバイルバッテリ100の充電に関して、移動型ステーション24には、モバイルバッテリ100を充電するために発電する不図示の発電機が備えられてもよい。発電機は、例えば移動体26である車両の車輪の回転力を用いて発電するが、これに限定されない。 Regarding charging the mobile battery 100, the mobile station 24 may be equipped with a generator (not shown) that generates electricity to charge the mobile battery 100. The generator generates electricity using, for example, the rotational force of the wheels of a vehicle, which is the mobile body 26, but is not limited to this.
 移動型ステーション24には、通信器30が更に備えられ得る。通信器30は、ネットワークNWを介した通信を行う。通信器30にはGNSSセンサ等の測位センサが備えられ得る。これにより、通信器30は、移動型ステーション24の位置を示す移動型ステーション位置情報を取得し得る。また、通信器30は、移動型ステーション位置情報を管理装置400に適宜送信し得る。管理装置400に送信された移動型ステーション位置情報は、位置情報取得部412によって取得され得る。図1において通信器30はバッテリホルダ28に備えられているが、これに限定されない。 The mobile station 24 may further include a communicator 30. The communicator 30 communicates via the network NW. The communicator 30 may include a positioning sensor such as a GNSS sensor. This allows the communicator 30 to obtain mobile station position information indicating the position of the mobile station 24. The communicator 30 may also transmit the mobile station position information to the management device 400 as appropriate. The mobile station position information transmitted to the management device 400 may be obtained by the position information acquisition unit 412. In FIG. 1, the communicator 30 is provided in the battery holder 28, but is not limited to this.
 移動型ステーション24は、移動しながらバッテリステーション12として稼働し得る。しかしながら、モバイルバッテリ100の利用需要が低い地域内で移動型ステーション24が闇雲に移動することは好ましくない。これに関し、上述したように、管理装置400には稼働場所通知部476が備えられている。 The mobile station 24 can operate as a battery station 12 while moving. However, it is not desirable for the mobile station 24 to move randomly within an area where the demand for the use of the mobile battery 100 is low. In this regard, as described above, the management device 400 is provided with an operating location notification unit 476.
 稼働場所通知部476は、モバイルバッテリ100の利用需要を示す利用需要情報に基づいて、移動型ステーション24の稼働場所を当該移動型ステーション24に通知する。より具体的に、例えば稼働場所通知部476は、移動型ステーション24を管理するスタッフにより所持される通信端末に対して、当該移動型ステーション24の稼働場所を示す稼働場所情報を通知する。これにより、スタッフにより所持される通信端末に備えられる表示画面に稼働場所情報が表示され得る。以下の説明において、当該通知は稼働場所通知とも称される。 The operating location notification unit 476 notifies the mobile station 24 of the operating location of the mobile station 24 based on usage demand information indicating the usage demand of the mobile battery 100. More specifically, for example, the operating location notification unit 476 notifies a communication terminal carried by a staff member managing the mobile station 24 of operating location information indicating the operating location of the mobile station 24. As a result, the operating location information can be displayed on a display screen provided on the communication terminal carried by the staff member. In the following description, this notification is also referred to as an operating location notification.
 利用需要情報は利用需要情報取得部472によって取得され得る。稼働場所通知部476に稼働場所通知を行わせる場合において、利用需要情報取得部472は、所定範囲内におけるモバイルバッテリ100の利用需要を示す利用需要情報を取得する。この場合における所定範囲は、例えば、設置位置の候補として予め決められた地点を基準とする範囲である。ただし、利用需要情報取得部472は、移動型ステーション24の位置(現在位置)から所定範囲内におけるモバイルバッテリ100の利用需要を示す利用需要情報を取得してもよい。 The usage demand information can be acquired by the usage demand information acquisition unit 472. When the operating location notification unit 476 is made to notify the operating location, the usage demand information acquisition unit 472 acquires usage demand information indicating the usage demand of the mobile battery 100 within a specified range. The specified range in this case is, for example, a range based on a point that has been determined in advance as a candidate installation location. However, the usage demand information acquisition unit 472 may also acquire usage demand information indicating the usage demand of the mobile battery 100 within a specified range from the position (current position) of the mobile station 24.
 稼働場所情報は、移動型ステーション24を停止させる一地点を示してもよいし、移動型ステーション24の移動範囲を示してもよい。稼働場所情報が一地点を示す場合、移動型ステーション24は当該一地点において移動を停止するとともに、バッテリステーション12として稼働し得る。稼働場所情報が移動範囲を示す場合、移動型ステーション24の移動は当該移動範囲内に制限され得る。当該移動範囲は、利用需要情報を取得するために利用需要情報取得部472が用いた所定範囲と同一の範囲でもよいし、異なってもよい。 The operating location information may indicate a point where the mobile station 24 is stopped, or may indicate the range of movement of the mobile station 24. If the operating location information indicates a point, the mobile station 24 may stop moving at that point and operate as a battery station 12. If the operating location information indicates a range of movement, the movement of the mobile station 24 may be limited within that range of movement. The range of movement may be the same as or different from the specified range used by the usage demand information acquisition unit 472 to acquire the usage demand information.
 上述したように、利用需要情報取得部472は、所定範囲内におけるユーザの数、集配者の数、モバイル機器の数等に基づいて、利用需要情報を取得し得る。利用需要情報取得部472に利用需要情報を生成させるために、位置情報取得部412は、ユーザ位置情報、集配者位置情報、モバイル機器位置情報を適宜取得し得る。 As described above, the usage demand information acquisition unit 472 may acquire usage demand information based on the number of users, the number of delivery persons, the number of mobile devices, etc. within a specified range. In order to have the usage demand information acquisition unit 472 generate usage demand information, the location information acquisition unit 412 may acquire user location information, delivery person location information, and mobile device location information as appropriate.
 利用需要情報取得部472は、将来ユーザ位置に基づいて、所定範囲内における将来のユーザの数を把握してもよい。利用需要情報取得部472は、将来集配者位置に基づいて、所定範囲内における将来の集配者の数を把握してもよい。利用需要情報取得部472は、モバイル機器の将来位置に基づいて、所定範囲内における将来のモバイル機器の数を把握してもよい。上述したように、ユーザ、集配者、モバイル機器の各々の将来位置は、将来位置予測部414により予測され得る。 The usage demand information acquisition unit 472 may ascertain the number of future users within a specified range based on future user positions. The usage demand information acquisition unit 472 may ascertain the number of future delivery persons within a specified range based on future delivery person positions. The usage demand information acquisition unit 472 may ascertain the number of future mobile devices within a specified range based on future positions of the mobile devices. As described above, the future positions of the users, delivery persons, and mobile devices can be predicted by the future position prediction unit 414.
 所定範囲内におけるユーザの数が、予め決められたユーザ数閾値以上である場合に、稼働場所通知部476は、当該所定範囲の基準地点を稼働場所として通知し得る。上述したように、基準地点は、設置位置の候補、または、移動型ステーション24の位置である。なお、稼働場所通知部476が用いるユーザ数閾値と、上述した稼働指示通知部474が用いるユーザ数閾値とは、異なってもよい。 If the number of users within a specified range is equal to or greater than a predetermined user number threshold, the operation location notification unit 476 may notify a reference point within the specified range as the operation location. As described above, the reference point is a candidate installation location or the location of the mobile station 24. Note that the user number threshold used by the operation location notification unit 476 and the user number threshold used by the operation instruction notification unit 474 described above may be different.
 所定範囲内におけるモバイル機器の数が、予め決められたモバイル機器数閾値以上である場合にも、稼働場所通知部476は、上記基準地点を稼働場所として通知し得る。稼働場所通知部476が用いるモバイル機器数閾値と、上述した稼働指示通知部474が用いるモバイル機器数閾値とは、異なってもよい。 If the number of mobile devices within a specified range is equal to or greater than a predetermined mobile device number threshold, the operation location notification unit 476 may notify the reference location as the operation location. The mobile device number threshold used by the operation location notification unit 476 and the mobile device number threshold used by the operation instruction notification unit 474 described above may be different.
 所定範囲内における集配者の数が、予め決められた集配者数閾値以上である場合にも、稼働場所通知部476は、上記基準地点を稼働場所として通知し得る。稼働場所通知部476が用いる集配者数閾値と、上述した稼働指示通知部474が用いる集配者数閾値とは、異なってもよい。 If the number of delivery personnel within a specified range is equal to or greater than a predetermined delivery personnel number threshold, the operation location notification unit 476 may notify the reference location as the operation location. The delivery personnel number threshold used by the operation location notification unit 476 and the delivery personnel number threshold used by the operation instruction notification unit 474 described above may be different.
 移動型ステーション24は、稼働場所通知部476により通知された稼働場所に移動することで、当該稼働場所の周辺においてユーザに利用され得る。すなわち、移動型ステーション24は、稼働場所通知部476により通知された稼働場所にて稼働することで、当該稼働場所の周辺においてユーザに利用され得る。上述したように移動型ステーション24は移動可能であるため、稼働場所通知部476により通知された稼働場所へと容易に移動し得る。 The mobile station 24 can be used by a user in the vicinity of the operating location notified by the operating location notification unit 476 by moving to the operating location. In other words, the mobile station 24 can be used by a user in the vicinity of the operating location by operating at the operating location notified by the operating location notification unit 476. As described above, the mobile station 24 is mobile, and therefore can be easily moved to the operating location notified by the operating location notification unit 476.
 図36は、管理システム16の動作の例を示すフローチャートである。図36には、移動型ステーション24に対する稼働場所の通知に関する管理システム16の動作の例が示されている。 FIG. 36 is a flowchart showing an example of the operation of the management system 16. FIG. 36 shows an example of the operation of the management system 16 with respect to notifying the mobile station 24 of the operating location.
 ステップS171において、管理装置400の利用需要情報取得部472が、所定範囲内におけるモバイルバッテリ100の利用需要を示す利用需要情報を取得する。上述したように、所定範囲内におけるモバイルバッテリ100の利用需要を示す利用需要情報は、所定範囲内におけるユーザの数に基づいて取得され得る。利用需要情報取得部472がユーザの数を把握するために、位置情報取得部412は、ステップS171においてユーザ位置情報を適宜取得し得る。 In step S171, the usage demand information acquisition unit 472 of the management device 400 acquires usage demand information indicating the usage demand of the mobile battery 100 within a specified range. As described above, the usage demand information indicating the usage demand of the mobile battery 100 within a specified range can be acquired based on the number of users within the specified range. In order for the usage demand information acquisition unit 472 to grasp the number of users, the location information acquisition unit 412 can appropriately acquire user location information in step S171.
 次に、ステップS172に移行し、管理装置400の稼働場所通知部476が、稼働場所通知を行うか否かを判定する。この判定は、所定範囲内におけるモバイルバッテリ100の利用需要がある程度高まっているか否かに基づいて行われ得る。具体的に、稼働場所通知部476は、例えば所定範囲内におけるユーザの数がユーザ数閾値以上である場合に、稼働場所通知を行うと判定し得る。 Next, the process proceeds to step S172, where the operating location notification unit 476 of the management device 400 determines whether or not to issue an operating location notification. This determination may be made based on whether or not the demand for use of the mobile battery 100 within a specified range has increased to a certain extent. Specifically, the operating location notification unit 476 may determine to issue an operating location notification when, for example, the number of users within the specified range is equal to or greater than the user number threshold.
 ステップS172において稼働場所通知を行うと判定された場合、ステップS173に移行して、稼働場所通知部476が、移動型ステーション24に対して稼働場所を通知する。ステップS173が完了するか、ステップS172において稼働場所を通知しないと判定されることで、図36の動作は終了する。 If it is determined in step S172 that the operating location is to be notified, the process proceeds to step S173, in which the operating location notification unit 476 notifies the mobile station 24 of the operating location. When step S173 is completed or it is determined in step S172 that the operating location is not to be notified, the operation in FIG. 36 ends.
 利用需要情報取得部472は、ステップS171において所定範囲内におけるモバイル機器の数に基づいて利用需要情報を取得してもよい。この場合、稼働場所通知部476は、所定範囲内におけるモバイル機器の数が予め決められたモバイル機器数閾値以上であるか否かをステップS172において判定してもよい。このような場合には、所定範囲内におけるモバイル機器の数がモバイル機器数閾値以上であれば、ステップS173が開始され得る。所定範囲内における将来のモバイル機器の数がモバイル機器数閾値以上である場合にステップS173が開始されてもよい。 The usage demand information acquisition unit 472 may acquire usage demand information based on the number of mobile devices within a specified range in step S171. In this case, the operation location notification unit 476 may determine in step S172 whether the number of mobile devices within the specified range is equal to or greater than a predetermined mobile device number threshold. In such a case, if the number of mobile devices within the specified range is equal to or greater than the mobile device number threshold, step S173 may be started. Step S173 may also be started if the number of future mobile devices within the specified range is equal to or greater than the mobile device number threshold.
 また、利用需要情報取得部472は、ステップS171において所定範囲内における集配者の数に基づいて利用需要情報を取得してもよい。その場合、ステップS171において、位置情報取得部412は、所定範囲内に位置する集配者の位置を示す集配者位置情報を適宜取得する。これにより、利用需要情報取得部472は、所定範囲内における集配者の数を把握し得る。利用需要情報取得部472は、将来集配者位置を用いて、所定範囲内における集配者の数を把握してもよい。 The usage demand information acquisition unit 472 may also acquire usage demand information based on the number of collection and delivery personnel within a specified range in step S171. In this case, in step S171, the location information acquisition unit 412 appropriately acquires delivery personnel location information indicating the locations of delivery personnel located within the specified range. This allows the usage demand information acquisition unit 472 to ascertain the number of delivery personnel within the specified range. The usage demand information acquisition unit 472 may also ascertain the number of delivery personnel within the specified range using the future delivery personnel locations.
 ステップS172において、稼働場所通知部476は、所定範囲内における集配者の数が予め決められた集配者数閾値以上であるか否かを判定してもよい。その場合、所定範囲内における集配者の数が集配者数閾値以上であれば、ステップS173が開始される。所定範囲内における将来の集配者の数が集配者数閾値以上である場合にステップS173が開始されてもよい。 In step S172, the operating location notification unit 476 may determine whether the number of delivery personnel within the specified range is equal to or greater than a predetermined delivery personnel number threshold. In this case, if the number of delivery personnel within the specified range is equal to or greater than the delivery personnel number threshold, step S173 is started. Step S173 may also be started if the number of future delivery personnel within the specified range is equal to or greater than the delivery personnel number threshold.
 ステップS171において、利用需要情報取得部472は、モバイルバッテリ100の集配履歴に基づいて、利用需要情報を取得してもよい。上述したように、モバイルバッテリ100の集配履歴は記憶部406に記憶され得る。集配履歴は、ユーザに対して行われたモバイルバッテリ100の集配に関する実績を示す。所定領域内において行われた集配実績に基づくことで、利用需要情報が取得され得る。 In step S171, the usage demand information acquisition unit 472 may acquire usage demand information based on the collection and delivery history of the mobile battery 100. As described above, the collection and delivery history of the mobile battery 100 may be stored in the memory unit 406. The collection and delivery history indicates the results of collection and delivery of the mobile battery 100 to the user. The usage demand information may be acquired based on the collection and delivery results performed within a specified area.
 以上説明されるように、管理システム16によれば、移動可能なバッテリステーション12である移動型ステーション24を管理し得る。管理システム16は、モバイルバッテリ100の利用需要が高い場所にて稼働することを指示し得る。これにより、ユーザの便宜が図られ得る。 As described above, the management system 16 can manage the mobile station 24, which is a mobile battery station 12. The management system 16 can instruct the mobile battery 100 to operate in a location where there is high demand for use. This can be convenient for users.
 [変形例]
 以下には、上記実施形態に係る変形例が記載される。ただし、上記実施形態と重複する説明は、以下の説明では適宜省略される。上記実施形態で説明済みの要素には、特に断らない限り、上記実施形態と同一の参照符号が付される。
[Modification]
Modifications of the above embodiment are described below. However, descriptions that overlap with the above embodiment are omitted as appropriate in the following description. Elements that have already been described in the above embodiment are given the same reference numerals as in the above embodiment unless otherwise specified.
 (変形例1)
 図37は、変形例1に係るユーザ端末200(ユーザ端末2001)を示すブロック図である。
(Variation 1)
FIG. 37 is a block diagram showing a user terminal 200 (user terminal 2001) according to the first modification.
 ユーザ端末2001には情報生成部IGUが備えられている。情報生成部IGUは、上記実施形態において管理装置400の情報生成部418によって生成されていた各種情報の少なくとも一部を生成し得る。その場合、情報生成部418の少なくとも一部の機能は省略され得る。 The user terminal 2001 is equipped with an information generation unit IGU. The information generation unit IGU can generate at least a portion of the various pieces of information that were generated by the information generation unit 418 of the management device 400 in the above embodiment. In this case, at least a portion of the functions of the information generation unit 418 can be omitted.
 例えば、情報生成部IGUは、上述した集配者情報を生成し得る。上述したように、集配者情報は、ユーザ位置情報と集配者位置情報とに基づいて生成され得る。ユーザ端末2001の情報生成部IGUは、ユーザ端末200の測位部206によって、ユーザ位置情報を取得し得る。集配者位置情報は、管理装置400の位置情報取得部412から、通信部402を介して情報生成部IGUに供給され得る。 For example, the information generation unit IGU may generate the above-mentioned delivery person information. As described above, the delivery person information may be generated based on the user position information and the delivery person position information. The information generation unit IGU of the user terminal 2001 may acquire the user position information by the positioning unit 206 of the user terminal 200. The delivery person position information may be supplied to the information generation unit IGU from the position information acquisition unit 412 of the management device 400 via the communication unit 402.
 なお、ユーザ端末2001の情報生成部IGUが生成し得る情報は集配者情報に限定されない。例えば上述した充電スポット情報等が、情報生成部IGUによって生成されてもよい。上記実施形態において情報生成部418によって生成されていた各種情報の全てを、ユーザ端末2001の情報生成部IGUが生成してもよい。その場合、管理装置400の情報生成部418は省略され得る。 Incidentally, the information that can be generated by the information generating unit IGU of the user terminal 2001 is not limited to delivery and collection information. For example, the charging spot information and the like described above may be generated by the information generating unit IGU. All of the various types of information generated by the information generating unit 418 in the above embodiment may be generated by the information generating unit IGU of the user terminal 2001. In that case, the information generating unit 418 of the management device 400 may be omitted.
 (変形例2)
 図38は、変形例2に係る集配者端末300(集配者端末3002)を示すブロック図である。
(Variation 2)
FIG. 38 is a block diagram showing a collector/deliverer terminal 300 (collector/deliverer terminal 3002) according to the second modification.
 集配者端末3002には情報生成部IGAが備えられている。情報生成部IGAは、上記実施形態において管理装置400の情報生成部418によって生成されていた各種情報の少なくとも一部を生成し得る。その場合、情報生成部418の少なくとも一部の機能は省略され得る。 The delivery/collection terminal 3002 is equipped with an information generation unit IGA. The information generation unit IGA can generate at least some of the various pieces of information that were generated by the information generation unit 418 of the management device 400 in the above embodiment. In this case, at least some of the functions of the information generation unit 418 can be omitted.
 例えば、情報生成部IGAは、上述したユーザ情報を生成し得る。上述したように、ユーザ情報は、集配者位置情報とユーザ位置情報とに基づいて生成され得る。集配者端末3002の情報生成部IGAは、集配者端末300の測位部306によって、集配者位置情報を取得し得る。ユーザ位置情報は、管理装置400の位置情報取得部412から、通信部402を介して情報生成部IGAに供給され得る。 For example, the information generating unit IGA may generate the user information described above. As described above, the user information may be generated based on the delivery person location information and the user location information. The information generating unit IGA of the delivery person terminal 3002 may acquire the delivery person location information by the positioning unit 306 of the delivery person terminal 300. The user location information may be supplied to the information generating unit IGA from the location information acquiring unit 412 of the management device 400 via the communication unit 402.
 なお、集配者端末3002の情報生成部IGAが生成し得る情報はユーザ情報に限定されない。例えば上述した過去需要情報等が、情報生成部IGAによって生成されてもよい。上記実施形態において情報生成部418によって生成され得る各種情報の全てを、集配者端末3002の情報生成部IGAが生成してもよい。その場合、管理装置400の情報生成部418は省略され得る。 In addition, the information that can be generated by the information generation unit IGA of the collector/delivery terminal 3002 is not limited to user information. For example, the above-mentioned past demand information may be generated by the information generation unit IGA. All of the various types of information that can be generated by the information generation unit 418 in the above embodiment may be generated by the information generation unit IGA of the collector/delivery terminal 3002. In that case, the information generation unit 418 of the management device 400 may be omitted.
 (複数の変形例の組み合わせ)
 前述された複数の変形例は、矛盾しない範囲内において適宜組み合わされてもよい。
(Combination of multiple modified examples)
The above-described multiple modified examples may be combined as appropriate within a range that does not contradict each other.
 [変形実施形態]
 本発明は、上述した実施形態に限らず、本発明の要旨を逸脱することなく、種々の構成を採り得る。
[Modified embodiment]
The present invention is not limited to the above-described embodiment, and various configurations can be adopted without departing from the gist of the present invention.
 ユーザ端末200はスマートフォンに限定されない。ユーザ端末200は、タブレット端末またはウェアラブル端末でもよい。同様に、集配者端末300はスマートフォンに限定されない。集配者端末300は、タブレット端末またはウェアラブル端末でもよい。 The user terminal 200 is not limited to a smartphone. The user terminal 200 may be a tablet terminal or a wearable terminal. Similarly, the delivery/collection terminal 300 is not limited to a smartphone. The delivery/collection terminal 300 may be a tablet terminal or a wearable terminal.
 通知部118は、モバイルバッテリ100を受け取る予定のユーザが当該モバイルバッテリ100に接近した場合に点灯部104のスピーカを制御して、当該スピーカから音声を発させてもよい。これにより、ユーザは、モバイルバッテリ100の位置を認識し得る。また、通知部118は、モバイルバッテリ100を回収する予定の回収者が当該モバイルバッテリ100に接近した場合に点灯部104のスピーカを制御して、当該スピーカから音声を発させてもよい。これにより、回収者は、モバイルバッテリ100の位置を認識し得る。 The notification unit 118 may control the speaker of the lighting unit 104 to emit a sound from the speaker when a user who is to receive the mobile battery 100 approaches the mobile battery 100. This allows the user to recognize the location of the mobile battery 100. The notification unit 118 may also control the speaker of the lighting unit 104 to emit a sound from the speaker when a collector who is to collect the mobile battery 100 approaches the mobile battery 100. This allows the collector to recognize the location of the mobile battery 100.
 管理装置400は、複数のコンピュータが連携することで実現されてもよい。 The management device 400 may be realized by multiple computers working together.
 情報生成部418は、位置情報取得部412によって取得されたユーザ位置情報と集配者位置情報とに基づいて、集配者情報を生成してもよい。 The information generating unit 418 may generate delivery person information based on the user location information and delivery person location information acquired by the location information acquiring unit 412.
 情報生成部418は、将来位置予測部414によって予測された将来ユーザ位置を示す情報と、位置情報取得部412によって取得された集配者位置情報とに基づいて、ユーザ情報を生成してもよい。 The information generating unit 418 may generate user information based on information indicating the future user position predicted by the future position predicting unit 414 and the delivery person position information acquired by the position information acquiring unit 412.
 情報生成部418は、将来ユーザ位置と、集配者位置情報と、地図情報とに基づいて、経路候補情報を生成してもよい。 The information generation unit 418 may generate route candidate information based on the future user position, delivery person position information, and map information.
 モバイルバッテリ100の集配依頼を集配者が受注した場合に、情報生成部418は、モバイルバッテリ100の集配経路に関する情報である推奨経路情報をユーザ位置と集配者位置と地図情報とに基づいて生成してもよい。集配者端末300の情報提供部316は、生成された推奨経路情報を集配者に提供し得る。これにより、集配者は、モバイルバッテリ100を集配するために当該集配者が使用し得る集配経路を把握し得る。なお、推奨経路情報が示す集配経路は、モバイルバッテリ100の集配を集配者が受注する前に当該集配者に提供される集配経路の候補と同一経路であってもよい。 When a delivery person receives a request for collection and delivery of the mobile battery 100, the information generation unit 418 may generate recommended route information, which is information regarding the collection and delivery route of the mobile battery 100, based on the user location, the delivery person location, and map information. The information provision unit 316 of the delivery person terminal 300 may provide the generated recommended route information to the delivery person. This allows the delivery person to know the collection and delivery route that the delivery person can use to collect and deliver the mobile battery 100. Note that the collection and delivery route indicated by the recommended route information may be the same as the candidate collection and delivery route provided to the delivery person before the delivery person receives an order for collection and delivery of the mobile battery 100.
 経路候補情報または推奨経路情報は、ユーザ端末200の情報提供部216によってユーザに提供されてもよい。この場合、管理装置400からユーザ端末200に経路候補情報または推奨経路情報が送信される。情報提供部216は、ユーザ端末200が受信した経路候補情報、推奨経路情報を表示部204に表示させる。これにより、ユーザは、当該ユーザに対してモバイルバッテリ100を集配する集配者が使用する集配経路を把握し得る。 The route candidate information or recommended route information may be provided to the user by the information providing unit 216 of the user terminal 200. In this case, the route candidate information or recommended route information is transmitted from the management device 400 to the user terminal 200. The information providing unit 216 causes the route candidate information and recommended route information received by the user terminal 200 to be displayed on the display unit 204. This allows the user to know the collection and delivery route used by the delivery person who collects and delivers the mobile battery 100 for the user.
 ユーザ端末200の情報提供部216は、ユーザが所持しているモバイルバッテリ100の残容量を示す情報を当該ユーザに更に提供してもよい。ユーザ端末200は、例えば管理装置400と通信して、ユーザが所持しているモバイルバッテリ100の残容量を示す情報を取得し得る。情報提供部216は、図形、テキスト等を表示部204に表示させることで、ユーザが所持しているモバイルバッテリ100の残容量を示す情報を当該ユーザに提供し得る。ユーザが所持しているモバイルバッテリ100の残容量を示す情報は、モバイルバッテリ100の集配の要否をユーザが判断するための材料になり得る。なお、情報提供部216は、音声を用いてユーザが所持しているモバイルバッテリ100の残容量を示す情報を当該ユーザに提供してもよい。 The information providing unit 216 of the user terminal 200 may further provide the user with information indicating the remaining capacity of the mobile battery 100 possessed by the user. The user terminal 200 may, for example, communicate with the management device 400 to obtain information indicating the remaining capacity of the mobile battery 100 possessed by the user. The information providing unit 216 may provide the user with information indicating the remaining capacity of the mobile battery 100 possessed by the user by displaying figures, text, etc. on the display unit 204. The information indicating the remaining capacity of the mobile battery 100 possessed by the user may be material for the user to determine whether or not the mobile battery 100 needs to be collected and delivered. The information providing unit 216 may provide the user with information indicating the remaining capacity of the mobile battery 100 possessed by the user using voice.
 情報提供部216は、ユーザが所持しているモバイルバッテリ100の、将来ユーザ位置における残容量である将来残容量を示す情報を当該ユーザに更に提供してもよい。将来残容量は、例えば当該モバイルバッテリ100のバッテリ情報と、ユーザの行動計画とに基づいて予測され得る。将来残容量を示す情報は、情報提供部216によって、ユーザ端末200の表示部204に表示され得る。例えば表示画面204a(図8)、表示画面204b(図9)等に、将来残容量を示す情報が更に表示され得る。ユーザ端末200、管理装置400等に備えられたプロセッサが将来ユーザ位置におけるモバイルバッテリ100の残容量を予測し得るが、これに限定されない。ユーザが所持しているモバイルバッテリ100の将来ユーザ位置における残容量を示す情報は、モバイルバッテリ100の集配の要否をユーザが判断するための材料になり得る。 The information providing unit 216 may further provide the user with information indicating the future remaining capacity of the mobile battery 100 possessed by the user at the future user location. The future remaining capacity may be predicted, for example, based on the battery information of the mobile battery 100 and the user's action plan. The information indicating the future remaining capacity may be displayed on the display unit 204 of the user terminal 200 by the information providing unit 216. For example, the information indicating the future remaining capacity may be further displayed on the display screen 204a (FIG. 8), the display screen 204b (FIG. 9), etc. A processor provided in the user terminal 200, the management device 400, etc. may predict the remaining capacity of the mobile battery 100 at the future user location, but is not limited to this. The information indicating the remaining capacity of the mobile battery 100 possessed by the user at the future user location may be material for the user to determine whether or not the mobile battery 100 needs to be collected and delivered.
 集配者が受渡場所にモバイルバッテリ100を配送した場合において、ユーザ端末200の情報提供部216は、受渡場所にモバイルバッテリ100が集配者によって配送されたことを示す情報を表示部204に更に表示してもよい。これにより、ユーザは、受渡場所にモバイルバッテリ100が配されたことを把握し得る。この場合、集配者は、受渡場所にモバイルバッテリ100を配した後に集配者端末300を操作して、受渡場所にモバイルバッテリ100を配した旨の通知を管理装置400へと送信する。当該通知を管理装置400が受信した場合に、情報生成部418は、受渡場所にモバイルバッテリ100が集配者によって配されたことを示す情報を生成する。生成された情報は、通信部402によってユーザ端末200へと送信される。 When the delivery person delivers the mobile battery 100 to the delivery location, the information providing unit 216 of the user terminal 200 may further display on the display unit 204 information indicating that the mobile battery 100 has been delivered to the delivery location by the delivery person. This allows the user to know that the mobile battery 100 has been delivered to the delivery location. In this case, after delivering the mobile battery 100 to the delivery location, the delivery person operates the delivery person terminal 300 to send a notification to the management device 400 that the mobile battery 100 has been delivered to the delivery location. When the management device 400 receives the notification, the information generating unit 418 generates information indicating that the mobile battery 100 has been delivered to the delivery location by the delivery person. The generated information is transmitted to the user terminal 200 by the communication unit 402.
 受渡場所に配されたモバイルバッテリ100をユーザが受け取った場合において、集配者端末300の情報提供部316は、モバイルバッテリ100がユーザによって受け取られたことを示す情報を、表示部304に更に表示してもよい。これにより、集配者は、モバイルバッテリ100をユーザが受け取ったことを把握し得る。この場合、ユーザは、モバイルバッテリ100を受け取った後にユーザ端末200を操作して、モバイルバッテリ100を受け取った旨の通知を管理装置400へと送信する。当該通知を管理装置400が受信した場合に、情報生成部418は、モバイルバッテリ100がユーザによって受け取られたことを示す情報を生成する。生成された情報は、通信部402によって集配者端末300へと送信される。 When the user receives the mobile battery 100 placed at the delivery location, the information providing unit 316 of the delivery/collection terminal 300 may further display information on the display unit 304 indicating that the mobile battery 100 has been received by the user. This allows the delivery/collection person to know that the user has received the mobile battery 100. In this case, after receiving the mobile battery 100, the user operates the user terminal 200 to send a notification to the management device 400 that the mobile battery 100 has been received. When the management device 400 receives the notification, the information generating unit 418 generates information indicating that the mobile battery 100 has been received by the user. The generated information is sent to the delivery/collection terminal 300 by the communication unit 402.
 ユーザが集配者にモバイルバッテリ100を引き渡す場合において、集配者端末300の情報提供部316は、回収場所にモバイルバッテリ100がユーザによって配されたことを示す情報を、表示部304に更に表示してもよい。これにより、集配者は、回収場所にモバイルバッテリ100が配されたことを把握し得る。この場合、ユーザは、回収場所にモバイルバッテリ100を配した後にユーザ端末200を操作して、回収場所にモバイルバッテリ100を配した旨の通知を管理装置400へと送信する。当該通知を管理装置400が受信した場合に、情報生成部418は、回収場所にモバイルバッテリ100がユーザによって配されたことを示す情報を生成する。生成された情報は、通信部402によって集配者端末300へと送信される。 When the user hands over the mobile battery 100 to the collector/deliverer, the information providing unit 316 of the collector/deliverer terminal 300 may further display on the display unit 304 information indicating that the mobile battery 100 has been placed at the collection location by the user. This allows the collector/deliverer to know that the mobile battery 100 has been placed at the collection location. In this case, after placing the mobile battery 100 at the collection location, the user operates the user terminal 200 to send a notification to the management device 400 that the mobile battery 100 has been placed at the collection location. When the management device 400 receives the notification, the information generating unit 418 generates information indicating that the mobile battery 100 has been placed at the collection location by the user. The generated information is sent to the collector/deliverer terminal 300 by the communication unit 402.
 ユーザが回収場所にモバイルバッテリ100を配した場合において、ユーザ端末200の情報提供部216は、回収場所からモバイルバッテリ100が集配者によって回収されたことを示す情報を、表示部204に更に表示してもよい。これにより、ユーザは、モバイルバッテリ100が回収されたことを把握し得る。この場合、集配者は、モバイルバッテリ100を回収した後に集配者端末300を操作して、モバイルバッテリ100を回収した旨の通知を管理装置400へと送信する。当該通知を管理装置400が受信した場合に、情報生成部418は、回収場所からモバイルバッテリ100が集配者によって回収されたことを示す情報を生成する。生成された情報は、通信部402によってユーザ端末200へと送信される。 When the user places the mobile battery 100 at the collection location, the information providing unit 216 of the user terminal 200 may further display on the display unit 204 information indicating that the mobile battery 100 has been collected by a delivery person from the collection location. This allows the user to know that the mobile battery 100 has been collected. In this case, after collecting the mobile battery 100, the delivery person operates the delivery person terminal 300 to send a notification to the management device 400 that the mobile battery 100 has been collected. When the management device 400 receives the notification, the information generating unit 418 generates information indicating that the mobile battery 100 has been collected by a delivery person from the collection location. The generated information is transmitted to the user terminal 200 by the communication unit 402.
 ユーザ端末200の情報提供部216は、モバイル機器バッテリの将来ユーザ位置における残容量を示す情報を、ユーザに更に提供してもよい。モバイル機器バッテリは、ユーザによって所持されているモバイルバッテリ100を用いて充電されるモバイル機器に備えられたバッテリである。モバイル機器バッテリの将来ユーザ位置における残容量を示す情報は、現在のモバイル機器バッテリの残容量を示す情報と、将来ユーザ位置を示す情報とに基づいて生成され得る。将来ユーザ位置は、上述した将来位置予測部414によって予測され得る。現在のモバイル機器バッテリの残容量を示す情報は、ユーザ端末200によって取得され得る。モバイル機器バッテリの将来ユーザ位置における残容量は、ユーザ端末200(演算部210)によって予測されてもよいし、管理装置400(演算部404)によって予測されてもよい。 The information providing unit 216 of the user terminal 200 may further provide the user with information indicating the remaining capacity of the mobile device battery at the future user position. The mobile device battery is a battery provided in the mobile device that is charged using the mobile battery 100 carried by the user. The information indicating the remaining capacity of the mobile device battery at the future user position may be generated based on information indicating the remaining capacity of the current mobile device battery and information indicating the future user position. The future user position may be predicted by the above-mentioned future position prediction unit 414. The information indicating the remaining capacity of the current mobile device battery may be acquired by the user terminal 200. The remaining capacity of the mobile device battery at the future user position may be predicted by the user terminal 200 (calculation unit 210) or may be predicted by the management device 400 (calculation unit 404).
 ユーザ端末200の情報提供部216は、図形のみならず、例えば表示部204に表示されるポップアップウィンドウ内に表示されるテキストを用いて、ユーザに情報提供を行ってもよい。同様に、集配者端末300の情報提供部316は、図形のみならず、例えば表示部304に表示されるポップアップウィンドウ内に表示されるテキストを用いて、集配者に情報提供を行ってもよい。 The information providing unit 216 of the user terminal 200 may provide information to the user not only using graphics, but also using, for example, text displayed in a pop-up window displayed on the display unit 204. Similarly, the information providing unit 316 of the collector/deliverer terminal 300 may provide information to the collector/deliverer not only using graphics, but also using, for example, text displayed in a pop-up window displayed on the display unit 304.
 ユーザが移動している場合には、表示部204を見ることは当該ユーザにとって困難であり得る。例えばユーザは、車両を運転しながら表示部204を見ることができない。これを踏まえ、ユーザ端末200の情報提供部216は、集配者情報等の各種情報を音声によってユーザに提供してもよい。例えば情報提供部216は、ユーザから所定範囲内にいる集配者の位置を、音声によってユーザに知らせてもよい。これにより、ユーザは、表示部204を見ることなしに集配者の位置を把握し得る。ユーザが移動しているか否かは、ユーザ位置の変化に基づいて、ユーザ端末200(演算部210)または管理装置400(演算部404)が判定し得る。ユーザ端末200または管理装置400は、ユーザ端末200に適宜備えられる振動センサ、加速度センサ等の検出信号に基づいて、ユーザが移動しているか否かを判定してもよい。 When a user is moving, it may be difficult for the user to see the display unit 204. For example, the user cannot see the display unit 204 while driving a vehicle. In light of this, the information providing unit 216 of the user terminal 200 may provide the user with various information such as delivery person information by voice. For example, the information providing unit 216 may notify the user of the location of a delivery person within a specified range from the user by voice. This allows the user to know the location of the delivery person without looking at the display unit 204. Whether the user is moving or not may be determined by the user terminal 200 (the calculation unit 210) or the management device 400 (the calculation unit 404) based on a change in the user's position. The user terminal 200 or the management device 400 may determine whether the user is moving or not based on detection signals from a vibration sensor, an acceleration sensor, or the like that are appropriately provided in the user terminal 200.
 集配者が移動している場合には、表示部304を見ることは当該集配者にとって困難であり得る。例えば集配者は、車両を運転しながら表示部304を見ることができない。これを踏まえ、集配者端末300の情報提供部316は、ユーザ情報等の各種情報を音声によって集配者に提供してもよい。例えば情報提供部316は、集配者から所定範囲内にいるユーザの位置を、音声によって集配者に知らせてもよい。これにより、集配者は、表示部304を見ることなしにユーザの位置を把握し得る。集配者が移動しているか否かは、集配者位置の変化に基づいて、集配者端末300(演算部310)または管理装置400(演算部404)が判定し得る。集配者端末300または管理装置400は、集配者端末300に適宜備えられる振動センサ、加速度センサ等の検出信号に基づいて、集配者が移動しているか否かを判定してもよい。 When a delivery person is moving, it may be difficult for the delivery person to see the display unit 304. For example, the delivery person cannot see the display unit 304 while driving a vehicle. In light of this, the information providing unit 316 of the delivery person terminal 300 may provide various information such as user information to the delivery person by voice. For example, the information providing unit 316 may inform the delivery person of the location of the user who is within a predetermined range from the delivery person by voice. This allows the delivery person to know the location of the user without looking at the display unit 304. The delivery person terminal 300 (calculation unit 310) or the management device 400 (calculation unit 404) may determine whether the delivery person is moving based on a change in the delivery person's location. The delivery person terminal 300 or the management device 400 may determine whether the delivery person is moving based on detection signals from a vibration sensor, an acceleration sensor, or the like that are appropriately provided in the delivery person terminal 300.
 提案部420は、ユーザと集配者との待ち合わせ場所のみならず、ユーザと集配者との合流時間をも提案してもよい。例えば提案部420は、ユーザが待ち合わせ場所に到着するまでの予想移動時間を、当該ユーザの位置を示すユーザ位置情報と、待ち合わせ場所を示す情報とに基づいて推定する。また、提案部420は、集配者が待ち合わせ場所に到着するまでの予想移動時間を、当該集配者の位置を示す集配者位置情報と、待ち合わせ場所を示す情報とに基づいて推定する。提案部420は、ユーザが待ち合わせ場所に到着するまでの予想移動時間と、集配者が当該待ち合わせ場所に到着するまでの予想移動時間とに基づいて、ユーザと集配者とが合流可能な時刻を推定する。提案部420は、推定された時刻を、合流時間としてユーザと集配者とに提案し得る。提案部420によって提案された合流時間を示す情報は、ユーザ端末200の情報提供部216によって、ユーザに提供される。また、提案部420によって提案された合流時間を示す情報は、集配者端末300の情報提供部316によって、集配者に提供される。 The suggestion unit 420 may suggest not only the meeting place between the user and the delivery person, but also the meeting time between the user and the delivery person. For example, the suggestion unit 420 estimates the expected travel time until the user arrives at the meeting place based on user location information indicating the location of the user and information indicating the meeting place. The suggestion unit 420 also estimates the expected travel time until the delivery person arrives at the meeting place based on delivery person location information indicating the location of the delivery person and information indicating the meeting place. The suggestion unit 420 estimates the time when the user and the delivery person can meet based on the expected travel time until the user arrives at the meeting place and the expected travel time until the delivery person arrives at the meeting place. The suggestion unit 420 may suggest the estimated time as the meeting time to the user and the delivery person. Information indicating the meeting time proposed by the suggestion unit 420 is provided to the user by the information providing unit 216 of the user terminal 200. In addition, information indicating the meeting time proposed by the proposal unit 420 is provided to the delivery person by the information provision unit 316 of the delivery person terminal 300.
 検査装置700は充電器14に備えられなくてもよい。例えば、検査装置700は、集配者またはユーザによって所持される個人用のバッテリチェッカでもよい。検査装置700は充電スポットに備えられてもよい。 The inspection device 700 does not have to be provided in the charger 14. For example, the inspection device 700 may be a personal battery checker carried by a delivery person or a user. The inspection device 700 may be provided in a charging spot.
 状態判定部428は、検査装置700による検査結果に基づいて、モバイルバッテリ100が利用制限状態に達しているか否かを判定してもよい。例えば上述したように、容量測定、抵抗測定等の検査が行われることで、モバイルバッテリ100のバッテリセル102の劣化度が検出され得る。当該劣化度を示す情報は、検査装置700による検査結果を示す情報に含まれ得る。モバイルバッテリ100のバッテリセル102の劣化度が所定の劣化度閾値に達している場合、状態判定部428は、当該モバイルバッテリ100が利用制限状態に達していると判定し得る。 The status determination unit 428 may determine whether the mobile battery 100 has reached a usage restriction state based on the inspection results by the inspection device 700. For example, as described above, the degree of deterioration of the battery cells 102 of the mobile battery 100 may be detected by performing inspections such as capacity measurement and resistance measurement. Information indicating the degree of deterioration may be included in information indicating the inspection results by the inspection device 700. When the degree of deterioration of the battery cells 102 of the mobile battery 100 has reached a predetermined deterioration threshold, the status determination unit 428 may determine that the mobile battery 100 has reached a usage restriction state.
 交換時期推定部432は、検査装置700による検査結果に基づいて、モバイルバッテリ100の交換時期を推定してもよい。例えば上述したように、モバイルバッテリ100のバッテリセル102の劣化度を示す情報が、検査装置700による検査結果を示す情報に含まれ得る。この場合、交換時期推定部432は、モバイルバッテリ100のバッテリセル102の劣化度と所定の劣化度閾値との差異に基づいて、当該モバイルバッテリ100の交換時期を推定し得る。 The replacement time estimation unit 432 may estimate the replacement time of the mobile battery 100 based on the inspection results by the inspection device 700. For example, as described above, information indicating the degree of deterioration of the battery cells 102 of the mobile battery 100 may be included in the information indicating the inspection results by the inspection device 700. In this case, the replacement time estimation unit 432 may estimate the replacement time of the mobile battery 100 based on the difference between the degree of deterioration of the battery cells 102 of the mobile battery 100 and a predetermined deterioration level threshold.
 モバイルバッテリ100の通信部108から、ネットワークNWを介して、当該モバイルバッテリ100の利用実績に関するデータが管理装置400に送信されてもよい。この場合、利用実績情報取得部426は、管理装置400が受信した上記データの少なくとも一部を利用実績情報として取得してもよい。 Data regarding the usage history of the mobile battery 100 may be transmitted from the communication unit 108 of the mobile battery 100 to the management device 400 via the network NW. In this case, the usage history information acquisition unit 426 may acquire at least a portion of the data received by the management device 400 as usage history information.
 在庫不足ステーションが存在しないと在庫不足ステーション判定部434が判定する場合と、在庫過剰ステーションが存在しないと在庫過剰ステーション判定部436が判定する場合とが、それぞれがあり得る。この場合、在庫不足ステーション判定部434と在庫過剰ステーション判定部436との各々の判定の結果に応じて、在庫不足ステーションと在庫過剰ステーションとのうちのいずれかに関する情報が集配者に提供される。 There may be cases where the stock shortage station determination unit 434 determines that there is no stock shortage station, and cases where the overstock station determination unit 436 determines that there is no overstock station. In these cases, depending on the results of the determinations made by the stock shortage station determination unit 434 and the overstock station determination unit 436, information about either the stock shortage station or the overstock station is provided to the delivery person.
 上述したように、バッテリステーション12には、集配者が利用可能な物品(備品、消耗品)が備えられ得る。このような物品は、移動型ステーション24に備えられてもよい。これにより、ユーザのみならず、集配者の便宜も移動型ステーション24により図られ得る。 As described above, the battery station 12 may be provided with items (supplies, consumables) that can be used by delivery personnel. Such items may also be provided in the mobile station 24. In this way, the mobile station 24 can provide convenience not only for users but also for delivery personnel.
 稼働場所通知部476は、スタッフにより所持される通信端末のみならず、通信器30に対して稼働場所通知を行ってもよい。通信器30により受信された稼働場所情報は、例えば移動型ステーション24に備えられる不図示の表示器に表示され得る。 The work location notification unit 476 may notify the work location to the communication device 30 as well as to the communication terminal carried by the staff member. The work location information received by the communication device 30 may be displayed, for example, on a display (not shown) provided on the mobile station 24.
 [実施形態から把握し得る発明]
 上述した実施形態及び変形例から把握し得る発明について、以下に記載する。
[Invention that can be understood from the embodiments]
The invention that can be understood from the above-described embodiment and modifications will be described below.
 <1>複数のユーザによってシェアされるモバイルバッテリ(100)が配されるバッテリステーション(12)であって移動可能な移動型ステーション(24)を管理する管理システム(16)は、管理装置(400)を備え、前記管理装置は、所定範囲内における前記モバイルバッテリの利用需要を示す利用需要情報を取得する利用需要情報取得部(472)と、前記移動型ステーションの稼働場所を前記利用需要情報に基づいて通知する稼働場所通知部(476)と、を備える。 <1> A management system (16) that manages a mobile station (24), which is a battery station (12) in which a mobile battery (100) shared by multiple users is located, includes a management device (400), which includes a usage demand information acquisition unit (472) that acquires usage demand information indicating the usage demand of the mobile battery within a specified range, and an operation location notification unit (476) that notifies the operating location of the mobile station based on the usage demand information.
 <2>上記の管理システムにおいて、前記ユーザの位置を示す情報であるユーザ位置情報を取得する位置情報取得部(412)を更に備え、前記所定範囲内における前記ユーザの数が予め決められたユーザ数閾値以上である場合に、前記稼働場所通知部は、前記利用需要情報に基づいて前記稼働場所を通知してもよい。 <2> The above management system may further include a location information acquisition unit (412) that acquires user location information, which is information indicating the location of the user, and when the number of users within the specified range is equal to or greater than a predetermined user number threshold, the operation location notification unit may notify the operation location based on the usage demand information.
 <3>上記の管理システムにおいて、前記ユーザの将来の位置であるユーザ将来位置を予測する将来位置予測部(414)を更に備え、前記所定範囲内における将来の前記ユーザの数が前記ユーザ数閾値以上になる場合に、前記稼働場所通知部は、前記利用需要情報に基づいて前記稼働場所を通知してもよい。 <3> The above management system may further include a future location prediction unit (414) that predicts the user's future location, and when the number of users in the specified range in the future is equal to or greater than the user number threshold, the operation location notification unit may notify the operation location based on the usage demand information.
 <4>上記の管理システムにおいて、前記モバイルバッテリの集配を行う集配者の位置を示す情報である集配者位置情報を取得する位置情報取得部(412)を更に備え、前記所定範囲内における将来の前記集配者の数が集配者数閾値以上になる場合に、前記稼働場所通知部は、前記利用需要情報に基づいて前記稼働場所を通知してもよい。 <4> The above management system may further include a location information acquisition unit (412) that acquires delivery person location information, which is information indicating the location of delivery persons who collect and deliver the mobile battery, and when the number of delivery persons in the future within the specified range is equal to or greater than the delivery person number threshold, the operation location notification unit may notify the operation location based on the usage demand information.
 <5>上記の管理システムにおいて、前記集配者の将来の位置である集配者将来位置を予測する将来位置予測部(414)を更に備え、前記所定範囲内における将来の前記集配者の数が前記集配者数閾値以上になる場合に、前記稼働場所通知部は、前記利用需要情報に基づいて前記稼働場所を通知してもよい。 <5> The above management system may further include a future location prediction unit (414) for predicting the future location of the collector/deliverer, and when the number of future collectors/deliverers within the specified range is equal to or greater than the collector/deliverer number threshold, the operation location notification unit may notify the operation location based on the utilization demand information.
 <6>上記の管理システムにおいて、前記ユーザによって所持されているモバイル機器の位置を示す情報であるモバイル機器位置情報を取得する位置情報取得部(412)を更に備え、前記所定範囲内における前記モバイル機器の数が予め決められたモバイル機器数閾値以上である場合に、前記稼働場所通知部は、前記利用需要情報に基づいて前記稼働場所を通知してもよい。 <6> The above management system may further include a location information acquisition unit (412) that acquires mobile device location information, which is information indicating the location of a mobile device carried by the user, and when the number of the mobile devices within the specified range is equal to or greater than a predetermined mobile device number threshold, the operation location notification unit may notify the operation location based on the usage demand information.
 <7>複数のユーザによってシェアされるモバイルバッテリ(100)が配されるバッテリステーション(12)であって移動可能な移動型ステーション(24)を管理する管理装置(400)は、所定範囲内における前記モバイルバッテリの利用需要を示す利用需要情報を取得する利用需要情報取得部(472)と、前記移動型ステーションの稼働場所を前記利用需要情報に基づいて通知する稼働場所通知部(476)と、を備える。 <7> A management device (400) that manages a mobile station (24) that is a battery station (12) in which a mobile battery (100) shared by multiple users is arranged includes a usage demand information acquisition unit (472) that acquires usage demand information indicating the usage demand of the mobile battery within a specified range, and an operation location notification unit (476) that notifies the operating location of the mobile station based on the usage demand information.
 <8>複数のユーザによってシェアされるモバイルバッテリ(100)が配されるバッテリステーション(12)であって移動可能な移動型ステーション(24)を管理する管理方法は、所定範囲内における前記モバイルバッテリの利用需要を示す利用需要情報を取得するステップ(S171)と、前記移動型ステーションの稼働場所を前記利用需要情報に基づいて通知するステップ(S173)と、を有する。 <8> A management method for managing a mobile station (24) that is a battery station (12) in which a mobile battery (100) shared by multiple users is arranged includes a step (S171) of acquiring usage demand information indicating the usage demand of the mobile battery within a predetermined range, and a step (S173) of notifying the operating location of the mobile station based on the usage demand information.
 なお、本発明は、上述した開示に限らず、本発明の要旨を逸脱することなく、種々の構成を採り得る。 The present invention is not limited to the above disclosure, and various configurations may be adopted without departing from the gist of the present invention.

Claims (8)

  1.  複数のユーザによってシェアされるモバイルバッテリ(100)が配されるバッテリステーション(12)であって移動可能な移動型ステーション(24)を管理する管理システム(16)であって、
     管理装置(400)を備え、
     前記管理装置は、
     所定範囲内における前記モバイルバッテリの利用需要を示す利用需要情報を取得する利用需要情報取得部(472)と、
     前記移動型ステーションの稼働場所を前記利用需要情報に基づいて通知する稼働場所通知部(476)と、
     を備える、管理システム。
    A management system (16) for managing a mobile station (24) that is a battery station (12) in which a mobile battery (100) shared by a plurality of users is arranged, the management system comprising:
    A management device (400),
    The management device includes:
    A usage demand information acquisition unit (472) that acquires usage demand information indicating the usage demand of the mobile battery within a predetermined range;
    an operating location notifying unit (476) for notifying the operating location of the mobile station based on the utilization demand information;
    A management system comprising:
  2.  請求項1に記載の管理システムにおいて、
     前記ユーザの位置を示す情報であるユーザ位置情報を取得する位置情報取得部(412)を更に備え、
     前記所定範囲内における前記ユーザの数が予め決められたユーザ数閾値以上である場合に、前記稼働場所通知部は、前記利用需要情報に基づいて前記稼働場所を通知する、管理システム。
    2. The management system according to claim 1,
    The device further includes a location information acquisition unit (412) for acquiring user location information which is information indicating the location of the user,
    A management system in which, when the number of users within the specified range is equal to or greater than a predetermined user number threshold, the operation location notification unit notifies the operation location based on the utilization demand information.
  3.  請求項2に記載の管理システムにおいて、
     前記ユーザの将来の位置であるユーザ将来位置を予測する将来位置予測部(414)を更に備え、
     前記所定範囲内における将来の前記ユーザの数が前記ユーザ数閾値以上になる場合に、前記稼働場所通知部は、前記利用需要情報に基づいて前記稼働場所を通知する、管理システム。
    3. The management system according to claim 2,
    A future position prediction unit (414) for predicting a user future position that is a future position of the user,
    A management system in which, when the future number of users within the specified range will be equal to or greater than the user number threshold, the operation location notification unit notifies the operation location based on the utilization demand information.
  4.  請求項1に記載の管理システムにおいて、
     前記モバイルバッテリの集配を行う集配者の位置を示す情報である集配者位置情報を取得する位置情報取得部(412)を更に備え、
     前記所定範囲内における将来の前記集配者の数が集配者数閾値以上になる場合に、前記稼働場所通知部は、前記利用需要情報に基づいて前記稼働場所を通知する、管理システム。
    2. The management system according to claim 1,
    The mobile battery further includes a location information acquisition unit (412) for acquiring delivery person location information, which is information indicating the location of a delivery person who collects and delivers the mobile battery;
    A management system in which, when the future number of delivery personnel within the specified range will be equal to or greater than a delivery personnel number threshold, the operation location notification unit notifies the operation location based on the utilization demand information.
  5.  請求項4に記載の管理システムにおいて、
     前記集配者の将来の位置である集配者将来位置を予測する将来位置予測部(414)を更に備え、
     前記所定範囲内における将来の前記集配者の数が前記集配者数閾値以上になる場合に、前記稼働場所通知部は、前記利用需要情報に基づいて前記稼働場所を通知する、管理システム。
    5. The management system according to claim 4,
    A future position prediction unit (414) for predicting a future position of the delivery person,
    A management system in which, when the future number of delivery personnel within the specified range will be equal to or greater than the delivery personnel number threshold, the operation location notification unit notifies the operation location based on the utilization demand information.
  6.  請求項1に記載の管理システムにおいて、
     前記ユーザによって所持されているモバイル機器の位置を示す情報であるモバイル機器位置情報を取得する位置情報取得部(412)を更に備え、
     前記所定範囲内における前記モバイル機器の数が予め決められたモバイル機器数閾値以上である場合に、前記稼働場所通知部は、前記利用需要情報に基づいて前記稼働場所を通知する、管理システム。
    2. The management system according to claim 1,
    The mobile device may further include a location information acquisition unit (412) for acquiring mobile device location information that indicates the location of the mobile device carried by the user,
    When the number of the mobile devices within the specified range is equal to or greater than a predetermined mobile device number threshold, the operation location notifying unit notifies the operation location based on the utilization demand information.
  7.  複数のユーザによってシェアされるモバイルバッテリ(100)が配されるバッテリステーション(12)であって移動可能な移動型ステーション(24)を管理する管理装置(400)であって、
     所定範囲内における前記モバイルバッテリの利用需要を示す利用需要情報を取得する利用需要情報取得部(472)と、
     前記移動型ステーションの稼働場所を前記利用需要情報に基づいて通知する稼働場所通知部(476)と、
     を備える、管理装置。
    A management device (400) for managing a mobile station (24) that is a battery station (12) in which a mobile battery (100) shared by a plurality of users is arranged, the management device comprising:
    A usage demand information acquisition unit (472) that acquires usage demand information indicating the usage demand of the mobile battery within a predetermined range;
    an operating location notifying unit (476) for notifying the operating location of the mobile station based on the utilization demand information;
    A management device comprising:
  8.  複数のユーザによってシェアされるモバイルバッテリ(100)が配されるバッテリステーション(12)であって移動可能な移動型ステーション(24)を管理する管理方法であって、
     所定範囲内における前記モバイルバッテリの利用需要を示す利用需要情報を取得するステップ(S171)と、
     前記移動型ステーションの稼働場所を前記利用需要情報に基づいて通知するステップ(S173)と、
     を有する、管理方法。
    A management method for managing a mobile station (24) that is a battery station (12) in which a mobile battery (100) shared by a plurality of users is arranged, the method comprising:
    A step (S171) of acquiring usage demand information indicating the usage demand of the mobile battery within a predetermined range;
    notifying the operating location of the mobile station based on the utilization demand information (S173);
    A management method comprising:
PCT/JP2023/035151 2022-09-29 2023-09-27 Management system, management device, and management method WO2024071201A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2022155704A JP2024049468A (en) 2022-09-29 2022-09-29 Management system, management device, and management method
JP2022-155704 2022-09-29

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2024071201A1 true WO2024071201A1 (en) 2024-04-04

Family

ID=90477923

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2023/035151 WO2024071201A1 (en) 2022-09-29 2023-09-27 Management system, management device, and management method

Country Status (2)

Country Link
JP (1) JP2024049468A (en)
WO (1) WO2024071201A1 (en)

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP6050909B1 (en) * 2016-04-21 2016-12-21 ソフトバンク株式会社 Battery control system, battery control device, and program
JP6345292B1 (en) * 2017-03-22 2018-06-20 本田技研工業株式会社 Management device, program, management method and production method
JP6882588B1 (en) * 2020-11-24 2021-06-02 本田技研工業株式会社 Electric mobile and sharing system
WO2021132694A1 (en) * 2019-12-27 2021-07-01 本田技研工業株式会社 Control device, power supply device, program, and control method
JP3233496U (en) * 2021-06-03 2021-08-12 株式会社 シリコンプラス Disaster power supply network system

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP6050909B1 (en) * 2016-04-21 2016-12-21 ソフトバンク株式会社 Battery control system, battery control device, and program
JP6345292B1 (en) * 2017-03-22 2018-06-20 本田技研工業株式会社 Management device, program, management method and production method
WO2021132694A1 (en) * 2019-12-27 2021-07-01 本田技研工業株式会社 Control device, power supply device, program, and control method
JP6882588B1 (en) * 2020-11-24 2021-06-02 本田技研工業株式会社 Electric mobile and sharing system
JP3233496U (en) * 2021-06-03 2021-08-12 株式会社 シリコンプラス Disaster power supply network system

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JP2024049468A (en) 2024-04-10

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
EP3358306B1 (en) Vehicle control apparatus and vehicle control method
JP7064306B2 (en) Vehicle control device and vehicle control method
JP6399928B2 (en) Load estimation and management in electric vehicle networks
JP2014006890A (en) Optimum arrangement system for taxis
CN102164773A (en) System and method for operating an electric vehicle
CN105027177A (en) Vehicle management system
KR20130004529A (en) Method and guidance-unit for guiding battery-operated transportation means to reconditioning stations
CN115107554A (en) Server and matching system
JP7480240B2 (en) Management system, management device and management method
WO2024071201A1 (en) Management system, management device, and management method
JP7480239B2 (en) Management system, management device and management method
JP7544777B2 (en) Management system, management device and management method
JP7561170B2 (en) Management system, management device and management method
WO2024071202A1 (en) Management system, management device, and management method
WO2024071194A1 (en) Management system, management device, and management method
WO2024071204A1 (en) Management system, management device and management method
WO2024071196A1 (en) Management system, management device, and management method
WO2024071199A1 (en) Management system, management device, and management method
WO2024071198A1 (en) Management system, management device, and management method
JP2024049490A (en) Management system, management device, and management method
WO2021059721A1 (en) Information processing method and information processing system
KR20230036309A (en) Car recommendation system for car sharing service and methoe thereof
JP2020034374A (en) Autonomous travel control device, autonomous travel control method, program and storage medium
TWI802786B (en) Information processing device, information processing method and computer program product
KR20170142133A (en) Car sharing system and car sharing system mathod

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 23872423

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1